2008 Audi A3 s3 71864

mID
Audi
2008 Audi A3
Owner's Manual
Introduction
Thank you for choosing an Audi A3 - we value your trust in us.
Your new Audi A3 incorporates the newest technology as well as numerous features designed for
your comfort, convenience and safety. We recommend you read your Owner 's Manual thoroughly
so that you can quickly become acquainted with your Audi.
In addition to explaining how the different features work, we also give you many useful tips and
information concerning your safety and that of your passengers, how to care for your vehicle and
maintain your vehicle's value.
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi A3 and we wish you safe and pleasant motoring .
AUDI AG
Table of contents
Table of contents
Vehicle literature . .. .. . . . . 5 Doors, power locks .. . .. . .. . . .. . 65 Acoustic parking sys t em ..... . .. 138
Power windows . .. . .. . .. . .... . 70 Cru ise control ....... . .. . .. . .. . . 139
open sky system . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . 72 Transm1ss1on .. .... . .. .. .. . . .. . . 141
About this Owner's Em ergency mechanical c losing for Manua l transmiss i on . .. .. .. . .. . . 141
t he open sky system ........... . 74
Manual . .... . ... . .... . ..... . . 6 S t ron ic tran smission . .. . ...... . 142
Clear vision ............. . .. .. . . 77
Lights ... .... .. . .. ... . .. .. . . . . . 77
In te r ior lights .. . .. ... . .. .. . . . . . 85
Vision ... .. .... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . . 87
Wiper and w asher system .. . • . . . 88
Mirrors .. .. .... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . . 94
Digital compass . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 96
Seats and storage ............. 98
Controls and General recommendations ..... . 98 Safety first . ............... . 149
Adjust i ng front seats ma nua lly .. 99
equipment ...... .. .... . .... . 9
Adjusting the power seat . . .... . 100 Driving Safely . . .. . ..... . .. . .. . . 150
Adjusting the lumbar support ... 102 General notes .... . .. . ..... . ... . 150
Instruments and controls .. . . . . 11
Head restraints . .. . ... . .. . .... . 103 Proper occupant seating posit ion s 152
General il lustration ............. . 11
Center armrest . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . . . 105 Peda l area .................... . 156
Instruments and Rear seats .. . .. . .. . ... . . .. . . .. . 106 Stowing luggage .... . .. . ...... . 157
warning/indicator lights ....... . 12
Luggage compartment ... . . • . .. 107 Reporting safety defects ...... .. 15 9
Instruments .............. . .... . 12 Roof rack * installation . .. ... • . . . 112 Safety belts ... . .............. .. 160
Warning/indicator lights .. . ... .. . 17 Cup h o lders ............... . .. . 116 General notes . . ........ . .. . .. . . 160
Driver information display .. . . . . 26 Ashtrays .. . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . . . .. . 1 17 Why safe ty belts? ...... . . ...... . 161
Introduction .. . . ...... . . .. .. . . . . 26 Cigarette l ighter/socket ...... ... 1 18 Safety belts ............... .. .. . 164
On-Board Diagnostic system (080) 31 St orage . ....... . ............ . . 1 19 Safe t y belt t ensioners . .. . . . . .. . . 168
Speed warning system .... .. . . . . 33 Warm and cold ...... . . .. . . . . . . 124 A i rbag system ...... . . . ... . . . . . . 170
Trip computer . . .. . . ... ....... . . 35 Climate contro ls .............. . 124 Important th i ngs to know . . .... . 170
Menu display ... . .. .. . . ........ . 39 Elec t rically hea t ed fron t seats .. . 131 Fron t airbags ..... . ...... . . .. . . 17 4
Tire pressure monitoring system .. 44
Auto -Check Control .... . .. . .. . . . 49
On the road . . ... .... . .. . ... .. . . 133 Monitoring the Advanced Ai r bag
Steering ... . . .. . . .. .. .. . ..... . . 133 System ........... .. . . ........ . 181
Opening and closing . . . .. .... .. 59
Ign ition lock and ignition swi t ch . 13 4 Side a ir bags ........... . .. . .. . . 186
Keys .. . .... . .. . ...... . ...... .. . 59 Sta rtin g and stopping the engine 135 Side cur t ain airbags (SIDEGUARD™) 189
Powe r lock in g system . ... .... .. . 62
Park in g brake .. ... ... ... ... ... . 136
Keyless entry remote contro l . . . . . 63
Starting on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Table of c ontents
Child Safety .................... 192

Important th ings to know . . .... . 192
Child safe t y seats . ... ... .. .. .. . 197
Instal li ng a ch il d safety sea t .... . 202
Additional Information . ... . .. .. . 205
Lower anchorages and tether for
chi ldren (LATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 207
Vehicle care .. .. ... .... ... . 233 Do-it-yourself service ... 293
C leaning and protection ....... 234 What do I do now? . . ...........

294
General inf o r mation 234 Jack , too ls and spare wheel . . . . . . 294
t Care of exterior
Care of interior
.........
. . .. . . ....
. .. . . .. .
. .. . . . .
234
241
Compact spare wheel
Whee l change . ......
. . . . . . . . . . . 295
. . . .... . . .. 296
Fue l supply and filling your fuel Emergency re lease fo r selector
lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 4
tank . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..... .. .. . . . . 247
Gasoline . ... . .. . .. .... . .. . • . ... 247 Fuses and bulbs .... . ........... 305
Vehicle operation .. . .. .. . 215
Fuel tank ..................... . 248 Fuses ................. . .. . .. . .. 305
Intelligent technology . . .. .. . . . . 216 Bu lbs . . ....... . . . .. . ... . .. .. .. . 310
Checking and filling ... ... ...... 252
Notice about data recorded by Eng in e h ood ... .. . . .... . ...... . 252 Emergency situations .. . .. . .. . . 312
ve hi cle contro l modules . .. .. .. . 216 Engine compartment ...... . ... . 25 4 Genera l .... . ................... 3 12
Electronic Stabilization Program Engine oil . ....... . .. . ..... .... . Starting by pushing or towing . . . . 312
255
(ESP) . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . .... .. . .. . 2 16
Engine cooling system ..... . ... . 260 Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . 3 12
Braking ... .. .. .... . .. . .. .. . .. . 219 General information of starting
Brake fluid . . ... . . . .. . . . . .. •. . . . 263
Electro -mech anical power assist . 221 assistance .. .... ... .. ... ... .. .. 31 3
Battery . .. . . .. . . .. . . ...... ... .. 265
Driv ing w ith your quattro® .. . ... 222 Use of jumper cables (4 cylinder
W indshield washer container ... . 269
Driving and environment ..... . 223 engine) ........................ 314
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . ... .. . 271 Use of jumper cables (6 cylinder
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and
Tire s .......... . .. . .. . .. . . .. .. . 271 engine) . . . . .. . .... . ....... .. . .. 315
afterwards .. . ... ... .. . .. .. ... . 223
Cata lytic converter .... ... ... ... 224 Emerg ency towing with commercial
Avoid damaging t he vehicle .. .. . 225 tow truck . ... ... .... ... ... ... .. 317
Operate your vehicle economically
Lifting- the vehicle ... .. ..... . .. .. 320
and minimize pollu t ion ... ... ... 225
Trail er towing .................. 228
Driv ing w ith a trailer . ..... .. ... . 228
Tr aile r t ow in g t ips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Table of contents
Technical data 323
General informat i on 324

Exp lan at ion of technical data .. . . 324
Vehic le ident if icat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
W e igh t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
D im e ns io n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Da t a . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ..... . .. . . . . .. 326
2 0 0 h p, 2 .0 lit e r 4 -c y l. t urb o en g ine 326
250 hp, 3.2 lite r 6 -cy l. en gin e . . . . . 32 7
Consumer In f ormation . . . . . . . . . 328
W a rr ant y c ov e rage s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Reporting s a fety de f ects . . . . . . . . . 3 2 8
Opera t ing your ve hi c le outs ide t h e
U.S.A . o r Canad a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Aud i Se rv ice Re pa ir Manu a ls and
Lit e rat ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 9
Ma int e nance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Ad di t iona l accessor ies,
modific a t ions a n d par t s
rep lac ement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Alphabetical index .. . . .. 335

Vehicle literature
Vehicle literature
In addition to this Owner's Manual, your Audi comes with Mainte- If you change your address or if you bought this
nance & Warranty booklet. Audi used
Moreover, depending on the model and the equipment, there may be sure to send in a "No tice of Address Change"/ " Notice of Used
be additiona l instruction booklets delivered with your vehicle (for Car Purchase" post card. This card can be found in the Maintenance
example, Operating Instructions for your Sound System, Navigation & Warranty booklet or obtained from your authorized Audi dealer.
System etc.) .
It is in your own interest that we are able to contact you should the
If you are missing one of these publications, or if you believe that need arise. •
the information is not complete, contact your authorized Audi
dealer for assistance.
The Maintenance & Warranty booklet

explains how you can keep your Audi in top driving condition by
having it serviced regularly and contains detailed information about
the warranties covering your Audi. Always have the booklet with you
when you take your vehicle to an authorized Audi dealer for service.
Your Audi Service Adviser will record each scheduled service and
can answer any questions you may have regarding how to maintain
your vehicle.
In Canada,
the vehicle literature is also available in French . To obtain a copy,
contact your dealer or write to:
Au Canada, on peut se procurer un exemplaire en frarn;ais de ce
document aupres du concessionnaire ou de:
Volkswagen Canada, Inc.
Client Assistance
Assistance a la Clientele
777 Bayly Street, West,
Ajax, Ontario L1S 7G7
If you sell your Audi

all literature should be left in the vehicle to make the Warranty terms
as well as all operating, safety and maintenance information avail-
able to the next owner.
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data
ment
About thi s Own e r's M a nu a l
About this Owner's Manual

This owner's manual contains important information, tips, sugges-
tions, and warnings for the use of your vehicle. & WARNING
Make sure that this owner's manual is always located in the vehicle . Text w ith thi s symbol cont ains impo rt ant inform ation on safety
This is especial ly important if you allow other people to drive the and how to reduce the risk of personal injury or death .
veh icle, or if you sell it.
This owner's manua l describes the equipment range specified for
this model at the editorial deadline date. Some of the equipment
0 Note
Text with this symbol draws your attention to potent ial sources of
descr ibed here will only be availab le at a later date, or only in
damage to your veh icle.
specific markets.
Some sections in this owner's manual do not apply to all veh icles.
In that case, the range of appl icability is giv e n at the beginning of W For th e sake of the environment
the section, e.g . "Appl ies to veh icles : with Audi Parking System". In Text with this symbol contains in f or mation about the environment
addition, optional equipment is indicated by an asterisk" *" . and how you can he lp protect it.
The deta ils in the illustrations may be different from those in your
veh icle, and are intended to be viewed as a basic guide . [i ]Tips
You wil l find a table of content s at the beginning of this book, which Text with this symbol contains specia l tips and other information
displays all topics descr ibed in this manua l in order of appearance . about getting the most out of your vehicle and it s features . •
You wil l find an alphabetical index at the end of t his book.
All direction s, such as "left", "right", "front", "back", are re lative to
the direction of trave l.
* opt iona l equipment
.,. This section continues on the next page .
a Indicates the end of a section .
® Registered tradema rks are identified with a®. If this symbol is
m issing, it is no guarantee that the terms can be used freely.
=>&. Cross-reference to a "WARN ING!" within a section . For indi -
cation with a page number, the corresponding "WARN ING!" can be
found outside of the section .
About this Owner's Manual
ment
-------- - --------
Controls
~
and equipment
Instruments and controls
Fig. 1 Some of the equipment or features shown in the general illustration may be standard equipment on your vehicle or may be optional equipment depending on your
model. Always ask your authorized Audi dealer if you have a question about your vehicle .
General illustration @ Front passenger's airbag 174

@ Loudspeaker (treble)
G) Power window switches 70 @ Climate controls .. .. ... . . . .... . .......... .. .... . 126
0 Door handle @ Rear window defogger switch ...... .. .......... .. 87
© Power locking switch 65 @ Switch for seat heating .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... . 131

© Switches for: @ Ashtray . .. .. .. .. . .............. .. .. .. .. . ..... . 117
- Adjuster for outside mirrors .. .. .. . ... . . . ...... . 95 @ Gear shift lever or selector lever
- Switching on heated exterior mirrors - Manual transmission ..... . ...... .. ..... .. .... . 141
- Automatic transmission ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 142
© Light switch .................................. . 77
© Air outlets . ... . ... . .. .. . .............. .. ...... . 130 Cup holder .......... . .. .. ...... . ............. . 116
Cigarette lighter .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . . 118
0 Turn signa l and high beam .. .. .. .. . .......... .. . 84
Electrical socket ................ .. ..... . ....... . 119
© Radio control buttons
Parking brake lever ............................ . 136
® Steering wheel with:
- Integrated control buttons (multi -function steering Ignition lock . . ...... .. .............. . ... . ..... . 134
wheel only) for Audi Sound System Adjustable steering column .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 133
- Horn Cruise control .. .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 139
- Driver's airbag .............................. . 174 Daytime running lights (DRU* ................... . 79
@ Instrument cluster .................... .. .. .. ... . 12 Instrument lighting .. ... . . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . . 83
@ Radio and telephone control buttons Data Link Connector for On Board Diagnostic (OBD Ill 31
@ Switches for Release lever for the engine hood 252
- Windshield wiper/washer . ... . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. . . 88 Switches for:
- Trip computer .. .. . .................. .. .. . .. . 35 - Fuel flap release .......... .. . .......... .. .... . 249
@ Depending on options: Radio or Nav igation system - Rear hatch release 67
(navigation, radio, CD changer)
Switches for: [i ] Tips
- Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) .......... . 216 A separate Owner's Manual is in vehicles that have a factory -
- Tire pressure monitoring system .. . .. .. .. .. .. . . 44 installed radio, CD changer, navigation system or multifunct ion
@ Emergency flasher ............................. . 121 steering wheel. •
@) Storage tray . . . .. . ... . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . 121
@ Glove compartment (lockab le) ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . 120
Controls and equip - I • •

ment
Instruments and warning / indicator lights
Instruments and warning/indicator lights
Instruments - Trip odomete r 15

- Service i nt erv al dis p lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 30
Instrument cluster and controls
The ins trum ent cl uster is your central source of informa- (D Note
ti on. The instrument clu ste r and center co nsole illu minati o n (gauge s and
n eedles) comes on w hen you sw itch on t he ignit ion and the vehicle
headlights are off. Be awa re of the following difference between
models built to US or Canad ian specificat io ns:
• USA models : illumination of the instrument cluster (gauges and
needles), dash and center console around the gear shift lever is
controlled by a light sensor located in the instrument panel. The
instrument panel illumination will automatically become dimmer
as the daylight fades away and eventually will go out completely
when outside light is very low. This is to remind you, the driver, to
sw itch on the headlights before it gets too dark .
• Canada models: instrument panel illumination will stay bright
regardless of the intensit y of ambient light . Always be aware of
changes in outside light conditions while you are driving . Respond
in time to fading dayl ight by turning the light swit ch to position j D
(or" AUTO" if you r car is equi p pe d with t his f eature) to turn on your
headlights . •
Fig. 2 Overview of th e instrume nt cluster Tachometer (engine rev counter)

0 Tachometer with time and date display ...... • ..... 12, 13 The tachom eter ind ic ates the engine RPM (revol uti ons per
0 Indicator lights (turn signals) ... . ...... . ... . .... . 17 minut es).
0 Coolant temperature gauge .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . ... . . . 14
The tachometer 0 =>fig . 2 is the left on e of the two large clock -type
© Fuel gauge . . . .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 14
dis plays .
© Speedome t er wi t h odo met er . . . .. .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . 15
The engine t urns at a speed 7 000 times the single di g it in the
© Set/Check button .. . .. ... ..... .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 13,49
display, e.g . if t he needle poi nt s at the "2" , the eng ine t urn s at
G) Warning/indicator l ights 17
2 000 RPM .
© Reset but t on for
If the engine RPMs drop below 1 500, you should downshift to the
next lower gear. The red area at the end of the scale indicates
maximum permissible engine RPMs after the break-in period.
Before reaching this area, you should either shift into the next
higher gear or ease your foot off the accelerator pedal .
0 Note Fig. 4 Instrument

cluster with the digital
The tachometer needle=> page 12, fig. 2 G) should not move into clock and outside
the red range. If it does, then only for a very short period of time. You temperature display
could damage your engine by driving at high RPM!
To set the hour
<£>
For the sake of the environment - Pull the knob (hour display flashes) and turn it to the left
Upshifting early saves fuels and reduces engine noise. • or rig ht.
To set the minutes

Digital clock vvith date display* or outside
- Pull the button until the minute display flashes.
temperature display*
- Turn the knob to the left or right until the desired setting
Your vehicle is equipped with a quartz controlled digital appears.
clock.
To set the time format (12 or 24-hour display)
Pull the knob until the time format display flashes.
- Turn the knob to the left or right.
To set the date (only on vehicles with Driver

Information System DIS)
Fig. 3 Instrument - Pull the knob until the day, month or year display flashes.
cluster with: the digital
clock and date - Turn the knob to the left or right.
To show or hide the date display (only on

vehicles with Driver Information System DIS)
- Pull the knob until the date display flashes.
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

ment
- Turn the knob to the left or right.
When the date display stops flashing, this means the time and date
& WARNING
• Always observe the warning in => page 245, "Engine compart-
have been successfully stored.
ment" before opening the engine hood and checking the engine
With the ignition off, pushing or pulling the Set/Check button coolant level.
=> page 12, fig. 2©- depending on the instrument cluster config- • Never open the engine hood if you see or hear steam, or if you
uration - can turn on the display field lighting for a few seconds. see engine coolant dripping from the engine compartment . You
could burn yourself. Let the engine cool off first so that you cannot
[i] Tips hear or see any steam or engine coolant.
Depending on the optional equipment selected, your vehicle may

show either outside temperature or the date. • 0 Note
• Mounting additional lights or accessories in front of the air inlets
reduces the cooling effect of the radiator. At high outside tempera -
Engine coolant temperature gauge
tures or high engine load, the engine could overheat.
• The front spoiler has been designed to properly distribute the
The engine coolant gauge © => page 12, fig. 2 only works when the
cooling air when the vehicle is moving. If the spoiler is damaged,
ignition is on. To prevent damage to your engine, please note the
this could reduce the cooling effect and the engine could then over -
following important points:
heat. Ask your authorized Audi dealer for assistance. •
Engine cold
As long as the needle remains at the left end of the gauge, the Fuel gauge
engine still has not reached its operating temperature. Avoid high
engine speeds, heavy engine loads and heavy throttle .
The fuel gauge works only when the ignition is on.
Normal temperature When the needle reaches the red area, the warning light in the
When the engine has reached its operating temperature, the needle instrument cluster will illuminate => page 55 [l . This means you
will move into the middle of the gauge and remain there. If the have approximately 1.8 gallons (7 litersl of fuel left in the tank . Time
engine is working hard at high outside temperatures, the needle to refuel!
may turn further to the right. This is no cause for concern as long as
The total tank capacity of your vehicle is listed in=> page 326,
the J_ warning light in the instrument cluster does not illuminate.
"Data".
When the J_ warning light starts to flash, this can mean one of two
things: either the coolant temperature is too high, or the coolant
level is too low => page 52. 0 Note
Never run the tank completely dry! An irregular supply of fuel can
cause engine misfiring and fuel could enter into the exhaust ~
system. The catalytic converter could then overheat and be Malfunction message
damaged. • If there is a malfunction somewhere in the instrument cluster, dEF
will appear in the trip odometer and will stay on . Contact your
authorized Audi dealer to have the problem corrected.
Speedometer with odometer
Immobilizer
The speedometer shows you the vehicle speed, and the
odometer shows you how many miles (kilometers) you When the ignition is switched on, the data on the ignition key are
scanned automatically .
have driven.
If an unauthorized key was used, SAFE is displayed continuously in
the odometer display field. The vehicle cannot be operated
~ page 67 .
[i] Tips
• The digital clock and the odometer are turned on for about 30
seconds when the driver's door is opened.
Fig. 5 Speedometer • When the ignition is turned off, the odometer reading and the
close-up: odometer digital clock with date display can be switched on for about
display 30 seconds by pressing the knob ~ page 12, fig. 2 ®·•
The odometer and trip odometer are located inside the speedom-
eter . Service interval display
• USA models - Miles The service interval display reminds you when your next
• Canadian models - Kilometers service is due.
Lower odometer
The lower odometer shows the total number of miles (kilometers)
driven .
Upper odometer (trip odometer)

The upper odometer shows the total number of miles (kilometers)
driven since you last reset the odometer back to zero. You can use
Fig. 6 Section of
this odometer when you want to keep track of how many miles (kilo- instrument cluster:
meters) you have driven for a single trip or errand . Th e last digit indi - Service interval display
cates 1/10 of a mile (100 metres) . You can set the trip odometer back (miles) ..
to zero by pressing the reset button ~ fig. 5.
Cont rols and eq uip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

ment
Resetting the service display

Your authorized Audi dealer will reset the display after performing
the scheduled service. You can reset the display in the instrument
cluster on ly if an oi l change has been done. Proceed as fo llows :
• Switch ignition on, a wrench symbol appears.
• Pull knob ~ page 15, fig. 6 to activate the reset mode.
Fig. 7 Section of
instr ument cluster: • Pull the knob again until the display --- appears in the display . If
Service interval display the reset button is not pulled within 5 seconds, the display reset
(dista nce) mode closes.
The service interval display detects when which service category is

required for your vehic le. It works in two stages: [i ] Tips
• Do not reset the display between service intervals. Doing so will
• Service Reminder : After the vehicle reaches a certain mileage
resu lt in an incorrect display.
before service is due, a wrench symbo l appears after the ignition is
turned on. At the same time, the remaining distance/time is • If service was not performed at the correct time or the service
displayed~ page 15, fig . 6 /~fig. 7 until the next service visit. interval display was not reset after service was performed, the addi -
tional m ileage driven or the elapsed days will be shown as negative
• Service due: If service is due, a wrench symbol starts flashing as
numbers.
soon as the ignition is switched on and then stays lit. This message
is accompanied by a warning signal. The wrench symbo l indicates • The service display information will remain intact even if the
that either a service or oil change is needed . battery is disconnected.
• If a priority 1 malfunction is detected (red symbol), you cannot
Checking the remaining distance or service date display the distance remaining. •
Turning on the ignition and pulling briefly on the button ~ page 15,
fig. 6 wil l disp lay the remaining distance/time unti l the next service
Appl ies to vehic les: without Drive r Info rmation System
is needed (service or oil change). The distance remaining is updated
every 300 miles (500 km). Registered remote keys
For new vehicles or after the vehicle has been serviced, the next
scheduled service wil l only be displayed after 300 mi les (500 km) Turning on the ignition and pulling briefly on the knob twice
~ page 15, fig. 6 wi ll display the number of remote keys registered
have elapsed . Until this distance has been travelled, the display will
show ----- . to the vehic le. Therefore, when buying a used vehicle, make sure to
get all of the remote keys that belong to it.
The wrench symbol starts flashing when serv ice is due:
An example of a possib le disp lay: 3/2. The first digit indicates how
• this means that a Service is necessary, many remote keys have been coded for your vehicle. The second
• and if the word "OIL" appears, an Oil Change is due . digit indicates the current number of remote keys that are regis -
tered . For our example , this would mean that 2 keys have been .,,_
enabled for your vehicle, and that, for example, one key has been G) Indicator lights in the ta chometer => fig . 8
lost.
0 Indicator lights in the center display => fig . 8
If one key has been lost, contact an authorized Audi dealership to
have the function locked for this key. Also inform your insurance
© Indicator lights in the speedometer => fig . 8 •
company that this key is lost. •

G) Indicator lights in the tachometer
Warning/indicator lights
Tire pressure too low => page 19
Overview -
Electronic power control =>page 19
The warning/indicator lights indicate different functions
or a possible malfunction . Electronic stabilization program (ESP) => page 19
-
USA models : => page 19
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIU
Canada models : => page 19
Malfunction lndictor Lamp (MIU
High beam =:>page 20
D •
@ Indicator lights in the center display field
¢ Left turn signal => page20
Q Right turn signal => page20
Fig. 8 Instrument cluster with warning/indicator lights 4 Coolant level too low/coolant tern -
perature too high
=> page 20
Your vehicle is equipped with several important warning and indi - Low fuel => page 21
cator lights to help you monitor the continued reliable operation of
your vehicle=:> & in "Indicator lights in the speedometer" on
- Engine oil pressure too low =>page 21
page 18. '-l:::1i

ment
Hoo d o pen =>page22 Safety belt =>page 23
Door/doors open =>page 22 USA models:

BRAKE
_......
Brake system , parking b rake set
=> page23
Rear hatch open =>page 22 - Canada models:

--=> p ag e 23
<CD
> Brake system, parking brake set
Brake pads wo r n => page 22 - USA models:
=>page24
-
Anti-l ock brake system (ABS)
Fuel filler cap op en => page 22
Canada models : =>page 24
An t i-lock brake system (ABS)
Light/rain sensor (automatic head - => page 22
Iig ht sl* defectiv e /@ Electro -mechanica l power assist =>page25
Adapt ive Light* defective =>page 22
Headli gh t levelin g adjustme nt => page 22

& WARNING
• Failure to heed warning lights and other important vehicle
informat ion may result in serious personal injury or vehicle
Check engine oil* and engine oil =>page 22
damage .
-------- sensor defective*
Washer flu id leve l low* => page 23
• Whenever stalled or stopped for repair, move the vehicle a safe
distance off the road, stop the engine, and turn on the emergency
• flasher => page 84.
• The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially
G) Indicator lights in the speedometer hazardous area. Before you check anything in the engine compart-
ment , stop the engine and let it cool down . Always exercise
extreme caution when working under the engine hood
USA models :
CRUISE
Cruise cont rol activated
=>pag e 23 =>page 245, "Engine compartment "
~t:,
-
Canada models : =>pag e 23
[i ]Tips
Cruise contro l activated
.o.
c:;:.{/ Airb ag syst em => p age 23
• When a yellow wa rn ing symbo l appea rs, one warning tone
sounds. Check t he f unction displayed as soon as possible.
• When a red symbol appears, three war n ing tones sou nd i n
Generato r => page23
0 succession. The symbo l continues to flash unti l the fault has been
correcte d. ~
In st rum e nt s a nd w a rnin g/ indi ca t o r ligh ts
• On vehicles equipped with automatic transmission, the warning Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)
and indicator lights are shown in the center display as individual
symbo ls, similar to vehic les with Auto Check Control=:> page 49. • The warning/indicator light monitors the electronic stabi-
lization program .
Tire pressure monitoring system - telltale The warning/indicator light r has the fo llowing functions:
indicator lamp L' • it fl ashes wh ile you are driving, when the ESP or the ASR (Anti-
Slip Regulation) is working .
The warning/indic ator light appears in the event of a
• it illuminates when you switch on the ignition for approximate ly
significant loss of air pressure.
2 seconds as a function check .
The ......warning/indicator light illuminates for a few seconds after • it i lluminates when there is a ma lfunction in the ESP.
t he ignit ion is turned on as function check and then goes out. • it illuminates after the battery has been d isco nnected.
If the ..Jsymbo l appears, pressure is too low in at least one tire. • it illuminates continuous ly when the ESP is switched off.
When the system detects a malfunction, the warning/indicator light • it i lluminates if t here is a malfunction in the ABS, since the ESP
will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continu - is part of the ABS system.
ously illuminated . This sequence wil l continue upon subsequent
If the ESPwarning/indicator light illuminates and stays on after you
veh icle starts up as long as the malfunction exists. Contact your
have started the engine, this may mean that the control system has
authorized Audi dealer and have the malfunction corrected .
tempo rarily switched off the ESP.If this is case, you can reactivate
For more information =:>page 46. • the ESP by switching the ignition off and then on again . The
warning/indicator light should go out to show that the system is
f ul ly functional again.
Electronic power control
The ESP warning/indicator light will illuminate when the ignition is
This warning/indicator light monitors the electronic switched on if the vehicle battery has been disconnected and t hen
power contr ol. reconnected again. The light should go out after driving a short
distance if the stee ring wheel is t urned slightly .
The warn ing/indicator light (Electronic Power Contro l) illumi -
nates when you switch on the ignition as a function check. For more information about the ESP=> page 216. •
[i J Tip s Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

If this warning/indicator light illuminates while you are driving, then -ai (USA models) / (Canada models)
there is a ma lfunction in the engine electronics. Have the malfunc -
tion corrected as soon as possible by your authorized Audi dealer or The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU is part of the On-Board Diag-
qualified workshop . • nostic (OBD II) system . The symbol L li ghts up when the ignition is
turned on and wi ll turn off after the engine has started and has _,,

ment
settled at constant idle speed. This indicates that the MIL is working - Pull off the road and stop the vehicle.
properly.
- Turn off the engine.
The warning light illuminates when there is a malfunction in the
engine electronic system. Contact your authorized Audi dealer and - Check coolant level ~ page 261.
have the malfunction corrected .
- Add coolant if necessary~ page 262.
For more information=> page 31. •
- Continue driving only after the engine coolant
warning/indicator light goes out.
High beam [D
- Contact your authorized Audi dealer for assistance if
The ~D warning/indicator light illuminates when the high beams are necessary.
on or when you use the headlight flasher. For more information
If the engine coolant level is correct, then the radiator fan may be
about using the high beams, see=> page 84. •
the cause of the malfunction.
If the generator warning/indicator light should also illuminate
Turn signals ¢ ¢ =>page 23, then the fan belt may be damaged.
The indicator light flashes when you use either turn
signal. & WARNING
Whenever you use the left ¢ or the right ¢ turn signal, the indicator • If your vehicle should break down for mechanical or other
light flashes. When you use the emergency flasher, both indicator reasons, park at a safe distance from moving traffic, turn off the
lights flash. engine and turn on the hazard warning lights => page 84, "Emer-
gency flasher II..".
If one of the turn signal light bulbs burn out, the turn signal will
flash twice as fast as normal. • • Never open the hood if you see or hear steam or coolant
escaping from the engine compartment - you risk being scalded.
Wait until you can no longer see or hear steam or coolant
Engine cooling system malfunction - •- escaping.
• The engine compartment of any vehicle is a dangerous area.
A malfunction in the engine cooling system must be
Before you perform any work in the engine compartment, turn of
repaired as soon as possible. the engine and allow it to cool. Follow the warning stickers
When the _t symbol in the display flashes, then either the =>page 245, "Engine compartment". .,,_
engine coolant temperature is too high, or the coolant level
is too low. In addition to the symbol, the following message
also appears in the display:
SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK COOLANT LEVEL
Dipstick reading checks too low

0 Note
- Top off oil to the proper level ~ page 258.
Do not continue driving if the - F- symbol illuminates. It indicates a
cooling system malfunction likely to result in serious damage to the - Make sure that the oil pressure warning symbol <t=:r:
engine. • appears no longer in the display before you start driving
again.
Fuel supply too low ~
Dipstick reading checks OK
When the - symbol illuminates, this means there is about 1.8 If the <t=:r:symbol starts flashing again even though the
gallons (7 liters) of fuel left in the fuel tank. Time to refuel! engine oil level checks OK on the dipstick, do not start
=> page 248. driving again and do not let the engine run at idle.
If the symbol illuminates although the fuel tank contains adequate
Instead, contact your authorized Audi dealer for assis-
fuel, there is a malfunction in the fuel tank system. Please consult a tance.
qualified workshop . •
Engine oil level low
If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil=> page 258 .
Engine oil pressure malfunction ~
Engine oil level correct
The red engine oil pressure warning symbol requires If the symbol ~ flashes although the engine oil level is correct,
immediate service or repair. Driving with a low oil pres- please seek professional assistance. Do not continue to drive. Do
sure indicator is likely to result in serious damage to the not leave the engine running, even at idle speed.
engine.
If the <t=:r:symbol appears in the display and blinks, the oil [i] Tips
pressure is too low. In addition to the symbol, the following • The engine oil pressure symbol ~ is not an indicator for a low
message also appears in the display: engine oil level. Do not rely on it . Instead, check the oil level in your
engine at regular intervals, preferably each time you refuel, and
SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK OIL LEVEL always before going on a long trip.
• The yellow oil level warning indication requires oil refill or
Immediate actions workshop service without delay. Do not wait until the red oil pres-
- Pull off the road and stop the vehicle. sure warning symbol ~ starts to flash before you respond to the
low oil level warning . By then, your engine may already have
- Shut the engine down . suffered serious damage. •
- Check the engine oil level with the dipstick ~ page 257.

ment
Hood warning ~ If the symbol illuminates, the light sensor has failed . For safety
reasons the low beams are turned on permanently with the switch
The hood warning ~ is d isplayed if the hood is not clos ed with the in AUTO . However, you can continue to turn the lights on and off
ignition on . • using the light switch . In the case of a defect in the rain sensor, the
windshield wiper lever functions are still available . Have the
light/rain sensor checked as soon as possible at a dealership. •
Door warning @
Ap plies to vehicles: w ith Ad ap tive Ligh t
The door warning f.l-is disp layed if at least one door is not closed
Adaptive Light defective · )
with the ignition on. •
c; ADAPTIVE LIGHT DEFECTIVE

Rear hatch warning ~ When this symbol illuminates, it means that Adaptive Light is
defective. Go to a qualified workshop to have the headlights or the
The rear hatch warning e::5 is displayed if the rear hatch is not closed control unit for the Adaptive Light repaired . •
with the ignition on. •
Ap pli es to veh icles: w ith dr iver info rmat ion di splay and dy nam ic headli g ht rang e adj ust men t
Worn brake pads u Headlight range control defective C
If the symbol illuminates, contact your authorized Audi dealer to If the (I) illumi n ates, the dynamic headlight range control is no
have the front brake pads inspected (on that occasion have the rear longer working properly . Have the system checked and repaired at
brakes inspected as well to be safe). • your authorized Audi dea ler. •
Fuel filler cap warning t=l Check engine oil ~
The fuel filler cap warning t=."is displayed if the fuel filler cap is not If the symbol .... illuminates permanently, please check the engine
properly closed with the engine running . oil level as soon as possible => pag e 257 . Top off the oil at your
As soon as the fuel filler cap is closed, the fuel fi ller cap warning earliest opportunity => page 258. If the symbol flashes , there is
goes out after a delay. • problem in the oil leve l sensor .
Ap plies to vehi cles: with autom atic headli gh ts and rain senso r 0 Note
Light / rain sensor defective • Follow the instructions in the Owner's Manual=> page 257,
"Checking the engine oi l level" and => page 258, "Adding engine oil
r AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS /A UTOMATIC WIPERS DEFECTIVE ~" .
In st rum e nt s a nd w a rnin g/ indi ca t o r ligh ts
• Check the oil level at regu lar intervals; the best times are when - Generator 0
ever you refue l and before long trips. •
This warning/indicator light detects a malfunction in the
generator or in the vehicle's electrical system.
Windshield washer fluid level too low ~..
The D warning/indicator light illuminates when you switch on the
ignit ion and must go out after the eng ine has started .
If t he ~ symbol il luminates, add windshield washer fluid to the
washer system ~ page 269 . • If the D warning/indicator light illuminates while you are driving,
you should contact your authorized Audi dealer . Since the vehic le
battery is discharging, you should switch off any unnecessary elec -
Cruise control trical consumers (for examp le, the air conditioner). •
CRUISE(USA models )/
12
(7) (Canada models)
The CRU ISEwarning/indicator light illuminates when the cruise Safety belts ,ft
control is activated. • This warning/indicator light reminds you to put on your
safety belt.
Airbag system !..!r The ~ warning/indicator light i ll uminates when the ignition is
This warning/indicator light monitors the airbag and the switched on to remind the driver and (on USA models on ly) any front
passenge r to put on the safety belt. Additiona lly, an acoustic
tensioner systems.
warning (gong) will also sound .
The !~- warning light illuminates for a few seconds each time you For more Information ~ page 160, "Safety belt warning light~". •
switch on the ignition.
If the !'!r warning light does not go out, or if it il luminates while you
are driving, or if it starts to flash, then there is a malfunction some - Brake system
where in the system. If the light does not illuminate when you BRAKE(USA models)/ (CD)(Canada models)
switch on the ignition, this also means there is a malfunction.
This warning/indicator light illuminates when the brake
fluid level is too low or when there is a malfunction in the
& WARNING ABS, or when the parking brake is set.
If you have a malfunct ion in the airbag system , cont act your autho - The l ight illuminates when the ignition is turned on. It goes out after
rized Audi dealer immedi ately. Otherw ise the airba g or the belt the engine has been started and the parking brake is fu lly released.
t ensioner m ay not w ork properly in an accident. • This indicates that the brake warning light is functioning properly .
If the brake w arning light does not light up w hen the engine is
cranking or th e parking brake is applied , there may be a malfun ction _.,

ment
in the electrical system . In this case, conta ct your autho rized Audi Anti-lock brake system
dealer. .. c_ (USA models)/ .., (Canada models)
When the li ght comes on, an audible warning signal is also given .
This warni ng/i ndicator light monit ors the ABS and the
Parking brake set electronic differenti al lock (EDL).
The BRAKE or ((]))(Canada) warn i ng/indicator light illuminates when The ~ wa rning light wi ll come on f o r a few seconds when the igni -
th e parki ng brake is set ::::;,& . tion is switched on . The lig ht wi ll go out after an automatic check
sequence is completed.
& WARNING There is a malfunction in the ABS when :
• USA models: If both the BRAKE warning light and the ~ • t he warn ing/in d icator ligh t does not illu mi nate when you sw it ch
warning light come on at the same time , the rear wheels could on the ignition .
lock up first under hard braking . Lock-up of the rear wheel brakes
• t he warni ng/ indi cat o r light does not go out after a f ew seco nds.
can cause loss of vehicle control and an accident . Have your
vehicle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a
• the warning/indicator light illuminates while driving.
qualified workshop . Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake Without the electronic assistance of the ABS, the brake system will
application. still respond and brake the car. Have the brake system checked and
• Canada models : If both the brake warning light ((j)) and the ABS restored to its full performance by an authorized Audi dealer as
warning light come on at the same time , the rear wheels could soon as possible. For more information regarding the ABS see
lock up first under hard braking . Lock-up of the rear wheel brakes ::::;,page 220.
can cause loss of vehicle control and an accident. Have your Since any mal function o f th e ABS also a ffects the ESP,that system's
vehicle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a warning symbol ::::;,page 19 will light up along with the , 5/
qualified workshop . Drive slowly and avoid sudden , hard brake (Canada models) warni ng light.
application
• If the brake warning / indicator light does not go out after a few Unspecific malfunction in the brake system
seconds and the parking brake released, or lights up while you are If both th e bra ke warn ing lig ht => page 23 and the S war ni ng light
driving, the flu id level in the brake fluid reservoir is too low . If you i ll uminate when the parking brake is released, the likely cause is a
believe that it is safe to do so, proceed immediately at low speed serious malf uncti o n in the bra ke syst em beyo nd an ino perativ e ABS
to the nearest author ized Audi dealer or qualif ied workshop and =>& .
have the brake system inspected. If an uns pecif ic defect in t he brake syst em is i ndicat ed, the ent ire
• Always keep in mind that after several brake applications , you brake system is likely to be affected and you must expect degraded
will need greater pressure on the brake pedal to stop your vehicle . brake response and performance.
Do not rely on strained brakes to respond with maximum stopping
Since an y malfunction of the ABS also effects the ESP, that system's
power in critical situations . You must allow for increased braking
warning symbol ::::;,page 19 will light up along with the ci / '""
distan ces. The extra distance used up by fading brakes could lead
(Canada mod els) warning light. .,,_
to an accident. •
Instruments and warning / indi c ator lights
M a lfun c tion in the ele c troni c diff e rential lo c k (EDL ) qualified workshop~ & . With the engine not running (e.g . when
The tw o systems EDL and ABS int erac t . Fo r t his reaso n the ~s t he car is bei ng t owe d), t here is also no power assist avai lab le.
warning light/ (Canada mode ls) wi ll come on to indicate a
malf un cti o n in the EDL sys t em ~ page 217 . See your autho ri zed
Aud i dea ler as soon as poss ib le.
& WARNING
If there is a malfunction , the indicator light for the electro -mechan -
& WARNING ical power assist illumin ates . Seek professional ass istan ce. •
• If the Cf (Canada models ) warn ing light does not go out ,

or if it come s on while driving , the ABS system is not working
p roperly . The vehicle can then be stopped only with the brakes
operating without ABS support. You will not have the protection
ABS provide s. Contact your authorized Audi dealer as soon as
possible .
• USA models : If both the BRAKE warning light and the
warning light come on at the same time, the rear wheels could
lock up first under hard braking. Rear wheel brake lock -up can
cau se loss of vehicle control and an acc ident . Have your vehicle
repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified
workshop . Drive slowly and avo id sudden, hard brake appl ic ation .
• Canada models : If both the brake warning light (CD)and the ABS
warning light come on at the same time , the rear wheels could
lock up first under hard braking. Rear wheel brake lock -up can
cause loss of vehicle control and an accident . Have your veh ic le
repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified
workshop . Drive slowly and avoid sudden , hard br ake
application . •
Electro-mechanical power assist ) / ~
If t he ind icato r light il lumi nat es whi le you are drivi ng, there is a
malfunction in the electro -mechanical steering. If the indicator light
is showing sJ, t here may be a red uct ion in pow er st eerin g assis t . If
the indicator light is showing @ , there may be a total loss of power
steer ing assi st. The steering m ust be i nspec t ed imm edia t ely by a

ment
Dri ve r informati o n displ a y
Driver information display
Introduction
[i ] Tip s
Ap plies to vehi cles : w it h dri ver in for m ation d isp lay • If your vehicle has an automatic transmission, the various
display contents will appear only after you have moved the selector
General notes
lever into R, D or S.
The driver information di splay inside the instrument • In the event of a malfunction , eith er a red or yellow icon app ears
cluster provides you, the driver, with important informa- in the display . Red symbols indicate Danger ~ page 51. Yellow
tion. symbols indica t e a Warning ~ page 54. •
App lies to vehic les: wit hout trip computer, w ith autom atic transmission
Driver Information System (without trip

computer)
Current information about the vehicle's operating status
is shown in the dis play in the center of the cockpit.
Fig. 9 Instru ment

cluster : cent er display
The driver inf ormation display is located in th e cent er of the instru -

ment cluster ~ fig . 9.
The driver information system updates important information in the
center display in clear view of the driver . In an easy to unders t and Fig. 10 Cent er disp lay
wit hout trip comp ut er
format, the display tells you how your vehicle is functioning at t he on vehicles wi th a uto-
current mom ent . For example, the display can tell you how many mati c trans mission
mi les (kilometers) you can still drive until it is time to bring your
vehic le to your authorized Audi d ealer for a scheduled Maintenance
Service . This feature helps preventing costly repairs. It is just one of Outside temperature ind icator * ~ page28
many diff erent items of inf ormation available for recall. The display Door and rear hatch warning ~ page29
also gives you a "status repor t " whenever the sound system , tele -
phone, and navigati on systems are being used. Service interval display ~ page30
Auto Check Control ~ page49
Detailed inst ructions for operating the Audi Navigation System* are
provided in separa t e manuals .
Driver messages => page 49 Headlight/taillight malfunc t ion => page 57

Parking brake warning ~ page 50 Selector lever positions 6-speed Direct Shift ~ page 143
Gearbox
Speed warning => page 56
Aud i Navigation Syst em ·* See separate man-
Selector lever positions 6-speed Direct Shift => page 143
-Gearbox
•
ual
•
Ap plies to veh icles: wit h dr iver info r mati on di sp lay and o n-board com p uter
App li es to ve hic les: wit h dr iver info r mation d isplay and o n-b oard compute r
Driver information display with on-board Sound system display

computer
Radio display => page 27

Outs ide air temperature => page28
Digital speedometer => page 28
Range => page29
Door open indicator ~ page29 Fig. 11 Center display :
sound system
=> page 30
Service interval display => page 30 If no pr ior it y 2 f aul t s are shown by Aut o Check Contr ol , th e select ed
=> page 35 station name or the radio frequency of the station is displayed with
additional information (depending on radio equipment) .
Menu display => page 39
These displays app ear in addition t o t h e radio display. •
Auto Check system ~ page49
Driver inf ormat ion ~ poge49
~ page50
Parking brake warning ~ page50
Speed limiter => page 56

ment
Ap pli es to vehicles: with driver information display
Outside temperature display

& WARNING (continued)
surfaces, especially bridges and overpasses, could be ice covered
and slippery even at an outside temperature above 41 °F (+5 °C).
• Always remember, even if the "snowflake" symbol (ice
warning) does not appear in the display, black ice could be on the
road.
• Always reduce your speed and drive with special care in cold
weather conditions when the chance of encountering icy road
surfaces increases .
Fig. 12 Center display :

outside temperature [i ] Tips
When using the navigation system feature "Destination", the
The outside temperature will be displayed when you switch on the outside temperature is also displayed. •
ignition => fig. 12. If your vehicle has an automatic transmiss ion, the
outside temperature will appear in the display only after you have
Appl ies to veh icles: with driver informat ion display
moved the selector lever into a gear (for example, when you shift
into "D"). Digital speedometer
The snowflake symbol also appears when the outside temperature
is below 41 °F (+5 °C). This is to warn you, the driver, to be extra
cautious because the road surfaces may be icy. If the vehicle is at a
standsti ll , or if you are driving at a very low speed, the temperature
shown in the display might be slightly higher than the actual
outside temperature. This is caused by the heat being radiated from
the engine.
Remember , if your vehicle is equipped with air conditioning and you
change the display from °F (Fahrenheit) to °C (Centigrade), then the Fig. 13 Display: Digital
outside temperature will automatically be displayed in °C (Centi- speedometer
grade)=> page 128.
Current speed appears in the display. Speed is displayed in
& WARNING 1 mph steps.
• Never rely exclusively on the outside temperature display to Press the reset button @ ~ page 36, fig. 23 repeatedly
determine if a road surface is icy or not. Keep in mind that road until the digital speed display appears. •
Appli es to vehicles: w it h driv er info rmat ion disp lay and on-board comp ute r Appli es to vehicles : w ith auto check control
Miles (kilometers) to empty Warning: engine hood, door or rear lid open
The miles (kilometers) to empty indication is a valuable
aid to schedule the refueling stops on a trip.
Fig. 15 Display: door,

rear lid, and engine
hood open
Fig. 14 Cente r display :
mil es (kilom ete rs) to
empty
With the ignition switched on, the open -door -or-li d warning illumi -
nates when at least one doo r, or the engine hood or t he trunk lid is
not closed. The symbol also shows you which door(s) or lid is not
This feature shows you the estimated range in miles (km) => fig. 14
closed. The illust ration shows that the engine hood , the rear lid and
until the tank runs dry. This fea t ure calculates how far you could
the driver's door is not closed => fig. 15.
drive with the amount of fue l left in your fuel tank while driving
under t he current driving conditions . The remaining distance is If the engine hood or trunk lid are not closed, the display will fl ash.
recalculated every 6 miles (10 kml. As soon as all th e doors and lids are properly clos ed, t h e warning
goes out .
While calculating the miles (km) to empty, the system also calcu-
lates your fuel consumption over the last 18 miles (30 km). You can switch off t he open-door-or-lid warning display by briefly
Remember: - the more economically you drive, the further you can pressing the On Board computer control buttons => pag e 36. The
go. a open door or trunk warning wil l, however, illuminate again as soon
as there is a change in the posi t ion of th e doors , engine hood or
trunk lid. •
Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I Technical data

ment
Ap plies to vehi cles: w it h 2.0 TFSl-eng ine and auto -check-cont ro l Ap p lies to vehi cles: wi th Aut o Ch eck Contro l
Fuel filler cap not closed properly Service Interval Display

The Service Interval Display is a reminder of the next
service due.
Fig. 16 Center display:

fuel filler cap open
Fig. 17 Section of
inst rument cluster:
A message CLOSE FUEL TANK CAP ! in the driver information display Service int erval display
will come on if the fuel filler cap is not properly closed . If the
message comes on, please perform the following steps upon
The service int erval display detects when which service category is
reaching your next destination .
required for your vehicle . It works in two stages :
With the ignit ion turned off, open the fuel filler f lap and remove the
• Servi ce Reminder : Starting with a certain mileage before a
fue l cap. Next, reinstall the fuel cap being sure to twist the fue l filler
service event, this message appears when the ignition is switched
cap clockwise until you hear a definit e "click ." Press the fuel filler
on: SERVICE IN 5500 Ml 150 DAYS. To find out if the service consists
flap closed unt il it locks into p lace (and is flush with t he car body) .
of an oil change or a service can be checked via the driver informa -
After switching on the ignition, the message may remain li t even tion display =::>page 39.
though the fuel filler cap is properly closed. This is norma l and there • S ervi ce Event: If the due date for servicing has passed, the
is no reason to take your vehicle for service. message SERVICE EX CEEDED! appears. This message is accompa -
If, however , the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU comes on , n ied by a warn ing signal. And the type of service needed is
always drive to your nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualified displayed .
workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Ch ec kin g the Re main ing D istan ce
For more information =::>page 249, "Refue ll ing". • By briefly pul ling the knob, =::>fig. 17 -Arrow -, the remaining
distance and time to the next service schedule is disp layed with the
ignition on. The distance remaining is updated every 300 miles (500
km). The next scheduled oil change and therea fter the next sched-
u led service will be displayed .
For new vehicles or after the vehicle has been serviced, the next
scheduled service will only be displayed after 300 miles (500 km) _,,
have elapsed . Until this distance has been travelled, the display will On-Board Diagnostic system (08D)
show OIL CHANGE IN ----- Ml --- DAYS and SERVICE IN ----- Ml ---
DAYS. 04
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (USA
To reset the display models) / (Canada models)
The dealership performing the service resets the display when the
service has been completed. You can reset the display in the instru - The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU in the instrument cluster
ment panel only if an oil change has been done. Proceed as follows: => page 17, fig . 8 is part of the On-Board Diagnostic (OBD Ill system.
• Switch the ignition on. The warning/indicator light illuminates when the ignition is
• Pull on button => page 30, fig. 17 -Arrow- , and the following switched on and goes out after the engine starts and the idle has
message appears: SERVICE EXCEEDED !. stabilized. This indicates that the MIL is working properly.
• Keep pulling on the knob until OIL CHANGE IN----- Ml --- DAYS If the light does not go out after the engine is started, or illuminates
appears in the display. If the reset button is not pulled within 5 while you are driving, a malfunction may exist in the engine system.
seconds, the display reset mode closes . If the light starts flashing, the catalytic converter could be damaged .
Continue driving with reduced power (avoiding sustained high
[i J Tips
speeds and/or rapid accelerations) and have the condition
corrected. Contact your authorized Audi dealer.
• Do not reset the display between service intervals. Doing so will
result in an incorrect display. If the light illuminates, the electronic speed limiter may also be
malfunctioning . For more information=> page 32, "Electronic speed
• If service was not performed at the correct time or the service
limiter".
interval display was not reset after service was performed, the addi -
tional mileage driven or the elapsed days will be shown as negative An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also cause the MIL light to
numbers. illuminate => page 249. •
• If the battery is disconnected, the Service Interval Display values
are retained.
• If a priority 1 malfunction is present (red symbol), the distance
remaining cannot be called up.
• You can also view the Service Interval Display using the trip
computer => page 39. •

ment
On-Board Diagnostics Electronic speed limiter
Your vehic le may be factory equipped with tires that are rated for a
maximum speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). This is less than the
maximum speed of your vehicle . To reduce the risk of sudden tire
failure and loss of control if the vehicle is operated at excessive
speeds, your vehicle also has an electronic speed limiter . The elec-
tronic speed limite r prevents your vehic le from going faster than the
tire speed rating . For more information~ page 284, " Speed rating
Fig. 18 Locati on of
(letter code)".
Data Link Connector If the veh icle approaches t he tire speed rating, the engine control
!DLCl
unit wil l turn off the fue l injectors . You wil l notice an instant loss of
eng ine power and a drop in road speed . The engine performance
On-Board Diagnostics monitors the components of your emission wi ll return to normal as soon as the speed has dropped below
control system. Each controlled component in your engine system approximately 124 mph (200 km/h) .
has been assigned a code . In case of a malfunction, the component
will be identified and the fault stored as a code in the control If the engine control unit receives fau lty vehic le roadspeed signals,
module memory . t he Malfunction Indicator Light (MIU wil l illuminate. If this occurs,
contact the nearest authorized Audi dea ler for assistance .
The MIL lamp may also illuminate if there is a leak in the on -board
fue l vapor recovery system. If the light illuminates after a refue lling,
pul l off the road and stop the vehicle, then check that the fuel filler
cap is properly c losed ~ page 249 .
& WARNING
Alw ays observe t he posted speed limit s and adjust your speed to
In order to make an accurate diagnosis, the stored data can only be suit prevailing road, tr affic and we ath er condit ions. Never drive
displayed using special diagnostic equipment (generic scan tool for your vehicle fast er than th e maximum speed rating of the t ires
OBDl. installed . •
In order to connect the special diagnostic equipment, push the p lug
into the Data Link Connector (DLC).The DLC is located to the right of
the engine hood release lever~ fig. 18.
Your authorized Audi dealer or a qua lified service station can in t er-
pret the code and perform the necessary repair . •
Driv e r information display
Speed warning system The speed warning symbol wil l also go out if the speed exceeds the
stored maximum speed by more than about 25 mph (40 km/h) for at
Ap plies to vehicles : w it h driver in fo r mation dis play and on -boa rd co mp uter least 10 seconds. The stored maximum speed is deleted .
Overview Setting speed warning 1 => page 34.
The speed warning system helps you to keep your driving Speed warning 2 L / ~ (Canada models)
speed below a set speed limit. Storing warning 2 is recommended if you always want to be
reminded of a certain speed, for example when you are traveling in
a country that has a general maximum speed limit, or if you do not
want to exceed a specified speed for winter tires.
The speed warning 2 symbo l, ...,,,/ (Canada models) appears in the
display when you exceed the stored speed limit. Unlike warning 1,
it will not go out until the vehicle speed drops below t he stored
speed limit.
Setting speed warning 2 => page 34.
Fig. 19 Display : speed
warning system
(I) Tips
The speed warning system warns the driver if he exceeds a previ - Even though your vehicle is equipped with a speed warning system,
ously stored maximum speed. A warning tone wi ll sound as soon as you should sti ll watch the speedometer to make sure you are not
the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed by about 6 miles per hour driving faster than the speed limit. •
(10 km/h). At the same time, a warning symbo l appears in the
display => fig. 19.
The speed warning system has two warning thresholds that func -
tion independently of each other and that have somewhat different
purposes:
Speed warning 1 I "1 (Ca nada models)

You can use speed warning 1 to set the maximum speed whi le you
are driving. This setting wi ll remain in effect until you turn off the
ignition, assuming that you have not changed or reset the setting.
The speed warning symbol ') 1 (Canada models) in the warning 1
display appears when you exceed the maximum speed. It goes out
when the speed falls below the stored maximum speed .

ment
Ap pli es to vehicles: with driver informat ion display and on-board compute r Applies to vehicles: with driver information disp lay and on-board computer
Speed warning 1: setting a speed limit Speed warning 2: setting a speed limit
Warning threshold 1 is set by the button. Warning threshold 2 is operated with switches in the
wiper lever.
::
.,
a:.
--
M
"' a.,:.
"'
Fig. 20 Button in the

Fig. 21 Section of the
instrument cluster
instrument cluster:
button
Storing the maximum speed
Drive at the desired maximum speed.
Press the knob button =>fig. 20 until the => page 33,
fig. 19 symbol appears.
Resetting the maximum speed

Drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 3 mph (5 km/h)
- Press the knob for more than 2 seconds. Fig. 22 Wiper lever:
Trip computer controls
The speed warning symbol E) (USA modelsl/ 0 (Canada models) will
appear briefly in the display when you release the button to indicate To store maximum speed
that the maximum speed has been stored successfully.
Turn off the ignition.
The maximum speed remains stored until it is changed by pressing
the button again briefly or until it is deleted by a lengthy push on t he Briefly press the button in the instrument cluster
button. • =>fig. 21. The odometer and the digital clock are now illu-
minated. ~
Dr ive r informat io n di s pl a y
- Press t he button for at least 2 sec o nds. The curren t ly Trip computer
st o red maximum speed appears in the display or the
crossed out symbo l for warning threshold 2, if no App lies to vehicles : with drive r infor m ati on dis play and o n-boa rd computer
maximum speed was set previously . Introduction
- Press t he function selector switch in the wipe r lever @ The trip computer gives you information on current and
=> page 34, fig. 22 up or down to change the set value . average fuel consump tion rates, average speed, cruising
Values run up or dow n in st eps of 6.2 mph (10 km/h) . distance and driving time.
To d e le t e maximum sp ee d The fol lowing information is evaluated by the trip computer and
shown in the display:
- Turn off the ignition.
- Briefly press the button in the instrument cluster
=> page 34, fig. 21. The odometer and the digital clock are
Cruising range ___________ , => page 37
=> page 37
now illuminated.
Average fuel consumption => page 38
- Press t he button for at least 2 seconds. The curren t ly => page 38
stored maximum speed appears in the display.
Instantaneous fuel consumption =>page 38
- Press t he rese t but t on in the wiper lever @ => page 34,
fig. 22 un til the crossed out speed warni ng symb o l for The five different information contents - cruising range, driving
warning threshold 2 ap pears in t he display. time, average fuel economy, average speed and instantaneous fue l
consumption - rotate in the display in the same sequence as they
A few seconds after the adjustment is comple t ed, the illuminat ion appear in the tab le. •
for the odometer and the digital c lock wi ll go out .
[i J Tip s
This warning threshold can also be controlled through the trip
computer => page 40, " Navigate the menu". •

ment
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w it h driver info rmat ion display and on-board comp uter The trip computer only operates when the ignition is on. When you
Oper a tion t urn on the ignition, the function that was in use when you last
turned the ignition off will be displayed.
The trip computer is controlled by two switches located
In addition to the trip computer information (memory level 1 or 2)
on the wiper lever.
and navigation information can be displayed . To switch the display
between the different systems, tap the Reset button @ briefly.
You can reset the fol lowing va lues to zero using t he reset button:
• driving time
• average mileage
• average speed
In addit ion, all the values in the single -trip or the tota l-trip memory
Fig. 23 Wiper ar m: can be de leted simultaneous ly.
Wiper lever: cont rols
for t he trip computer
[i ]Tip s
Selecting the functions • If you hold down the reset button for longer than 2 seconds , the
Push in the upper (lower) protrusion on the function current value (for example, average fuel consumption) will be reset
selector switch @ to scroll up (down) thro ugh the trip to zero.
computer funct ions ~ fig. 23. The functions for t he trip • Malfunction displays in Auto -Check Control are shown even with
computer are displayed in succession on the respective the display switched off .
memory levels. Keep the switch pushed unt il the desired • A ll stored values will be lost if the vehicle battery is
display appears. disconnected . •
Switching between menu le v e ls

- Tap the Rest butto n ® briefly to reac h the vari ous menu
levels one after the other ("Comput er 1", "Computer 2",
"Nav igation system"* and "Start men u") .
R e s e tting th e fun ction to z e ro

Select the desired function.
Push the reset button @ for at least two seconds.
Applies to vehicles: wi th driver informat ion display and on-board compu ter The maximum time period that can be recorded is 999 hours and 59
Memories minutes. When this value is reached, recording stops and the
system stores the data gathered up to this point. •
The trip computer is equipped with two fully automatic
memones.
App li es to vehicles: wi th driver information disp lay and on-board compu ter
Cruising range
The cruising range display helps you plan your trips.
The esti mat ed cruising range in miles (km) appears in the display.
This tells you how far your vehicle will be able to travel with the
amount of fuel left in the tank and with the same driving style. The
display counts down in 6 mile- (10 km-) steps.
The cruising range is ca lcu lated based on the fuel consumption for
Fig. 24 Trip computer
display: memory level 1 the last 18 miles (30 km). If you drive conservatively, the cruising
range wi ll increase. •
You can switch between the trip computer 1 and 2 by pressing the
Reset button @ ~ page 36, fig . 23. App lies to vehicles: with driver information disp lay and on-board computer
You can tel l which memory level is currently active by the number in Driving time
the display -arrow-~ fig. 24. The data from the single-trip memory
(memory level 1) is being displayed if a 1 appears. If a 2 is shown, The driving time display reminds you when it is time to
then the data from the tota l-t rip memory is being displayed take a break.
(memory level 2).
The length of time that you have been driving since you last reset
Single-trip memory the memory appears in this display. If you want to keep track of your
driving time from a given point in time, reset the memory at this
The single -trip memory stores the trip information from the time the
point in time by pressing the Reset button~ page 36, fig. 23 @ for
ignition is turned on until it is turned off. If the trip is continued
at least two seconds.
within two hours from the time the ignition was turned off, the new
data will be inc luded in the calculation of the current trip informa- Single-trip memory
tion. If the trip is interrupted for more than two hours, the memory
If you stop driving for more than 2 hours, the driving time value will
is automatically reset to zero.
be reset automatica lly .
Complete-trip memory
Complete -trip memory
Unlike the single -trip memory , the complete-trip memory is not
The driving time value remains in memory when the ignition is off.
reset automatica lly. This permits you to evaluate your driving data
When you resume driving, the additional driving time is added on to
for the entire period between manual resets.
the previous value. .,_

ment
Dri ve r inf o rmati o n displ a y
The maximum time period that can be recorded is 999 hours and 59 The maximum time period that can be recorded is 999 hours and 59
minutes. When this value is reached, recording stops and the minu t es . When this value is reached, recording stops and the
system stores the data gathered up to this point . system stores the data gathered up to this point . •
Dr ivi ng time a la rm
Ap plies to ve hi cles: w ith dri ver info rm ation d isp lay and on-board co mp ute r
After you have been driving for two hours , the display will automat -
ica lly switch to the driving time display 2:00. The driving time Average speed
display wil l also flash . This driving time alarm reminds the driver to
The average speed display helps you plan your progress .
take a break from driving .
To turn off the driving time alarm, briefly press the function selector The average speed in mph . (km/h) since the last time the display was
switch or the reset button ~ page 36, fig. 23 reset appears in the display . If you want to determine your average
speed over a new time period, reset the memory using the reset
If you continue your trip or take a break of less than ten minutes, a button ~ page 36, fig . 23.
new alarm will be displayed at driving times of 4:00 , 6:00 etc .
However, the driving time alarm counter wi ll be reset if you take a Single -tr ip m e mory
break of more than ten minutes . • If you interrupt your trip for more th an t w o hours the average speed
value wi ll be reset automatica lly.
Ap plies to ve hi cles: wit h dr iver info r mat ion di splay and on-board compute r
C om ple t e -tr ip m e mo ry
Average fuel consumption The average speed value remains in the memory when the ignition
The average mileage indication allows you to anticipate is off . The new data will be entered in to the ca lculation when you
your refueling stops well ahead in time. resume driving.
The maximum time period that can be recorded is 999 hours and 59
The average fuel economy in MPG (1/100 km) since you last cleared minutes. When this value is reached, recording stops and the
the memory appears in this display. You can use this disp lay to system stores the data gathered up to this point . •
adjust your driving technique to achieve a desired mileage . If you
want to determine the fuel economy for a new time period, reset the
memory using the reset button ~ page 36, fig . 23. After you have Ap plies to vehicles : with drive r info rm ati o n d isplay and o n-boa rd co mpu ter
reset the display, a zero wi ll appear for the first 100 feet (30 metres) . Instantaneous fuel consumption
Single-trip m e mor y The instantaneous fuel consumption display helps you
If you interrupt your trip for more th an t wo hours, the average fuel save fuel.
consumption va lue will be reset automatically.
The instantaneous fuel consumption in miles per gallon (1/100 km)
C ompl e t e -trip m e mo ry is shown in this display. You can use th is d isp lay to adjust your
The va lue for average fue l economy will be stored when the ignition driving technique to achieve a desired mileag e. .,_
is off . Once you resume driving . the new mi leage figures will be
inc luded into t he calculation of the average .
Fuel consumption is recalculated in intervals of 33 yards (30 The Start menu shows you the different display types:
metres). When the vehicle is standing still, the most recent fuel
SET
consumption is displayed. •
CHECK
MENU OFF
Menu display Each display type in the Start menu contains a submenu with addi-
tiona l options.
App lies to vehicles: with driver information dis play
Introduction Set Clock :;> page 47

Computer ~ page41
Speed alarm (speed :;> page34
warning)
Language (6 languages) :;> page 41
Units (distance, fuel con- :;> page41
sumption, temperature)
Fig. 25 Wiper lever: Wiper (service position) ~ page 91

Controls for the menu
display Acoustic park assist* ::;>page 138
Check Service
N
N Vehicle ID number
Engine o il temperature
Keys
I========!
Menu off Returning to trip com - :;> page37
puter display
Fig. 26 Display: Start

menu
[i] Tips
To highlight the various menu items, press the rocker switch on the
Some functions in your vehicle can be set, activated and contro lled side . To select the menu line you picked, just tap the Reset button
by means of Menus. With these menus, you can also select which briefly . •
information is to be shown in the DIS display . This operates only
with the igni t ion switched on. Operation is controlled by the ! Reset]
button and the rocker switch on the wiper lever::;> fig. 25.

ment
Ap pli es to vehicles: with driver information display Using the rocker switch, you can select the menus in the display or
Navigate the menu change settings . A cursor appears on the left in front of t he selected
values.
The menu is opened using the[Reset] button and the
By pressing the [ Reset] button, you activate the selection you made
rocker switch on the windshield wiper lever. Inquiries and
or confirm the values you set. Se le cted functions are identified with
settings are carried out. a check mark or are carried out directly.
Meanings of the symbols in the display:
Selection bar Selected function Meaning

> Cursor Current menu posi -
tion
Check mark Selected or Function
active
Fig. 27 Wiper lever;
Reset butt on and
- Box
-
Not selecte d
rocker swit ch D
Triangle point ing up Previous page
[Reset] button © and rocker swit ch ® :::;,fig. 27 functions:
Triangle pointing down Next page
Op e n th e m e nu
______ ..._________ ..JL-------_J •
- Press the [Reset] button © until the menu display
:::;,page 39, fig . 26 appears Applies to vehicles: with d river in format ion display
Display types
S e le ct ions and se ttings
The Driver Information Display start menu offers a choice
Press the rocker switch ®
to reach a menu display.
among 4 display types.
Switch operation (up/down) resembles the display.
The following functions reside behind the 4 display types in the
Ent e ring and c onfirming start menu ~ page 39, fig. 26:
- Press the [Reset] button @ .
S e lec t SET
• Clock ~ page 42
R e turning to th e S ta rt m e nu
• Computer~ page 41
- Press the [Reset] button © longer than 2 seconds to
return from any menu level to the St art menu. • Speed alarm (speed warning)~ page 34
• Radio display (switch on/off)
• Language (6 languages) Press the (Reset] button .

• Units (distance, fuel consumption, t emperature) ::::,page 42
If necessary, scroll by selecting and activating the
Inquiry (CHECK) symbol for "Next page" or "Previous page " .
• Service ::::,page 15
When you have selected the Compu t er menu and activated it by
MENU OFF pressing the [ Rese t ] button @ , two computer levels appear
(computer 1 and computer 2). Now you have to select the level you
All the displays appear on the screen which are shown in vehicles
want using the rocker switch and act ivate it with the [ Reset] button.
without menu display. •
Continued ::::,page 41. •
Ap plies to vehicles: w it h dri ve r info r mat io n d isp lay

Ap plies to vehicles: wi th d river info rmat io n disp lay
To select "SET " (part I)
Selecting "SET " (part 2)
The Driver Information Display settings are menu -guided.
::
0:.
"'
a,
Fig. 29 Display:
Fig. 28 Display: Me nu
Computer 1 menu,
selection, computer
range selected
selected !page 1)
Select your settings as follows :

0:.
Press t he (Reset ] button @ . The Start menu appears "'
a,
==>
page 39, fig . 26.
- Press the rocker switch ® until SET is displayed.
- Press the (Reset ] button. All the menus appear.
Fig. 30 Display:
- Press the rocker switch until the desired line is high- Computer 1 menu,
lighted (cursor) ==>
fig. 28. Back selected

ment
Continue to make your setti ngs as follows:

Press the rocker switch ® unt il the des ired line is acti - a:.
Cl)
a,
vated (red background)~ page 41, fig. 29.

Now activate or deactivate the selected function (press
the [Reset) button) by placing a check mark - (for "Yes")
in the box or no check mark (for "No").
Fig. 32 Display:
- Press the rocker switch until BACK is selected, Sett ings menu, clock
~ page 41, fig . 30 and press the IReset Ibutton to return
selected
to the next higher menu level.

To set the date, for example, pr oceed as f o llows :
For a lot of the settings, numerical values also have to be entered,
- Press the !Reset ) butto n. The Start menu appears
e.g . when set ting the date . This is also done by using the rocker
~ page 39, fig. 26.
switch . •
- Tap on the rocker switch until SET ~ fig . 31 is displayed.
Ap plies to vehicles: w ith d ri ver in fo rmat ion disp lay - Press the !Reset ) button. The menus available under SET
Practical example (part 1) appear.
The example shows a complete, menu-guided opera tion - Tap on t he rocker switch until CLOCKis displa yed .
for a setting .
- Using the !Reset) butto n, act ivate the selected display
~ fig . 32. The clock settings menu appears.
You can find additional menu items , such as radio i nfo, language
and units if you use the rocker switch to scrol l to the tip of the arrow
in the last line of the display => fig. 32 and press the [ Rese t ] but ton.
The submenu "Units" allows you to set th e following functions:
• Distan ce: Unit in kilometers or miles.
Fig. 31 Display: Start • Mile age : Unit in kilom eters or miles. The setting shows L/100 KM
menu, Setti ngs or KM/L, t he setting for miles is t he same . U.S. gallons or Imperial
selected
gallons can be set .
• Temper ature: Unit in degrees Celsius or degrees Fahrenheit .
Continued=> page 43. •
Applies to vehicles: wi th driver info rmat ion disp lay - Using the IReset I button, activate the selected display.
Practical example (part 2) The day flashes =:>fig. 34.
- Tap the rocker switch up or down until the correct
~
;: number for the day appears. Press the !Reset] button.
.,o'..
"" Now the month flashes.
- Change the month and the year as needed in the same
way.
- Acknowledge the changes by pressing the [Reset ]
button.
Fig. 33 Display: Clock
menu , date selected Continued => page 43. •
Ap pli es to veh icles: w ith driver info rmation disp lay
Practical example (part 3)

menu, date is being set
Continue with setting the date as follows:

- Tap on the rocker switch until DATE=:>fig. 33 is menu , Back selected
displayed.
- Using the ! Reset] button, activate the selected display. Close setting the date as fo llows :
If there an empty box in front of Date, press the !Reset] - Tap on the rocker switch until BACK=:>fig. 35 is
button. Now a check mark appears in the box. The last displayed .
date set is displayed. - Using the [Res et ! button, activate the selected display.
Tap the rocker sw itch until the date display appears. - Press the IRes et I button. The SET menu appears again . .,.

ment
- Press t he !Reset] button again. The Start menu appears TPMS malfunction indicator
again . •
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS ma lfunction indi -
cator to indicate when the system is not operating proper ly. The
Tire pressure monitoring system T PMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure
te lltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the te lltale wi ll
General notes flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously
i ll uminated. This sequence wil l continue upon subsequent vehicle
starts up as long as the malfunction exists .
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire When the ma lfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not
pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly be able to detect or signa l low tire pressure as intended.
underinflated . The TPMS only provides a low t ire pressure warning T PMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the
and does not reinflate your tires . insta llation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure te lltale illuminates, you vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly . Always
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate check the TPMS malfunction tellta le after replacing one or more
them to the proper pressure . Driving on a significantly underin- tires or whee ls on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function
proper ly. •
Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle's hand ling and stopping ability.
Introduction
0 Note The tire pressure monitoring system monitors ai r pressure
• Please note that the TPMS is not a substitu t e for proper tire in all four road wheels while the vehicle is moving.
maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct
t ire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the leve l to As soon as the tire pressure monitoring system senses a significant
trigger i ll umination of the TPMS low tire pressure te lltale. loss of air pressure in one or severa l tires, text messages and yell ow
symbo ls appear in the instrument cluster d isplay to alert the driver.
• Each tire, including the spare, should be checked monthly when
The I wa rning light in the instrument cluster comes on when the
cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
tire is significantly underinflated => page 19.
vehic le manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres -
sure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size The warning light C also illuminates in the case of a system
indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you malfunction.
should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those Be aware that tire pressure is also dependent on the temperature of
tires.) • the tire. For every 18 °F (10 °C) increase in tire temperature, tire pres-
sure increases by about 1.5 psi (0.1 bar). The tire warms up while the
vehic le is moving and tire pressure rises. So you should adjust tire ...
pressure on ly when th ey are cold, when the temperature of the tires • The factory supplied spare whee l is equipped with a sensor for
is roug hly the same as the ambient air t emperature . t he ti re pressure mo ni t o rin g syst em . As lo ng as the spare whee l is
not mounted, the ti re pressure of th is tire will not be monitored.
In order to keep the tire pressure monitoring system properly ca li-
brated, tire pressure on all four tires shou ld be checked at regular • The tir e pressure mo nitori ng syste m he lps the d rive r mo nitor tir e
i nterva ls, ad j usted if necessary, and saved i n the proper setti n g pressures, but the driver is still responsible for maintaining the
(recommended pressure) ~ page 46. correc t t ire press ure.
The tire pressure is shown eit h er on th e driver's side B-pillar or o n • Tire pressure must only be adjusted when the temperature of the
the inside of the fuel filler f lap . t ires is abo ut the same as ambient air t em pera t ure .
• When tires are replaced, the sensors and valves shou ld not be
& WARNING exc hanged. The valve co re, nut, valve sealing and seal was her
(replacement kit) needs to be replaced . If necessary, the valve and
• When the t ire pressure monitoring system warning light is lit, t he wheel electr on ics have t o be rep laced.
one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated . You should • If you should put different whee ls and tires on your vehic le (e.g.
stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to win ter wheels an d ti res), yo u must be certa in tha t th e wh eels and
the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's tire pressure tires are compat ib le with the tire pressure monitoring syste m .
label ~ page 275. Driving on a signifi cantly underinflated tire Ot herwis e t he syste m w ill reg ister a mal f unct ion and a fau lt
causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Underinfla- message will be displayed . For more information, contact your
tion also is likely to impair the vehicle's handling and stopping auth orize d Aud i dea ler.
ability . • Adjust the tire pressure and store the press ure in the tire pres-
• Do not adjust tire pressure when t ire temperature is excessive. sure moni t or ing syste m to the load you are carryi ng. •
This could lead to serious tire damage and even cause the tire to
burst, with the additional danger of an accident .
<£>
For the sake of the environment
Driving with underinflated tires reduces fue l efficiency and tire
tr ead life.
[i ] Tips
• Each tire, including the spare, should be checked monthly when
t he temperature of the t i res is about t he same as amb ie nt air
temperature and set to the recommended inflation pressure as
speci fi ed o n th e tir e pressure labe l ~ pag e 27 5.

ment
Significant loss of air pressure • '

[i ]Tips
The yellow symbol appears in the event of a significant • In the case of an intentiona l loss of air pressure, such as when
loss of air pressure. readjusting tire pressure, the pressure must be stored again after -
ward => page 46.
• Tire pressure must only be adjusted when the temperature of the
tires is about the same as ambient air temperature.
• The yellow symbol disappears when the tire pressure is
corrected and the new pressure is stored in the system => page 46.
• After changing a wheel or replacing a wheel with the spare tire
you have to adjust the tire pressures on all wheels. In addition, you
must then initialize the new tire pressures in the tire pressure moni -
Fig. 36 Display: yellow toring system=> page 47. •
symbol with message
If the warning light in the instrument cluster comes on Storing tire pressures
and then the ' symbol appears in the display => fig. 36, Correct storage of specified pressure is the basic require-
pressure in at least one tire is too low. ment for reliable tire pressure monitoring.
- Stop driving as soon as possible without endangering
yourself and other drivers on the road.
- Inspect all tires.
- Change the t ire if necessary=> page 296.
The warning light in the instrument cluster comes on when the

tire is significantly underinflated .
Fig. 37 Car: Tire pres-
In addition, the tire symbol appears in the display together with sure monitoring
the message Please check tire pressure => fig. 36. system
After a few seconds, the message disappears again . If you would

like to show the message again, press the Set/Check button In order for the tire pressure monitoring system to operate
=> page 12, fig. 2 @. appropriately, you have to re-save the specified pressures
whenever you adjust tire pressures, such as when the load
condition of your vehicle changes. Proceed as follows: .,_
C o rr ec ting tir e pr ess ur e Wheel change

- Check the pressure in the tires. If a wheel is changed, the wheels that were ex changed
- Adjust air pressure as needed to comply w ith the infor - hove to be reprogrammed.
mation on the label located on the label located either on Turn on the ignition.
the driver's side B-pillar or on the inside of the fuel filler
flap . - Press the button =>page 46, fig. 37 for approximately 5
seconds. You will hear a beep and the symbol in the
Sa v ing tir e p re s sur e s button flashes three times.
- Turn on the ignition. Programming is necessary:
- Press t he button =>page 46, fig . 37 for approximately 5 • after the tires have been rotated on the vehicle, or the spare tire
seco nds . You will hear a beep and the symbol in the is used,
instrument cluster flashes th ree times. • if tires with new wheel sensors are used.
All pressure warning indicators in the display wil l be canceled. All pressure warning indicators in the display will be canceled . The
system malfunction error message will not disappear until the
Following each intentional change in specified pressures, tire pres-
vehicle is underway. With pressing the button=> page 46, fig. 37, the
sures must be saved again. reprogramming of the new sensors and storing of actua l pressures
After the pressures are saved, the tire pressure monitoring system starts . This learning phase can take up to 10 minutes driving time.
measures the current tire pressures and saves them as the new
During the learning process the tire pressure monitoring system is
specified pressures.
not avai lable . •
[i ] Tips
• The tire pressure is shown on the tire pressure label. The tire
pressure label is located either on th e driv er's side B-pillar or on the
inside of the fuel filler flap. The tire pressure label lists the recom-
mended cold tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its maximum
capacity weight and the tires that were on your vehicle at the time
it was manufactured . For recommended tire pressures for normal
load conditions, p lease see chapter =:, page 275 .
• The tire pressure monitoring system helps the driver monitor tire
pressures, but the driver is stil l responsible for maintaining t he
correct tire pressure . •

ment
Malfunctions ;, A~ • Transmitters with the same frequency, such as radio head-

phones in the vehic le or radio equipment, can cause a temporary
A malfunction can have various causes. disruption of the system through excessive electromagnetic fields.
• Eliminate the interference if possible and then proceed as
follows: Turn off the engine for 20 minutes . Then drive another 10
min. If the warning light comes on again, you shou ld contact your
authorized Audi dealer immediately to have the prob lem corrected .
• Do not use commercial ly available tire sealants. Otherwise, the
electrical components of the tire pressure monitoring system will
no longer work properly and the sensor for the tire pressure moni -
toring system wi ll have to be replaced by an authorized Audi dea ler
Fig. 38 Display: or other qua lified workshop. •
Syst em malfunction
If the I warning light in the instrument cluster flashes for approxi- Certification
mately one minute and then remains continuously illuminated and
additional ly the T => fig . 38 symbo l appears in the display, the This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and RSS-210.
tire pressure monitoring system is not available . This can have Operation is subject to the following conditions :
various causes. • this device may not cause harmful interference, and
• If the message appears at the end of the learning process, the • this device must accept interference received, including interfer-
system cannot recognize the wheels installed on the vehicle. This ence that may cause undesired operation.
can be because one or more wheels without a wheel sensor were
The receiver 5WK49069 uses the same schemat ic, assembly, layout
insta lled .
and PCB as 5WK49097. 5WK49097 is a multi channel receiver and
• A wheel sensor or other component may have failed. 5WK49069 is a sing le channe l receiver . They only differ in : SAW-
• During initialization the system has detected more than 4 wheels Filter V1_4 was changed from A2C00038979 to V1_2 A2C00032378,
on the vehicle, for example while driving next to another car with a Inductor L5_3 and L6_233nH were changed to L5_2 and L6_247nH .
t ire pressure monitoring system. BAND PASS FILTERV3_2 was changed from A2C00038762 to V3_3
• A wheel change was made but the button => page 46, fig. 37 was A2C00036085. Vl 0: ATIC75 Cl, A2C000029505 was changed to Vl 0:
not pressed. ATIC75 C2-Light, A2C000043220. Ql 14.246MHz A2C00037710 was
changed to Ql 15.27MHz A2C00041280. The BAND PASS FILTER V2
• Audi Genuine Parts were not used for parts replacement.
is not populated.
• If snow chains are being used, system function can be compro-
mised due to the shielding properties of the chains. These modifications were necessary to optimize the characteristic
of the receiver . ~
• The tire pressure monitoring system may not be available
because of a radio malfunction.
Proof is shown with test report T30739 -00-00KJ issued by Mikes- Driver information messages
Testingpartners GmbH, OhmstraP.,e 2-4, 94342 Strasskirchen that
the receiver is be low the limit. • Along with some particular warning/indicator lights and
instrument cluster symbols, additional messages will
appear in the display.
Auto-Check Control
Introduction
-
o'..
a,
m
Auto-Check Control automatically checks specific functions and

vehicle components for their status . This happens constantly with
the ignition switched on and wh ile you are driving as well.
If Auto Check senses an irregu lar condition or a malfunction Fig. 3 9 Sect ion of
requiring urgent repair, it generates a specific symbol or short instrum ent cluster :
message in the instrument cluster center display. You will also hear butt on
an audible warning tone. The symbols are color coded in either red
or yellow depending on their level of priority . A driver information message will appear in the disp lay when, for
example:
The red symbols indicate a dangerous conditio n which is addition -
ally signal led by thre e warn ing tones . Whereas the yellow symbols a light bulb has burnt out=> page 57,
represent a Warning which is signalled by one warning tone. In or if you drive off with the parking brake sti ll engaged (pu lled up)
specific situations, messages for the driver appear in addi t ion to the
red symbols=> page 49. • or before you move the selector lever in gear (auto m atic transmis-
sion).
Driver information messages can be switched on by the driver when
a priority 1 symbol appears and flashes=> page 49 .
Sw it c hin g on t he driver information me ss a g e

For example, if there is a malfunction in the engine oi l pressure , the
~ symbol will appear in the d isplay . If you press the Set/Check
button, the following message will appear :
SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK OIL LEV EL
The message goes out after approximately 5 seconds . Press t he

button to disp lay the message again.

ment
[i ] Tips & WARNING (continued )
The following two messages, HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED and WHEN qualified workshop . Drive slowly and avoid sudden, hard brake
STATIONARY APPLY FOOT BRAKE WHILE SELECTING GEAR, cannot appli cation.
be swi t ched on aga in . These messages w ill remain in the d isplay • Canada models : If both the brake warning light «D) and the ABS
until you release the parking brake or until you move the selector warning light come on at the same time , the rear wheels could
lever into a gear . • lock up first under hard braking . Lock-up of the rear wheel brakes
vehicle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a
Brakesystem qualified workshop. Drive slowly and avoid sudden , hard brake
BRAKE
(USA models) / (CD)(Canada models) application .
This wa rn i ng/i ndic ator light ill um in ates when the brake • If the brake warning / indicator light does not go out after a few
fl uid level is too l ow or w hen th ere is a malf unction in the seconds and the parking brake released , or lights up while you are
driving, the fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir is too low . If you
ABS, or when the par ki ng brak e is set.
believe that it is safe to do so, pro ceed immediately at low speed
The light illuminates when the ignition is turned on. It goes out after to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop and
th e engi ne has been sta rt ed and t he parki ng brake is fu lly release d. have the brake system inspected .
This indicates that the brake warning light is function ing properly. • Alway s keep in mind that after several brake applications , you
• If the brake warning light does not light up when the engine is will need greater pressure on the brake pedal to stop your vehi cle .
cranking or the parking brake is applied , there may be a malfunction Do not rely on strained brakes to respond with maximum stopping
in the electrical system . In this case, contact your autho rized Audi power in critical situations . You must allow for in creased braking
dealer. distances . The extra distance used up by fading brake s could lead
to an accident . •
When the light comes on, an audible warning signal is also given.
Parking brake s et Appl ies to vehicles: with dr iver informat ion display
The BRAKE or «D) (Canada) warn i ng/indicator light illuminates when Parking brake warning
th e par ki ng brake is set=> &-
- Rele ase the parkin g brake.
& WARNING If you shou ld drive off with the parking brake sti ll engaged, a
• USA model s: If both the BRAKE warning light and the ~ warn ing t o ne wil l sound to rem i nd yo u t o release t he parking brake.
warning light come on at the same time , the rear wheels could A lso, the fo llowing message will appear in the disp lay:
lock up first under hard braking . Lock-up of the rear wheel brakes
HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED
vehicle repaired immediately by your authorized Audi dealer or a The parki ng brake warning is activa ted w hen yo u driv e longe r t han
3 seconds and faster than 3 mph (5 km/h). •
Ap pli es to vehi cle s: wit h m anual transmi ss io n Ap plies to vehi cles: wi th d river in fo rmat ion disp lay
Function test: manual transmission Red symbols

A red symbol means DANGER.
When the ignition is sw itched on, the Auto -Check Control automati-
cally performs an operationa l check . If the functions tested are O.K.,
no message is shown in the disp lay. 2.,
d..
If one or more faults exist, the driver information disappears m
approximately 15 seconds after the engine has been started and the
appropriate fault symbol appears in the display.
If malfunctions exist, this is indicated by red (priority 1 ) or yellow
(priority 2) symbols . A warning signa l sounds at the same time. •
Fig. 40 Dis play: eng in e
coo lant leve l wa rni ng
Ap plies to vehicles : w it h automatic t ransm ission (prio rity 1)
Function test: automatic transmission
- Pull of the road and stop the vehic le.
The Auto-Check Contro l will automatically perform a test each time Turn off the engine .
you switch on the ignition. When the selector lever in P or N, the
following message appears in the display : Check t he malfunctioning system. Contact yo ur autho-
rized A udi dealer or a qualified works hop for assistance.
WHEN STATIONARY APPLY FOOTBRAKE WHILE SELECTING GEAR .
When you a select a different gear (for example: R, D, etc.), the The red symbols mean:
message will disappear and the Auto-Check function is disp layed.
If the functions tested are O.K., no message is shown in the display. USA m ode ls:
BRAKE ~ page 52
Malfunction in the brake system
If there is a malfunction, then the malfunction message wi ll appear
about 15 seconds after the you start the vehicle. At the same time (CD) Ca na da m o de ls:
~ page52
you will hear a warning tone. BRAKE Malfunction in the brake system
.J_ Engine coolant level too low/
[i ] Tips COOLANT engine coolant temperature too
high
~ page 52
On vehicles with automatic transmission*,

WHEN STATI ONARY APPLY FOOTBRAKE WHILE SELECTING GEAR
the dr iver message
~
-
Engine oil pressure
cannot be shown again. This driver message appears in the display OIL ~ page53
too low
only until a gear is engaged. • PRESSURE
Red symbols indicate a priority 1 malfunction - Danger!

ment
When a red symbol appears , a warning tone will sound consecu- Canada models : if there is a malfunction in the ABS system , the
tively three times. The symbol cont inues to flash until the malfunc - warning/ indicator light illuminates together with t he ((]))brake
tion has been repaired. If there are more than one priority 1 malfunc- system malfunction warning/indicator light=> & .
tions, the symbols appear one after the other for about two
seconds .
& WARNING
[i ] Tips • Always observe the warnings in => page 245, "Engine compart-
ment", before opening the engine hood and checking the brake
• The message for a malfunction can be shown by pressing on the fluid .
left knob.
• Driving with low brake fluid is a safety hazard! Stop the car and
• During route guidance on vehicles with a navigation system, the get professional assistance .
warning symbo l is shown in the field above . •
• If the brake system warning/indicator light illuminates
together with the ABS warning/indicator light , then the ABS
Ap pli es to vehicles: wit h dri ver info rm ation d isp lay system is malfunctioning. The rear wheels could quickly lock up
Brake system malfunction when you apply the brakes. This could lead to loss of control and
BRAKE (USA models) / (CD)(Canada models) your vehicle could slide! Drive carefully to the nearest authorized
Audi dealer and have the malfunction corrected . •
A malfunction in the brake system must be repaired as
soon as possible. Ap pli es to ve hi cles: with d river informat ion d isplay
When BRAKE/ (CD)(Canada models) appears in the display Engine cooling system malfunction _}_
and flashes, this means there is a malfunction in the brake A malfunction in the engine cooling system must be
system. In addition to the symbol, one of the fol lowing two repaired as soon as possible.
messages also appears in the display :
When the -t symbol in the display flashes, then either the
STOP VEHICLE AND CHECK BRAKE FLUID
eng ine coolant temperature is too high, or the coolant level
ABS FAULT! SEE OWNER'S MANUAL is too low . In addition to the symbol, the following message
also appears in the display:
- Pull of the road and stop t he vehicle .
SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK COOLANT LEVEL
- Check the brake fluid level => page 263.
- Pull off the road and stop the vehicle.
USA models: if there is a malfunction in the ABS system, the
warning/indica t or ligh t illumina t es along with the BRAKE syst em - Turn off the engine.
malfunction warning/indicator light =>& .
- Check coolant leve l => page 261 .
- Add coolant if necessary => page 262 .
- Continue driving only after the engine coolant Ap plies to vehi cles: wi th d river in fo rm ation disp lay
warning/indicator light goes out. Engine oil pressure malfunction 't::r.
- Contact your authorized Audi dealer for assistance if The red engine oil pressure warning symbol requires
necessary. immediate service or repair. Driving with a low oil pres -
sure indicator is likely to result in serious damage to the
If the engine coo lant level is correct, then the radiator fan may be engine.
the cause of the malfunction.
If the generator warning/indicator light should also illuminate If the "t::7- symbol appears in the display and blinks, the oil
=>page 23, then the fan belt may be damaged. pressure is too low. In addition to the symbol, the following
message also appears in the display:
& WARNING SWITCH OFF ENGINE AND CHECK OIL LEVEL

• If your vehicle should break down for mechanical or other
Immediate actions
reasons, park at a safe distance from moving traffic, turn off the
engine and turn on the hazard warning lights => page 84, "Emer- - Pull off the road and stop the vehicle.
gency flasher A.".
- Shut the engine down.
• Never open the hood if you see or hear steam or coolant
escaping from the engine compartment - you risk being scalded. - Check the engine oil level with the dipstick ~ page 257.
Wait until you can no longer see or hear steam or coolant
escaping. Dipstick reading checks too low
• The engine compartment of any vehicle is a dangerous area . - Top off oil to the proper leve l ~ page 258.
Before you perform any work in the engine compartment, turn of
the engine and allow it to cool. Follow the warning stickers - Make sure that the oil pressure warning symbol "t::7-
=>page 245, "Engine compartment" . appears no longer in the display before you start driving
again.
0 Note Dipstick reading checks OK

Do not continue driving if the -F- symbo l illuminates. It indicates a
- If the "t::7- symbol starts flashing again even though the
cooling system malfunction likely to result in serious damage to the
engine oil level checks OK on the dipstick, do not start
engine. •
driving again and do not let the engine run at idle .
Instead, contact your authorized Audi dealer for assis-
tance.

ment
II
[i J Tips Worn brake pads => page 56
• The engine oil pressure symbol ~ is not an indicator for a low
USA models:
-
engine oil level. Do not rely on it. Instead, check the oil level in your ~ page 56
Speed warning 1
engine at regular intervals, preferably each time you refuel, and
alw ays before going on a long trip . canada models:
11 => page 56
• The yellow oil level warning indication requires oil refill or
A
11
Speed warning 1
workshop service without delay. Do not wait until the red oil pres- USA models :
sure warning symbol ~ starts to flash before you respond to the => page 56
Speed warning 2
low oil level warning . By then, your engine may already have
!!Canada models:
suffered serious damage. • => page 56
Speed warning 2
Dynamic headlight range con-
-=>
App li es to vehic les: w ith d river information disp lay and on-board compu te r page 56
trol* defective
Yellow symbols (with on-board computer )
llwindshield washer fluid level low => page 56
A yellow symbol means WARNING.
Battery voltage too high or too
=> page 56
low
-
IIDefective light bulb => page 57
USA models: => page 57

Defective brake light
!!Canada models: => page 57
Defective brake light
Fig. 41 Display: Low
Light/rain sensor defective (auto-
-=>page 57
fuel
matic headlights)* defective
Yellow symbols mean : liAdaptive Light* defective -
=> page 57
Low fue l level => page 55 Tire pressur e monitoring system* ~ page 58
Check engine oil level =>page 56

Yellow symbols indicate a priority 2 malfunction - Warning!
- When a yellow symbol appears, a warning tone will sound once.
Engine oil sensor malfunction =>page 56
Check the displayed function as soon as possible. If more than one .,
priority 2 malfunction is detected, all symbols will appear one after

Light/rain sensor defective ~ page 57
t he other for about two seconds . (automatic headlights)* defec-
To di s pl ay dri ve r inform a tion tive
As an example, the symbol appears in the display. If you now Adaptive Light* defective ~ page 57
press the button ~ page 72, fig. 2 © , the fo llowing driver message
appears in the disp lay: Tire pressure monitoring sys- ~ page 58
PLEASE REFUEL tern*
The driver message in the display goes out after about 5 seconds. Yellow symbols indicate a priority 2 malfunction (warning).
You can display t he drive r message again by brie fl y pressing the
button. • When a yel low warning symbol appears, one warning tone sounds .
Check the function displayed as soon as possible. If severa l priority
2 malfunctions are present, the symbols appear in succession and
Yellow symbols (without trip computer) remain for about 2 seconds.
A yellow symbol signals a warning To d is pl ay dr ive r inf o rm ati on
Certain warnings will be displayed in vehicles that have an auto - As an example, the symbol appears in t he display. If you now
press the button~ page 12, fig. 2 © , the following driver message
matic transmission and no On-Board Computer.
appears in the display:
Low fuel ~ page 55 PLEASE REFUEL
The driver message in the display goes out after about 5 seconds.
Windshield washer fluid level You can display the driver message again by br iefly pressing the
~ page56
low button. •
Check engine oil level ~ page 56
~ page257
Ap pli es to vehi cles: with driver in fo rmat ion d isp lay
Engine oil sensor malfunction ~ page 56 Fuel supply too low Bl
Worn brake pads ~ page 56 When the symbol illuminates, this means there is about 1.8
gallons (7 liters) of fue l left in the fuel tank. Time to refuel!
IIDynamic headlight range con - ~ page 56 ~ page 248.
trol* defective If the symbo l lights up, even when there is ample fuel in the tank,
and the text TANK SYSTEM MALFUNCTION ! CONTACT WOR KSHOP
appears in the display, there is a fault i n t he system . Contact a qua l-
ified workshop to have the fault rectified. •

ment
Ap pli es to vehi cles: wi th dri ver info rmat io n disp lay Ap pli es to vehi cles: w ith dri ver info rmat ion d isp lay and o n-b oard com pu te r
Checking the engine oil level ~ Speed warning 2

(USA models) / . (Canada models)
When the - symbol illuminates, check the engine oil leve l as soon
as possible=> page 257. Top off the oil at your ear liest opportunity If the symbol illuminates, this means you have driven faster than
=> page 258 . • the second set vehicle speed . Slow down! => page 33. •
Ap pli es to vehi cles : w ith dri ver info rm ation d isp lay Ap pli es to veh icles: w it h dr iver info r mation d isplay and d ynam ic headli g ht rang e adj ustme nt
Engine oil sensor defective 'CO- Headlight range control defective
If the ~ symbo l il luminates, contact your authorized Audi dealer If the I!>illuminates, the dynamic head light range control is no
and have the oil sensor inspected . Until you have this done, check longer working properly. Have the system checked and repaired at
the oil level each time you refuel jus t t o be on the safe side your author ized Audi dea ler. •
=> page 257 . •
Ap plies to vehicle s: w ith dri ver info rm ati on d isplay and o n-bo ard co mp uter
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w ith dri ver info rm ati o n d isp lay
Windshield washer fluid level too low ~
Worn brake pads
If the symbol illuminates, add windshie ld washer fluid to the
If the symbol illuminates, contact your authorized Audi dealer to washer system => page 269 . •
have the front brake pads inspected (on that occasion have t he rear
brakes inspected as well to be safe) . •
Ap plies to vehicle s: w ith d river info rm ati on d isplay and o n-bo ard co mpu ter
Battery voltage low LJ

Ap pli es to vehicles: w ith dri ver info rm ati on d isp lay
; .
Speed warning 1 (USA models) / (Canada If the •1 symbol illuminates, contact your authori zed Audi dealer
models) and have the following components i nspected :
• drive belt
If the symbo l illuminates, this means you are driving faster than
the set vehicle speed . Slow down! => pag e 33 . • • generator
• battery charge
A lso see if the generator warning/indicator light il luminates
=> page 23 . •
Ap pli es to vehi cles: with driv er info r mat ion di sp lay and o n-b oard comp ute r The fo llowing electrical components should be checked, repaired or
Defective light bulb warning J replaced, as necessary :
The defective light bulb warning tells you when a vehicle • Brake light bulbs
ligh t bulb has become defect ive. • A ll w iring co n nectio ns
• Brake light switch
If a defective bulb has been detected by the system or a light bulb
burns out, the symbo l with a message appears in the display to Con tact you r aut horize d A udi dea ler f o r assista nce if necessary.
t el l you which bulb is bur nt out and where it is lo cat ed . For example :
REAR LEFT TURN SIGNAL [i ] Tips
After 5 seconds, the message disappears. If you want to recall the The bra ke light sw itch is only ins p ect ed as pa rt of the f u nct ional
message into the display, press the Set/Check button. check after the eng ine is started . •
There are three reasons why the defective bulb message would
app ear i n th e display : Ap plies to veh icles: with automat ic headlights and rai n sensor
• the light bu lb has burnt out:::::, page 310. Light/rain sensor defective ..,
• th e f use is " b lown" :::::,pag e 305, "Replac ing a fu se" .
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS /AUTOMATIC WIPERS DEFECTIVE
• the wire connection to the light bulb is defective.
If th e sym bo l i llu mi nates, t he li ght se nsor has f ailed. For saf et y
Have t he bu lb replaced o r t he connecti o n repai red by your aut ho-
reasons the low beams are turned on permanently with the switch
rized Audi Service department.
in AUTO. Howeve r, yo u can con t i nue t o tu r n th e lig hts on and off
using the light switch . In the case of a defect in the rain sensor, the
& WARNING winds hie ld wiper leve r funct io ns ar e still avai lab le. Have t he
light/ra in sensor checked as soon as possible at a dealership. •
• Light bulbs are pressurized and could explode while they are
being changed causing serious personal injury.
App li es to veh icles: w ith Adapt ive Lig ht
• Work with due care when handl ing the high-voltage section of
gas discharge (xenon) lamps*. Failing to do so could result in death Adaptive Light defective ,J
or serious injury! •
ADAPTIVE LIGHT DEFECTIVE
Brake light defective KEI"· (USA When this symbol l illuminates, it means that Adaptive Light is
defective . Go to a qualified workshop to have the headlights or the
models)/ ..., (Canada models)
co ntrol unit fo r the Adaptiv e Lig ht repa ir ed. •
In case of a malfunction or component fai lure, the acoustic wa rning

will sound and the symbo l Li (USA models)/ (Canada
models) can appear.

ment
Ap pli es to vehi cles: wi th tir e pressure m onitor ing system
Tire pressure monitoring system _'

Tire pressure that is too low must be corrected as soon as
possible.
If the '·, symbol flashes for about one minute after the igni-
tion is switched on and then remains on, there is a malfunc-
tion in the system. Consult the nearest authorized Audi
dealer as soon as possible.
Additional information about the tire pressure monitoring system

can be found: =:>page 44. •
Opening and c lo s ing
Opening and closing
Keys Ke y repla c em en t
If you lose a key, contact your authorized Audi dealer immediately
Key set t o have the lost key disab led. Be sure to bring all your keys with you.
R e gister e d remote keys

You can check to find out how many remote keys have been regis-
® tered to your vehic le. Therefore, when buying a used vehicle, make
sure to get all of the remote keys that belong to it .
Calling up the registered remote keys, vehicles with Driver Informa -
t io n Syste m ~ page 39, without Driver Info rmat ion System
~ page 16.
Fig. 42 Key set

& WARNING
• Do not leave your vehicle unattended with the key in the igni-
The key set f or your vehicle includes: tion lock. Entry by unauthorized persons could endanger you or
@ two master keys (press the release button ~ page 60, result in theft or damage the vehicle. Alw ays lock all doors and
fig . 43 to fo ld and unfold the master key) take the key.
@ one valet key • Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, especially with
access to vehicle keys. Unguarded access to the keys provides
@ M as ter key with rem o te c ontrol children the opport unity to st art the engine and/ or activ ate vehicle
You can centrally lock and unlock your vehicle and start the engine systems such as the power windows . Unsupervised operation of
with the master key with remote control. The rear lid can be any vehicle system by children can result in seriou s injury.
unlocked only with the remote control unlock button c::::5on the
master key.
[i ] Tips
@ Valet key • If you open the driver's door with the key left in the ignition lock,
The va let key fits only the driver's door and the ignitio n lock. If you a chime will sound. This is your rem inder to remove the key and lock
have to leave the key with somebody else, you are well -advised to t he door.
t urn over the valet key only . • For security reasons, replacement keys are only available from
Be aware that the rear lid can be opened from inside the vehic le with authorized Audi dealers. •
the remote rear lid release c::::5located in the driver's door.

ment
Opening and closing
Master key with remote control Check light in remote master key
The remote control allows you to lock or unlock the The check light in the remote master key indicates the
vehicle electronically. state of charge of the battery.
"'
N
0
i
Fig. 43 Fold-up master

key with remote Fig. 44 Check light in
control the master key
- To fold the key out and back in place, press the release State of master key battery
button =:> fig. 43. When a button is pressed, the check light flashes => fig. 44 (arrow).
If the check light does not come on or flash, the battery is dead and
The transmitter and battery are located in the head of the remote has to be replaced.
control. The receiver is located inside the vehicle. The maximum
Battery replacement=> page 61. •
effective range depends on several things. Remember, if the battery
is weak, the effective range decreases.
If you need to replace the remote control, or if you need to have it
repaired, you must see your authorized Audi dealer. Only then can
you use the key again.
[i ] Tips
• If the ignition is switched on , the remote control system is deac-
tivated.
• The remote control system can be affected by other systems
operating in the same frequency range close to the vehicle, such as
mobile telephones, television broadcasting stations, etc. •
Op e ning and c lo sing
Master key battery replacement

Each master key contains a battery housed under the
ffi For the sake of the environm ent
Dispose of dead batteries properly so as not to pollute the environ-
cover. ment .
[i ] Tip s
The replacement battery must be the same specification as the
or igina l. •
Electronic immobilizer
The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being star ted
by unau thorize d persons .
Inside the key head there is a computer chip. This chip automatically
Fig. 4 5 M ast er key: deactivates the electronic immobilizer when you insert the key in
opening th e cover
the ignition lock. When you remove the key from the ignition lock,
the electronic immobilizer is automatical ly activated once again.
We recommend having the battery changed by a qualified
If an unauthorized key was used, SAFE is disp layed con t inuously in
workshop. However, if you wish to replace the dead battery
the odometer disp lay field.
yourse lf, proceed as fo ll ows:
- Pry apart the base~ fig. 45 @ and the cover @ carefully
with a coin .
[i ] Tips
• Your engine can only be started using the factory-equipped key.
- Remove the cove r (arrow). • You may not be able to start your vehic le if an ignition key of a
different vehicle make is also located on your set of keys. •
- Remove the dead battery f rom the cover.
- Insta ll the new battery. Please make certain t hat t he"+"
sign on the battery faces down. Correct polarity is shown
on t he cover .
- Place the cover w ith the new batte ry on t he key base and
press both parts together.

ment
Op e nin g a nd c lo s in g
Power locking system • All doors and the rear lid are locked.
• All turn signal lights w ill flash once when the car is locked.
General description • The anti -theft alarm system is activated . The horn of the anti -
theft alarm system wi ll sound and t he anti -t heft alarm system readi-
The power locking system locks or unl ocks all doors and ness light, located in the center of the i nstrument panel below the
the rear lid simultaneously. windshie ld on the right side of the air vent, will star t t o blink .
The power locking system in your vehicle incorporates the following • The vehicle interior lights turn off.
functions:
Autom a ti c lo c king *
• Central locking function The automatic locking feat ure locks all the vehicle doors and the
• Remote contro l fea t ure ~ page 63. rear lid when you drive faster than 9 mph (15 km/hl.
• Anti -theft alarm system ~ page 69. You can unlock the vehicle from the inside by:
All the doors and the rear lid are locked by the central locking • removi n g the key from the ignition switc h (the vehicle wi ll auto -
system when you lock the vehicle . matically un lock itself) or
Unlocking the veh ic le • pressing the unlock part of the power lock switch oc:'D
or
You can un lock the vehicle from outside either by using the remote • pulling the inside handle for that door (once - the front door is
control or by inserting and t urning the key in the driver 's door lock. unlocked and opened at the same time, twice to open the rear door).
When you unlock your vehic le: If you wish, you can have an authorized Audi dealer convert your
• The anti -theft alarm system is deactivated briefly . p ower door lock system t o automatic locking.
• The vehicle interior lights illuminate for approximately 30
seconds .
• All turn signal lights will flash twice when the car is un locked.
& WARNING
• When you lock your vehicle from out side, nobody - especially
• After unlocking the vehic le, you have 60 seconds to open a door children - should remai n inside the vehicle. Remember, when you
or the rear lid . After 60 seconds, the vehicle automatically locks and lock the vehicle from the out side the window s cannot be opened
the anti -theft alar m system activates agai n . from the inside.
The rear lid can be locked or unlocked either by using the remote • When you leave the vehicle, alw ays remove the ignition key and
control or by inserting and turning the key in the driver's door lock. take it w ith you. This w ill prevent passengers (children, for
Un locking the vehicle with the remote control c::::5wi ll only unlock example ) from accidentally being locked in the vehicle should they
the rear lid, to open it, the lid handle needs to be pressed. accident ally press the pow er locking swit ch on t he center console.
• Do not leave children inside the vehicle unsupervised. In an
Lo cki ng the ve hi c le
eme rgency it would be impos sible to open the doors from the
You can lock the vehicle from outside either by using the remote
out side without the key.
control or by inserting and turning the key in the drivers's door lock .
When you lock the vehicle:
[i J Tip s [i J Tips
• In the event of a crash with airbag deployment all locked doors • The remote control key is automatically deactivated when the
will be automatically un locked to give access to the vehicle occu - ignition is switched on .
pants from the outside. • The operation of the remote control key can be temporarily
• If the power locking system should fail, you can still open the disr upted by interference from transmitters in the vicinity of the
fue l tank flap in an emergency => page 251. vehic le working in the same fr equency range (e.g. a cell phone,
• You are well advised not to keep valuables inside an unattended radio equipment). •
vehicle, visib le or not . Even a properly locked vehicle cannot provide
the security of a safe! •
Unlocking and locking the vehicle with the
remote control
Keyless entry remote control How the remote control w orks.
General description
The remote cont rols allows you to:

• lock or unl ock the vehicle
• selective ly un lock the rear lid .
The turn signals wi ll flas h briefly whenever you lock or unlock t he
vehic le. Also, the interior light wi ll come on or go off whenever you Fig. 46 Remote
control: funct ion
open or close the driver's door .
butt ons
The transmitter and battery are located in the head of the remote
control. The receiver is located inside the vehicle. The maximum To unlock the vehicle doors and rear lid @
eff ective range depends o n severa l things . Remem b er, if t he battery
is weak, the effective range decreases. - Press button @ .
The remote -control key c ontains a fo ld-ou t key that you can use to To lock the vehicle doors and rear lid lii
manually lock or unlock the vehic le and to start the engine.
Press button ® =>& in " Gene ral desc r ip t ion" on
If you need to replace the remote contro l, or if you need to have it page 62.
repa ir ed, you must see your authori zed Audi dealer . On ly then can
you use the key again. Wat ch tha t al l t urn signal lights flash once .

ment
Opening and closing
To unlock rear lid only ~ - Press either the lock- ~ or the unlock CDbutton to
- Press button @ for approximate ly one second . complete the reset sequence . •
PANIC Button
Certification
- Push the red button @ to act ivate the panic function. The
horn sounds and the turn signals flash. The remote control device complies with
- Push the button @ again to deactivate the panic func- • USA models: Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
tio n. • Canada models: RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following conditions:
& WARNING • this device may not cause harmful interference, and
Read and follow all WARNINGS => & in "General description " on • this device must accept any interference received, including
page 62. interference that may cause undesired operation.
[i ) Tips 0 Note
• In order to make sure the locking function is working, you should Th e manufacturer is not responsible for ANY RADIO OR TV interfer -
always keep your eye on the vehic le to make sure it is properly ence caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.
locked . Changes or modifications to this unit not expressly approved by the
• Do not use the remote control if you are inside the car, otherw ise party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
you may unintentionally lock the vehic le, and then you would set off operate the equipment. •
the anti -theft alarm when you try to start the engine or open a door.
In case this happens anyhow, push the unlock button@.
• Use the pan ic function only if you are in an emergency
situation. •
Resetting the remote control

The remote control must be reset if the vehicle does not
unlock .
- Press the unlock button@ on the remote control.
- Manually unlock the driver's door lock with the mechan-
ical key with in 30 seconds .
Doors, power locks

& WARNING
Operating the locks vvith the fold-out key Alw ays read and heed WARNIN G~ & in "General description " on
page62. a
To lock and unlock the vehicle fr om the outside, turn the
key in the lock of the driver's door.
Lo c king and unlocking the vehicle from inside
The vehicle can be locked or unlocked from the inside
using the power locking switches located in the driver's
and the front passenger's door.
Fig. 47 Key turns for

opening and closing.
To unlock all doors a nd th e re ar lid

- Turn the key to position @ =:>fig. 47 to unlock the vehicle Fig. 48 Driver's door:
pow er locking swi tch
To lock the v e hi c le
- Close all windows and doors properly. In addit ion to the centra l locking switches in the doors ,
there is a locking switch on the rear center console for the
- Tur n t he key in t he lock of t he dr iver's door to t he lock
rear-seat passengers =:>page 66.
position @ =:> & in "General descript ion" on page 62.
How to lock all doors and the rear lid
When you unlock your vehicle :
simultaneously
• The anti -t heft alarm system is deactivated briefly .
- Press lower part of the power lock ing sw itch ca,.=
• The vehicle interior lights illuminate for approximate ly 30
seconds .
&.
=:> fig. 48 =:>
When you lock t he vehicle : How to unlo c k all doors and the rear lid
• All doors and the rear lid are locked. s imultaneously
• The ant i-theft alarm system is activated . - Press t he up per part of the switch oc:?D
.
• The vehicle interior lights turn off .

ment
Opening and closing
How to unlock/ open each front door separately & WARNING (continued)
using the door handle
entry from the outside . Locked doors can, however, delay assis-
- Pull the door handle once to release the lock and simul - tance to vehicle occupants and hold up rescue efforts from the
taneously open the door. outside in an accident or other emergency.
How to unlock/ open each rear door separately

using the door handle [i] Tips
- Pull the door handle once to release the lock. If the vehicle has been locked manually with the key or with the
remote control, the central locking switch is inoperative. •
- Pull the handle twice to open the door.
If you lock the vehicle using the power locking switch !It=, please Rear power locking switch
not e t he following:
There is also a power locking switch in the rear center
• You cannot open the doors or the rear lid from the outside console for passengers sitting in the rear.
(increased securi ty, for example when you are stopped at a red
light).
• The diode in the power locking switch illumina t e when all the -
"'
M
a
co
:.
doors and the rear lid are closed and locked. m
• You can unlock and open the doors individually from the inside
by pulling once on the door handle for the front doors and twice for
the rear doors .
• If the driver's door is opened (after you have locked the vehicle
from the inside using the powe r locking switch), the door will
Fig. 49 Rear power
remain unlocked to prevent you from locking yourself out of your locking switch
vehicle. After you close the door, you have to lock the d river's doo r
again.
• If you have a crash and the airbag is activated, the doors auto-
Press switch~ ~ fig . 49 to lock the vehicle ~ in &
"Locking and unlocking the vehicle from inside" on
matically unlock.
page 65.
& WARNING This switch does not unlock the doors.

See also => pag e 65, "Locking and unlocking the vehicle from
• If you use the power locking switch with the doors closed,
inside". •
remember that all the vehicle doors will lock.
• Locking doors from the inside can help prevent inadvertent
door opening during an accident and can also prevent unwanted
Opening and closing
Rear lid c::::5 Closing the rear lid

The rear lid is to be and unlocked by the power locking Pull it down and shut it firmly=> & . There is a recess in
system using the~ button on the remote -control key. the interior trim of the lid to make it easier to pull down.
& WARNING
• After closing the rear lid, always pull up on it to make sure that
it is properly closed. Otherwise it could open suddenly when the
vehicle is moving .
• To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into
the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving . Never
Fig. 50 Driver's door, transport objects larger than those fitting completely into the
rear bottom : remote luggage area, because then the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
rear lid release
• Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid
left open. A child could crawl into the car through the luggage
compartment and pull the lid shut, becoming trapped and unable
to get out. To reduce the risk of personal injury, never let children
play in or around your vehicle. Always keep the rear lid, as well as
the vehicle doors, closed when not in use.
[i ] Tips
• If the rear lid is open or not properly locked when the ignition is
Fig. 51 Hand le loca- turned on, the door and rear lid warning ~ page 29 appears in the
tion in the rear lid
instrument clus te r display.
• If the rear lid on a locked vehicle is un locked with the middle
Opening the rear lid
button c::5 on the remote key, the rear li d is automatically locked
- Pull the switch c::::5 => fig. 50 in the driver's door. again immediately after closing . This is indicated by the turn signals
blinking. •
- Unlock the rear lid by pressing the~ button on the
remote control =>fig . 50.
- Lift the lid => fig. 51.

ment
Open ing and closi n g
Emergency release for rear lid - Now insert the key bit into the slot in the cover as shown
in=> fig . 53 G) and pry the cover up carefully .
If the rear lid cannot be opened, an emergency release is
provided. - Place the key in the round opening behind the cover ®
and turn the key in the direction of the arrow. This
unlocks the lock and the rear lid opens a crack.
Open the rear lid from the outside and put the ignition
key in a safe place. •
Manual door locking

If the power locking system fails (power failure), you will
need to lock the passenger door separately.
Fig. 52 Rear and trunk

section: Access to
emergency release
Fig. 54 Emergency
locking device in the
doors
Fig. 53 Rear lid interio r An emergency door locking device is integrated in the rear
section : Emergency edge of the doors (only visible when the door is open) for
release
those doors without a lock cylinder.
The emergency release is located on the inside of the rear - Open the door .
lid. To release the rear lid, proceed as follows:
- Remove the plastic cap using the vehicle key => fig. 54.
- Fold down the right rear seat back => fig. 52.
- Stick the key into the internal slot and turn the key about
- Take your ignition key and move through the opening 90 degrees as far as it can go to the right (right -side
until your head and shoulders are in the trunk . doors) or to the left (left -side doors) . ~
- Replace the plastic cap . Anti -theft alarm system
After you close the door, you will no longer be ab le to open it from The anti-theft alarm triggers an alarm if anyone attempts
the outside. to break into the vehicle.
You can open it from the inside, however, by pulling on the door
latch , once for the front doors and twice for the rear doors. •
Child safety lock

The child safety Jock prevents the rear doors from being
opened from the inside.
Fig. 56 Diode posit ion

in th e instrum ent panel
The anti-theft alarm system triggers an audible alarm and turns on

t he emergency flasher if an unau t horized inter f erence with the
vehicle is sensed by the system .
H o w is th e ant i-theft alarm s yst e m swi t ched on ?

Fig. 55 Rear doors: The anti -theft alarm system is switched on when you lock the
child safet y lock driver's door manually using the fo ld-out key, or when you use the
remote control. The syste m is activated approximately 30 seconds
The rear do o rs are equipped with a child safety lo ck. It is after the vehicle is locked . The indicator light => fig. 56 starts
operated wi t h t he vehicle key. The chil d saf et y lock is on ly flashing rapid ly for 30 seconds and then b links slowly .
visible when the door is open. How is th e anti -theft alarm sy stem switched off ?
- To switch on the chil d safety lock, tur n the ignit ion key in The ant i-theft alarm syst em is switched off only when you use the
the directi o n of the arrow. remote contro l to unlock your vehicle . If you do not open a door
within 60 seconds after you have unlocked with the remote control,
- To switch off the child safety lock, turn the ignit ion key in the vehicle will lock itself again automatically .
the opposite direction of t he arrow.
If you lock just the driver's door using your key, the front
passenger's door and the rear lid remain locked . ~
The child safety lock prevents the doors from being opened from the
inside when you have small children sitting in the rear. •

ment
Op e ning and c losing
Wh e n w ill th e an ti th e ft a larm sys tem be t rig g er e d?

When the vehicle is locked, the alarm system monitors and protects [i ]Tips
the following parts of the vehicle: • For the anti -theft alarm system to function properly, make sure
all vehicle doors and windows are closed before leaving the vehicle .
• engine compartment
• When you open the vehicle from the driver's door using the key,
• luggage compartment
the central locking switch will work only after you have switched on
• doors the ign ition. •
• ignition
• factory installed radio
Power windows
When the system is activated, the alarm will be triggered if one of
t he doors, the engine hood or t he rear lid are opened, or if the igni-
tion is turned on or the radio removed. Controls
The anti -theft alarm system will also go off when the battery is
disconnected .
You can also trigger the alarm by pressing the PANIC button on your
remote-contro l key. This will alert ot her people in case of emer-
gency . Press the PANIC button again to turn off the alarm .
H o w is the a nti -theft al a rm s wit c hed o ff when

tr igg e red ?
Fig. 57 Dr iver 's do or :
The ala rm syst em is switched off when you unlock t he vehicle using pow er windo w
the remote -control key or when the ignition is switched on . The switches
alarm will also switch itse lf off when it comes to the end of its cycle.
The switches are located in t he driver's door . The front passenger's
Em e rgen cy flasher
door has a own power window switch of its own .
The emergency flasher will blink briefly when the doors, engine
hood and rear lid are properly closed. To open/close If the respective switch is pushed or pulled, the
window will , respective ly.
If the emergency flashers do not blink, check the doors, engine hood
and rear lid to make sure they are properly closed . If you close a Switc h es for front d o or windows
door , the hood or the rear lid with the anti -theft alarm switched on, © operates the window in the driver's door.
the emergency flashers will blink only after you have closed the @ operates the window in the front passenger's door .
door or lid.
Switches for rear window s
© operates the left rear window.
® operates the right rear window.
Opening and closing
Safety switch Opening the windows

© Safety switch for rear window operation. - Push the switch to the first stop and hold it there until the
window has lowered to the desired position.
& WARNING - Push the switch briefly to the second stop : the window
• Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, especially with will automatically open all the way.
access to vehicle keys. Unsupervised use of the keys can result in
starting of the engine and use of vehicle systems such as power Closing the windows
windows, etc. which could result in serious injury.
- Pull the switch up to the first stop and hold it there until
• Remember - you can still open or close the power windows for the window has risen to the desired position.
about ten minutes after the ignition is switched off. Only when
either of the front doors are opened are the power windows - Pull the switch quickly to the second position: the
switched off. window will automatically close all the way => &
in
• Be careful when closing the windows. Check to see that no one "Controls" on page 70.
is in the way, or serious injury could result!
• Always remove the ignition key whenever you leave your
Activating/deactivating rear windows
vehicle. - Push the switch to the depressed position to activate the
• If you lock your vehicle from the outside, no one, especially chil- rear windows - the light in the switch will go out.
dren, should remain in the vehicle.
- Briefly press the switch to deactivate the rear windows -
• Do not stick anything on the windows or the windshield that the switch will return to the safety position and the light
may interfere with the driver's field of vision. •
~ will illuminate.
The safety switch @ ~ page 70, fig. 57 in the armrest on the driver's
Switches in the driver's door
door turns off the rear power windows. Only when the safety switch
The driver can operate all windows. is depressed can the rear windows be opened or closed. The symbol
in the safety switch illuminates when the power windows in the rear
In addition to the switches in the driver's door, there is a doors are switched off (button NOT depressed) . This feature has
separate switch in each door for the power window in that been provided for the safety of small children riding in the rear of
door => page 70, fig. 57. If the respective switch is pushed or the vehicle.
pulled, the window will open or close. The power window
switches have a two-position function: [i] Tips
The windows can still be opened and closed for about ten minutes
after the ignition has been turned off. The power windows are not
shut off until one of the front doors is opened . •

ment
Opening and closing
Convenience close / open feature

You can close or open the windows from outside when
& WARNING
• Be careful when closing the windows. Check to see that no one
you lock or unlock your car with the key.
is in the way, or serious injury could result!
N • Always read and heed WARNING ~ & in "General description"
"'
~ on page 62. •
.,
(L
m
Reactivating the system after battery

disconnection
Reactivating the convenience close/open feature
Fig. 58 Key turns for If the vehicle battery is disconnected and then reconnected,
opening and closing
the automatic closing and opening function will not work
until it is reactivated. To reactivate this feature, perform the
Closing the windows and the power sunroof* following steps :
- Insert the key into the lock of the driver's door.
Reactivating close/open feature
- Make sure that the windows are not blocked ~ &.
- Pull and hold the power window switch until the window
- Turn and hold the key in the lock position @ ~ fig. 58 is completely closed.
until the w indows and the power sunroof (open sky
system) * are completely closed. - Release the switch.
- Pull the switch again for one second. The automatic
Opening the windows closing/opening is now reactivated. •
- Insert the key into the lock of the driver's door .
- Turn and hold the key in the open position @ .
open sky system
The automatic close function will cease immediately if the key is
Ap plies t o vehi cle s: wi th o pen sky syst em
released. For safety reasons it is not possible to open and close the
sunroof with the remote -control key. Description
The open sky system is operated with the toggle switch ~ page 73,
fig. 59 when the ignition in on. .,.
The open sky system can stil l be opened or closed for about 10 Op e ning m a nually (manu a l op e ration )
m inutes after
as the driver's
the ignition has been switched off. However, as soon
or passenger 's door is opened, the switch for the roof
- Press the sw itch 0 => f ig. 59, star t ing from the "lift posi -
is inoperative .•
tion" until the roof has reached t he desired position.
Closing completely
Ap p li es to vehicle s: w ith open sky system
- Press the sw itch @ => fig. 59 until the roof is comp letely
Opening and closing open sky system closed => & .
.....................
........ ............. .........................
........................ .
.....................
~-····-- ...... , .......................
........................
,
,., ..
,. Clo s ing p a rtially
t :::::::: ::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::: ·
rn1r~ ·111111immii
i 1111m1 Press t he sw itch ® => fi 2. 59 until the roof has reached
the d esired posit ion => t.f:::.
. If the roof is almost cl osed
t) m mmmEl and you int er r upt t he operation, the roof o pens automat -
(gi ffi
ically t o a m ini mum setting; t hi s is t he smallest poss ible
ii Fig. 59 Sect ion of t he

roof liner Toggle sw itch
opening t hat can be set.
If you park your vehicle in the sun, we recommend that you close the
• • for th e open sky
system sun blind . You should especia lly make certain that the open sky
system is closed when the sun blind is closed when parked or if
The open sky system is opened in two stages . First, t he roof there is a sudden rain shower .
lifts up and then it can be opened . The sun blind has two positions: complete ly open or comp letely
closed . The sun blind is manually operated .
Liftin g
- Tap the sw itch 0
=> fig. 59 briefly, and the roof lifts auto - & WARNING
matically (pop-up posi t ion).
Never close the open sky system carelessly or w it hout watc hing -
Op e ning a utomatically (indep e ndent op e ra tion ) there is a risk of personal injury. For th is reason, alway s remove
th e igniti on key w hen leavi ng the vehicle.
- Tap the switch 0
=> fig . 59 briefly, and the roof moves to
the lift position .
[i ] Tips
- Tap the sw itch G) br iefly a second t ime, and the ro of
• When you park your vehicle, we generally recommend closing
moves to t he low w ind noise comfort position . the open sky system and the sun blind .
- Press t he sw itch G) until the roof is fully open. In this • When t he vehicle is parked, a wet roof should be dried lightly
posit ion increased w in d noise may occur. with a soft cloth before it is opened so that water does not drip into
the interior . .,_

ment
Opening and closing
• In an emergency, the open sky system can be closed manually Emergency mechanical closing for
~ page 74, "Emergency mechanical closing for the open sky
system". •
the open sky system
Ap pli es to ve hi cles: w ith open sky system
Ap pli es to ve hi cles: wit h o pen sky system
Uncovering the light unit
Comfort closing
In an emergency, the open sky system can be closed
The open roof can also be closed from the outside. manually. Removal of the light unit requires some
- Hold the key in the driver's door lock in the lock position dexterity.
until the roof is closed=> & .
& WARNING
Never close the open sky system carelessly or without watching -
there is a risk of personal injury. • ,___
'91 '-,-
..-----4
fil
Fig. 60 Light unit in
the headliner :
removing the glass

the headliner:
removing the switch
cover
Please switch off all lamps before removing the light unit
=>& .The glass and the sw itch cover simply click into place
for installation . Be sure they are positioned correctly for
installation. .,.
Opening and closing
Removing the glass App li es to veh icles : with open sky system
- Take the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit. Removing the light unit
- Use the flat end of the reversible screwdriver blade. Removing the light unit requires some dexterity.
- Insert the screwdriver carefully between the light unit

and the glass into the visible marks (arrows) ~ page 74,
fig. 60.
- Pry the glass out carefully.
Removing the switch cover

- Push the flat blade of the screwdriver several times in the headliner:
removing screws in the
succession between the light unit and the sw itch cover at light unit
different places on the left and right and carefully lift the
switch cover as you do this ~ page 74, fig. 61. On vehi -
cles with add itional equipment you can allow the cover
to hang by the wire, otherwise place the loose cover to 1111111111111111111111111111111
one side.
& WARNING
Before working on the front light unit switch the integral lamps off
- otherwise you risk being burned. • Fig. 63 Removing the
light unit
Installation of the light unit follows the steps used in

removal, but in reverse order .
- Install the Phillips head blade in the screwdriver.
- Turn the two screws in the light unit in a counter-clock-
wise direction to remove ~ fig . 62.
- Pull the light unit out of the headliner by the front end
(arrow) ~ fig. 63.
- Allow the light unit to hang by the wire. •

ment
Opening and closing
Ap pli es to vehic les: w it h open sky system - Install the end of the screwdriver handle onto the short
Closing the open sky roof manually side of the crank to help you turn it ~ fig. 64 G).
- Push the long end of the crank @ ~ fig. 65 all the way
into the hexagonal hole @ .
Hold the crank down and turn it with the screwdriver
handle to close the roof .
- Install the light unit first and then the glass. For installa-
tion, reverse the removal sequence.
Fig . 64 Left end face of
the instrument panel:
fuse cover with hand
- Return the crank to its location in the fuse box cover
crank ~ fig. 64 and in stall the cover.
- Have the problem corrected.
Ii ] Tips
• To turn the crank for emergency closing more easily, you should
use the screwdriver handle as an aid . First, remove the screw driver
from the handle, then push the handle onto the crank.
• The crank should be turned slow ly; turning it quickly only
Fig. 65 Light unit in increases the effort required. •
the headliner : crank for
emergency operation
You can close the open sky system using the hand crank
located on the inside of the fuse box cover.
- Install the flat blade in the screwdriver .
Use the screwdriver to remove the fuse box cover
~ fig. 64.
- Remove the crank from the fuse box cover.

- Remove the blade from the screwdriver handle.
Clear vision
Clear vision
Lights Switching on the side marker lights

- Turn the light switch ligh t to ::::,fig. 66 ;oo:.The indicator
Switching the headlights on and off ·'t!-· light ;oo:comes on when the park ing lights are switched
on.
!
-
cf.
a,
Switching on the headlights and high beam
"' - Turn the light switch to io.
- Press the high beam lever forward towards the instru-
ment panel, to turn on the high beam, pull the lever back
to turn it off ~ fig. 67.
Fig. 66 Instrument Switching off the lights

panel: light switch
- Turn the light switch to 0.
The headlights only work when the ignition is switched on. While
starting the engine or when switching off the ignition, the head -
lights will go off and only the side marker lights will remain lit.
& WARNING
Crashes can happen when you cannot see the road ahead and
Fig. 67 Turn signal
when you cannot be seen by other motorists .
lever : high beam
ON/OFF • Always turn on the headlights so that you can see ahead and
so that others can see your car from the back.
All switch positions refer to the indentat ion on the switch
aligned with the spec ified symbol. The light switch must not
be overturned past the stops in either direction.
[i ] Tips
• If you remove the ignition from the ignition lock while the head -
lights are still on, a buzzer will sound as long as the driver's door is
open to remind you to switch off the lights .
• Always observe the spec ific local regulations for your area when
to use your lights. .._

ment
Clear vision
• In cool or damp weather conditions the headlights may fog over Deactivating
t emporari ly on the inside .
- Tur n the light switch t o positio n 0 .
- The critical factor is the temperature difference between the
interior and the exterior of the headligh t lens . In the switch position AUTO the automatic head- and taillight
- With the main beams switched on, the light -emitting area wil l control is activa t ed. The co rresp o nding symbol o n t he ligh t swi t ch
be free of condensa t ion after a short t ime, however the edges of is lit.
the g lass may still be fogged . With automatic head lights, the high -beam function is also avai lable,
- The rear lights and turn sig nals may also be affected. but with one restr iction: If you have not switched the high beams
- This phys ical phenomen o n has no effect on the life of your back to low beams during automatic headlight operation (for
vehic le's lighting system. • example, after driv ing t hrough a tu nne l), on ly the low beams come
on the next time automatic headlights are switched on. To use the
hi gh beams, you f irst have to pull the high beam lever back and then
App li es to veh icles: with light sensor package push the lever forward again.
Sensor activated head- and tail light control Parking lights, head lights, fog lights and the rear fog light can be
In the "AUTO" position light sensors switch the head - and switched on manually using the light switch =>page 77.
tail lights on and off. Light sensors located in the inside mirror housing and stem
constantly check the light conditions surround i ng t he vehicle. If
amb ient brightness falls below a factory set value (e.g. when driving
into a tunnel), the head- and t aillights inc lud in g the licen se p lat e
i ll umination are automatically turned on. When ambient brightness
increases again, the external lights are turned off again =>& .
Light sensor malfunction

If there is a light sensor malfunction, the sym bol comes o n in t he
Fig. 68 Instrum ent display. For safety reasons, the low beams are turned on perma-
panel : light sw itc h in n ent ly with the swi t ch in AUTO. However, yo u can continue to t ur n
AUTO position the lights on and off using the light switch. Have the light sensor
checked as soon as possible at a dealership.
The sensor-activated low beams have the same characteris -
t ics as the headli ghts => page 77.
& WARNING
Activating • Automatic head- and tailli ght control is only intended to assist
the driver. This feature does not relieve the dr iver of his responsi-
- Tur n t he lig ht switch=> fig. 68 to pos ition AUTO.
bility to check the headlight s and to turn them on manually
according to the current light and visibility conditions . For
example , fog and rain cannot be detected by the light sensors. _.,
Clear vision
App lies to the marke t: USA mode ls

& WARNING !continued ) App lies to veh icles: with dayt ime r unning lights and bi-xenon lights
Consequently, alw ays swit ch the headlights iD on under these Daytim e running lights (DRL)
weather condition s and when dr iving in the dark .
The daytime runni ng lights are turned on automatically
• Crashes can happen when you cannot see the road ahead and
when the ignition is switched on .
when you cannot be seen by other motor ists.
• Alway s turn on the headlights so that you can see ahead and
so th at other s can see your car from the back.
[i J Tips
• In the AUTO mode, the low beams are turned off when the igni -
tion is turned off. The remaining lights are turned off when the key
is taken out of the ignition lock .
• Do not attach stickers to the windshie ld in front of the sensors as Fig. 69 Switch for
this can disable the automatic head - and tail light control and the daytime running light s
automatic glare -dimming of the rearview mirror(s).
• Always observe the spec ific loca l regulations for your area when Activating functions
to use your lights. - Move the rig ht thum bwhee l ® "DRL" ~ fig. 69 to posi-
• In the event of a light sensor malfunction, the driver information t ion (I).
display will show th e sym bol . If a light sensor malfunc t ion is indi -
cated, you must use the light switch to turn the low beams on and Deactivating functions
off. •
- Move the righ t t hu mb whee l "DR L" to positio n @ .
The day t ime running ligh t s can be turned on or off using this func -
tion. If the function is active, the daytime running lights are turned
on aut o matically when the ignition is switche d o n.
The daytime running lights are activated only when the light switch
~ fig. 69 ©
is at the O or AUTO* p ositio n . ~

ment
Clear vision
& WARNING in.WARNING

Never use daytime running lights to see where you are going. They Never use daytime running lights to see where you are going. They
are not bright enough and will not let you see far enough ahead for are not bright enough and will not let you see far enough ahead for
safety, especially at dusk or when it is dark . Be aware of changes safety, especially at dusk or when it is dark . Be aware of changes
in outside light conditions when you are driving and respond by in outside light conditions when you are driving and respond by
swit ching on your low beams fD. switching on your low beams @:D.
0 Note 0 Note
Always be aware of changes in outside light conditions while you • With the light switch at the O or :oo: position, only your front fog
are driving. Respond in time to fading daylight by turning the light lights remain turned on when it turns dark outside. Even though
switch to position @:D(or "AUTO " if your car is equ ipped with t h is your instruments appear well lit, the road ahead of you is not. The
feature) to turn on your headlights. • light pattern provided by fog lights alone is not sufficient for safe
driving in poor light or darkne ss. Therefore:
Ap plies to the mar ket: Canada mod els • Always be aware of changes in outside light conditions while
you are driving. Respond in time to fading daylight by turning the
Daytime running lights (Canada models only)
light switch to position @:D(or "A UTO" if your car is equipped w ith
When you turn on the ignition the daytime runnin g lights thi s f eature) to turn on your headlights .
will com e on automati cally.
The da yt im e runn ing li g ht s are act ivated only w hen t he l ig ht switc h [i ]Tips
© ~ page 79, fig. 69 is either at the O or the :oo:position . When the The d ayt im e runni ng lig ht s f unc t io n can no t be t u rned off. •
ig ni tio n is sw itched on, ther e is a d iff ere nce betwe en vehi cles wit h
bi-xenon lights and halogen lamps:
• On ve hi cles w it h bi -xen o n ligh t s onl y the day t im e r un ni ng lamp s
in the headlights wil l come on .
• On v ehicles with halog en li g hts th e fro nt fog light s, sid e ma rker
lights and tai l lights come on automatica lly
Clear vision
Ap p lies to vehi cles: wi th Ada pti ve Ligh t Front fog lights }0

Adaptive light
Use the light switch to turn on the front fog lights.
When driving around bends, the relevant area of the road
is better illuminated.
Fig. 71 Fog light acti-

vation : light switch
position on vehicles
WITHOUT sensor light
Fig. 70 Adaptive light

when driving Switching on the front fog lights !O
- Do not turn the light switch -'tj-:::}fig. 71 toward the fog
The benefit of adaptive light is that the curve and the edge of the
light symbol
road are better illuminated~ fig . 70. The adaptive light is controlled
automatically, depending on vehicle speed and steering wheel - Turn the light switch to ~oo: or to ~D.
angle.
- Pull the light switch to the first stop G).
When driving around bends, the headlights are controlled
according to steering wheel angle. So that there is no black area When the front fog lights are on, the symbol }O next to the light
ahead of the vehicle, the two main beams pivot at different angles. switch will illuminate . •
[i] Tips
The system works above a speed of about 6 mph (10 km/hl. •

ment
Clear vision
Appli es to vehicles: w ith Ligh t senso r package Coming home situation

Coming home / leaving home function Q5 In darkness, the activated system will turn on the headlights, side
marker lights, rear side marker lights , tail lights , and rear license
The coming home/leaving home function switches on the
plate light as soon as the driver's door is opened from inside.
external lights on a vehicle parked in the dark to illumi -
nate the surroundings. As long as one of the doors or the rear lid remains open, the set of
external lights will keep burning for about four minutes maximum.
To provide light for departure, the set of vehicle lights will keep
burning for about another 30 seconds after all doors and the rear lid
have been closed.
The factory-set time of 30 seconds until the lights are switched off
can be adjusted if you prefer a longer or shorter duration. Have the
Fig. 72 Dashboard adjustment done by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified work -
shop. The system can be adjusted to keep the lights burning for a
WWW detail: coming
home/leaving home maximum of 60 seconds.
switch beside light
switch
Leaving home situation
As soon as the vehicle is unlocked by pressing the(, button on your
Activating the function remote control, the set of externa l lights is switched on .
- Tap the switch QJ=>fig. 72. The indicator light in the The external lights are switched off as soon as the driver's door is
switch illuminates. opened from outside . Even if you had the system readjusted to keep
the lights burning for an extended time for coming home, the
Deactivating the function external lights will be turned off if you do not open the driver's door
Tap the switch QJ.The indicator light in the switch goes within 60 seconds after unlocking. See chapter "Opening and
out. Closing" in your Owner's Manual. If the lights are switched off
before you reach the driver's door , press the(, button once more to
The coming home/leaving home function is controlled by light turn them on again.
sensors located in the inside mirror mount. The system is activated
if all of the conditions below are fulfilled:
[i ]Tips
• The window in the switch 0 illuminates. • Do not attach any stickers to the windshield in front of the two
• the driving lights and the ignition have been switched off light sensors, as this would interfere with both the automatic oper-
• the vehicle is parked in poor light or darkness with the sensors ation of the headlights and the automatic dimming of the inside
detecting litt le or no ligh t at all. mirror(s) . ..,
Cl ea r vision
• If the vehic le is remotely unlocked and locked three times in Igniti o n ON , light swit c h at @.
succession, leaving home will not t urn on the lights a fourth time to With the ignition switched ON, the g low of instrument needles can
safeguard the battery and lights . be adjusted to appear br ighter or dimmer .
• If you wish to use the coming home/leaving home function regu -
larly, you can leave it activated at all times without risking perma- Ignition ON , light sw it c h at ooo
: or io.
nent st rain on the electrical syst em . As the system is controlled by With the lights sw itched on, the brightness of instrument clus t er
light sensors, it wi ll only be energized in darkness . (i.e. needles, gauges and d isplays) and cent er co nsole il lumina ti on
• Frequent use of the coming home/leaving home f unction for can be adjusted.
approaching and departing a vehicle parked in the dark wi ll strain
t he battery. This applies particularly if only shor t distances are
driven between stops . Occasional ly drive longer distances to make
0 Note
The instrument c luster and center console illumination (gauges and
sure the batte ry is recharged sufficiently .
need les) comes on when you swi t ch on the ignition and the vehicle
• If the fog lights have been switched on by the coming headlight s are off. Be aware of the following difference between
home/leaving home f unction, they will always be switched off when models bu ilt to US or Canadian specifications:
you switch on the ignition . •
• USA model s: illumination of the instrume nt cluster (gauges and
needle s), dash and center console around the gear shift lever is
Instrument panel illumination controlled by a light sensor located in the instrument pane l. The
instrument panel illumination w ill automati cally become dimmer
The illumin a ti on of the instrumen ts, displ ays an d the as the daylight fade s away and eventually will go out completely
center console can be adjusted . when outside light is very low . This is to remind you, the drive r, to
switch on the headlights before it gets too dark .
• Canada model s: inst rument panel illum ination will stay bright
regardle ss of the inten sity of ambient light . Always be aware of
changes in outside light conditio ns while you are driving . Respond
in time to fading daylight by turning the light switch to position io
(or "AUTO" if your car is equipped with this feature) to turn on your
headlight s. •
Ap pli es to ve hicles : w ith b i-xenon h eadli gh ts

Fig. 73 Instrumen t
pane l illumination Bi-Xenon headlights*
You regula t e th e bright ness of t he inst r uments wit h th e lef t After starting the engine, the bi-xenon headlights are automatical ly
t hu mbw heel CJ~ fig. 73. adjus t ed to the load and angle of t he veh icle (for example, during
acceleration and braking). This prevents oncoming traffic from .,,_

ment
Clear vision
experiencing unnecessary headlight glare from your bi-xenon head- • your vehic le has broken down or you are in an emergency situa -
lights . tion, or when
If the system is not operating properly, a warning symbol in the • your vehicle is being towed by a tow truck or if you are towing
Auto -Check Control is displayed => page 56. • another vehicle behind you. •
Emergency flasher ~ Turn signals - ¢ ¢ and high beam ~D lever

The emergency flasher makes other motorists aware that The lever on the left side of the steering column is used to
you or your vehicle are in an emergency situation. operate the turn signals and the high beam as well as the
headlight flasher.
I
Fig. 74 Cente r
console: emergency
flasher switch Fig. 75 Turn signal and
high beam lever
Press the switch ~ => fig. 74, to switch the emergency
flasher on or off. The turn signal and high beam lever has the following func-
tions:
When the emergency flasher is on, all four turn signal blink at the
same time. The turn signal indicator lights ¢¢ in the instrument Turn signals ¢ ¢
cluster, as well as the light in the emergency flasher switch & blink
likewise.
- Lift the lever up all the way => fig. 75, to use the right turn
signals, or push the lever down all the way to use the left
The emergency flasher will automatica lly switch on if you are in an turn signals .
accident where the airbag has deployed .
Auto-blink
[i J Tips - Move the lever (up or down) just to the point of resis-
You should switch on the emergency flasher when : tance to use the turn signa ls for as long as you need
• you are the last vehicle standing in a traffic jam so that any other them, for example when changing lanes.
vehicles coming can see you, or when
Clear vision
- Briefly move the lever up or down just to the point of Interior lights
resistance and then release it to flash the turn signals
three times in succession. This feature allows to in dicate Interior lights and glove compartment light
lane changes clearly and with minimum effort when
driving on highways. The interior lights include the both reading lights for the
driver and the front passenger.
High beam ~D
........
::·······
·······:·····
Push the lever forward to switch on the high beam. ..
··~·······
..·····...........
.,....,..
, ..................
Pull the lever back towards you to switch off the high
·ot]
.. iirnmi ·,1111
..
beam.
Headlight flasher ~D
- Pull the lever toward the steering wheel to use the head- Fig. 76 Control panel
light flasher . above windshield : inte-
rior light swi tches
Notes on these features
• The turn signals only work with the ignition switched on . The Light switch==> fig. 76 has the foll owing functions:
ind icator lights ¢ or Q in the instrument cluster ~ page 17 also
blink. Door contact activation
• After you have turned a corner, the turn signal switches off auto - - Move the switch to the center position. The forward
matically . dome light is turned on/off by the contact switches on
• The high beam works only when the headlights are on. The indi- any of the doors.
cat or light ~D in the instrument cluster illuminates when the high
beams are on. Forward dome light on
• The headlight flasher works only as long as you hold the lever - - Move the switch to position I. The forward dome light
even if there are no lights switched on. The indicator li ght ~D in the
goes on and stays on regardless of door position.
instrument cluster illuminates when you use the headlight flasher .
Forward dome light off
0 Note - Move the switch to position 0 . The ligh t will not go on
Do not use the high beam or headlight flasher if you know that these regardless of door position. ~
could be blinding oncoming traffic. •

ment
Clear vision
Glove compartment light Door contact activation

- Open the glove compartment - the light in the glove - Move the switch to the center position. The forward
compartment automatically illuminates as long as the dome light is turned on/off by the contact switches on
side marker lights or headlights are on. When you close any of the doors.
the glove compartment, the light goes off.
Forward dome light on
With the interior light switch at the door contact (center) position,
- Move the switch to position I. The forward dome light
the forward dome light illuminates whenever you unlock the vehicle
or open a door. The dome light goes out after approximately 30
goes on and stays on regardless of door position .
seconds after you have closed the door. Likewise, when you lock
your vehicle or switch on the ignition, the dome light goes out. Forward dome light off
If you leave a door open, the dome light will go out after ten minutes - Move the switch to position 0. The light will not go on
to conserve battery charge. regardless of door position.
A dimmer automatically controls the brightness of the lights when Forward reading lights ~
they are switched on. •
- Press the left or right switch @ to switch the left or right
forward reading light on or off.
Ap plies to vehi cles : w it h lig h t packag e
Interior lights and forward reading lights Glove compartment light

The interior lights include the both reading lights for the - Open the glove compartment - the light in the glove
driver and the front passenger. compartment automatically illuminates as long as the
side marker lights or headlights are on. When you close
the glove compartment, the light goes off.
With the interior light switch at the door contact (center) position ,
the forward dome light illuminates whenever you unlock the vehicle
o r open a door. The dome light goes out after approximately 30
seconds after you have closed the door. Likewise , when you lock
your vehicle or switch on the ignition, th e dome light goes out.
Fig. 77 Control panel If you leave a door open, the dome light will go out after ten minutes
above windshield : inte-
• • rior light switches
to conserve battery charge.
A dimmer automatically controls the brightness of the lights when
Light switch @ => fig . 76 has the following functions : they are switched on. •
Clear vision
Ap p li es to vehi cles: with li ght pac kag e Rear reading light

Ambient lighting Press the switch ~ to turn on and off the reading light. •
The ambient lighting illuminate important controls for
you. Luggage compartment light
A dome light in the rear roof liner illuminates the luggage
compartment. An additional light is provided on the
inside of the rear lid.
The light is located on the left side of the trunk .
With the switch at the center position, the rear dome light is auto-
Fig. 78 Control panel matically switched on as soon as the rear lid is opened. The rear
above windshield: dome light goes out 30 seconds after the rear lid is closed.
• • position of ambient
light bulbs If the rear lid is left open for more than 10 minutes, both the rear
dome light and the light in rear lid are sw it ched off to conserve the
When you switch on the ignition, the lights in the door handles illu- battery charge. •
minate.
When the side marker lights or headlights are switched on, the Vision
center console is i lluminated from the ambient light located above
the windshield.
Rear window defogger (ffi)
You cannot manually turn off these lights. •
The rear window defogger clears the rear window of
condensation.
Rear reading light
Fig. 80 Switch for rear

window defogger with
Fig. 79 Rear reading air-conditioning ....
light

ment
C lea r v is io n
- Press the QWswitch to switch the rear window defogger There is a folding visor between the visors for the driver and the
on and off. passenger which can be used to cover the space above the rear view
mirror. •
The defogger works only with the engine running. When the
defogger is switched on , an indicator light in the switch comes on .
The rear window defogger switches off automatically after about 20 Wiper and washer system
minutes. t',''I
Windshield wiper ~
~ For the sake of the environment The windshield wiper lever controls bo th the windshield
Turn the defogger off when the rear window is clear . When you save w ipers and the washer system.
electricity, you save fuel. •
Ap p lies t o v ehicles : w ith lig ht packa g e o r illu minated v an it y m irror
Sun visors
Using the sun visors makes driving safer.
~
(· 3 :::
.,
a:.
Fig. 82 Wiper lever:
., w indshield w iper lever
posit ions
The windshield w iper lever ~ fig. 82 has the follow ing posi-
tions:
One-tou c h wiping
Fig. 81 Sun visor Move the lever to posi t ion G), w hen you wa nt to wipe the
windshi el d briefly.
The sun visors for the driver and front passenger can be removed
from their center mountings and moved toward the door windows Intermittent wiping (a c tivating
<S;:7; rain sensor) *
G) => fig. 81 to protec t aga inst side glare.
The vanity mirror in the sun visors is covered by a lid . When you
Move the lever up to position 0-
slide the lid @ open the mirror illumination comes on automati - Move the interval set sw itch @ , to change the interva ls . .,.
cally. When you slide the lid shut or fo ld the sun visor back up, the
illumination also goes out.
Cl ea r vision
Low wip e r s p e ed
- Move the lever up to pos ition ©- & WARNING
• W iper blades are crucial for safe driving ! Only wh en the y are in
High w ip e r speed good condition are they able to clear the wind ow s properly to
provide uncompromi sed visibilit y. Worn or damag ed w iper blades
- Move the lever up to pos ition G). are a safety hazard => pag e 92, "Replacing front wiper blades"!
• The light / rain sensor* is only designed t o assist and support
Autom a ti c wip e r/ w a sh e r
the driver. It remain s entirely the driver' s responsibility to monitor
- Pull the lever to position © (toward the steering wheel) out side w eat her condition s and to manu ally acti vat e the w ipers as
and hold . soon as rain or dr izzle reduces visibility t hrough the w indshield.
- Release the lever . The washer stops and the wipers keep • The w indshield must not be t reated with wa ter -repelle nt mat e-
going for about four seconds . rial s. They can increase glare under poor visibilit y conditions such
as w etne ss, dar kness, or w hen the sun is low on the horizon. In
add ition , th ey can cause the windshi eld wip ers to chatt er.
Turning off th e wip e rs
- Move the lever back to positio n ©-
The windshield wipers and washer only work when the ignition is
0 Note
In freezing or near freezing conditions:
turned on. If you switch off the ignition with the windshield wiper
• Always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass
lever still in the interva l wipe position and then come back a while
before you turn the wipers on. Loosen a wiper b lade which is frozen
later and drive off, the rain sensor will reactivate itse lf after the
in place before operat ing the wipers to prevent damage to the wiper
veh icle speed has exceeded 4 mph (6 km/h).
blade or the wiper motor.
The rai n sensor* is only act ivated with the wiper lever set to pos i- • Do not use the wipers to clear a frosted window . Using the
tion G).When it starts to rain, the rain sensor will automatically acti - wipers as a conven ient ice scraper will destroy the wiper blades .
vate the intermittent wiping mode .
• Before you take your vehicle to an automatic car wash , make sure
To reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, move switch @ down. To you have the windshield wiper system switched off !lever in position
increase the sensitivity, move the switch up . The higher you adjust Ol, otherwise the windshield wiper system could get damaged in the
the sensitivity, the faster the sensor will react when it senses mois - car wash if it should suddenly come on .
ture on the windshield.
The ra in sensor wiper interva ls depend on the sens it ivity setting as
we ll as vehicle speed. During brief stops , wiper motion will adjust in
[i ] Tips
re lation to the amount of rain on the windshield. • The rain sensor is part of the interva l wiping system . Turning off
the ignition will also deactivate the rain sensor. To reactivate the
When the ignition is turned on , the washer jets are heated . sensor, switch off the interval w iping funct ion, then switch it back
on again.

ment
C lea r v is io n
• Worn or dirty windshield wiper blades cause smearing, which Int e rmitt e nt wiping
can affect the operation of the light/rain sensor*. Check the condi -
- Push the wiper leve r forward towards the dashboard and
tion of your windshield wiper blades regularly .
to the first pos ition (D => page 90, fig. 83. The rear
• Applies to vehicles with light/rain sensor: When the wipers are
window wiper will wipe the window approx. every four
switched on manually and in rain conditions, the automatic head-
seco nds .
lights* turn on => page 78, "Sensor activated head · and tail light
control" or off during the day when the wipers are no longer oper-
ating. The automatic headlights* function is available in this case
Autom a ti c wip e r/ w a sher fun c tion
only when the light switch is in the "AUTO" position=> page 78, - Push the wiper lever forward to the second stop, position
fig. 68. (D, and hold it there for as long as you want the rear
• Make sure the washer f luid reservoir in the engine compartment wiper/washer to operate.
is topped off before going on a long trip . Look up => page 269 for
checking and filling the washer container.
- Release the lever again. The wiper will keep running for
approx. four seconds.
• The wipers on ly operate with the hood comp let ely closed. •
Swit c hing intermitt e nt wiper ac tion off
Rear window wiper C\J - Pull the lever all the way back to the original position.
The wiper lever is also used to operate the rear window
wiper and the automatic wiper/washer function . & WARNING
W iper blades are crucial for safe driving! Only in good conditi on
are the y able t o clear th e wi ndows properly to provide unre-
st rict ed visibility. Worn or frayed wi per blades are a safety haza rd!
=> page 92, "Rep lacing front w iper blades"
0 Note
In freezing or near freezing conditions :
• Always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass
before you turn the wiper on. Loosen a w iper blade which is frozen
Fig. 83 Wiper lever; in place before operating the wiper to prevent damage to the wiper
activating t he rear blade or the wiper motor.
w indow wiper and
was her • Do not use the wiper to clear a frosted window. Using the wipers
as a convenient ice scraper will destroy the wiper blades. .,_
The rear window wi per and the automatic wiper/washer
f unctions are activated as follows:
Clear vision
Moving wiper blades to park position

[i J Tips
- Make certain that the wiper arms are lying against the
For better rearward vision when parking, the rear window wiper is
windshield .
automatically activated one time when the windshield wipers are
switched on and reverse gear is engaged. • - Switch the ignition on and move the wiper lever
=> page 91, fig. 84 from position Oto 1. The wiper arms
Service position will move back to the park position.
The wiper blades can be changed more easily in the It is much easier to change wiper blades if you move the wiper arms
service position. to the service position . You will also avoid paint damage to the hood
when working on the wipers when they are in the service position .
0 Note
Never drive your vehicle when the windshield wiper arms are in the
service position and pulled away from the windshield. When you
drive faster than 4 mph (6 km/h), the wiper arms automatically
return back to the park position and could cause paint damage to
the engine hood!
Fig. 84 Wiper lever

[i J Tips
• You can also turn on the service position, for example, if you
In order to use the windshield wipers, the hood must be
want to protect the windshield from icing by using a cover .
completely closed.
• The service position moves to off automatically when you
operate the windshield wiper lever, or speed exceeds 4 mph
Moving wiper blades to the service position
(6 km/h). •
- When there is a risk of frost, make sure that the wiper
blades are not frozen to the windshield.
- Switch the ignition on.
- Switch the ignition off again and move the wiper lever
:::::,fig . 84 from position Oto 1 within 10 seconds. The
wiper arms now move into the field of view in the wind-
shield .

ment
Clear vision
Replacing front wiper blades - Rotate the wiper blade in the direction of the arrow @
=> page 92, fig. 86 away from the wiper arm.
Wiper blades in good condition help keep the windshield
clear. - Lift the wiper b lade off in the direction of the arrow @ .
Attaching the wiper blade

- Place the rounded end of the wiper onto the end of the
wiper arm in the opposite direction to the arrow @
=> page 92, fig. 86.
- Swing the wiper in the opposite direction to the arrow @
onto the wiper arm.
Fig. 85 Unlatching - Squeeze the corrugation on the wiper until you hear it
wiper blades click in the wiper arm.
- Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.
Switch the ignition on and move the wiper lever down
briefly => page 91, fig . 84. The wiper will move back to the
park position .
The front wiper blades measure left side 23.20 in . (590 mm) and
right side 18.50 in . (470 mm) in length,
Fig. 86 Removing Clean your wiper blades regularly with a windshield washer solution
wiper blades to prevent streaking. If the blades are very dirty, for example with
insects, carefully clean the blades with a sponge or a soft brush.
Removing the wiper blade If the wiper blades begin to streak the windshield, this could be
Move the wipers to the service position => page 91 caused by residue left on the windshield by automatic car washes.
=> page 91, fig. 84. Fill the windshield washer container with a special solution avail-
able at your authorized Audi dealer to remove the residue.
- Fold the windshield w iper arm away from the glass.
Be sure to inspect the condition of your wiper blades regularly. For
- On the upper end of the wiper arm at the corrugation , safety reasons, replace your wiper blades once or twice a year if
squeeze the plastic retainer together on both sides in the necessary. See your authorized Audi dealer for replacement blades. _,,,
direction of the arrow => fig. 85.
Clear vision
Changing the rear wiper blade

& WARNING
• Clean your wiper blade s regularly w ith a windsh ield w asher
solution to prevent streaking. If the wiper blades are very dirty, for
example with insects, carefully clean the wiper blades w ith a
sponge or a soft bru sh.
• For your safet y, you should replace the wiper blades once or
tw ice a year. See your authorized Audi dealer for replacement
blades .
0 Note
Fig. 87 Inst alling/r em
oving wip er blade
• The wiper blades may only be changed=> page 91 in service
pos ition! Otherwise, you risk damaging t he paint on the hood or t he Removing th e wiper blade
windshield wiper motor . - Fold the windshield w iper arm away from the glass.
• To prevent damage to the wiper system:
- Pull the me t al surround of the wiper blade out of the
- Always loosen blades which are fro zen to the windshield
retainer in the direct ion of the arrow => fig. 87 . Hold the
b ef ore operating wipers .
wiper arm firmly by the upper end as you do this.
- Do not use gasoline , kerosene , paint thinner, or other solvents
on or near the wiper blades . Attaching the wiper blade
- Do not attempt to move the wipers by hand .
- Adjust the positi on of the wip er blad e in t he reta in er
=> fig . 87 (see cl ose up) .
[i ] Tips - Press the wiper blade in to t he reta in er. Hold t he wiper
Commercial hot waxes app lied by automatic car washes affect the
arm firml y by t he upper end as you do this.
cleanability of the glass sur face.
• The front wiper blades are different lengths; the blade on the - Fold the wiper arm bac k on t o the glass.
driver 's side is longer. •
& WARNING
• To avoid streaks , you should clean the wind shield wiper blade s
regula rly with window cleaner. For heavy soiling, for example,
insects, the wiper blade s can also be cleaned wi th a sponge or a
clot h. .,

ment
Clear vision
& WARNING (continued ) Disabling auto dimming

- Press but t on @ => page 94, fig. 88 briefly, - the g reen
• For safety reasons, the windshield w iper blades should be indicator light ® goes out.
repla ced once or twic e a year. •
Activat ing/reactivating auto dimming
Mirrors Press button @ briefly, - the g reen ind icator light ®

goes on.
Manual anti-glare adjustment Automatic dimming function
The automatic dimm i ng funct ion is activa t ed every time the ignition
Standard setting is turned on. The green indicator light is lit to indicate auto dimming
- Move the sma ll leve r (located on the bott om edge of the is active.
mirr or) t o t he fr o nt . When dimming is activated, the inside mirror wil l darken automati -
cally in response to the amount of l ight st riki n g the mirr o r (such as
Anti -glare setting headlights from rearward approaching vehicles). Even in dimming
- Move the smal l leve r (located on the bottom edge of the mode, t he mi rr or surface turns br ight when:
mirror) to t he rear. • • the inter ior light is sw itched on
• reverse gear is engaged.
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w ith aut om ati cally d imm ing ins id e mirro r
Automatically dimming inside mirror & WARNING

The automatic dimming function can be turned on and off The glass of the inside rear view mirror is layered and contain s an
if required. electrolyte to achieve it s properties . Be aware of liquid electrolyte
leaking from a broken mirror glass. This liquid can cause irritation
to skin, eyes, and respiratory system . If you get electrolyte in your
eyes or on your skin, immediately rinse with plenty of w ater . If irri-
t ation persist s, seek medical attention .
0 Note
Liquid electro lyte leaked from a broken mi rror glass wi ll damage any
plastic surfaces it comes in contact with . Clean up spilled electrolyt e
Fig. 88 Inside rear immediately with clear water and a sponge . ~
view mirror
Clear vision
Heated mirrors*
[i J Tips
- Turn the rotary knob to @ .
• If you switch off the automatic dimming function on the inside
mirror, automatic dimming of the outside mirrors will likewise be Depending on outside temperature and vehicle speed, the mirror
disabled. surfaces are heated until the ignition is switched off - even if the
• Check to make sure there are no objects preventing light from rotary knob is no longer in position @.
reaching the inside mirror.
You are well -advised to fold* the outside mirrors in when maneu -
• Do not attach any stickers to the windshield in front of the light vering in tight spaces or when leaving the car parked close to other
sensor, as this would interfere with the automatic operation of the vehicles.
headlights and the automatic dimming of the inside mirror.
• Be aware that automatic dimming of the inside mirror can only
operate properly if the rear window sun blind* is retracted. • 0 Note
• Curved mirror surfaces (convex or spherical * ) increase your field
of view . Remember that vehicles or other objects will appear smaller
Outside mirrors and farther away than when seen in a flat mirror. If you use th is
mirror to estimate distances of following vehicles when changing
The outside mirrors are electrically adjusted (power lanes, you cou ld estimate incorrectly and cause an accident.
mirrors)
":::
<t
[i J Tips
.,
0:.
m
If there should be a malfunction in the electrical system, you can
still adjust the outside mirrors by pressing the edge of the mirror. •
Fig. 89 Forward
section of driver's
armrest: power mirror
controls
Adjusting the outside mirrors

- Turn the adjusting knob to=> fig. 89 ©
(driver's side
outside mirror) to ® (front passenger's outside mirror).
- Press the knob in the appropriate direction to move the
mirror surface so that you have a good view to the rear.

ment
Clear vision
Ap p lie s to vehi cles: wi th digi tal compass

Digital compass
Setting the magnetic deflection zone
Applies to vehi cles: w it h di git al co mp ass
The correct magnetic deflection zone must be set in order
Activating or deactivating the compass to display the directions correctly .
The direction is displayed on the interior rear view mirror.
Fig. 90 Inside rear

view mirror : digital
compass activated
To activate or deactivate, hold the @ button down until

the red display appears or d isappears.
The digital compass only works with the ignition turned on. The
directions are displayed as initials : N (North), NE (Northeast), E
(East), SE (Southeast), S (South), SW (Southwest), W (West), NW ®
(Northwes t ).
Fig. 91 North America: magnetic deflection zone boundaries
[i J Tips Hold the @ => page 96, fig . 90 button down unti l the
To avoid inaccurate dir ections, do not allow any remot e controls , number of the set magnet ic deflection zone appears on
electrical systems, or metal parts close to the mirror. •
the interior rear view mirror .
Adjust the magnetic deflection zone by repeatedly
pressing on the @ button. The set mode automat ically
deactivates after a few seconds . •
Clear vision
Applies to vehicles: with digita l compass
Calibrating the compass

The compass has to be recalibrated if the display is wrong
or inaccurate.
- Hold the @ button down until the letter C is displayed on
the interior rear view mirror.
- Drive in a circle at a speed of about 5 mph (10 km/h) until
a direction is shown on the interior rear view mirror.
& WARNING
The digital compass is to be used as a directional aid only. Even
though you may want to look at it while you are driving, you must
still pay attention to traffic, road and weather conditions as well
as other possible hazards. •

ment
Seats and storage
Seats and storage
General recommendations & WARNING (continued)

the airbag inflates and the seating position is incorrect this could
Why is your seat adjustment so important?
result in personal injury or even death.
The safety belts and the airbag system can only provide • It is important for both the driver and front passenger to keep
maximum protection if the front seats are correctly a distance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between themselves and
adjusted. the steering wheel and/or instrument panel. If you're sitting any
closer than this, the airbag system cannot protect you properly. In
There are several different ways you can adjust the driver's seat and addition to this, the front seats and head restraints must be
the front passenger's seat so that it conforms to your body size. It is adjusted to your body height so that they can give you maximum
especially important that the seat be adjusted properly so that: protection.
• you can easily and quickly reach all the switches and controls in • Always try to keep as much distance as possible between your-
the instrument panel self and the steering wheel or instrument panel.
• your body is properly supported thus reducing physical stress • Do not adjust the driver's or front passenger's seat while the
and fatigue vehicle is moving . Your seat may move unexpectedly, causing
• the safety belts and airbag system can offer maximum protec - sudden loss of vehicle control and personal injury. If you adjust
tion=> page 770 your seat while the vehicle is moving, you are out of position. •
In the following chapters, you will see exactly how you can best
adjust your seats. Driver's seat
There are special regulations and instructions for installing a child The correct seat position is important for safe and relaxed
safety seat on the front passenger's seat. Always heed the informa - driving.
tion regarding child safety provided in=> page 792, "Child Safety".
We recommend that you adjust the driver's seat in the
L1}.
WARNING
following manner:
Incorrect seating position of the driver and all other passengers - Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so that you can
can result in serious personal injury. easily push the pedals to the floor while keeping your
• Always keep your feet on the floor when the vehicle is in motion
knees slightly bent => & in "Why is your seat adjustment
- never put your feet on top of the instrument panel, out of the so important?".
window or on top of the seat cushion! This applies especially to - Adjust the seatback so that when you sit with your back
the passengers. If your seating position is incorrect you increase
against the seatback, you can still grasp the top of the
the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or an accident. If
steering wheel. ~
Seats and storage
- Position the head restraint according to the occupant's - Place your feet on the floor in front of the passenger's
height=> page 103. For maximum protection, the top of seat. •
the head restraint should be at least at eye level, prefer-
ably higher and ideally level with the top of the head
=> page 155, fig. 145. Adjusting front seats manually
& WARNING Ap pli es to ve hicles: wi th manua l seat adj ustme nt
Adjustment controls
Never place any objects in the driver's footwell. An object could
Various controls on the manual seats provide a wide
get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case
of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be able to brake range for individual adjustments.
or accelerate! •
Front passenger's seat

Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost
position.
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is deploying, do not
Fig. 92 Adjustment
sit any closer to the instrument panel than necessary and controls: locations on
always wear the three-point safety belt provided adjusted driver's seat
correctly. We recommend that you adjust the passenger's
seat in the following manner : G) Moving the seat forward or backward
- Move the front passenger seat into the rearmost position

© Adjusting the seat height
of the fore and aft adjustment range => &

in "Why is
© Adjusting the seatback angle
your seat adjustment so important?" on page 98.

© Adjusting head restraint heigh t
- Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright position. Do

not ride with the seat reclined.
[i] Tips
Some of the controls are fitted on certain models only or they are
- The ideal position for the head restraint is with the upper optional equipment. •
edge of the restraint level with the top of your head
=> page 103.You should not lower the top of the restraint
below the level of your eyes.

ment
- -----.::..:..::..:~;___
Seats and storage ________________________ _
Ap pli es to ve hi cles : w it h m anual seat adju st m en t
Adjusting the manual seats

• To reduce the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or
Position, angle and shape of the manual seats can be
accident, front passengers must never ride in a moving vehicle
adjusted to provide safe and comfortable seating. with the seatback reclined . Safety belts and the airbag system
Reed and heed all WARNINGS =:> & before you adjust your only offer maximum protection when the seatback is upright and
the safety belts are properly positioned on the body. The more the
seat.
seatback is reclined, the greater the risk of personal injury from an
incorrect seating position and improperly positioned safety
Moving the front seats forward or backward belts! •
- Lift the lever =:>page 99, fig. 92 (D and slide the seat to
the des ired positi on.
Adjusting the power seat
- Release the lever and then move the seat further until
you feel and hear it engage. Ap pli es to vehi cles: wi th pow er dr iver seat
Adjustment switches
Adjusting the seat height
- Pull the lever @ up and pump it to raise the seat. For an intuitive operation, the switches @ and @ are
distinctly shaped and posi tioned to reflect their adjust-
- Push t he lever down and pump it to lower the seat . ment functions.
Adjusting the seatback angle
- Lean forward to take your weight off the seatback.
- Turn the hand wheel © in the direction you want the
seatback to tilt.
& WARNING Fig. 93 Adjustment

• Never adjust the driver's or front passenger's seat while the switches: locations on
vehicle is moving . If you do this while the vehicle is moving, you driver's seat
will be out of position . Always adjust the driver's or front
passenger's seat when the vehicle is not moving . Push or pul l either switch in exactly the same direction you like the
• Be careful when adjusting the seat height . Check to see that no
corr esponding part of the seat to move. .,,
one is in the way, or serious injury could result!
________________________________________________ S_e_a
_ ts_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a....;
g::;.
_ __._
e
@ Moving the seat forward or backward Tilting the seat cushion back or forward
@ Adjusting the angle of the seatback and head restraints - To tilt back the seat cushion, pull the switch at the front
© Adjusting the lumbar support • only, @ ~ & -
- Alternatively, push the switch at the rear only, (i) =>
&.
Ap p lies to ve hicl es: with power dr iver seat
Power seat adjustment - To tilt forward the seat cushion, push the switch at the
front only @ => & .
The switches can be moved in various directions to allow
precise adjustment. - Alternatively, pull the switch at the rear only (i) ~ & .
~ & WARNING
L--- -"'/
:,._..--,'~
- ~ ------- --i • Never adjust the driver's seat while the vehicle is moving. If you
do this while the vehicle is moving, you will be out of position.
Always adjust the driver's seat when the vehicle is not moving.
• Be careful when adjusting the seat height. Check to see that no
one is in the way, or serious injury could result!
Fig. 94 Seat cushion • Because the driver seat can be electrically adjusted with the
adjustment: switch
motions
ignition key removed, never leave children unattended in the
vehicle . Unsupervised use of the electric seat adjustments may
cause serious injury. •
Push or pull the switch in the same direction you like the
seat cushion to move.
Ap plies to vehicles : with powe r dr iver seat
Moving the entire seat back or forward Adjusting the seatback

- Push the switch back at the tip or forward at the rear G)
~ &-
a'..
Adjusting the seat height L------- --;:---
-- ~--- -,lll
- To raise the seat, pull the switch at both ends, @ and
=>&.
- To lower the seat, push the switch down evenly, @ and
(i)
CJ'1·~
0 ~& - Fig . 95 Driver's seat:
switch for seatback
adjustment ~
Cont ro ls and eq uip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

ment
• .___ S
_ e_a_t_s_ a_n
_ d_ s_t_o_r_a_g
=-e________________________________________________ _
- Push or pull the top of the switch in the same direction Adjusting the curvature
you like the seatback to tilt ~ fig. 95. - Push the front of the switch plate ~ fig. 96 in order to
increase the curvature.
& WARNING - Push the rear of the switch plate in order to decrease the
• Never adjust the seatback while the vehicle is moving. If you curvature.
adjust your seatback while the vehicle is moving, you will be out
of position. Always adjust the seatback when the vehicle is not Adjusting the height
moving.
- Push on the top of the switch plate in order to move the
• To reduce the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or support higher.
accident, front passengers must never ride in a moving vehicle
with the seatback reclined. Safety belts and the airbag system - Push on the bottom of the sw itch plate in order to move
only offer maximum protection when the seatback is upright and the support lower.
the safety belts are properly positioned on the body. The more the
seatback is reclined, the greater the risk of personal injury from an
incorrect seating position and improperly positioned safety & WARNING
belts! • Never adjust the lumbar support while the vehicle is moving. If you
adjust your seat while the vehicle is moving, you will be out of
position. Always adjust the lumbar support when the vehicle is
Ap plies to vehicl es: wit h lum bar sup por t
not moving . •
Adjusting the lumbar support
The lumbar support can be adjusted to fit the natural
curvature of the occupant 's spine .
N
"'
~
~
a:.
L-------- -,:g
Fig. 96 Driver seat :

switch for lumbar
adjustment
________________________________________________ S_e_a
_ ts_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a....;
g::;.
_
e __.11
Head restraints - With the other hand press the release knob @
==>page 103, fig. 97 and push the head restraint down.
Adjusting head restraints , front seats You should not lower the top of the restraint below the
level of your eyes.
The head restraints must be properly adjusted to the
occupants's height to provide optimal restraint in combi- Removing the head restraint
nation with the seat restraints. - Pull the head restraint all the way up.
- Press the release button -arrow- ==>page 103, fig . 97 and
pull the restraint straight up and out of the seat.
Installing the head restraint

- Insert the rods into the guides and push the restraint
back in until you hear it click.
Fig. 97 Driver's seat
Refer to ~ page 155, "Proper adjustment of head restraints" for
head restraint:
adjusting the height guidelines on how to adjust the height of the front head restraints
to fit the occupant's body size.
The head restraints on the front seats can be adjusted to
provide safe support to head and neck at the optimum
height. Optimally adjusted , the top of the restraint should
& WARNING
• Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are
be level with the top of the head. ==>page 155, "Proper not properly adjusted increases the risk of serious or fatal neck
adjustment of head restraints" . injury dramatically.
• Read and heed all WARNINGS ~ page 155.
Raising head restraint
- Grab the sides of the head restraint.
[i] Tips
- Lift the head restraint ==>page 103, fig . 97 until the top of Correctly adjusted head restraints and safety belts are an extremely
the restraint is even with the top of your head effective combination of safety features. •
==>page 155
Lowering head restraint

- With one hand push down on the middle of the head
restraint.

ment
• ..__ S
_e_a_t_s_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a-'g
==-
e________________________________________________ _
Rear head restraints (outer seating positions) - Press t he but t on @ => page 104, fig . 98 and pull the head
restraint out at t he same t ime.
Inst a lling h e ad restraints

- Push the rods for the head restraint into t he guides until
they latch with an audible clic k.
Refer to => page 155, "Proper adjustment of head restraints" for

guide lines on how to adjust the height of the outer head restrai nts
Fig. 98 Out er rear to fit the occupant's body size .
head rest ra ints:
adjust ing th e height
& WARNING
When t he rear seats are no t occupied, you can lower the • Driving w ithout head restr aint s or w ith head restr aints tha t are
head rest raints (park position) and obtain better rearward not properly adju sted increases the risk of serious or fatal neck
v1s1on. injury dramatic ally.
• Read and heed all WARNING S=> page 155
Moving the h e ad restraints to the " in-us e
position "
Grasp the sides of the head restraint with both hands .
[i ]Tips
Correctly adjusted head restraints and safety belts are an extremely
- Move the head restraint to the uppermost pos ition effective combination of safety features . •
=> fig. 98 G) until it latches (in -use posit ion).
Moving the head restraints to the "park Rear head restraint (center seating position )
position "
Press t he release butto n => page 104, fig. 98 @ .
--
-- ~-
- o:,
en
-
_- <I.
.,0
- Grasp the sides of the head restraint with both hands . CD
- Press the head restraint down until it lies against the seat
back @ (park position) .
Removing the head restraints Fi g . 99 Ce nt e r rea r

- Move t he head restraint upward as far as it can go . he ad restra in t:
adju sting t he h eight ..
________________________________________________ S_e_a
_ ts_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a....;
g::;.
_
e __.lf
When the rear seats are not occupied, you can lower the The height of the center head restraints is adjustable. They should
head restraints (park position) and obtain better rearward be adjusted to fit the occupant's body size. Correctly adjusted head
vision. restraints and safety belts are an extremely effective safety feature
=> page 155.
Moving the head restraints to the "in-use
position" & WARNING
- Grasp the sides of the head restraint with both hands. Read and heed all WARNINGS => page 155, "Proper adjustment of
- Move the head restraint to the uppermost position head restraints". •
=> fig. 99 G) until it latches (in-use position).
Moving the head restraints to the "park Center armrest

position" The front center armrest can be adjusted to several posi-
- Press the release button =>fig. 99 @ . tions and contains a storage bin.
- Grasp the sides of the head restraint with both hands.
:;i
;::
- Press the head restraint down until it lies against the seat o!.
"'
a,
back @ (park position) .
Removing the head restraints

- Take the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit
=> page 294. Fig. 100 Between the
front seats: armrest
- Move the head restraint upward as far as it can go. folded down
- Press the release button @ => page 104, fig. 99 and pull
the head restraint upward as far as it can go at the same Adjusting the armrest
time. - Push the armrest down.
- Insert the screwdriver at position @ into the recess and - Lift the armrest slowly until it is in a comfortable posi-
pull out the head restraint at the same time. tion.
Installing head restraints Opening the storage bin

- Push the rods for the head restraint into the guides until - Pull the release button =>fig. 100 upward.
they latch with an audible click.

ment
• ..__ S
_e_a_t_s_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a-'g==-
e________________________________________________ _
Rear armrest
& WARNING The armrest contains a storage compartment and a
When folded down, the armrest can restrict the driver's move-
cupholder for 2 drinks.
ment. When driving in conditions that may call for quick maneu -
vers, fold up the armrest. This will allow you to react more quickly
to avoid an accident . •
Rear seats
General information
Safe transpo r tation of passengers on the rear seats Fig. 101 Center of the
rear seatbench: rear
requires proper safety precautions. armrest folded down
All passengers on the rear seats must be seated in compliance with

the safety guidelines explained in=> page 160 and=> page 170. The Folding dovvn the armrest
correct seating position is safety critical for front and rear seat - Pull the armrest down on t he front :::} fig . 101.
passengers alike=> page 154.
Opening the storage bin
& WARNING - Pull the handle in front. •
• Vehicle occupants in the front and rear seats must always be
properly restrained.
• Do not let anyone ride in the vehicle without the head restraints
provided . Head restraints help reduce injuries .
• Loose items inside the passenger compartment, can fly
forward in a crash or sudden maneuver and injure occupants .
Always store articles in the luggage compartment and use the
fastening eyes, especially when the rear seat backs have been
folded down .
• Read and heed and all WARNINGS => page 154, "Proper seating
positions for passengers in rear seats ". •
________________________________________________ S_e_a
_ ts_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a....;
g::;.
_ __._
e
Luggage compartment - Push the release lever => fig. 102 @ in the direction of
the arrow.
Increasing the size of the luggage - Tilt the seatback forward.
compartment
Raising the seatback
To increase the size of the luggage compartment, both
parts of the seat back can be folded forward, individually - Raise the seatback until it is securely latched => &.
or together. When you can no longer see the red mark on the pin @ ,
the seat is latched .
U')
"'
"'
0
.,
a. Stowing luggage
CD
- For safe loading and securing of items read and follow
the guidelines on => page 157, "Loading the luggage
compartment".
The rear seatback is divided into two segments - one third/two

Fig. 102 Release lever thirds. You can fold down either or both parts of the seatback .
for the seatback (left
side)
& WARNING
• The backrest must always be securely latched so that the
safety belt of the center seating position can work properly to help
protect the occupant.
• The backrest must be securely latched in position so that no
items contained in the luggage compartment can slide forward
upon sudden braking.
Fig. 103 Rearseatback • Never allow safety belts to become damaged by being caught
folded forward {with in door or seat hardware.
pass-through*)
• Torn or frayed safety belts can tear and damaged belt hardware
can break in a crash. Inspect the belts periodically. Belts showing
Folding the seatback forward damage to webbing, bindings, buckles, or retractors must be
- Swing the outer rear head restraints forward => page 104, replaced. ~
fig. 98.
Cont rols and eq uip- Vehicle care I I Technical data

ment
• ..__ S
==-
e________________________________________________ _
vehicle and the weight of the item . The vehicle speed is the most
& WARNING significan t factor.
Alway s read and heed WARNINGS => & in uloading the luggage For exam ple, in a fronta l collision at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h),
compartment " on page 157. the forces acting on a 10 lbs (4,5 kg) object are about 20 times the
normal w eigh t of th e ite m. This mea ns t hat the we ight of th e it em
0 Note
woul d suddenly be about 200 lbs (90 kg). You can imagine the inju -
ri es that a 200 lbs (90 kg) it em fl ying fr eely t hroug h t he passe nge r
When folding t he backre st back into pl ace, make sure the safet y b elt compartment cou ld cause in a coll is ion li ke this.
does not get caught, because it can be damaged . A damaged belt
can f ail to p rovide safe restraint. •
& WARNING
Weak , damaged or improper straps used to secure items to
Fastening eyes
fastening eyes can fail during hard braking or in a collision and
The lu ggage compartmen t is equipped with four tie -down cause serious personal injury.
eyelets to secure luggage and other items . • Always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure
items to the fastening eyes in the luggage compartment to help
prevent items from shifting or flying forward.
• When the rear seat backrest is folded down , always use suit-
able mounting straps and properly secure items to the fastening
eyes in the luggage compartment to help prevent item s from flying
forward into the passenger compartment .
• Never attach a child safety seat tether strap to a fastening
eye. a
Fig. 104 Luggage
compartment :
fastening eyes
Use t he f astening eyes to secu re you r ca rgo pr oper ly

=> fig. 104 -arrow s-.
- Ad here to all safet y instruc ti ons => page 15 7, "Stowin g
lugg age".
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even smalle r items that
are loo se in t he vehi cle will bec o me heavy missiles th at can cause
serious inju ry. Items in the vehicle possess energy which vary with
________________________________________________ S_e_a
_ ts_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a....;
g::;.
_
e __.ff
Ap p li es to vehic les: w ith carg o net Configuring the net to contain small objects
Elastic cargo net - Lay out the cargo net in the luggage compartment.
The cargo net prevents light objects from sliding around - Engage two hooks into t he fasten i ng eyes ® ~ fig. 106.
in the luggage compartment.
- Pull the net up and secure the eyes @ on the hooks.
Put items into the net .
The bot tom of t he cargo net can al so be hooked to t he D-rings in the

floor of the rear compartment and th e top to the eyes on the left and
right side t rim.
Fig. 105 Luggage

compartment : cargo
& WARNING
net For strength-related reasons, the mounting hooks can only be
used to secure objects weighing 10 lb (5 kg) or less. Heavier
objects will not be adequately secured - risk of injury! •
Ap plies to vehicles: with mo unt ing hooks
Mounting hooks
Fig. 106 Luggage

compartment : cargo
net attached to hooks
Securing objects to the luggage compartment

floor with the net
Fig. 107 Mounting
- Lay out the cargo net in the luggage compartment . hooks under the rear
parcel shelf
- Engage all four hooks into the fastening eyes ~ fig. 105.
- Place objects to be secured under the net. The hook prevents lightly loaded bags from tipping over.
Cont rols and eq uip- Vehicle care I I Technical data

ment
• ..__ S
e________________________________________________ _
& WARNING & WARNING

For strength-related reasons, heavy objects must not be hung on • The luggage compartment cover must never be installed
the hooks. Heavy objects are not adequately secured - this without being secured - this creates an accident hazard.
increases the risk of injury. • • Whenever driving, never place any hard or heavy objects on the
luggage compartment or allow pets to sit on the luggage compart-
ment cover. They could become a hazard to vehicle occupants in
Retractable luggage compartment cover
the event of sudden braking or in an accident.
The luggage compartment cover keeps luggage or other
objects out of view.
0 Note
Make sure that the heating wires in the rear lid do not get damaged
by objects scraping against them.
[i] Tips
• You can use the luggage compartment cover to store light
weight clothing but do not leave any heavy or sharp objects in the
pockets of the clothing.
Fig . 108 Rear lid open
with luggage compart- • Remember that placing clothing on the luggage compartment
ment cover cover can block the driver's vision in the rear view mirror . This also
applies especially when you have to transport large objects.
Removing the luggage compartment cover • So that stale air can escape from the vehicle be sure not to cover
Detach the retaining straps=> fig. 108 at the rear hatch the ventilation slot between the rear lid and the luggage compart -
ment cover installed. •
(D .
Pull the cover 0 horizontally out of the mount @ in the
direction of the arrow.
Installing the luggage compartment cover

- Push the cover horizontally into the mounts provided
=> fig. 108 @ on the side panel until the cover seats.
- Install the retaining straps in the rear hatch => fig. 108 (D
=> & .
-----------------=-----' Seats and storage 111
Ap p li es to vehicles: w ith revers ible mat • We recommend that you use a tie-down strap to secure objec t s
Protective mat to the tie -down eyes on the right and left sides of the vehicle. •
The protective mat should be used when carrying dirty or

Ap pli es to ve hi cles: wi th ski sack
wet objects.
Ski sack
The ski sack allows a maximum of 4 pairs of skis or 2
snowboards to be carried inside the vehicle .
Fig. 109 Protective

mat spread out in the
luggage compartment
- Open the rear hatch. Fig. 11O Section of the

rear seat from the rear:
- Tilt t he rear seatback forward if necessary ='>page 107. ski sack hatch cover
- Spread the protective mat out across the ent ire luggage
compartment.
The reversible mat can also be spread over the edge of the luggage
compartmen t or the bump er to provide pro t ection if needed when
loading.
& WARNING Fig. 111 Securing the

ski sack at the center
When the cargo floor is folded upright, the items being trans- rear seat belt buckle
ported must not exceed the maximum cargo height, 2/3 of the
cargo floor space with the floor folded forward, or a weight of Loading
about 15 lb. (7.5 kg).
- Open the rear hatch.
[i] Tips
• The prot ect ive mat should be fold ed up only when dry.

ment
Seats and storage
-
-------=--------------
- Slide the release button for the pass-through down (with
the center arm rest)~ page 111, fig. 110 -Arrow- and tilt & WARNING
the pass-through forward. • After loading, the ski sack must be secured with the strap.
- Remove the sack from the luggage compartment and • The safety strap must fit tightly around the cargo.
unfold it. • Make certain that the safety strap lies in the middle between
the bindings of the ski equipment (refer also to printed message
- Place the empty sack in the hatch so that the end with the on the ski sack).
zip fastener is in the luggage compartment.
- Load objects from the luggage compartment into the ski [i] Tips
sack. • Place skis with the tips pointing forward, snowboards and ski
poles with tip to the rear in the ski sack.
Securing
• If there are several pairs of skis in the ski sack, make certain that
- Insert the ski sack strap~ page 111, fig. 111 @ into the the bindings are at the same level.
center seat belt buckle ®· • Be sure not to fold up or store the sack when it is still damp. •
- With skiing items, place the strap in the middle between
the bindings => &- Roof rack * installation
- Pull the loose end of the strap tight in the direction of the
arrow. First things first
Opening the safety strap buckle A roof rack can be used to carry additional luggage on the
- Take the long sides of safety strap buckle between thumb roof. There are two different roof rack systems.
and forefinger => page 111, fig. 111 @. Separate roof racks are needed for vehicles without roof
- Squeeze the buckle and pull it away from the cargo. rails. Vehicles with standard roof rails* need additional
cross bars to carry cargo. Both types of additional equip-
Stowing ment are available at your authorized Audi dealer.
- Raise the pass-through until it is securely latched. It is - Always read and follow the instructions provided by the
secure when you can no longer see the red mark on the roof rack manufacturer when the roof rack system must
latch in the luggage compartment . be installed.
- Carefully fold up the empty (dry) ski sack . If a roof rack or similar luggage carrying equipment is to be
- Stow the ski sack in the luggage compartment so that it installed, please note the following:
cannot slide around.
Seats and storage -
---------------=--
Vehicles without roof rails
• Your vehicle has aerodynamic rain gutters molded into the roof.
That is why only roof racks specially designed for the roof can be • The roof rack system must be installed exactly according to the
used. We recommend using roof racks from the Audi original acces - instructions provided.
sories program.
• These roof racks are the basis for a complete roof rack system.
For safety reasons, some additional attachments are necessary to
0 Note
transport luggage, bicycles, surf boards, skis and small boats safely. • Any damage to the vehicle caused by using roof racks or other
All these components are available at your authorized Audi dealer. types of cross bars that have not been approved by Audi for your
vehicle, or incorrect roof rack installation, is not covered by the
Vehicle with roof rails Warranty.
• The vehicle is equipped with integrated roof railings, which can • Always check the roof rack mountings and hardware before each
be covered into roof rack by installing cross bars. Only install cross trip and during a trip to make sure everything is securely tightened.
bars specifically designed for this vehicle. If necessary, retighten the mountings and check the entire system
• These bars are the basis for a complete roof rack system. Addi - from time to time.
tional attachments are necessary to safely transport luggage, bicy- • After mounting a roof rack system , or when you transport
cles, surf boards, skis or small boats. objects on the roof of your vehicle, the height of the vehicle is natu -
• All necessary hardware for these systems is available from your rally increased. Be careful when driving under low bridges or in park
authorized Audi dealer. garages for example . This could cause damage to the vehicle and
even the load. a
When should the roof rack be removed?
• Before going through an automatic car wash (it is best to ask the
car wash operator)
• When not in use (reduce fuel consumption, reduce wind noise
and guard against theft)
& WARNING
• Use of an unapproved roof rack or incorrect mounting of an
approved roof rack can cause the roof rack or the items carried on
it to fall off the roof onto the road.
• Objects falling from the roof of a vehicle can cause a crash and
personal injury.
• Only mount the system between the markings shown in
=> fig. 112 or => page 115, fig. 113.

ment
•L----= S=-e
.::.::
a:..:
t;.::
s~a~n::...:
d::....:
s:..
t::...:
o:..r:..a:..g
=-.:
e;_______________________________________________ _
App li es to veh icles: w it hou t roof rail s - Using the enclosed torque wrench, tighten the front
Attachment points without roof ra ils mounting screws securely => & .
The roof rack must be attached only at the locations
Roof rack rear
marked .
- Open the rear doors => & .
- Place the rear of the roof rack in the two stamped marks
at t he rear of the roof=> page 114, fig . 112 @ , => & .
- Hand tighten the mounting screws for the feet alter-
nately o n the left and right sides of the vehicle.
- Using the enclosed torque wrench, tighten the rear
mounting screws securely =>& .
Fig. 112 Attachment
points for roof rack
& WARNING
The attachment points => page 114, fig. 112 @ can o nly be • Always follow the instructions provided by the roof rack manu-
seen with the door open. facturer.
• When installing the roof rack with the vehicle doors open,
Introduction watch out for other traffic - there is the risk of an accident .
- Clean the roof at the contact points for the roof rack in • Make certain that the feet of the roof rack are sitting exactly in
orde r to avoid paint scratches. the four stamped marks - otherwise you risk an accident!
- Observe the ident ifying marks on the roof rack for front • After you have driven a few miles, and particularly during long
trips, inspect the attaching screws to make certain they are tight.
and rear, left and right.
• Do not make any modification to the roof rack - you increase
Roof rack front the risk of an accident. •
- Open the front doors => & .

- Center the front of the roof rack in the two stamped
marks at the front of the roof => page 114, fig. 112 @ ,
=>& .
- Hand tighten the mou nting screws for the feet alter-
nately on the left and right sides of the vehicle.
-----------------=-----' Seats and storage 111
Ap p lies to veh icles: with roof rails The maximum permissible roof weight is 165 lb (75 kgl. The roof
Roof rack mounting locations weight is made up of the weight of the roof rack system and the
weight of the object being transported ~ page 325 .
Roof rocks must be installed only at the locations marked
When using a roof rack system which has a lower load carrying
on the roof roils.
capacity, you must not use the total maximum permissible load
carrying capacity. If this is the case, you may load the roof rack
system only to the maximum capacity specified by the manufac-
turer of t he roof rack system .
' & WARNING

Weak, damaged or improper straps used to secure items to the
roof rack can fail during hard braking or in a collision and cause
Fig. 113 Roof rails:
front and rear serious personal injury.
mounting locations • Always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure
items to the properly installed roof rack to help prevent items from
Mounting shifting or flying forward.
The roof rack system must be installed exactly according to the • Items on the roof rack must always be securely mounted.
instructions provided .
• The use of a roof rack can negatively affect the way a vehicle
Mount the front and rear cross bars between the punched markings handles. Cargo that is large, heavy, bulky, long or flat will have a
on the inside of the roof railings~ fig. 113 -arrows- . greater negative influence on the vehicle's aerodynamics, center
of gravity and overall handling . Always drive slowly, avoid sudden
0 Note
braking and maneuvers when transporting cargo on the roof of
your vehicle.
• The conventional roof rack design illustrated above will not fit on • Never exceed the maximum permissible load carrying capacity
vehicles without roof rails. For safe mounting, these require a of the roof of your vehicle, the permissible axle weights and the
different design of roof rack. • permissible total weight of your vehicle~ page 325, "Weights".
• Always drive slowly, avoid sudden braking and maneuvers
Loading the roof rack when transporting cargo on the roof of your vehicle.
Always distribute the loads evenly. Make sure anything on

the roof rack is tied down securely. ~ For the sake of the environment
Sometimes it may be easier to leave a roof rack installed even
- Always distribute the loads on the roof rack evenly. though you are not using it. Due to the increased air resistance your
vehicle will unnecessarily use more fuel. Remove the roof rack if you
- Always secure items to the roof rack.
are not going to use it. •

ment
• ..__ S
e________________________________________________ _
Cup holders Cupholder in the rear center armrest
Cup holders in the center console
Fig. 115 Rear center

armrest : cupholder
extended
Fig. 114 Cup holder s
and storage tray in the
cente r con sole Opening the cup holder
Press both spots ma rked w ith ii @ ~ f ig. 115 ~ & . The
Up t o two bevera ges can be p laced i n the center console. holde r exte nd s.
& WARNING Adjusting the retainer individually

Press and ho ld th e ret ainer arm ® inward -arro w- and
Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident and personal injury.
adju st it to fi t t he cup siz e.
• Never carry any beverage container s with hot liquids, such as
hot coffee or hot tea , in the vehicle wh ile it is moving . In case of an Th e ret ai ner arm sho uld f it snu gly aro und t he cup o r ca n.
accident, sudden braking or other vehicle movement , hot liquid
Th e c up hol de r is de signed to secu re no mor e t han two cups or
could spill, causing scalding burns. Spilled hot liquid can also
cause an accident and personal injury.
cans.
• Use only soft cups in the cupholder . Hard cups and glasses can
cause injury in an accident . & WARNING
• Never use the cupholder or adapter as an ashtray - risk of fire. Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident and personal injury.
• Never carry any beverage containers with hot liquids, such as
0 Note hot coffee or hot tea, in the vehicle while it is moving. In case of an
accident , sudden braking or other vehicle movement , hot liquid
Only drink containers with lids should be carried in the cupholder.
could spill, causing scalding burns. Spilled hot liquid can also
Liq ui d could spi ll o ut an d dam age yo ur vehi cle's electr o nic equi p-
cause an accident and personal injury.
ment or stain the upholstery etc .. •
• Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard cups and glasses can
cause injury in an accident . ..,.
___________________________________ ___..:...:..::....::.::.......
_____
Seats and -=---J
storage -
0 Note & WARNING

Only drink containers with lids should be carried in the cupholder . Never put waste paper in the ashtray. Hot ashes or other hot
Liquid could spill out and damage your vehicle's electronic equip - objects in the ashtray could set waste paper on fire. •
ment or stain the upholstery etc .. •
Rear ashtray
Ashtrays
Front ashtray
,.-~-.,
I I
~
. '
.· -- - _-
'
Fig. 117 Rear ashtray
Fig. 116 Center

To open ashtray
console: front ashtray - Open the cover ~ &.
To open ashtray To empty ashtray
- Tap the edge of the ashtray @ ~ fig. 116 ~ &. - Hold the ashtray housing ~ fig. 117 and lift out.
To empty ashtray To reinstall ashtray

- Hold the sides of the ashtray ® ~ fig. 116 insert and lift - Open the ashtray cover, insert the ashtray and press
out. down.
To reinstall ashtray
- Press the ashtray insert back into its holder .
& WARNING
Never put waste paper in the ashtray. Hot ashes or other hot
objects in the ashtray could set waste paper on fire. •

ment
• ..__ S
==-
e________________________________________________ _
Cigarette lighter / socket The socket of the cigarette lighter~ fig. 118 may be used for 12 volt
appliances with maximum consump t ion of up to 100 watts, such as
Ap plies to vehicles: w ith cigarett e li gh ter/so cket
a flash light , small vacuum cleaner , etc .
Cig a re tt e light e r Before you purchase any accessories, always heed the information
in ~ page 331, "Additional accessories and par t s replacement".
The socket of the cigarette lighter may be used for 12 volt
appliances.
& WARNING
Improp er use of t he cigarett e light er can cause serious injury or
start a fir e.
• Be careful w hen using t he cigarett e light er! If you do not pay
attentio n to w hat you are doing wh en you are using the cigarette
lighter you can burn yourself.
• The cigarette lighter and socket remain functional even if th e
igniti on is swit ched off or the ignition key is removed. Ther efore,
Fig . 118 Cigarette never leave childr en inside the vehi cle w ithout supervi sion.
lighter/so cket raised
Using the c igar e tt e lighter 0 Note

• Only use plugs that fit properly, to avoid damaging the socket.
- Push the knob in => fi g. 118 .
• The vehicle battery must not be charged with a standard small
Wai t unt il the cigarett e light er knob po ps o ut . cha rger t hat plugs int o the cigarette lighter or ou tl et .
Remove the cigarette lighter immediate ly and use it .

Reinsert cigarette lighter into the socket after use .
[i ] Tips
When the engine is off and accessories are sti ll p lugged in and are
on the vehic le bat tery can still be drained. •
Connecting an a ppliance
- Remove ciga rette li ghter.
Plug in appliance to be used.
The cigarette lighter/12V socket is concea led by a flap on the center

console next to the parking brake lever.
________________________________________________ S_e_a
_ ts_ a_n_d_ s_t_o_r_a....;
g::;.
_
e __.111
Outlets The outlet may be used for 12-volt appliances with maximum
consumption of up to 100 watts, such as a flash light , small vacuum
The outlet in the front center console and in the luggage cleaner, etc.
comportment may be used for 12-volt appliances.
Before you purchase any accessories, always read and follow the
information in => page 331, "Additiona l accessories and parts
replacement" .
& WARNING
The outlet plus any appliances plugged into it remain functional
even if the ignition is switched off or the ignition key is removed.
Never leave children inside the vehicle without supervision.
Fig. 119 Center
console, front : 12-volt
outlet
0 Note
To avoid damaging the socket, only use plugs that fit properly.
[i] Tips
When the engine is off and accessories are still plugged in and are
on, the vehicle battery can still be drained. •
Fig. 120 Luggage

compartment: 12-volt
Storage
outlet
General overview
Outlet in the front center console
There ore numerous places to store items in your vehicle.
- Fold the cover for the outlet down => fig. 119.
- Plug in appliance to be used. Storage in the front arm rest => page 105
Storage in the rear arm rest =>page 106
Outlet in the luggage compartment
Glove compartment (Air ventilation in the =>page 120
- Tap cover => fig. 120. glove compartment*, CD changer*)
- Plug in appliance to be used . =>page 121
Owner's Literature =>page 121

ment
• .___ S
_ e_a_t_s_ a_n
_ d_ s_t_o_r_a_g
=-e________________________________________________ _
Compartments in the door trims =>page 121 Glove compartment
Storage in the footwe ll => page 122 The glove compartment is illuminated and can be locked.
Compartments in luggage compartment
Coat hooks =>page 123
Some of t he storage locations are only found on specific vehicle

models or are optio nal equip ment .
& WARNING
• Always remove objects from the instrument panel. Any items Fig. 121 Glove
compartment
not put away could slide around inside the vehicle while driving or
when accelerating or when applying the brakes or when driving
around a corner. To open glove compartment
• When you are driving make sure that anything you may have - Pull the handle ~ fig. 121 in the direction of the arrow
placed in the center console or other storage locations cannot fall push down lid to the fully ope n position.
out into the footwells. In caseof suddenbrakingyou would not be
able to brake, depress the clutch or accelerate. To close glove compartment
• Any pieces of clothing that you have hung up must not interfere - Push the g love compartment lid upward until the lo ck
with the driver's view . The coat hooks are designed only for light-
engages.
weight clothing. Never hang any clothing with hard, pointed or
heavy objects in the pockets on the coat hooks. During sudden The light will illuminate when the parking/headlights are turned on
braking or in an accident - especially if the airbag is deployed - and the glove compartment is open.
these objects could injure any passengers inside the vehicle . •
In the glove compartment lid, you wi ll find a place to store a pen and
a pad of paper .
& WARNING
To reduce the risk of personal injury in an accident or sudden stop,
always keep the glove compartment closed while driving. •
Seats and storage -
-----------------=-----J
Applies to vehicles: w ith stora ge compartment in cente r conso le Always store the owner's literature in the compartment
Storage compartment for small objects ~ provided for that purpose =>fig. 123. •
Compartments in the door trims

There are storage compartments in the door trims.
Fig. 122 Center

console storage
compartment
- To open the compartment, press the cover Cs=>fig. 122 .

Fig. 124 Storage
compartment in the
- To close the compartment, push the drawer all the way in door trim
until it clicks in place .
An additional storage compartment 1l for relatively small objects is

located in the center con sole next to the bra ke lever. •
& WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS ~ page 188, "Important
safety instructions on the side airbag system". •
Owner 's literature storage
Fig. 123 Slot for

Owner's literature
11 Not availab le on vehi cles w it h Au d i Navi ga t io n Syst em.

ment
Seats and storage
-
"-------=---------------
Applies to vehic les: w it h storage net in fo otwel l
Storage net in footwell [i ]Tips

Do not keep any sharp or pointed objects in the storage net - th is
There is a storage net in the passenger's footwell. increases the risk of personal injury. •
Appl ies to vehi cles: w it h storag e net in luggag e compartm ent
Side storage in the luggage compartment

There is a compartment with a net on the right side of the
luggage compartment.
Fig . 125 Storage net in

passenger's footwell
[i ] Tips
Do not keep any sharp or pointed objects in the storage net - they
•
are a personal injury risk. • Fig. 127 Side compart-
ment in the luggage
compartment
App lies to vehicles: with storage net in the front seatbacks
Storage net in the seatbacks The compartment is suitable for holding small items. •
There is a storage net behind both front seatbacks.
Fig. 126 Storage net

on the driver's seat-
back
Seats and storage -
-----------------=-----'
Coat hooks
There is a coat hook above each rear door.
Fig. 128 Coat hook
The coat hooks are located in the headliner above each rear door.
& WARNING
• Hang clothes in such a way that they do not impair the driver's
vision.
• The coat hooks must only be used for light weight clothing. Do
not leave any heavy or sharp edged objects in the pockets which
may interfere with the side curtain airbag deployment and can
cause personal injury in a crash.
• Do not use coat hangers for hanging clothing on the coat hooks
as this can interfere with proper deployment of the SIDEGUARD
head-protection airbags in an accident.
• Do not hang heavy objects on the coat hooks, as they could
cause personal injury in a sudden stop. •

ment
• .___ w
_ a_ rm
__ a_n_ d_ c_o_l_d________________________________________________ _
Warm and cold
Climate controls When the outside temperature is high and the air is very humid,
condensat ion from the evaporator may drip under the vehicle . This
is normal and does not indicate a leak.
Description
If the outside temperature is low, the fan normally only switches to
The air conditioner is fully automatic and is designed to a higher speed o nce the engine coola nt has war med up sufficiently .
maintain a comfortable and uniform climate inside the
The air conditioner temporarily sw itches off when you drive off from
vehicle. a standstill using fu ll throttle to save engine power.
We recomme nd the f ollowing settings: The comp ressor also swi t ches off if the coolant temperatu re is to o
high so that the engine can be adequate ly cooled under extreme
- Select and set a temperature between 64 ° F (+22 °C) and loads .
84 °F (+28 °C).
Air pollutants filt e r
- Press the !AUTO I button.
The air po llutants fi lter (a combined partic le filter and activated
With this setting, you attain maximum comfort in the least amount charcoal fi lter) reduces or eliminates outside air pollution (dust, or
of t ime . Change t his set t ing, as desired, to meet your personal p ollen) from ent ering the vehic le.
needs. The air po llutants fi lter must be changed at the intervals specified
The climate controls are a combination of heating, venti lation and in your Maintenance & Warranty book let , so that the air conditione r
cooling systems, which automatica lly reduce humidity and coo l the can proper ly work.
air inside your vehic le. If you drive your vehicle in an area with high air pol lution, the filter
The air temperature, air fl ow and air distribution are automatically may need to be changed mo re freque nt ly tha n specified in your
regu lated to achieve and maintain the desired passenger compart - Audi Maintenance & Warranty book let. If in doubt, ask your autho-
ment temperature as quick ly as possible. r ized Aud i Service Adviso r f o r advice .
The system automatically compensates for changes in the outside

temperature and for the intensity of the sun light entering the
veh icle. We recommend you use the Automat ic mode=> page 126
& WARNING
Reduced visibility is dangerou s and can cause accidents .
for year-round comfort.
• For safe driving it is very important that all window s be free of
Please note the following : ice, snow and conden sation.
Turn on the air conditioner to reduce humidity in the vehic le. This • Fully familiarize yourself with the proper use and fun ction of
also prevent the window s from fogging up. the heating and ventil ation system and especially how to defog
and defrost the windows. ...
Warm and cold -
----------------
• Never use the windshield wiper/washer system in freezing
weather until you have warmed the windshield first, using the
heating and ventilation system . The washer solution may freeze
on the windshield and reduce visibility.
0 Note
• If you suspect that the air conditioner has been damaged, switch
on ECON and contact an authorized Audi dealer to have the system
inspected.
• Repairs to the Audi air conditioner require special technical
knowledge and special tools. Contact an authorized Audi dealer for
assistance.
[i] Tips
• Keep the air intake slots Onfront of the windshield) free from ice,
snow and debris in order to maintain the proper function of the
climate control system.
• Air escapes through vents under the rear window. When placing
items of clothing on the luggage compartment cover, ensure that
the openings are not covered.
• If the inside temperature is very high (for example, if the vehicle
has been parked in sun), open the windows and allow the hot air to
escape before turning on the air conditioner .
• A sensor in the grill provides the air-conditioning system contin-
uously with readings of current outside temperature . So that the air -
conditioning can operate at maximum efficiency, the area below the
front license plate holder must not be covered . •

ment
• ..__ w
_ a
_ r_
m_ a_ n_d_ c_o
_ ld__________________________________________________ _
Controls
Butt o n (s ) Fun c tion
This overview will help you to familiarize yourself with the Automatic operation
[AUTO)
air conditioning controls.
88 " Blower speed setting
(in the center)
@ Manual recirculation mode
[ECON] Off switch for air conditioning
Automatic recirculation mode
Defrost
Air directed t o the windows
Air from the outlets
Air directed to the footwell
Rear window defogger => page 87
The buttons for setting the air flow direction 0 ,1 I and{!, can also
be pushed in combination . •
Fig. 129 Air condit ioning control s
The display shows the tempera t ure selected and the blower setting. Automatic mode [AUTO)
You can set the t emperature for the driver's side using the left rotary The automatic mode is the standard setting for all
switch © and the temperature for the passenger 's side with th e seasons.
right switch @.
Functions are turned on and off by touching t he but t ons . The diode Switching on AUTO
in the buttons illuminates when the function is active. - Select temperature between 64 °F (+ 18 °C) and 84 °F
The grille between the buttons 8 / 8
and [AUTO ) mus t remain (+28 °C).
unobstructed; there are measurement sensors behind it . - Press (AUTO) ~ fig. 129.
• Do not seal off the grille .
AUTO only works when you set the inside temperature between
• Do not clean the grille with a vacuum cl eaner, otherwise the
64 °F (18 °Cl and 84 °F (28 °Cl. If you select a t emperature below
sensors could be damaged.
_________________________________________________ w
_ a_r_m
__ a_n_d
_ c
_ o_ld
__ !II
64 °F (18 °Cl, LO will appear in the display . If you select a tempera- The temperature is automatically controlled . Maximum airflow is
ture above 84 °F (28 °C), HI wi ll appear in the display . primar ily b lown in through out lets G) , @ and 0
::::>page 130.
The system automatically compensates for changes in outside Outlets @ can be opened and closed with the controls behind
temperature and for the intensity of the sun light. them . Outlets @ and 0 must be opened so the windows can be
defrosted as quick ly as possible.
[i ] Tip s By pressing[ @], air recirculation and ECON are switched off . •
By keeping the [AU TO I button on the driver's side pressed for
severa l seconds, the temperature of the passenger's side can be set
to the temperature of the driver's side or vice versa. The new
Manual air recirculation mode l~ I
temperature setting w ill be shown in the disp lay. • The recirculation mode prevents polluted outside air fr om
entering the vehicle interior.
Setting the temperature ! Switching on a ir recir c ul a tion
Separate temperatures can be selected for the driver's - Press the button [QI ~ page 126, fig. 129 ~ &.
and front passenger's side.
Switching off air recir c ulation
- Tur n t he rotary switch @ on the driver's side and t he
Press the button [eij again; or
rotary switch @ on the passenger's side left( - ) or right
(+ ) to control the temperature ~ page 126, fig . 129. - Press the [AUTO] button, or
There is a time delay before the selected temperature is reached.

- Press the[@] button.
In air recircu lation mode, air is drawn from the vehicle interior and
[i ] Tip s recirculated. We recommend that you use the manual air reci rcu la-
tion mode under the following conditions:
The temperature setting for the driver's side can be transferred to
the passenger's side::::>page 126. • When driving through a tunne l or in a traff ic jam so that exhaust
fumes cannot enter the vehicle interior .
Defrosting / defogging the windshield [@I

The windshield and side windows are quickly defrosted or
& WARNING
Do not use thi s setting fo r ext ended per iods of ti me. The w indows
defogged
could fog up since no fre sh air can ente r the vehicl e. If th e
- Press [®] ~ page 126, fig. 129. w indo ws fog up, press t he air recirculati on button again immed i-
atel y t o sw itch off th e air recirculation function or select defro st. •
- Press[@] again or press !AU TO] to switch off the
def rost er.

ment
- W a rm a nd c old
---------------------------------------------
ECON j ECON ] - press[®] .
Using ECON helps save fuel The automatic air recirculation mode shou ld norma lly be left
switched on at all times.
- Press [ ECON I to activate => page 126, fig. 129.
The system is ready to operate approx imately 30 seconds after you
- Press [ ECON I again or press [AUTO I to switch off . turn on the ignition or start the vehicle. Fresh air enters the vehic le
only during this initializatio n period .
In ECON mode the air conditioner is shut off and heating and venti-
lation are automatically control led. "ECON" translates "Economy" The air qua lity sensor for detecting diese l and gasoline exhaust
since driving with the air conditioning compressor disengaged fumes switches automatica lly to air recirculation mode if the
improves your mileage noticeab ly. outside air is heavily po lluted . The supply of outside air is closed off.
When operating in ECON mode make sure the temperature inside As soon as the pollution leve l drops, fresh air is automatically
the vehic le is not lower than the outside temperature. The air is supplied to the vehic le interior again.
neither cooled nor dehumidified, so there is a risk that the windows The air recirculation operates for a maximum of 12 minutes. If the
can fog up . windows start to fog up whi le the air recirculation is on, press [@I
Unde r certain operating conditions (f or examp le, if [@1or [e. ) are
[i ) Tip s pressed) the air recirculation automatical ly switches off. If "ECON"
If the diode in the button remains on after ECON mode (the air is pressed, or if the temperature is below -8 °C, the air recirculati o n
conditioning has been switched on) or the AUTO but t on was wil l operate on ly for 12 seconds. •
pushed, and outside temperatures are above 5°C, there may a fault
in an air-conditioning component. Please contact a qualified work -
Switching between Fahrenheit and
shop in the event of a system failure. •
Centigrade
You can ch a nge the tempe rature display from °F (Fahren-
Automatic air recirculation I©,]
heit) to °C (Centigrade) and vice versa.
If o uts id e air is polluted, an air quali ty sens or in the
vehicle will automatically switch on the air recirculation. - Hold t he[~] button down=> page 126, fig . 129.
- Turn the rotary swtich (driver 's side) @ for 3 seconds +. •
Swit c hing on air re c irc ul a tion
- Press[ ~ ]=>page 726,fig . 129.
Switching off air recirculation

- Press§) again , or
- press [AUTO], or
_________________________________________________ w
_ a_r_m
__ a_n_d
_ c
_ o_ld
__ lllll
Air recirculation [~I Switching the air conditioning on
The air recirculation prevents exhaust fumes or other - Press the G button for the blower fan setting, or
pollution from entering the vehicle. - Press the [AUTO ] but ton, or
Switching air recirculation on - Press one of the air distribution buttons [-0-],[~ ] or [,O].
- Press [~] => page 126, fig. 129 => & Moreover, the air conditioning switches on again whenever you
press the fan speed or temperature buttons. •
Switching air recirculation off
- Press~ again, or
Adjusting the fan speed 8G
- press [AUTO], or
The automatically selected fan speed can be increased or
- press[@]. decreased.
In the air recirculation mode, the air in the passenger compartment - Press the 8 G
or buttons in the center of the control
is recirculated to prevent exhaust fumes and other pollution from panel => page 126, fig. 129 to adjust the fan speed to your
entering the vehicle. We recommend that you use the manual air
comfort.
recirculation under the following conditions:
• when driving through tunnels The air conditioning system automatically regulates the fan speed
• in a traffic jam. in response to the interior temperature. However, you can also
adjust the fan speed manually. A line of small bars in the center
display above the fan control buttons will retreat or extend to reflect
& WARNING your adjustments to the fan speed. •
Do not use this setting for extended periods of time . The windows
could fog up since no fresh air can enter the vehicle . If the Air distribution
windows fog up, press the air recirculation button again immedi-
ately to switch off the air recirculation function or select defrost . • The automatically controlled air distribution can be
changed manually.
Switching the air conditioning on and off [ OFF ) You can use the [-0-),I~] or [-0,]buttons separately or together in
combination. To switch back to the automatic air distribution
Switching the air conditioning off setting, either switch off the buttons you previously selected, or
press [AUTO].
- Press the button 8
for the blower fan setting until no
Each of the three buttons has its own specific function (the refer -
segments are shown in the display. The air conditioning
ence numbers refer to the air outlets)=> page 130, fig . 130. _,,
is switched off and outside air is blocked off.

ment
-L-.: W
:....:..:
a::r:..:
m:.:..:...::
a:.:
n.:.d
:::...
c::.::
o:..:.
ld:::...
_______________________________________________ _
A ir di rec t e d to th e wind ows [-0-l Adju stin g air outlet s 0 a nd ©

All the air is directed to outlets G), @ and G). Contrary to when( ®] - Turn the vertical thumbwheel beside the outlet to
is pressed, the amoun t of air remains the same. increase, reduce or shut down the airflow from t hat
Air dir ect ed to t h e dri v er / fr o n t pa ss enger (@l outlet .
All t he air is directed to outlets @ , © and © in the instrument - Move the smal l tab in the center of the outlet louver side-
panel. Air also is directed through the center console in the rear. ways and up or down to adjust the level and direction of
Ai r di recte d t o th e fo o tw e lls (,O.] airflow.
All the air is directed to outlets © and to the outlets under the front The supply of air to the outlets is controlled either aut omatically or
seat s. • manual ly depending on the operation mode selected . The airflow
from all outlets can be heated, unheated or cooled.
Air outlets The heater outlets for the rear footwells are located under the front
seats . When you select outlets © , air is also directed to the rear
footw ells.
§
a.
"'
m
[i ]Tips
- =-- =~--- -ft • When defrosting/defogging the windows , air flows from outlets
G), @ and G). To defrost or defog the windows as rap id ly as
0
possible, air out lets should b e opened fully wi t h the adjuster
whee ls.
' • When the air conditioner is working, cooled air wi ll flow primarily
from outlets @ , 0 and © - To assure adequate cooling, out lets
and © should nev er be completely closed. •
0
Ill Using the climate controls economically

Using the climate controls prudently can help save fuel.
When you use the air conditioner, eng ine power is reduced
Fig. 130 Inst rume nt pane l: air outlet locations and airfl ow direct ions and fuel consumpt ion incr eases. To save fuel, yo u should
The air out lets (D and @ on top of the instrument panel are use the air condit ioner only when necessary. Also please
note the following points:
fixed. Outlets © and ©
con be adjusted.
- If you want to save fuel, activate ECON.
W a rm a nd c old -
-------------------'
- If you are going to drive with the windows open, use Ap plies to vehi cles : with elect rica lly heated fro n t seats
ECON. Electrically heated front seats

With the ignition on, the seat cushion and backres t of the
'£>For th e sake of the environment front seats can be heated .
By reducing the amount of fuel you use, you also reduce the amount
of pollutants emitted into the air. •
Key coded settings

When the ignition is switched on, the air conditioner
settings are aut omatically assigned to the key being used.
The air condition er settings selected are automatically stor ed and Fig. 13 1 Center
assigned to the key being used. When the vehicle is started, the air console: th umbw heels
for front seat heati ng
conditioner automatical ly selects the settings assigned to that key.
This way every driver will maintain his/her own persona l settings
and does not have to reset them manually . Use the thumbwhee ls in the center console =} fig. 131 to
turn on and adjust front seat heating. An infinite range of
positions are possible.
[i J Tips
If a different driver uses your key and changes the air conditioner Dri v er 's s e at
settings , the latest adjustments wil l erase and replace the settings
- Roll the thumbwheel G) from position (0 ) upward in
you have stored . •
order to activate the heating elements.
- Select the desired temperat ure setting from posi t ions 1
thro ugh 6.
Front pass e n ge r's seat

- Roll the thumbwheel 0
from position (0 ) upward in
order to activate the heating elements .
When the heating element is activated, the numbers on the thumb-

wheel will il luminate . .,.

ment
Warm a nd cold
-
--------------------
0 Note
To prevent possible damage to the heatin g elements, do not knee l
on the seats or apply a heavy load to relative ly sma ll areas of the
seat. •
On the road -
-------------------'
On the road
Steering
& WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel column Improper use of steering wheel adjustment and improper seating
position can cause serious personal injury.
The height and reach of the steering wheel can be
• Adjust the steering wheel column only when the vehicle is not
adjusted. moving to prevent loss of vehicle control .
• Always make sure that the adjustment lever is securely pushed
up so that the position of the steering wheel cannot be changed
unintentionally when the vehicle is moving .
• Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so that there is a
minimum of 10 inches {25 cm ) between your breastbone and the
steering wheel => page 152, fig. 143 . If you cannot maintain this
minimum distance the airbag system cannot protect you properly.
• If physical limitations prevent you from sitting 10 inches (25
Fig. 132 Lever under cm) or more from the steering wheel, check with your authorized
the steering column Audi dealer to see if adaptive equipment is available.
• Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the
First, adjust t he driver's seat correctly. ability of the supplemental driver's airbag to protect you in an
- Push the lever~ fig. 132 down as far as it will go ~ & . accident . Always make sure that the steering wheel is pointed
towards your chest.
- Move the steering wheel to the desired position. • Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering
Push the lever back up as far as it will go. wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions
to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag
There must be at least 10 inches (25 cm) between your chest and the inflates.
center of the steering wheel. If you cannot sit more than 10 inches • Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with
(25 cm) from the steering wheel, see if adaptive equipment is avail- your hands at other positions inside the steering wheel rim or on
able to help you reach the pedals and increase the distance from the the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way
steering wheel. can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms and head if the
For detailed information on how to adju st the driver's seat, see driver's airbag inflates. •
=>page 101, " Power seat adjustment".

ment
• ..__ O
_ n_t _
h_e_ ro
_ a_d__________________________________________________ _
Ignition lock and ignition switch Before the starter can be operated again the key must be turned
back to posi t ion G). The non-repeat lock prevents you from
damaging the starter when the engine is running.
Ignition lock
The engine can be s tarted or tu rned off with the ignition
key.
& WARNING
• Never remove the key from the ignition lock w hile the vehicle is
moving. The steering wheel will lock causing loss of control .
• If you have to leave your vehicle - even for just a minute -
alway s remove the ignition key and take it w it h you . This is espe-
cially important if you are going to leave children behind in the
vehicle. The children could start the engine or use other vehicle
control s. Unsupervi sed use of veh icle cont rols (for examp le, powe r
window s) can cause serious personal injurie s.
Fig. 133 Ignit ion lock

position s [i ] Tips
If the veh icle battery has been disconnected and then reconnected,
Ignition o ff ® then you must leave the key in position G) for about 5 seconds
In position => fig. 133 ® both the ignit ion and engine are off, and before you can start the engine . •
the steering is locked .
To lock the stee ring after you have removed the ignition key, turn Ap plies to ve hicl es: w it h aut om at ic tran smi ssion
t he steering whee l in either direction until you hear it lock into Ignition key safety lock
place . You should always lock the steering whenever you leave your
vehic le. This makes a vehicle theft even more difficu lt =>& . The ign ition key can only be rem oved when th e selec tor
lever is in the "P" (Park) p osition.
Ignition on G)
If it is difficult t o turn the key aft er you have inserted it into t he igni- Place the selector lever in the "P" position before switching off t he
tion lock, turn the steering wheel back and forth . This will take the engine .
load off the steering lock mechanism and you wil l be able to turn the After switching off the ignition, the ignition key can only be
key freely and start the engine . removed from the ignition lock when the selector lever is in the "P"
(Park) position. Af ter you have removed the key, t he selector lever is
St a rting the engine @ locked and cannot be moved . •
In this position the engine starts . Whi le the engine is starting, the
power supply t o the headlights and ot her elec t rical consumers is
temporari ly interrupted to conserve battery power . After the engine
has started, release the key and it will return to position G).
On the road -
----------------
Starting and stopping the engine
0 Note
• Avoid high engine speeds, fast acceleration or heavy engine
Starting the engine
loads while the engine is still cold. This could damage the engine!
The engine can only be started with on original Audi key • The engine cannot be started by pushing o r towing t he vehicle.
and the clutch pedal* depressed.
- Set the parking brake. ~ For the sake of the environment
To avoid unnecessary engine wear and to reduce exhaust emis-
Move the selector lever to the neutral position (automatic
sions, do not let your vehicle stand and warm up. Be ready to drive
transmission): selector lever in P or N) => &. off immediately after starting your vehicle. Maintain moderate
- On vehicles with manual transmission, fully depress the speed until the engine is completely warm. Remember, the engine
clutch pedal. performs best at operating temperature. •
- Turn the ignition key to position @ => page 134, fig. 133
- do not depress the gas pedal when starting the engine! Stopping the engine
- Let go of the key as soon as the engine starts. - Turn the ignition key to position @ => page 134, fig. 133.
A cold engine may at first be loud after it has been started. This is
due t o the hydraulic valves building up the oil pressure . This normal
and no need for concern.
& WARNING
• Never turn off the engine until the vehicle has come to a
If the engine does not star t immediately, stop t rying after 10
complete stop.
seconds and then try to restart the engine about 30 seconds later.
• The brake booster and servotronic only work when the engine
is running . With the ignition turned off, you have to apply more
& WARNING force when steering or braking. Since you cannot steer and stop
normally, this can lead to accidents and serious injuries.
Never start or let the engine run in a confined or enclosed area.
Exhaust fumes from the engine contain carbon monoxide, a color- • The radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes even
less and odorless gas. Carbon monoxide can be fatal if inhaled . after you have turned off the engine and removed the ignition key.
The radiator fan can also turn on again if the engine coolant heats
• Never leave the engine idling unattended. An unattended
up because of intense sunlight or heat build-up in the engine
vehicle with a running engine poses a danger of personal injury or
compartment. .,
theft.

ment
• ..__ O
_ n_t _
h_e_ ro
_ a_d__________________________________________________ _
If you should drive off with the parking brake still set, a warning tone
0 Note will sound and the following will appear in the instrument cluster to
Do not stop the engine immediately after hard or extended driving. remind you to release the parking brake:
Keep the engine running for approximately two minutes to prevent
Parking brake set
excessive heat build-up. •
The parking brake warning comes on only after you have driven for
longer than 3 seconds and faster than 5 mph (5 km/h).
Parking brake The parking brake warning light Brake (USA)/ {CD)(CON) illuminates
when the parking brake is set and you switch on the ignition.
Parking brake
When the parking brake is set, it prevents the vehicle from & WARNING
rolling away unintentionally. Always release the parking brake completely . A partially engaged
brake will overheat the rear brakes, reduce their effectiveness and
cause excessive wear. This could lead to brake failure and an acci-
dent.
0 Note
Only after the vehicle has come to complete stop, should you firmly
set the parking brake and either move the gearshift lever into 1st .
Fig. 134 Center gear (manual transmission) or move the selector lever into "P"
console: Parking brake (Automatic transmission). •
set
Setting the parking brake Parking

- Pull the parking brake lever all the way up. To prevent a parked vehicle from rolling away, there are a
few things you should do.
Releasing the parking brake
When you park your vehicle, do the following:
Pull the parking brake lever up slightly and press the
release button at the same time => fig. 134 -arrow-. - Stop the vehicle using the brake pedal.
Keep the release button pressed and lower the parking - Set the parking brake firmly.
brake=> &- - Move the selector lever into the P position (automatic
transmission) or move the gearshift lever into 1st. gear
(manual transmission) => &. .,_
_________________________________________________ _ n_ t_h_e_ r_
O o_a_d__ !II
- Switch off the engine and rem ove the igni ti on key fr om Ap pli es to vehicles: w it h hill hol d assist
t he ign iti o n loc k. Starting on hills

Wha t el s e you should do when parking your v ehic l e on
Hi ll hold assist makes it easier t o sta rt on hills .
a n in c line o r de c line
Turn the steering whee l so that if the vehicle shou ld start to rol l, it The system is activated when the brake pedal is depressed for a few
wil l ro ll into the curb. seconds .
If you are parking on a de cline (the front of your vehic le facing Af t er re leas ing the brake peda l, the brake power is held for a brief
downh i ll), turn the front wheels to the right so that t hey po int moment to prevent the vehic le from rolling back when starting . At
toward the curb. t his time, you can easily beg i n to move your vehicle.
If you are parking on an in cline (the fon t of your vehicle facing

uphill), turn the front whee ls to the left so that they point away from
the cu rb.
& WARNING
• If you did not begin mov ing immediately afte r relea sing the
Move the selector lever into the P pos it ion (automatic tran sm iss ion ) brake pedal , unde r certain circumst ances, the vehi cl e would begin
or move the gearshift lever into 1st. gear (manual trans m ission) . to roll ba ckw ard . Depres s the brak e pedal immedi ately or engag e
the hand brake .
& WARNING • Should the engi ne stall , depres s the brake ped al immedi ately
or eng age the hand bra ke.
Thi s is how you can reduce the r is k of injury when leaving your • In order to pre vent the vehi cle from rolling bac k unintentionally
v ehi cle. when starting in stop-and-go traffic , keep th e brake pedal
• Never park the vehicle where it can come in contact with dry depre ssed for a few second s before driving off .
gr ass, spilled fuel or any other fl ammable m ater ial s.
• Never allow anyone - espec ially small ch ildren - to remain in the
v ehi cle w hen it is loc ked . Locked door s make it more diffi cult f or
[i ] Tips
rescuer s to acce ss the pass enger compartm ent in the event of an You can find out if your vehicle is equipped with "Hill hold assist" at
eme rgen cy. Dang er to life! an authorized Audi dealership . •
• Never leave children un supervi sed in the vehicle. Children

could relea se the park ing br ake or move the ge arshift lever out of
gear. The vehicle could start to roll away and cau se an accident.
• No matter wh at the season is, the temperat ure in a parked
vehicle can reach dangerou s levels. •

ment
• .___ O
_ n_ t _h_e_ r_o_a_d__________________________________________________ _
Acoustic parking system Pot e nti a l m a lf un c ti o n s

If a warning buzzer sounds for a few seconds when the ignitio n is
App lies to vehicles: with 4-channe l acoustic park assist switched on, there is a system ma lfunction with the acoustic park
Rear acoustic park assist assist. If the ma lfunction persists unti l the ignition is switched off,
there will be no acoustic warning at the next attempt to activate the
Acoustic park assist gives a warning about obstacles system. Have the problem corrected.
behind the vehicle . There is no confirmation tone when reverse gear is engaged if there
De sc r ip t io n
is a system malfunction .
The rear acoustic park assist (4-channel acoustic park assist) deter- For the park ing assist to operate, the sensors must be kept clea n
mines the distance of the vehicle from an obstacle using u ltrasonic and free of ice.
sensors. The sensors are in the rear bumper. The volume and the
pitch of the chimes can be adjusted through the menu display
~ page 39.
& WARNING
The range at which the sensors start to measure is about: • Sensors have blind spot s in w hich objects cannot be dete cted .
Pay special attention to small children and animals . They cannot
alw ays be dete cted by the sensors - danger of an accident!
To the side 2 feet (0.60 ml
• The parking assist cannot replace the driver' s atte ntion. The
Center rear
driver alone is responsible for parking and similar driving maneu -
vers. Alwa ys w atch where you are driving .
A cti va t ion
The parking assist is act ivated when reverse gear is engaged. A brief
tone confirms that the system is activated . 0 Note
Low obstac les already signalled by a warni n g can disappear from
Ba c king up
the system's detection range as they are approached and will not
Distance warning when backing up starts when an obstacle is continue to be signal led. Objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw
detected in t he range of the park assist system. As the d istance bars, thin painted vertica l poles, or fences may not be detected by
decreases, the time interval between the audible tones becomes the system - risk of damage.
shor t er.
When the distance is less than 1 foot (0.30 ml, the tone becomes
continuous . At this point you should stop backing up.
[i ]Tip s
For the parking assist to operate, the sensors must be kept clean
Please note that low objects already signalled by a warn ing can and free of snow and ice. •
disappear from the system's detection range and wil l not continue
to be signa lled .
___________________________________________________ O
_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a_d
_ ___.
Cruise control Storing a speed
You must set and then store a vehicle speed using the
General information cruise control.
The cruise control system allows you to maintain a
constant speed.
The cruise control system allows you to maintain and constant
driving speed when driving faster than 18 mph (30 km/h) - to the
extent this is possible with t he given engine power and braking
characteristics . This allow you to take your foot off the "gas" and
rest it, especially on long trips .
The indicator light CRUISE (USA)/ pJ'(CDNl in the instrument cluster
Fig. 135 Cruise control
illuminates when the system is on. swit ches
& WARNING - Accelerate unt il yo u reach the driving speed you want t o
st o re.
• To help keep th e vehicle under cont rol, do not use the cruise
cont rol system when driving on w inding or slipper y roads (as - Pull lever @ towards the steering wheel G)~ fig. 135 to
caused by heavy rain or loose gravel on the road surface ), or in switch the system on.
heavy or varying traff ic.
• Only use the cruise cont rol w hen tr affic, road and w eathe r
- Press button ®·
condit ions allow you to drive at a st eady speed . After you release button @, the current vehicle speed is stored and
maintained . •
[i ]Tip s
The cruise control cannot maintain a constant speed when driving Changing a stored speed
downhill. The vehic le w i ll accelerate under its own weight. Down-
shift to a lower gear or use the brakes to slow down . • You can change a stored speed.
Accelerate (faster)
- Lift lever @ towar d 0 ~ fig . 135.
- Release the lever to sto re the new speed.

ment
• .___ O
_ n_ t_h_e_ r_o_a_d____________________________________________________ _
D ece le ra t e (s low e r) To resume the previously stored vehic le speed, release the brake (or
clutch) pedal, or you pull lever @ toward the steering wheel @ .
- Lower lever @ toward Q ~ page 139, fig . 135.
If no vehic le speed was stored when you switched off the system
- Release the lever to store the new speed. temporarily, you must reset a new vehicle speed: Accelerate to the
desired speed and press button (D (SET) => page 139, fig. 135.
You can also increase the vehic le speed by depressing the acceler-
ator pedal. The vehicle speed will increase as long as you keep the
acce lerator pedal depressed. When you let up on the accelerator
pedal, the veh icle speed will automatica lly return the to previously
stored vehicle speed in the cruise control. & WARNING
If the actua l veh icle speed exceeds the stored vehicle speed in Do not use the cruise control if the stored vehicle speed is faster
cruise control for longer than five minutes and by more than 6 mph than existi ng traffic condition s permit. •
(10 km/h), the cruise control is deactivated. The speed remains in
memory.
Switching off the cruise control system
Tapping th e le v er ligh t ly @
By lightly tapping the lever @ toward 0
=> page 139, fig . 135, you While dri v ing
can increase ve hicle speed by approximately 1 mph (2 km/h). - Push lever @ towards the instrume nt panel @ until it
By lightly tapping the lever @ toward Q
=> page 139, fig. 135, you en gages ~ page 139, fig. 135.
can decrease vehicle speed by approximately 1 mph (2 km/h) . •
Wh e n th e v e hicle is station a ry
- Turn off the ignition. •
Switching the system off temporarily
Either of the following actions will temporarily deact ivate

the cruise control:
- press ing the brake pedal, or
- press ing the clu t ch pedal (on manual tra nsmission
mode ls), or
- moving the lever @ up in direct ion @ (not engag in g)
~ page 139, f ig. 135.
When you temporarily deactivate the cruise control for a brief

period , th e previously stored v ehicle speed remains in th e memory .
____________________________________________________ T_ r_
a_n_s_m
_ i_s_s_i_o_n
_ ___._
Transmission
App lie s to vehicles: with 6-speed manual transmission
Manual transmission
Gearshift pattern (6-speed manual
Applies to vehicles: with manual transmission transmission )
Gearshift lever
The clutch pedal must be depressed all the way before
you can start the engine.
The manual transmission in your Audi is equipped with an
interlock-feature.
- Depress the clutch pedal all the way.
Fig. 136 Gearshift
- Start the engine with the gearshift lever in Neutral and pattern: 6-speed
the clutch pedal depressed. manual transmission
0 Note
Drive in 6th gear for optimum fuel economy when cruising.
However, if more acceleration is required (when passing, for
Always depress the clutch pedal fully when changing gears. Do not example), shift down.
hold the vehicle on a hill with the clutch pedal partially depressed.
This may cause premature clutch wear or damage. Engaging reverse gear (R)
- Move the shift lever all the way to the left, press it down,
[i J Tips then push it forward.
• Resting your hand on the gearshift lever knob while driving will
cause premature wear in the transmission. Especially after driving forward, stop the vehicle completely, shift
• The back-up lights go on when you shift into Reverse with the into Neutral and rest the shift lever briefly in Neutral before shifting
ignition on. • into Reverse. •

ment
• ..__ T_ra_ n_s_m
_ i_s_s_i_o_n___________________________________________________ _
S tronic transmission - Hold the release button (button in selector lever) down,
move the selector lever to the desired position, for
Applies to vehicles: w ith S Ironic tran smission example D =:> page 143, and release the button.
Introdu c tion - Release the brake pedal and accelerate =:>& .
Your vehicle is equipped with a S tronic transmission, also called a Stopping temporarily
double-clutch system/transmission .
- Bring the vehicle to a full stop with the brake, e.g. at
Power is transferred between the engine and the transmission by traffic signals.
means of two independent clutches . They replace the torque
converter of conventional automatic transmissions and allow the - Do not accelerate.
vehicle to accelerate without a noticeable break in the power flow.
Wit h the aid of tiptronic, t he gears can optionally be shifted manu- Parking
ally ~ page 146. • - Step on and hold the brake pedal =:> /.1.
- Apply the parking brake firmly.
Ap p li es to ve hicles : w ith S tr oni c t ransm issio n
- Hold the release button down, move the selector lever to
Driving Notes
P and release the button.
The forward gears are shifted up or down automatically.
Stopping on an incline
- Always hold the vehicle with the footbrake or parking
brake in order to prevent "rollback" =:>& . Do not try to
prevent the vehicle from rolling back by revv ing the
eng ine while it is in gear.
Starting on a hill with vehicles "without" hill

Fig. 137 Section from
center console:
hold assist*
Selector lever with - Apply the hand brake firmly .
release button
- With the engine in gear , gradually accelerate and release
Starting from stop the hand brake. .,_
- Step on and hold the brake pedal.
_______________________________________________________ T_ra_ n_s_m
__is_s
_ io_n__ ftll
Starting on a hill with vehi c les " with " hill hold & WARNING (continued )
assist*
clutch should start to sl ip, you will feel the veh icle "j erk" and the
- Wit h t he engi ne in gea r, take your foot off the brake ped al selector lever display will start blinking.
and acce lerate=> page 137, "Sta rti ng on hills" .
• Before driving down a steep slope , redu ce your speed and shift
The engine can on ly be started with the selector lever in P or N into a lower gear with " tiptronic" .
=>page 135. At low ambient tempe ratures (14 °F / -10 °C), it is only • Do not ride the brakes or apply the brake pedal too often or too
poss i ble to start the engine with the se lect or lever in P. long. Constant brak ing causes the brakes to overheat and
substantially reduces braking perfo rmance , increases braking
When parking on leve l ground, it is sufficient to place the selector
di stance or causes complete failure of the brake sy stem . •
lever in P. On a steeply sloping road, you sho uld fi rst apply the
parking brake fi rmly and then place the selector lever in P.This way,
you do not overload the paw l mecha n is m and it is easier to m ove App li es to veh icles : w it h S tron ic transm ission
the selector lever out of P. Selector lever positions
All the selector lever positi ons are exp lained in this
& WARNING section.
• Never leave your vehi cle with the engine running while in gear .
If you mu st leave your vehicle with the engine running , set the N
~
:::
parking brake and engage the par k lock. d..
a,
m
• When the engine is running and the transmi ssion is in gear (D,
S or Rl or in " tiptronic " mode , it is essential that you stop the
vehicle with the footbrake. When idling , the transmi ssion of power
does not stop completely - the vehicle " creeps ".
• Do not accelerate when you change the selector lever position
Fig. 138 Display:
with the vehicle stationary and the engine running - risk of an acci-
Sele ct or lever posi-
dent! tion s
• Never place the selector lever in the R or N position while the
vehicle is moving - risk of an accident! The se lector lever position is shown in the instrument cluster
• If you have to bring your vehicle to a stop while on an incline , display by hig hl ig ht i ng the appropr iate symbol.
keep the foot brake depressed all the way down so that the vehicle
P - Park lock
does not start to roll backward. You should never hold the vehicle
using the clutch pedal if you are going to be stopped on an incline . In t his positio n t he gears are mec han ically locked.
If you do , the clut c h will start to slip when it overheats caused by The park lock must on ly be engaged with the vehic le stationary
the constant overload. Thi s is dangerou s because if the vehicle =>& .
starts to roll ba ckw ard , you could cause an ac cident. Should the

ment
....... _ T
_ r_a_n_s_m
_ i_
s_s_i_o_n______________________________________________________ _
To engage P and to remove the lever from this posit ion, you must
depres s the release button (butto n in th e selec t or lever handle ) an d
simu lta n eous ly you must step on the brake pedal. • With the engine running, it is necessary to hold the vehicle with
the foot brake in all selector lever positions (except P and N),
R - reverse
because even at idle speed the transfer of power is never
In this position, reverse is engaged. completely interrupted - the vehicle "creeps ". If the vehicle is
Reverse gea r mu st only be engaged w ith t he veh icle sta ti ona ry and stationary and the transmission is engaged , the engine should
th e eng ine runnin g at id le speed~ & . never be speeded up unintentionally (e.g. manually from under the
hood). Otherwise the vehicle will immediately start to move -
To engage R, yo u have to depress the release button and si mu lta-
sometimes even if the parking brake is firmly applied - risk of an
neo usly step o n t he bra ke ped al. In t he R position , the back-up ligh t s
accident!
il luminate with the ignition on .
• Before you or other persons open the hood and work on a
N - Neutral running engine, the selector lever must be moved to P and the
The transmiss ion is in neutral i n th is position. parking brake applied firmly - risk of an accident! Follow the
warning stickers ~ page 245 , "Engine compartment ".
D - Normal position for driving forward
In th is po siti o n, t he f orwar d gea rs are aut om ati ca lly shif t ed up and
down , depe nd ing on engine load and vehicle speed .
[i ]Tips
If you have inadverte ntly shifting into N whi le the vehic le is moving,
To engage S from N, the brake pedal must be depressed at speeds you s hould remo ve you r f oot fr o m t he acce lerato r and wai t u nti l th e
below 5 km/ h or w hen th e ve hicle is stat ionary ~ & . eng ine speed has dropp ed to id le before shifting back to Dor S. •
In certain circumstances (driving in the mountains for example) it
can be beneficia l t o switch tem p orarily t o the manual shift p rogra m
~ page 146 in ord er to adj ust the gear ratios to d rivi ng cond itions
man ually .
S - Sport setting
The S settin g s hou ld be selecte d fo r spor t i ng dri vi ng . The pow er
reserves of the eng ine can be fully exp loited through later upshifts .
To engage S from N, the br ake pedal must be dep ressed at speeds
below 5 km/h or w hen th e v ehi cle is stat iona ry ~ & .
& WARNING
• Never place the selector lever in the R or P position while the
vehicle is moving - risk of an accident!
_______________________________________________________ T_r_a_ n_s_m
__is_s_ io_n_ __.11
Ap p li es to ve hicles: with S tro ni c tran smi ss ion The selector lever lo ck is eff ective only when the vehicle is
Selector lever lock stationary and at speeds below 5 km / h. At higher speeds , the lock in
the N position is automatically swi t ched off.
The selector lever lock prevents a gear from bei ng
The selector lever is not locked when rapid sh ifts are made through
engaged accidentally and unintentionally setting the
the N position (e.g . from R to D). This allows you to "rock" the vehicle
vehicle in motion. if it becomes stuck . If the lever is in the N position for more than
1 second with the brake pedal not depressed , the selector lock
engages au t oma t ica lly.
Rele a s e button
The release button in the selector lever handle prev ents accidental
shifts into certain selector lever posit ions . When you press the
re lease button , the sel ector lever lock is cancel led. In t he i llustra -
tion , t he positions in which the release button has t o be pressed are
highligh t ed in co lor=> page 145, fig. 139.
Fig. 139 Select or lever
locks Igniti o n key re moval loc k
The ignition key can only be remove after the ignition is sw itched off
The selector lever lock is released as fo ll ows: if the selector lever is in P. As long as the ignition key is removed, the
selec t o r lev er is locked in P.•
- Switch the ignition on.
- Step on the brake pedal and simultaneously hold down
Ap plies to veh icles: with S tr onic tran smission
the release button.
Kick -down feature
Autom at ic s el e ct o r lev er loc k ((St
The kick-do w n feature allows maximum acceleration.
The selector lever is locked in the P and N positions when the igni -
tion is on. To move the lever from these positions the driver mus t If you depress the accelerator pedal ful ly beyond t he ful l-th rot tl e
depress the brake pedal. As a reminder to the driv e r, the fol lowing position , the automatic transmission downshi f ts one gear,
warning appears in the instrument cluster display when the selector depending on vehicle speed and engine rpm . The upshift into the
is in P and N : next higher gear takes place as soon as t he maximum specified
engine speed is reached .
APPLYBRAKEWHEN ENGAGING GEAR WITH VEHICLE
STATIONARY
In addition, the symbo l CS, for the automatic sel ector lever lock illu - & WARNING
minates in the shift gate. Please note that th e drive wheel s can spin if the kick-down is used
on a smooth slippery road - risk of skidding! •

ment
• ..__ T_ra_ n_s_m
_ i_s_s_i_o_n___________________________________________________ _
Ap p li es to vehicles : w it h S Ironi c transm issio n Downshifting

tiptronic operation - Tap the selector lever backward (in the tiptronic setting)
Tiptronic allows the driver to shift gears manually. o.
Switching to manual can be carried out with the vehicle stationary
!
0 as well as moving.
.,
ti.
m
When accelerating, the transmission shifts into the next gear in
gears 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 shortly before the max i mum permissible
engine speed is reached.
If you have selec t ed a low er gear than the current one, the t ransmis-
sion will only shift down when the engine cannot be overspeeded.
Fig. 140 Center
console: Manual If kick-down is actuated , the transmission shifts into a lower gear
shifting (tiptronicl independently of speed and engine rpm. •
_ ,_ FM1 J
Ap pli es to veh icles: w ith S tro nic tr ansm ission with Tip tr on ic co ntro ls on th e steering wh eel
Steering wheel with Tiptronic ® controls
•~:~ 41°f ·. The selector paddles allow the driver to keep both hands
on the steering wheel when shifting gears.
~ 300Mi
Fig. 141 Display:
Manual shifting
(tiptronicl
Switching to manual
- Push the selector lever to the right from D. As the trans-
mission has switched, 6 5 4 3 2 1 appears in the display, Fig. 142 Sport
with the gear that is engaged highlighted. steering wheel with
selector paddles
Upshifting
Shifting up
- Tap the selector lever forward (in the tiptronic setting)
=> page 146, fig. 140 0- - Pull the right paddle, marked 0 =:> fig . 142 briefly
towards you.
_______________________________________________________ T_ra_ n_s_m
__is_s
_ io_n__ ftll
Shifting down
- Pull the left paddle, marked O =>fig. 142 briefly towards
you .
The selector paddles on the steering wheel are activated when the
selector lever on the center conso le is in D, S, or in the manua l posi -
tion (Tiptronic mode) .
You can also shift gears in the Tiptronic mode using the selector
lever on the center console.
[i ] Tips
With the gear selector lever in either "D" or "S" the transmission will
switch back to the automatic mode if you do not use the paddles
within approx . 30 seconds . •
Appl ies to veh icles: w ith S tr on ic t ransm ission
Back - up program
In the event of a system malfunction, there is an back-up
program.
In the event of system malfunctions, the automatic transmission
switches to the fail-safe mode. This is signalled by one segment or
all the segments in the display illuminating or going out .
The effect of a system malfunction can be one of the following:
• The program shifts only into certain gears .
• Reverse gear can no longer be engaged .
• The manual shift program (tiptronic) is switched off in the fail-
safe mode .
If the transmission switches to fail-safe mode, you should take the
vehicle to an authorized Audi dealership as soon as possible to have
the condition corrected. •

ment
........ _ o_ r_iv_i_n""'
g::;._
S_a_f_e_ly=---------------------------------------------------
Driving Safely
General notes Safety equipment

The safety features are part of the occupant restraint
Safe driving habits system and work together to help reduce the risk of injury
Please remember - safety first! in a wide variety of accident situations.
This chapter contains important information, tips, suggestions and Your safety and the safety of your passengers should not be left to
warnings that you need to read and observe for your own safety, the chance. Advances in technology have made a variety of features
safety of your passengers and others. We have summarized here available to help reduce the risk of injury in an accident. The
what you need to know about safety belts, airbags, child restraints following is a list of just a few of the safety features in your Audi:
as well as child safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Always • sophisticated safety belts for driver and all passenger seating
observe the information and warnings in this section - for your own positions,
safety as well as that of your passengers.
• safety belt pretensioners,
The information in this section applies to all model versions of your
• safety belt force limiters for the front seats,
vehicle. Some of the features described in this sections may be
standard equipment on some models, or may be optional equip - • safety belt height adjustment systems for the front seats,
ment on others. If you are not sure, ask your aut horized Audi dealer . • automatic safety belt height adjustment for the rear seats,
• front airbags,
& WARNING •
•
side airbags in the front seats and outer rear seats * ,
side curtain airbags (SIDEGUARD),
• Always make sure that you follow the suggestions and heed
the WARNINGS in this Manual. It is in your interest and in the • special LATCH anchorages for child restraints,
interest of your passengers. • head restraints for each seating position ,
• Always keep the complete Owner's Literature in your Audi • adjustable steering column.
when you lend or sell your vehicle so that this important informa-
These individual safety features, can work together as a system to
tion will always be available to the driver and passengers.
help protect you and your passengers in a wide range of accidents.
• Always keep the Owner's literature handy so that you can find These features cannot work as a system if they are not always
it easily if you have questions. • correctly adjusted and correctly used.
Safety is everybody's responsibility! •
Driving Safely -
----------------
Important things to do before driv ing What impa irs driving safety?
Safety is everybody's job! Vehicle and occupant safety Safe driving is directly related to the condition of the
always depends on the informed and careful driver. vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's ability to concen-
trate on the road without being distracted.
For your safety and the safety of your passengers, before
driving always: The driver is responsible for the safety of the vehicle and all
of its occupants. If your ability to drive is impaired, safety
- Make sure that all lights and signals are operat ing
risks for everybody in the vehicle increase and you also
correctly.
become a hazard to everyone else on the road ~ & .There -
- Make sure that the tire pressure is correct. fore:
- Make sure that all windows are clean and afford good Do not let yourself be distracted by passengers or by
visibility to the outside. using a cellular telephone .
- Secure all luggage and other items carefully ~ page 119. NEVER drive when your driving ability is impaired (by
- Make sure that noth ing can interfere w ith the pedals. medications, alcohol, drugs, etc.).
- Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors correctly for - Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and speed limits
your height . and plain common sense .
- Instruct passengers to adjust the head restraints - ALWAYS adjust your speed to road, traffic and weather
according to their height. conditions.
- Make sure to use the right ch ild restraint correctly to - Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive for more
protect ch ildren ~ page 192, "Child Safety " . than two hours at a stretch.
- Sit properly in your seat and make sure that your passen - - Do NOT drive when you are tired, under pressure or when
gers do the same ~ page 98, "General recommenda - you are stressed .
tions".
- Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly. Also instruct & WARNING
your passengers to fasten the ir safety belts properly Impaired driving safety increases the risk of serious personal
~ page 160. • injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. •
ment
Driving Safely
-
--=------=----------------
Proper occupant seating positi ·ons - Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright
position so that your back comes in full contact with it
Proper seating position for the driver when you drive.
The proper driver seating position is important for safe, - Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a distance of at
relaxed driving. least 10 inches (25 cm) between the steering wheel and
your breast bone =:>fig. 143. If not possible, see your
"' authorized Audi dealership about adaptive equipment.
;
N
- Adjust the steering wheel so tha t the steering wheel and

airbag cover points at your chest and not at your face.
- Grasp the top of the steering wheel w ith your elbow(s)
slightly bent.
Fig. 143 The correct
distance between - Adjust t he head restraint so that the upper edge is as
driver and steering even with the top of your head as possible but no lower
wheel
than eye leve l and so that it is as close to the back of your
head as possible=:> fig. 144.
- Fasten and wear safety belts correctly =:>page 164.
- Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in
control of the vehicle at all times.
For detailed information on how to adjust the driver's seat, see

=> page 99, "Adjusting front seats manua lly " or=> page 100,
Fig. 144 Correct head "Adjusting the power seat".
restraint position for
driver
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in t he

& WARNING
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag
event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the
can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help reduce
driver's seat to the following position:
the risk of serious personal injury:
- Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easily push the • Always adjust the driver's seat and the steering wheel so that
pedals all the way to the floor while keeping your knee(s) there are at least 10 inches (25 cm} between your breastbone and
slightly bent =:>& . the steering wheel. .,_
Driving Safely -
----------------
& WARNING (continued) Proper seating position for the front
passenger
• Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering
wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions The proper front passenger seating position is important
to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag for safe, relaxed driving.
inflates.
For your own safety and to reduce the r isk of injury in the
• Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with
event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the
your hands at other positions inside the steering wheel rim or on
seat for the front passenger to the follow in g pos ition:
the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way
can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms and head if the - Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.
driver's airbag deploys . There must be a minimum of 10 inches (25 cm) between
• Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the the breastbone and the instrument panel => &.
ability of the supplemental driver's airbag to protect you in a colli-
sion. - Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright
position and your back comes in full contact with it
• Always sit in an upright position and never lean against or
place any part of your body too close to the area where the airbags whenever the vehicle is mov ing.
are located. - Adjust the head restraint so that the upper edge is as
• Beforedriving, always adjust the front seats and head even with the top of your head as possible but not lower
restraints properly and make sure that all passengers are properly than eye level and so that it is as close to the back of your
restrained . head as possible => page 155.
• Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is moving. Your seat
may move unexpectedly and you could lose control of the vehicle . - Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the front
• Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The
passenger seat.
farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury - Fasten and wear safety belts correctly =:>page 164.
due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper
seating position. For detailed information on how to adjust the front passenger's
• Children must always ride in child safety seats ~ page 192. seat, see ~ page 98.
Special precautions apply when installing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat ~ page 170. •
& WARNING
Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too
close to the airbag can be seriously injured or killed by the airbag
as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury : .,
ment
........ _ o_ r_
iv_i_n""'g::;._
S
_a_f_e_ly=---------------------------------------------------
& WARNING (continued) Proper seating positions for passengers in

rear seats
• Passengers must always sit in an upright position and never
lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both feet on
where the airbags are located. the floor consistent with their physical size and be prop-
• Passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the erly restrained whenever the vehicle is in use.
airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with
To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect seating
great force in the blink of an eye .
position in the event of a sudden braking maneuver or an
• Always make sure that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm)
accident, your passengers on the rear bench seat must
between the front passenger's breastbone and the instrument
always observe the following:
panel.
• Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and - Make sure that the seatback is securely latched in the
properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat. upright position~ page 107.
• Before driving, always adjust the front passenger seat and - Adjust the head restraint so that the upper edge is as
head restraint properly.
even with the top of your head as poss i ble but no lower
• Always keep your feet on the floor in front of the seat . Never than eye level ~ page 155.
rest them on the seat, instrument panel, out of the window, etc.
The airbag system and safety belt will not be able to protect you - Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of the rear seat.
properly and can even increase the risk of injury in a crash.
- Fasten and wear safety belts properly ~ page 164.
• Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The
farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury - Make sure that children are always properly restrained in
due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper a child restraint that is appropriate for their size and age
seating position. ~ page 192.
• Children must always ride in child safety seats ~ page 192.
Special precautions apply when installing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat ~ page 170. •
L1}.WARNING
Passengers who are improperly seated on the rear seat can be
seriously injured in a crash.
• Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and
properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat.
• Safety belts only offer maximum protection when the seatback
is securely latched in the upright position and the safety belts are
properly positioned on the body. By not sitting upright, a rear seat
passenger increases the risk of personal injury from improperly
positioned safety belts! .,_
Driving Safely -
--------------~-
& WARNING (continued) & WARNING
• Always adjust the head restraint properly so that it can give Driving without head restraints or with improperly adjusted head
maximum protection . • restraints increases the risk of serious injuries in a collision. To
help reduce the risk of injury:
• Always drive with the head restraints in place and properly
Proper adjustment of head restraints
adjusted .
Correctly adjusted head restraints are an important part • Every person in the vehicle must have a properly adjusted head
of your vehicle's occupant restraint system and can help restraint.
to reduce the risk of injuries in accident situations. • Always make sure each person in the vehicle properly adjusts
their head restraint. Each head restraint must be adjusted
according to occupants' size so that the upper edge is as even
with the top of the person's head, but no lower than eye level and
so it is as close to the back of to the head as possible.
• Never attempt to adjust head restraint while driving . If you
have driven off and must adjust the driver headrest for any reason,
first stop the vehicle safely before attempting to adjust the head
restraint.
Fig. 145 Correctly
adjusted head restraint
• Children must always be properly restrained in a child restraint
viewed from the side that is appropriate for their age and size => page 192. •
The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to achieve

Examples of improper seating positions
the best protect ion.
The occupant restraint system can only reduce the risk of
- Adjust the head restraint so that the upper edge of the
injury if vehicle occupants are properly seated.
restraint is leve l with the top of your head, but no lower
than eye level and so it is as close to the back of your Improper seating positions can cause serious injur y or
head as poss ible:::::, fig. 145. death. Safety belts can only work when they are properly
positioned on the body . Improper seating positions reduce
Adjusting head restraints => page 103.
the effectiveness of safety belts and will even increase the
risk of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critical
areas of the body. Improper seating positions also increase
the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys
and strikes an occupant who is not in the proper seating ..,
ment
_,___ D
_ r_iv_i_n...:
g=-S_a_f_e_ly=---------------------------------------------------
position. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle Pedal area
occupants and especially for children. Therefore:
Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect seating posi - Pedals
tion when the vehicle is being used => & . The pedals must always be free to move and must never
be interfered with by a floor mat or any other object.
The following bulletins list only some sample positions that will
increase the risk of serious injury and death. Our hope is that these Make sure that all pedals move freely without interference and that
examples will make you more aware of seating positions that are nothing prevents them from returning to their original positions.
dangerous.
Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area free and can be
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving: secured with floor mat fasteners.
• never stand up in the vehicle If a brake circuit fails, increased brake pedal travel is required to
• never stand on the seats bring the vehicle to a full stop.
• never kneel on the seats
• never ride with the seatback reclined & WARNING
• never lie down on the rear seat Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control
• never lean up against the instrument panel and increasethe risk of serious injury.
• never sit on the edge of the seat • Never place any objects in the driver's footwell. An object could
• never sit sideways get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case
of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be able to brake
• never lean out the window
or accelerate!
• never put your feet out the window
• Always make sure that nothing can fall or move into the
• never put your feet on the instrument panel driver's footwell. •
• never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back of the seat
• never ride in the footwell
Floor mats on the dr iver side
• never ride in the cargo area
Always use floor mats that can be securely attached to
& WARNING the floor mat fasteners and do not interfere with the free
movement of the pedals.
Improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal
injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. Make sure that the floor mats are properly secured and
cannot move and interfere with the pedals => & . .,
• Always make sure that all vehicle occupants stay in a proper
seating position and are properly restrained whenever the vehicle
is being used. •
Driving Safely
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed and that Stowing luggage
are firmly secured so that they cannot slip out of position. You can
obtain suitable floor mats from your authorized Audi Dealer .
Loading the luggage compartment
Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi.
All luggage and other objects must be properly stowed
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached to these fasteners .
and secured in the luggage compartment.
Properly securing the floor mats will prevent them from sliding into
positions that could interfere with the pedals or impair safe opera-
tion of your vehicle in other ways .
& WARNING
Pedals that cannot move freely can result in a loss of vehicle
control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.
Fig. 146 Safe load
• Always make sure that floor mats are properly secured. positioning: heavy
• Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings in the cargo positioned as far
forward as possible.
vehicle that cannot be properly secured in place to prevent them
from slipping and interfering with the pedals or the ability to
control the vehicle . Loose items in the luggage compartment can shift
• Never place or install floor mats or other floor coverings on top
suddenly, changing vehicle handling characteristics. Loose
of already installed floor mats. Additional floor mats and other items can also increase the risk of serious personal injury in
coverings will reduce the size of the pedal area and interfere with a sudden vehicle maneuver or in a collision.
the pedals.
- Distribute the load evenly in the luggage compartment.
• Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been
taken out for cleaning. - Always place and properly secure heavy items in the
• Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot· luggage compartment as far forward as possible
well while the vehicle is moving. Objects can become trapped =>fig. 146.
under the brake pedal and accelerator pedal causing a loss of
- Secure luggage using the tie -downs provided
vehicle control. •
=>page 108.
- Make sure that the rear seat back is securely latched in
place. ti,
Safety first Vehicle care I I irechnical data

........ _ o_ r_iv_i_n""'
g::;._
S_ a _f _e_ly=---------------------------------------------------
& WARNING & WARNING (continued)

Improperly stored luggage or other items can fly through the • If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid open, observe the
vehicle causing serious personal injury in the event of hard braking following notes to reduce the risk of poisoning :
or an accident. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury: - Close all windows,
• Always put objects , for example, luggage or other heavy items - Close the power roof*,
in the luggage compartment . - Open all air outlets in the instrument panel ,
• Always secure objects in the luggage compartment using the - Switch off the air recirculation,
tie-down eyelets and suitable straps .
- Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed.
& WARNING & WARNING

Heavy loads will influence the way your vehicle handles. To help
reduce the risk of a loss of control leading to serious personal Always make sure that the doors , all windows, the power roof*
injury : and the read lid are securely closed and locked to reduce the risk
of injury when the vehicle is not being used.
• Always keep in mind when transporting heavy objects, that a
change in the center of gravity can also cause changes in vehicle • After closing the rear lid, always make sure that it is properly
handling: closed and locked .
- Always distribute the load as evenly as possible. • Never leave your vehicle unattended especially with the rear lid
left open. A child could crawl into the vehicle through the luggage
- Place heavy objects as far forward in the luggage compart- compartment and close the rear lid becoming trapped and unable
ment as possible . to get out . Being trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious personal
• Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating or the Gross injury.
Vehicle Weight Rating specified on the safety compliance sticker • Never let children play in or around the vehicle.
on the left door jamb . Exceeding permissible weight standards
can cause the vehicle to slide and handle differently . • Never let passengers ride in the luggage compartment . Vehicle
occupants must always be properly restrained in one of the
• Please observe information on safe driving ~ page 150. vehicle's seating positions .
& WARNING [i ] Tips

To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into the • Th e tire pre ssu re m ust cor respon d to the load - see the t ire pr es-
vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving. su re st ic ker o n t he f uel filler do o r. •
• Never transport objects larger than those fitting completely
into the luggage area because the rear lid cannot be fully closed.
________________________________________________ D_r_iv_i_n_g~ S_a
_ fe_ ly__ lffl
Tie -downs Reporting safety defects
The luggage compartment is equipped with four tie-
downs to secure luggage and other items. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
Use the tie -downs to secure your cargo properly ~ page 157,
which could cause a crash or could cause
"Loading the luggage compartment". injury or death, you should immediately inform
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even smaller items that the National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
are loose in the vehicle will become heavy missiles that can cause tration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Audi of
serious injury. Items in the vehicle possess energy which vary with
vehicle speed and the weight of the item. Vehicle speed is the most
America, Inc. If NHTSA receives similar
significant factor. complaints, it may open an investigation, and
For example, in a frontal collision at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h), if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
the forces acting on a 10-lb (4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
normal weight of the item. This means that the weight of the item
would suddenly be about 200 lbs. (90 kg). You can imagine the inju-
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become
ries that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying freely through the passenger involved in individual problems between you,
compartment could cause in a collision like this . your dealer, or Audi of America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle
& WARNING Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to secure items to tie -
downs can fail during hard braking or in a collision and cause
1-800-424-9153);
serious personal injury. go to http://www.safercar.gov;
• Always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure
items to the tie-downs in the luggage compartment to help or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh
prevent items from shifting or flying forward as dangerous Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590.
missiles.
• When the rear seat backrest is folded down, always use suit- You can also obtain other information about
able mounting straps and properly secure items to the tie-downs motor vehicle safety from
in the luggage compartment to help prevent items from flying
http://www.safercar.gov. •
forward as dangerous missiles into the passenger compartment.
• Never attach a child safety seat tether strap to a tie-down. •
ment
• ....__S_a
_ fe_t_y=--b_e
_ lt_s________________________________________________ _
Safety belts
General notes
& WARNING
Always wear safety belts! Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases
the risk of serious personal injury and death.
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives!
• Never strap more than one person, including small children,
This chapter explains why safety belts are necessary, how into any belt. It is especially dangerous to place a safety belt over
they work and how to adjust and wear them correctly. a child sitting on your lap.
• Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are safety
- Read all the information that follows and heed all of the belts available.
instructions and WARNINGS. • Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is properly restrained
with a separate safety belt or child restraint. •
& WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases Safety belt warning light ~
the risk of serious personal injury and death.
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver and front
• Safety belts are the single most effective means available to
seat passenger (on USA models only) to remind you about
reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile acci-
dents. For your protection and that of your passengers, always the importance of buckling-up.
wear the safety belts properly when the vehicle is moving.
• Pregnant women, injured, or physically impaired persons must
also use safety belts. Like all vehicle occupants, they are more
likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts. The
best way to protect a fetus is to protect the mother - throughout
the entire pregnancy. •
Fig. 147 Safety belt

Number of seats warning light in the
instrument cluster -
enlarged
Your Audi has a total of five seating positions: two in the front and
three in the rear. Each seating position has a safety belt .
Before driving off, always:
- Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are wearing it
properly. ._
Safety belts
- Make sure that your passengers also buckle up and prop- Why safety belts?
erly wear their safety belts.
- Protect children with a child restraint system appropriate Frontal collisions and the law of physics
for the size and age. Frontal crashes create very strong forces for people riding
in vehicles.
The warning light 4,-in the instrument cluster lights up when the
ignition is switched on as a reminder to fasten the safety belts . In
addition , you will hear a warning tone .
After the ignition is switched on, the warning light in the instrument
cluster will always come on for about 6 seconds and if the driver has
not fastened the safety belt , a warning tone will also sound for
about 6 seconds. As soon as the driver has fastened the safety belt,
the warning tone will stop and the warning ligh t will go out .
If the driver or front seat passenger have not buckled -up within Fig. 148 Unbelted
about 10 seconds after the warning tone has stopped and the occupants in a vehicle
heading for a wall
vehicle is moving faster than about 15 mph, the warning tone will
sound again for about 6 seconds and then stop for 24 seconds and
then repeat this reminder sequence for a maximum of 2 minutes . At
speeds below 5 mph, the warning tone will not sound.
Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your passengers also
properly put on their safety belts.
& WARNING
• Safety belts are the single most effective means available to Fig. 149 The vehicle
reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile acci- crashes into the wall
dents. For your protection and that of your passengers, always
correctly wear safety belts when the vehicle is moving. The physical principles are simple. Both the vehicle and the passen-
• Failure to pay attention to the warning light that come on, gers possess energy which varies with vehicle speed and body
could lead to personal injury. • weight . Engineers call this energy "kinetic energy."
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the greater the vehicle's
weight, the more energy that has to be "absorbed" in the crash.
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If the speed doubles
from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/h) , the energy increases 4 times! ~
Safety first Vehicle care I I Technical data

__ .....::
S_: a::..;
f_:
e:..:
t :.!..
y_ b ::.....::
e ..:..
lt:.:
s::...______________________________________________ _
Because the passengers of this vehicle are not using safety belts
~ page 161, fig. 148, they will keep moving at the same speed the
vehicle was moving just before the crash, until something stops
them - here, the wall ~ page 161, fig. 149.
The same principles apply to people sitting in a vehicle that is
involved in a frontal collision. Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph Fig. 151 A rear
(30 to 50 km/h), the forces acting on the body can reach one ton passenger not wearing
(2,000 lbs. or 1,000 kg) or more. At greater speeds, these forces are a safety belt will fly
even higher. forward and strike th e
driver
People who do not use safety belts are also not attached to their
vehicle. In a frontal collision they will also keep moving forward at Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tremendous forces of
the speed their vehicle was travelling just before the crash. Of impact by holding tight or bracing themselves. Without the benefit
course, the laws of physics don't just apply to frontal collisions, they of safety restraint systems, the unrestrained occupant will slam
determine what happens in all kinds of accidents and collisions. • violently into the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield, or
whatever else is in the way~ fig. 150. This impact with the vehicle
interior has all the energy they had just before the crash.
What happens to occupants not wearing
safety be lts? Never rely on airbags alone for protection. Even when they dep loy,
airbags provide only additional protection. Airbags are not
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop themselves supposed to deploy in all kinds of accidents . Although your Audi is
from flying forward and being injured or killed. Always equipped with airbags, all vehicle occupants, including the driver,
wear your safety belts! must wear safety belts correctly in order to minimize the risk of
severe injury or death in a crash .
Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once and that your
safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents
in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have
already deployed. Unbelted occupants can also be thrown out of the
vehicle where even more severe or fatal injuries can occur.
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear safety belts
Fig. 150 A driver not correctly . Unbelted passengers in the rear seats endanger not only
wearing a safety belt is
themselves but also the driver and other passengers ~ fig. 151. In a
violently thrown
forward frontal collision they will be thrown forward violently, where they
can hit and injure the driver and/or front seat passenger. •
Safety b e lts
Safety belts protect Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you sti ll have to wear
t he safety belts provided. Front airbags, for examp le, are activa t ed
People think it's possible to use the hands to brace the only in some fronta l collisions . The front airbags are not activated in
body in a minor collision . It's simply not true! all fron t al collisions, in side and rear collisions, in roll overs o r in
cases where there is not enough deceleration through impact to the
front of the vehicle. The same goes for the other airbag systems in
your Audi. So, always wear your safety belt and make sure every-
body in your vehic le is properly restrained! •
Important safety instructions about safety

Fig. 152 Driver is
belts
correct ly restrai ned in
a sudden braking
Safety belts must always be correctly posi ti oned across
man euver the strongest bones of your body.
Safety belts used properly can make a big difference . Safety belts Always wear safety be lts as illustrated and described in
help to keep passengers in their seats, gradual ly reduce ene rgy th is chapter.
levels applied to the body in an accident, and help prevent the Mak e sure t hat your saf ety belts are always ready for use
uncontrolled movement that can cause serious injuries. In addition,
and are not damaged .
safety belts reduce the danger of being thrown out of the vehicle.
Safety belts attach passengers to the car and give them the benefit
of bei ng slowed down more gently or "softly" through the "give" in & WARNING
the safety belts, crush zones and other safety features engineered Not wearing safety belt s or wear ing them improperly increases
into today's vehicles . By "absorbing" the kinetic energy over a the risk of serious personal injury and death . Safety belt s can work
longer period of time, the safety belts make the forces on the body only when used correctl y.
mo re "t olerable" and less likely to cause injury.
• Alway s fasten your safety belts correctly before driving off and
Although these examples are based on a frontal collision, safety make sure all passengers are correctly restrained .
belts can also substantially reduce the risk of injury in other kinds
• For ma ximum prote ction , safety belts mu st always be posi-
of crashes. So, whether you're on a long trip or just going to the
tioned properly on the body.
corner store, always buckle up and make sure others do, too. Acci -
dent statis t ics show t hat vehicle occupants prop erly wearing safety • Never strap more than one person, including small children,
belts have a lower risk of being injured and a much better chance of into any belt .
surviving an accident. Proper ly using safety belts also greatly • Never place a safety belt over a child sitting on your lap.
increases the ability of the supplemental airbags to do their job in a • Alway s keep feet in the footwell in front of the seat while the
coll ision. For this reason, wear ing a safety belt is legally req ui red in vehicle is being driven . .,
most countries including much of the United States and Canada .

___ S_a_f_e_t-=
y_ b_e_l_t _
s _______________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued) & WARNING (continued)

• Never let any person ride with their feet on the instrument • Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may not work properly
panel or sticking out the window or on the seat. and can impair the function of the inertia reel => page 245, "Safety
• Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle is moving. Doing belts". •
so will increase your risk of being injured or killed.
• Never wear belts twisted.
Safety belts
• Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your
clothing, such as eye glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause
injury. Fastening safety belts
• Never allow safety belts to become damaged by being caught Seat first - everybody buckle up!
in door or seat hardware.
• Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt under your arm or
otherwise out of position.
• Several laye rs of heavy clothing may interfere with correct posi-
tioning of belts and reduce the overall effectiveness of the system.
• Always keep belt buckles free of anything that may prevent the
buckle from latching securely.
• Never use comfort clips or devices that create slack in the Fig. 153 Belt buckle
shoulder belt. However, special clips may be required for the and tongue on the
proper use of some child restraint systems . driver's seat
• Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and damaged belt hard-
ware can break in an accident. Inspect belts regularly. If webbing, To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always
bindings, buckles, or retractors are damaged, have belts replaced be positioned correctly on the wearer's body.
by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Adjust the front seat and head restraint properly
• Safety belts that have been worn and loaded in an accident => page 98, "General recommendations".
must be replaced with the correct replacement safety belt by an
authorized Audi dealer. Replacement may be necessary even if Make sure the seat back of the rear seat bench is in an
damage cannot be clearly seen. Anchorages that were loaded upright position and secu rely latched in place before
must also be inspected. using the belt~ & .
• Never remove, modify, disassemble, or try to repair the safety
Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly across the
belts yourself.
chest and pelvis ~ & . ~
Safety belts
- Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat & WARNING !continued)
until you hear it latch securely=> fig. 153.
• Never attach the safety belt to the buckle for another seat.
- Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in Attaching the belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt
the buckle. effectiveness and can cause serious personal injury.
Automatic safety belt retractors • A passenger who is not properly restrained can be seriously
injured by the safety belt itself when it moves from the stronger
Every safety belt is equipped with an automatic belt retractor on the
parts of the body into critical areas like the abdomen.
shoulder belt. This feature locks the belt when the belt is pulled out
fast, during hard braking and in an accident . The belt may also lock • Always lock the convertible locking retractor when you are
when you drive up or down a steep hill or through a sharp curve. securing a child safety seat in the vehicle => page 204. •
During normal driving the belt lets you move freely.
Safety belt pretensioners Safety be lt position

The safety belts are equipped with a belt pretensioner that helps to Correct belt position is the key to getting maximum
tighten the safety belt and remove slack when the pretensioner is protection from safety belts.
activat ed . The function of the pretension er is monitored by a
warning light => page 23.
Switchable locking feature

Every safety belt except the one on the driver seat is equipped with
a switchable locking feature that must be used when the safety belt
is used to attach a child safety seat. Be sure to read the important
information about this feature=> page 202 .
Fig. 154 Head restraint
and safety belt posi-
& WARNING tion as seen from the
side
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious injury in an
accident => page 165, "Safety belt position". Standard features on your vehicle help you adjust the position of
• Safety belts offer optimum protection only when the seat back the safety belt to match your body size.
is upright and belts are properly positioned on the body. • belt height adjustment for the front seats,
• Always make sure that the rear seat backrest to which the • automatic belt height adjustment for the rear seats.
center rear safety belt is attached is securely latched whenever
the rear center safety belt is being used. If the backrest is not
securely latched, the passenger will move forward with the back-
rest during sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver and especially
in a crash.

___ S_a_f_e_t-=
y_ b_e_l_t _
s _______________________________________________ _
Pregnant women must also be correctly

& WARNING restrained
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal
The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure that
injury in an accident.
expectant mothers always wear safety belts correctly -
• The shoulder belt portion of the safety belt must be positioned
throughout the pregnancy.
over the middle of the occupant's shoulder and never across the
neck or throat .
• The safety belt must lie flat and snug on the occupant's upper
body => page 165, fig . 154. Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary.
• The lap belt portion of the safety belt must be positioned as
low as possible across pelvis and never over the abdomen . Make
sure the belt lies flat and snug =>page 165, fig. 154. Pull on the belt
to tighten if necessary.
• A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious injuries by shifting Fig. 155 Safety belt
its position on your body from the strong bones to more vulner- position during preg-
nancy
able, soft tissue and cause serious injury.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important infor-
To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always
mation =>page 163. •
be positioned correctly on the wearer's body => page 165.
- Adjust the front seat and head restraint correctly
=>page 98, "General recommendat ions".
- Make sure the seat back of t he rear seat bench is in an
upright pos ition and securely latched in place before
using the belt.
- Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly across the
chest and pelvis => fig . 155, => &, .
- Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat
until you hear it latch securely => page 164, fig . 153.
- Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in
the buckle . ~
Safety belts
Adjusting safety belt height

& WARNING With the aid of the safety belt height adjustment, the three
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal
point safety belt strap routing can be fitted to the shoulder
injury in an accident.
area, according to body size.
• Expectant mothers must always wear the lap portion of the
safety belt as low as possible across the pelvis and below the
rounding of the abdomen.
mation => &in "Fastening safety belts" on page 164. •
Unfastening safety belts

Fig. 157 Safety belt
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release button only height adjustment for
the front seats - loop-
after the vehicle has stopped. around fittings
~..
a,
Push the loop -around fittings up ~ fig. 157 @, or
- squeeze together the G) button, and push the loop -
around fittings down @ .
- Pull the belt to make sure that the upper attachment is
properly engaged.
Fig. 156 Releasing the

tongue from the buckle & WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important informa-
- Push the red release button on the buckle ~ fig. 156. The tion =>page 163.
belt tongue will spring out of the buckle ~ &.
- Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you guide the belt [i ]Tips
tongue to its stowed position. • The shoulder belt part should route approximately over the
middle of your shoulder - under no circumstances should it route
& WARNING over your neck and throat area => & in "Safety belt position" on
page 765. •
Never unfasten safety belt while the vehicle is moving. Doing so
will increase your risk of being injured or killed. •

• ....__S_a
_ fe_t_y=--b_e
_ lt_s________________________________________________ _
• With the front seat s, the height adjustment of t he seat can also
be used to adjust the position of the safety belts. • & WARNING
Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk of serious personal
injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used.
Improperly worn safety belts
• Always make sure that all vehicle occupants are correctly
Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause severe inju- restrained and stay in a correct seating position whenever the
nes . vehicle is being used.
Wearing safety belts improperly can cause serious injury or
mation ~ page 163. •
death. Safety belts can only work when they are correctly
positioned on the body. Improper seating positions reduce
the effectiveness of safety belts and w ill even increase the Safety belt tensioners
risk of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critical
areas of the body. Improper seating positions also increase
How safety belt pretensioners work
the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys
and strikes an occupant who is not in the correct seating In front, side and rear collisions above a particular
position. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle severity, safety belts are tensioned automatically.
occupants and especially for children. Therefore:
The safety belts are equipped with safety belt pretensioners . The
- Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sitting pos i- system is activated by sensors in front, side and rear-end collisions
tion in the vehicle while traveling ~ & . of great severity . This tightens the belt and takes up belt slack~ &
in "Service and disposal of safety belt pretensioner" on page 169.
The following lists only some examples of improperly worn safety Taking up the slack helps to reduce forward occupant movement
belts that will increase the risk of serious injury and death . Our hope during a collision.
is that these examples will make you more aware of seating posi-
tions that are dangerous .
0 Note
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving: Never let the belt remain over a rear seat back that has been folded
• never wear the shoulder belt under your arm forward .
• never let the shoulder belt pass over your neck
• never wear the safety belt loosely [i] Tips
• never place the lap belt portion of the safety belt across your The safety belt pretensioners can only be activated once .
abdomen ~ & - • In minor frontal, side and rear-end collisions, in a rollover and in
accidents involving very little impact force, the safety belt preten-
sioner are not activated . .,_
_______________________________________________ S_a_f_e_t-=-
y_b _ e_lt_s__ ffll
• When the safety be lt pretensioners are activated, a fine dust is
released . This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle.
& WARNING (continued )
• The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the • Safety belt systems including safety belt pre-tensioner s cannot
vehicle or components of the system are scrapped . A qualified be repai red. Special procedures are required for removal , installa -
workshop is familiar with these regu lations and will be pleased to tion and disposal of this system .
pass on the information to you . • For any work on the safety belt system , w e strongly recom-
• Be sure to observe all safety, environmental and other regula - mend that you see your authorized Audi dealer or qualified te chni-
tions if the vehic le or individual parts of t he system, particu larly the cian who has a Audi approved repair manual, t raining and special
safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed . We recommend you have equipment necessary.
your aut horized Audi dea ler perform this service for you . •
ffi For the sake of the environment

Service and disposal of safety belt Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified
pretensioner as Perch lorate Material -specia l handling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or
The safe t y be lt pre -tensioners are parts of the safety be lt and parts of the rest raint system includi ng airbag modules saf ety be lts
insta lled at the outboard seating positions on your Audi. Insta ll ing, with pretensioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regula -
removi ng , servicing or repairing of bel t pre -tensioners can da m age tions must be observed . Your authori zed Audi dealer is fa mi liar with
the safety be lt system and prevent that system from working prop - these requirements and we recommend that you have your dea ler
erly in a co llision . perform this service for you . •
There are some important things you have to know to make sure
that t he effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that
discarded components do not cause injury or po ll ute the environ -
ment .
& WARNING
Improper care, servicing and repair procedure s can increase the
risk of personal injury and death by preventing a safety belt
ten sioner from activating when needed or activating it unexpe ct-
edly:
• The safety belt pre-tensioner system can be activated only
once. If safety belt pre-te nsioners have been act ivated , the n they
mu st be replaced .
• Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of the safety belt
system .
ment
___ A
_ ir_b_a-g_ s_y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
Airbag system
Important things to know There is a lot that the driver and the passengers can and must do to
help the individual safety features installed in your Audi work
together as a system.
Importance of wearing safety belts and
sitting properly Proper seating position is important so that the front airbag on the
driver side can do its job. If you have a physical impairment or
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For airbags to condition that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat
do their job, occupants must always properly wear their with the safety belt properly fastened and reaching the pedals, o r if
safety belts and be in a proper seating position. you have concerns with regard to the function or operation of the
Advanced Airbag System, p lease contact your authorized Audi
For your safe t y a n d the safety of your passengers, before dea ler or other qualified workshop, or call Audi Cust omer CARE at 1-
driving o ff, a lways: 800-822-2834 for possib le modifications to your vehic le.
- Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel properly When the airbag system deploys, a gas generator wi ll fill the
~ page 152, airbags, break open the padded covers, and inflate between the
steering wheel and the driver and between the instrument panel
- Adjust the front passenger's seat proper ly~ page 99, and the front passenger. The airbags wil l deflate immediate ly after
deployment so that the front occupants can see through the wind -
- Wear safety belts properly~ page 163, shield again without interruption .
- Always properly use t he proper child restraint to pro t ect All of this takes p lace in the b link of an eye, so fast that many people
children~ page 192. don't even realize that the airbags have dep loyed . The airbags also
inflate with a great deal of force and nothing should be in their way
In a col lision airbags must inflate within the blink of an eye and with when they dep loy. Front airbags in combination wi t h properly worn
considerable force. The supplemental airbags can cause injuries if safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement.
the driver or the front seat passenger is not seated properly. There - Together they help to prevent the driver and front seat passenger
fore in order to help the airbag to do its job, it is important, both as from hitting parts of the inside the vehicle while reducing the forces
a driver and as a passenger to sit properly at all times. act i ng on the occupant during the crash . In this way they help to
By keep ing room between your body and the steering wheel and the reduce the r isk of i njury to the head and upper body in t he crash.
front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate fu lly and Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower parts of the body .
comp letely and prov ide supplementa l protection i n certain frontal Both front airbags will not inflate in all fro ntal col lisions . The trig-
collisions => page 152. For details on the operation of the seat gering of the airbag system depends on the vehic le deceleration
adjustment controls => page 100. rate caused by the colli sion and registe red by t he electronic contro l
It's especially important that chi ldren are properly restrained unit. If this rate is below the reference value programmed into the
=> page 192. cont rol unit, the airbags w ill not be t riggered, even though the car
may be bad ly damaged as a result of the collision. Vehicle damage, .,,,.
Airb a g s yst e m -
----------------=~-
repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage is not necessari ly an
indication of whether an airbag should inflate or not.
It is not possible to define a range of vehicle speeds that will cover • To reduce the ri sk of injury when an airbag inflate s, alw ays
every possible kind and ang le of impact that wil l always trigger the wear safety belt s p rope rly~ page 164, "S afet y belt s".
airbags, since the circumstances wil l vary considerab ly between • Always make certain that ch ildren age 12 or younger alway s
one collision and another. Important factors include, for example, ride in the rear seat . If children ar e not p rope rly restr ained , they
the nature (hard or sof t) of the object which the car hits, the angle may be severely injured or killed when an airbag inflate s.
of impact, vehicle speed, etc. The front airbags wi ll also not inflate • Never let children ride unre str ained or impr operly rest rained in
in side or rear co llisions, or in roll -overs . the vehicl e. Adju st the front seat s properly .
Alw ays rem ember : Airbags wi ll deploy only once, and on ly in certain • Never ride with the b ackrest reclined .
kinds of coll isions . Your safety belts are always there to offer protec-
• Alway s sit as far as po ssible from the steering wheel or the
tion in those situat ions in wh ich airbags are not supposed to deploy,
instrument panel ~ pag e 152.
or when they have already deployed; for example, when your vehic le
strikes or is struck by another after the f irst coll ision. • Alway s sit upright with your back again st the backre st of your
seat .
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a supplementary
• Never pla ce your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat .
restraint and is not a substitute for a saf ety be lt. The airbag system
Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help
works most effectively when used with the safety be lts. Therefore ,
prevent seriou s injurie s to the leg s and hips if the airbag inflate s.
always prope rly wea r your safety be lt s => page 160.
• Nev er recline th e front passenger 's seat to transpo rt obje cts .
Item s can al so mo ve into the area of the side airbag or the front
& WARNING airbag during braking or in a sudden m aneuver . Obje cts near the
airbags can become pro j ectile s and cau se injury when an airbag
Sitting too close to the steering wheel or instrument panel will
inflates .
decrease the effect iveness of the airbags and w ill increase the risk
of personal injury in a collision.
• Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to the steering wheel or
instrument panel.
& WARNING
Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be repla ced.
• If you cannot sit more than 10 inches (25 cm ) from the steering
• Use only original equipment airbags approved by Audi and
wheel , investiga t e whether adaptive equipment may be available
in stalled by a trained technician who ha s the neces sary tool s and
to held you reach the pedal s and increase your seating dist ance
diagnostic equipment to properly repla ce any airb ag in your
from the steering wheel.
vehicle and assure sy stem effectivenes s in a crash .
• If you are unrestra ined, leaning forward , sittin g sidew ays or out
• Never perm it salvag ed or recy cled airb ags to be install ed in
of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher.
your vehicle. •
• You will also receive serious injur ies and could even be killed if
you are up again st the airba g or too close to it when it inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag .
ment
Ai rbag sy st e m
-
----------------
Child restraints on the front seat - some • will stay on if there is a small child or child restraint on the front
important things to know passenger seat,
• will go off if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as
- Be sure to read the important information and head the registered by the weight-sensing mat => page 181, "Monitoring the
WARNINGS for important details about ch il dren and Advanced Airbag System" .
Advanced Airbags ~ page 192. The PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the control unit
detects a t ota l weight on the front passenger seat that requires the
Even though your vehic le is equipped with an Advanced Airbag front airbag to be turned off.
System, make certain that all children, especia lly those 12 years and
If the total weight on the front passenger seat is more than that of
younger , always ride in the back seat proper ly restrained for their
a typica l 1 year -old child but less than the weight of a small adult,
age and size . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat
the front airbag on the passenger side can deploy (the PASSE NGER
a potentia lly dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not
AIR BAG OFF light does not come on). If the PASSE N GER AIR BAG
the safest place for a chi ld in a forward -facing child safety seat. It
OFF light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a child in a rearward -
has not been turned off by the electronic control unit and can
facing seat.
deploy if the control unit senses an impact that meets the condi -
The Advanced Ai r bag System in your vehicle has been certified to tions stored in its memory.
comply with the Requirements of United States Federal Motor
For exam ple, th e airbag may deploy if:
Vehicle Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle
was manufactured. • a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 year -o ld child is on
the front passenger seat (regardless of whether the child is in one
The Standard requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be
of the child safety seats listed => page 194), or
turned off ("suppressed") if a chi ld up to about one year of age
restrained in one of the rear-facing or forward-facing infant • a child who has outgrown chi ld restraints is on the front
rest raints listed in Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with passenger seat.
which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was cert ified has If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSEN G ER AIR BAG
been insta ll ed on the front passenger seat. For a listing of the child OFF light comes on in the instrument cluster and stays on.
restraints that were used to certify compliance with the US Safety
Standard => page 194. The fron t airbag on the passenger side may not deploy (the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not illuminate and stay lit) even
The PASS ENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instrument panel tells you if a small adult or teenager, or a passenger who is not sitting upright
when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been with their back against a non -reclined backrest with their feet on the
t urned off by the electronic control unit. vehic le floor in front of the seat is on the front passenger seat
Each time you turn on the ignition , the PASSEN GER AIR BAG OFF =>page 152, "Proper seating position for the driver".
light will come on for a few seconds and: If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federal Standard requires
• wi ll stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied, the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to reduce the
risk of injury through interact ion with the airbag. "Low risk" d eploy-
ment occu rs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations .,.
Airbag system -
----------------=~-
as defined in the electronic control unit~ page 182, " PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF ligh t " .
A lways remember, a chi ld safety seat or infant carrier insta ll ed on • Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed
the front seat may be struck and knocked out of position by the and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
rap id ly infl at i ng passeng er's ai rb ag in a fr on ta l co lli sion . The airba g passenger front and side airbag .
co ul d greatly reduce the effectiveness of the chi ld restraint and • Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very
even seri ously in j u re the chi ld d ur ing infla t ion. near the instrument panel .
For this reason, and because the bac k seat is the safest place for • Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in
chi ldr en - w he n prop er ly restr aine d accor d ing to th eir age an d si ze the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the
- w e stro ngly recomm en d that child ren alwa y s sit in th e bac k seat airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child
~ p age 192, " Chil d Safe t y" . restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position .
• Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on
& WARNING and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
A child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on the front

passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the & WARNING
front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant AIR BAG OFF light will be displayed whenever a child restraint is
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched
child against the ba ckrest , center arm rest , door or roof. on.
• Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat. • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on , perform
the checks described ~ page 181, "Monitoring the Advanced
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
Airbag System" .
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, • Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your BAG OFF light does not stay on .
authorized Audi dealer. • Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi
• Forward-facing child safety seats installed on the front dealer immediately .
pa ssenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag • Always carefully follow instructions from child restraint manu -
and cause serious personal injury to the child . facturers when installing child restraints .
& WARNING & WARNING

If, in exceptional circumstances , you must install a forward-facing If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward or
child restraint on the front passenger's seat: rearward -facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat :
ment
___ A_ir_b_a_g;:::;_
s--:..
y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
& WARNING (con t inued )

• Improper in stallation of child re straints can reduce their effec-
tiveness or even prevent them from p roviding any protection .
• An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the
airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child -
even with an Advanced Airbag System . Fig. 159 Location of
front passenger's
• Always carefully follow the manufa cturer's instruction s
airbag : in the instru -
provided with the child safety seat or carrier . ment panel
• Never pl ac e additional items on the seat that can in crease the
total weight regi stered by the weight -sensing mat and can cause Your vehicle is equipped with a dual -stage front "Advanced Airbag
injury in a crash . u Syst em" in com pl iance w ith Un it ed Stat es Fede ral Mot or Vehicle
Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 as applicab le at t he time your vehicle
was man uf actured . Your vehicle is also equipped w ith side air bags
Front airbags f or t he d riv er and fr ont seat passe ng er. The saf ety belts fo r t he fr ont
seats have "pretensioners" that help to take slack out of the belt
Description of front airbags system. The pretens ioners are also act ivated by the elect ronic
control unit for the airbag system.
The air bag system can pr ovi de supp leme nt al pr ot ecti on The fron t safety belt s also have load lim ite rs t o hel p red uce t he
to p rop erl y restra ined fr on t seat occu p ant s. forces applied to the body in a crash.
The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel hub =:, fig . 158 and
t he airbag for t he front passeng er is in the inst ru ment panel
=:, fig . 159. The genera l location of the ai rbags is marked "A IRBAG".
There is a lot you need to know abo ut t he airbags in you r vehicle. We
urge y ou t o read the detailed information about airbags , safety belts
and chil d safety in this and t he other chapt ers t hat make up t he
owner's literature . Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - th ey are
Fig. 158 Location of extremely important for your safety and the safety of you r passen -
driver airbag: in gers , especia lly infants and sma ll children .
steering wheel
& WARNING
Never rely on airbags alone for prote ction .
• Even when they deploy, airbag s provide only supplemental
protection .
Airbag system -
----------------=~-
The front Advanced Airbag System supplements the safety bel t s to
& WARNING (continued ) p rov ide additi o nal protecti on for t he dr iver's and fro nt passenger's
• Airbag work most effectively when used with properly worn heads and upper bodies in fronta l cras hes. The airbags inflate only
safety belts. in fro ntal im pact s whe n the vehic le dece lerat ion is h igh enoug h .
• Therefore , always wear your safety belts and make sure that The fron t Adva nced Ai rbag System f or the fr ont seat occ upants is
everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained. not a substitute for your safety belts . Rather, it is part of the overa ll
occupa nt rest raint syste m in you r veh icle. Always rememb er t hat
& WARNING the airbag system can only help to protect you, if you are sitting
u pr igh t , w ear ing yo ur saf ety belt and wearin g it pro perly. This is w hy
A person on the front passenger seat , especially infants and small you and your passeng ers must always be prop erly restrained, not
children, will receive serious injuries and can even be killed by ju st beca use th e law req uir es you t o be.
being too close to the airbag when it inflates . The Advanced Airbag System in you r vehi cle has been certi fi ed t o
• Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is meet the " low risk" req uirements f o r 3 an d 6 yea r-o ld child ren on the
designed to turn off the front passenger airbag if an infant or a passe nger side and very smal l adu lt s on t he dr iver side. The low risk
small child is on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely dep loyment crite ria are intended to help reduce t he ris k of inj ury
guarantee that deployment under these special conditions is th rough int eracti o n w ith the fr o nt airb ag th at can o ccur, f or
impossible in all conceivable situations that may happen during examp le, by being too close to the stee ring whee l and instrument
the useful life of your vehicle. panel wh en th e airb ag infl ates.
• The Advanced Airbag System will deploy in accordance with In add ition, the system has been cert if ied to comply with the
the "low risk" option under the U.S. Federal Standard if a child that "su pp ressio n" requir emen ts of th e Safet y Standa rd , to tu rn off th e
is heavier than the typical one-year old child is on the front fr ont ai rbag for inf ants 12 months old and youn ger who are
passenger seat and the other conditions for airbag deployment rest rained on the front passenger seat in child restraints that are
are met. li st ed i n t he Standard:::::, page 194.
• Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer "Suppression" requires the front airbag on the passen ger side to be
in the rear seat area than in the front seating position . turn ed off if:
• For their own safety, all children, especially 12 years and • a ch ild up to about on e year of age is rest rained on t he front
younger, should always ride in the back properly restrained for passenger seat in one of the rear-facing or forwar d-fac ing infant
their age and size. • rest raints listed in Federal Mot or Veh icle Safety Standard 208 w ith
wh ich the Advanced Ai rbag System in your vehicle was certified. For
a list ing of t he chil d restrain ts th at w ere used to cert ify your
Advanced front airbag system
vehic le's com pliance with the US Safety Standard :::::,page 194,
Your vehicle is equipped with a front A dvanced Airbag System in • we ig ht less t ha n a t hreshold level stor ed in t he co nt ro l u nit is
detected on the front passenger seat .
co mp lia nce wi th Unite d St ates Federal Moto r Vehicl e Saf ety Stan -
dard 208 as appl icab le at the time your vehicle was manufactured. When a perso n is det ect ed o n t he fr o nt passeng er seat, we ig hin g
more than the total weight of a child that is about 1 year old _,.
ment
___ A
_________________________________________________ _
restrained in on e of the rear-facing or forward -facing infant deployment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower dece l-
restra in ts (listed in Federal M oto r Vehicle Saf et y St andard 208 w ith erat ions as d efi ned in th e electr o n ic con t ro l un it => page 181.
wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your ve hi cle was cert ified),
Always remember : Even though your vehicle is equipped with
t he fro nt airbag o n the passenger side may o r may not de ploy . Advanced Air bag s, the safest place fo r child ren is properly
The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF li g ht comes on when the elect ro ni c restr ai ned o n t he back seat . Please be sure t o read t he importa nt
cont rol unit detects a total weight on the front passe nger seat that information in the sections that follow and be sure to heed all of the
requ i res th e fro nt ai r bag to be tur ned off. If t he PASSENGERAIR BAG WARN INGS.
OFF light does not come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
has no t been tu rned off by the co nt rol unit and can depl oy if t he
control unit senses an impact that meets the conditions stored in its & WARNING
memo ry. To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates , always wear
If t he t ot al we ight on the fro nt passen ger seat is m ore t han th at of safety belts properly.
a typical 1 year-o ld , b ut less than the we ight of a small adult, th e • If you are unrestrained , leaning forward , sitting sideways or out
fro nt ai rba g on the passen ger side may dep loy (the PASSENGERAIR of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher.
BAG OFF light does not come onl. • You will also receive serious injuries and could even be killed if
For example , the airbag may deploy if: you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag => page 170.
• a small ch ild t hat is heav ier t han a typical 1 yea r-o ld ch ild is on
t he fr ont passenger seat (rega rd less of whethe r the child is in one
of t he ch i ld saf ety seats listed=> page 194),
• a chi ld w ho has ou t grow n chi ld restr ai nt s is o n the fron t
& WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front
passen ge r seat.
passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGERAIR BAG front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System .
OFF light i n the cente r of the i nstrument panel w i ll co m e on and stay • Although the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle is
o n. designed to turn off the front airbag when a rearward-f acing child
The fron t airb ag on t he passenger side may not deploy (t he restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, nobody
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not illu m inate and stay lit) if: can absolutely guarantee that deployment is impossible in all
conceivable situations that may happen during the useful life of
• a small adu lt or teenager is on the front passenger seat
your vehicle .
• a passenger who is no t sitting upright with the ir back against a
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
non -recl i ned bac krest with their feet on the vehicle floor in front of
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
the seat is on the fro nt passenger seat.
child against the backrest, center arm rest , door, or roof.
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federa l Standard requires • Always install rearward-facing child restraints in the back seat .
th e airbag to m eet th e "low ri sk" deploy m ent cri t eri a t o he lp reduce
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
the risk of injury t hrough interaction with the airbag . " Low risk"
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and ..,
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::--s_ y
=---
s_t _e_m
__ !II
from being damaged. Damage to the seat may prevent the
& WARNING (continued) Advanced Airbag for the front passenger seat from doing its job in
the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, a crash.
immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your The front Advanced Airbag System consists of the
authorized Audi dealer. following:
• Crash sensors in the front of the vehicle that measure vehicle
& WARNING acceleration/deceleration to provide information to the Advanced

Airbag System about the severity of the crash.
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward-facing • An electronic control unit, with integrated crash sensors for front
child restraint on the front passenger's seat: and side impacts. The control unit "decides" whether to fire the
• Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed front airbags based on the information received from the crash
and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a sensors. The control unit also "decides" whether the safety belt
passenger front and side airbag. pretensioners should be activated.
• Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very • A dual -stage Advanced Airbag with gas generator for the driver
near the instrument panel. inside the steering wheel hub.
• Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in • A dual-stage Advanced Airbag and gas generator inside the
the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the instrument panel for the front passenger.
airbag as possible, before installing the forward-facing child • A weight-sensing mat under the upholstery padding of the front
restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position. passenger seat cushion that measures the total weight on the seat.
• Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on The information registered is sent continuously to the electronic
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. • control unit to regulate deployment of the front Advanced Airbag on
the passenger side.
• An airbag monitoring system and indicator light in the instru -
Advanced Airbag System components ment cluster ~ page 181.
• Th e PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on in the
Th e front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot of very important center of the instrument panel~ page 182, fig . 161 and tells you
parts of the Advanced Airbag System in it. These parts include the when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
weight-sensing mat, sensors, wiring, brackets, and more. The func- turned off .
tion of the system in the front passenger seat is checked by the elec -
• A sensor below the safety belt latch for the front seat passenger
tronic control unit when the ignition is on. The control unit monitors
to measure the tension on the safety belt. The tension on the safety
the Advanced Airbag System and turns the airbag indicator light on
belt and the weight registered by the weight -sensing mat help the
when a malfunction in the system components is detected. The
control unit "decide" whether the front airbag for the front
function of the airbag indicator light is described in greater detail
passenger seat should be turned off or not~ page 172, "Child
below. Because the front passenger seat contains important parts
restraints on the front seat - some important things to know". _,.
of the Advanced Airbag System, you must take care to prevent it
ment
-
-----Airbag ~ ~---------------------------------------------------------
system
• A sensor in the safety belt latch for the driver and for the front
seat passenge r t hat sense s w hether th at saf et y belt is lat ched o r not
and transmits this information to t he electronic control unit. • Never use cushions, pillows, blankets or similar items on the
front passenger seat. The additional padding will prevent the
& WARNING weight-sensing mat in the seat from accurately registering the
child restraint or person on the seat and prevent the Advanced
Damage to the front passenger seat can prevent the front airbag Airbag System from functioning properly .
from working properly . • If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat
• Improper repair or disassembly of the front passenger and and the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the use
driver seat will prevent the Advanced Airbag System from func - of a towel , foam cushion or something el se to properly position
tioning properly. the child restraint , make certain that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
• Repairs to the front passenger seat must be performed by qual - light comes on and stays on whenever the child restraint is
ified and properly trained workshop personnel . installed on the front passenger seat .
• Never remove the front passenger or driver seat from the • If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
vehicle. on , immediately install child restraint in a rear seating position
and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi
• Never remove the upholstery from the front passenger seat.
dealer . •
• Never disassemble or remove parts from the seat or disconnect
wires from it .
• Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or place them on the How the Advanced Airbag System
seat . If the weight-sensing mat in the passenger seat is punctured components work together
it cannot work properly.
• Never carry things on your lap or carry objects on the The front Advanced Airbag System and the side airbags supp lement
passenger seat. Such items can increase the weight registered by the p rotection offered by the front thr ee-point safety be lts with
the weight-sensing mat and send the wrong information to the pretensioners and load limite rs and the adjustab le head rest raints
airbag control unit . t o he lp redu ce th e risk of in jury in a w ide rang e of acc ide nt and
crash situations. Be sure to read the important info rmation about
• Never store items under the front passenger seat . Parts of the
saf ety an d heed th e WARN INGS in this chapter .
Advanced Airbag System under the passenger seat could be
damaged , preventing them and the airbag system from working Dep loyment of the Advanced A irbag System and the activation of
properly. th e safe t y be lt pre t ens ioners d epends o n t he decele rat ion
• Never place seat covers or replacement upholstery that have measured by the crash sensors and regist ered by the electronic
not been specifically approved by Audi on the front seats. con tr ol u nit . Crash seve r ity depe nds on speed and decele ration as
w ell as th e mass a nd st iffne ss of th e ve hi cle or object invo lved in t he
• Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Airbag System from
crash .
recognizing child restraints or occupants on the front pa ssenger
seat and prevent the side airbag in the seat backrest from When t he elec tr on ic control unit reg ister s a low sev erit y crash and
deploying properly . the safety belt is be ing used, the airbag wi ll not deploy. If the safety ..
Airb a g sy st e m
belt is not being used, the first stage deploys, followed by th e More important things to know about front
second st ag e after a much later t ime i n th e crash sequence . airbags
If the electronic control unit registers a crash of medium severity,
the first stage of the airbag deploys followed by the second stage at
a much later time in t he crash sequence - regard less of whether the
safety be lt is being used or not. In higher severity crashes as regis -
tered by the electronic contro l unit, both the first and second stages
deploy almost at the same time.
On the passenge r side, regardless of safety belt use, t he airbag will
be turned off if the weight on the passenger seat is less than the
amount programmed in the electronic control unit . The front airbag
on the passenger side will also be turned off if one of the child Fig. 160 Inflated front
airba gs
safety seats that has been certified under Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 208 has been recogn ized on the seat. The
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on to tell you Safety belts are important to he lp keep front seat occupants in the
when the front Advanced Airbag on t he passenger side has been proper seated position so tha t airbags can unfold proper ly and
turned off~ page 172, "Chi ld restraints on the front seat - some provide supplementa l protection in a fronta l collision.
i m po rtant things to know". The fron t airbags are designed t o provide addit ional protection for
the chest and face of the driver and the front seat passenger when:
& WARNING • safety belts are worn properly,

• the seats have been positioned so that the occupant is properly
To reduce th e risk of injury when an airb ag inflat es, always w ear
seated as far as possib le from the airbag,
safety belts properly.
• and the head restraints have been properly adjusted .
• If you are unrestrained , leaning forward , sitting sideway s or out
of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with grea t force , things
• You will also receive serious injur ies and could even be killed if you have on your lap or have p laced on the seat cou ld become
you are up against the airbag or too close to it when it inflates - dangerous projectiles, and be pushed into you if the airbag inflates .
even with an Advanced Airbag ~ page 170. • When an airbag deploys, fine d ust is released . This is norma l and is
not caused by a fire in the vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a
powder used t o lubrica t e the airbags as they d eploy . It could irri tate
skin.
It is important to remember that while the supplemental airbag
system is designed to reduce the likel ihood of serious injuries, othe r
injuries, for example swelling, bruising and minor abrasions, can
also happen when airbags inflate . Airbags do not pro t ect the arms •

-L ~A
:::..:,:
ir:....:
b:!..:::
a~gL.::
s:1
y:...:
s::..:
t~e:.:m
:...:...:..
________________________________________________ _
or t he lower parts of the body. Front airbags only supp lement the
th ree po int saf ety be lts in som e fr o nt al co llisions in w hich the & WARNING
vehic le dece leration is h igh enou g h to deploy the airba g s.
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front
Front airbags will not deploy: passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System .
• if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs,
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
• i n side collis io ns,
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
• in rear-end collisi o ns, child against the backrest, center arm rest, door or roof.
• in ro llovers, • Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat.
• w hen t he crash de celerat io n measur ed by th e air ba g system is • If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the
less than the minimum threshold needed for airbag deployment as front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and
regi st ere d by th e electro n ic con tr ol u ni t . the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on,
The front passenger airbag will also not deploy :
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your
• w hen t he fr on t pass en ger seat is no t o ccupi ed , authorized Audi dealer .
• when the weight on the front passenger seat as sensed by the
A dvanced A irbag Syste m indica t es t hat the fr o nt air bag o n the
passenger side has to be turned off by the electronic cont rol unit & WARNING
(t he PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ligh t comes o n and st ays on l. Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury
in a crash by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by
& WARNING being pushed into you as the airbag inflates .

• Never hold things in your hands or on your lap when the vehicle
Sitting in the wrong position can increase the risk of serious injury is in use.
in crashes .
• Never transport items on or in the area of the front passenger
• To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags inflate , the driver seat. Objects could move into the area of the front airbags during
and passengers must always sit in an upright position , must not braking or other sudden maneuver and become dangerous projec -
lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area tiles that can cause serious personal injury if the airbags inflate .
where the airbags are located.
• Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as cup
• Occupants who are unbelted , out of position or too close to the holders , telephone brackets , large, heavy or bulky objects) on the
airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with doors , over or near the area marked "AIRBAG" on the steering
great force in the blink of an eye => page 172. wheel , instrument panel , seat backrests or between those areas
and yourself . These objects could cause injury in a crash , espe-
cially when the airbags inflate .
• Never recline the front passenger's seat to transport object s.
Items can also move into the area of the side airbag or the front ..,
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::-s_y
=---
s_t _
e_m
__ lllll
The system must be inspected wh e n the indicator
light ~ :
airbag dur ing braking or in a sudden maneuver . Objects near the • does not come on when the ignition is switched on,
airbags can become proje ctile s and cau se injury , particularly when
• does not go ou t a few seco nd s aft er you have swi t c hed on t he
the seat is reclined .
ignition, or
• comes on wh i le d riv in g .
& WARNING If an airbag system malfunction is detected, the indicator light will
The fine dust created when airbags deploy can cause breathing fi rst sta rt fla sh ing t o catch the d r ive r's at ten ti o n an d t hen st ay on
p roblems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing cont inuously to serve as a constant reminder t o have th e syst em
conditions . inspected im media t ely.
• To reduce the risk of breathing problems , those with asthma or If a mal f unct ion occurs t hat t ur ns the fro nt ai rbag o n t he passe nger
other respir atory cond itions should get fresh air right away by side off, the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light wil l come on and stay on
getting out of the vehicle or opening w indows or doors. whe neve r the ig nit ion is on.
• If you are in a collision in which airbags deploy, wash your
hands and face with mild soap and water before eating.
• Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts or
& WARNING
scratches. An airbag system that is not functioning properly cannot provide
supplemental protection in a frontal crash .
• If the residue should get into your eyes, flush them with
water . • • If the airbag indicator light comes on , it means that there may
be something wrong with the Advanced Airbag System. It is
possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to , or
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag will not inflate when it should .
• Have the airbag system inspected immediately by your autho -
System
rized Audi dealer . •
Airbag monitoring indicator light t~

Two separate indicators monitor th e funct ion of the
Adva n ced Airbag Syst em : the airbag mon it or ing indicator
l ig ht an d the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light.
The Advanced Airbag System (including the electronic contro l unit,
sen sor circu its and system wir i ng) is mon ito red co nti nuous ly to
make sure that it is functioning proper ly whenever the ignition is on.
Each ti m e you turn o n th e ig n iti o n, th e ai rb ag m onito ring ind ic ator
light t~w ill come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics) .
ment
__ .....:.
A..:..::..:.
ir-=
b:....:
a=-g=- s= y -=
s-=
t -=
e-=m.;._;_
________________________________________________ _
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light one of the rear-facing or forward -facing infant restraints listed in
Federa l Motor Vehic le Safety St andard 208 with which the Advanced
Airbag System in your vehicle was certified .
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front airbag will not
deploy, and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light wi ll stay on. Never
install a rearward -facing child restraint on the front passenger seat,
the safest p lace for a child in any kind of child restraint is at one of
the seating positions on the rear seat~ page 172, "Child restraints
on the front seat - some important things to know" and ~ page 192,
Fig. 161 Sect ion from
th e cent er con so le: "Child Safety".
PASSENGER AI R BA G
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on whe n one of the
OFF light
cond itions l isted above is met, be sure to check the light regularly
to make certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light stays on
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located in the center console
continuously whenever the igni t ion is on. If the PASSENGER AIR
~ fig. 161.
BAG OFF light does not appear and not stay on all the time, stop as
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on to tel l soon as it is safe to do so and
you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has
• reactivate the system by turning the ignition off and then turning
been turned off by the electronic contro l unit . Each time you turn on
it on aga in;
the ignition , the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light wi ll flash for a few
seconds and : • remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make sure that the child
restraint is properly insta ll ed and that the safety bel t f o r t he front
• wi ll stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied, passenger seat has been correctly routed around the child restraint
• wi ll stay on if there is a small child or chi ld restraint on the front as descr ibed in the child restraint manufacturer's instructions;
passenger seat, • make sure that the convertible locking feature on the safety belt
• wi ll go out if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as for the front passenger seat has been activated and tha t the safety
registered by the weight -sensing mat . belt has been pulled tight . The belt must not be loose or have loops
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must come on and stay on if the of slack so that the sensor below the safety belt latch on the seat can
ignition is on and do its job~ page 202.
• make sure that things that may increase the weight of the child
• a car bed has been instal led on the front seat, or
and child safety seat are not being transported on the front
• a rearward-facing chi ld restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat ;
passenger seat, or
• make sure that the safety belt tension sensor is not blocked .
• a forward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front Shake the safety belt latch on the fr o nt passenger seat back and
passenger seat, or forth;
• the weight registered on the front passenger seat is equal to or • If a strap or tet her is being used to t ie the chi ld safety seat to the
less than the combined weight of a typica l 1 year-old restrained in front passenger seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it causes ~
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::-s_y
=---
s_t _
e_m
__ lllll
the weight -sensing mat to measure more weight than is actually on display. This is to inform the driver of the current front passenger
the seat . airbag status . •
If th e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still does not come on and does
not stay on continuously (when the ignition is switched on),
Important safety instructions on monitoring
• t ake t he child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it the Advanced Airbag System
properly at one of the rear seat positions. Have the airbag system
inspected by your authorized Audi dealer immediately.
• move the child to a rear seat position and make sure that the
child is proper ly restrained in a child restraint t hat is appropria t e for
& WARNING
An airbag system that is not functioning properly cannot provide
its size and age .
supplemental protection in a front al cra sh.
The PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF light shou ld NOT come on when the • If the airb ag ind icator light come s on, it me ans that there may
ignition is on and an adult is sitting in a proper seating posi t ion on be something wrong w ith the Advanced Ai rbag Syste m. It is
the front passenger seat . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light po ssible that the airbag will inflate when it is not suppo sed to , or
comes on and stays on or flashes for about 5 seconds whi le driving, w ill not infl ate w hen it should .
under these circumstances, make sure that :
• Have the airb ag sy stem inspe cted immediatel y by your autho -
• the adu lt on the front passenger seat is properly seated on the rized Aud i dealer .
center of the seat cushion w ith his or her back up against the back-
rest and the backrest is not reclined => page 152, "Proper seating
position for the driver", & WARNING
• the adult is not taking weight of f t he seat by holding on to the If the front airb ag infl ate s, a child without a child restraint , in a
passenger assist handle above the front passenger door or rear w ard -fa cing child safet y seat or in a forwa rd-fa ci ng child
supporting t hei r we ight on the armrest, restr aint that has not been properly in stalled will be seriously
• the safety belt is being proper ly worn and that there is not a lot inj ured and can be killed .
of slack in the safety belt webbing, • Even though your vehicle i s equipped with an Adv anced Airbag
• accessory seat covers or cushions or other things that may cause System , m ake cert ain that all children , especi ally 12 year s and
an incorrect reading or impression on the weight -sensing mat younger , alway s ride on the bac k seat prope rly restrain ed for their
under the upho lstery of the seat have been removed from the front age and size.
passenger seat , • Alway s install forward or rear -facin g child safety seats on the
• a safety belt extender has not been left in the safety be lt latch for rear seat - even w ith an Ad va nced Airb ag System .
t he front passenger seat . • If you must in stall a rearwa rd -fa cing child safety seat on the
In addition t o the PASS ENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center of the fron t pa sse nger seat be cause of exc eptional ci rcu m stan ces and
instrument panel, the message PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF o r the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light doe s not appe ar and st ay o n,
PASSENGER AIR BAG ON wi ll briefly appear in the instrument cluster immedi atel y in st all the rear -f ac ing child safet y seat in a rear ..,
ment
___ A_ ir_b_a-g_ s_y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
& WA RNING (continued )

Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
seating posit ion and have the airb ag system inspe cted by your Parts of the airbag system are installed at many different p laces on
authorized Audi dealer. you r Aud i. Insta ll ing, rem oving, servic i ng o r repa i ring a pa rt in an
• A t ight tether or other strap on a rearward-fa cing child restr aint area of the vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system and
att ached to the front pas senger seat can put too much pres sure p revent t hat syst em fr om working pr o perly in a co llisi o n.
on the weight-sensing mat in the seat and reg ister more weight
There are some important things you have to know to ma ke sure
than is actually on the seat. The heavier weight registered can
t hat the effective ness of the system will not be impai red and that
m ake the system work as though an adult were on the seat and
discarded co m ponents do not cause in jury or po llute th e env iro n-
deploy the Advanced Airbag when it must be suppressed cau sing
ment .
ser ious or even fatal injury to the child .
• If, in exceptional circumstance s, you mu st in stall a forward -
f acing child restraint on the front passenger seat , always move the
seat into its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjust -
& WARNING
Improper care , servicing and repair procedures can increase the
ment range , as far away from the airbag as po ssible . The ba ckrest
risk of personal injury and death by pre venting an airbag from
must be adjusted to an upright position. Make sure that the
deploying when needed or deploying an airbag unexpectedly:
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stay s on all the time
whenever the ignition is switched on . • Never cover , obstruct , or change the steering wheel horn pad
or airbag cover or the instrument panel or modify them in any way.
& WARNING • Never atta ch any objects su ch as cup holde rs or telephone

mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units .
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not go out when an • For cleaning the horn pad or instrument panel , use only a soft,
adult is sitting on the front passenger seat after tak ing the step s dry cloth or one moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners
described above, make sure the adult is properly seated and could damage the airbag cover or change the stiffness or strength
restrained at one of the rear seating posit ions . of the material so that the airbag cannot deploy and protect prop -
• Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi erly .
dealer before transport ing anyone on the front passenger seat . • Never repair , adju st, or change any parts of the airbag sy stem .
• All work on the steering wheel , instrument panel , front seats or
[i ] Tips electrical system (including the installation of audio equipment,
cellular telephones and CB radios , etc .I must be performed by a
If the weight -sensing mat in the front passenger seat detects an
qualified technician who has the training and special equipment
em pty seat , the front air bag on the passenge r side wil l be tur ned
necessary .
off, and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF will stay on . •
• For any work on the airbag system, we strongly recommend
that you see your author ized Audi dealer or qual ified workshop .
• Never modify the front bumper or parts of the vehicle body .
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g
::-s_y
=---
s_t _
e_m
__ _
& WARNING (continued ) Other things that can affect Advanced Airbag
performance
• Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without inter-
ference : Chang i ng the veh icle's suspen sion system can change the way that
- Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the the Advan ced Air bag System perf or m s i n a crash . For examp le,
front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by using tire -rim co m binations not ap pr oved by A udi , lowering the
Audi. vehi c le, chang ing the st iff ness of the susp ens ion, in cl ud ing t he
- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas springs, s uspension struts, shock absorbers etc. can change the
where the side airbags inflate. fo rces t hat are meas ur ed by t he airbag sens o rs and sent t o the elec-
tronic control unit. Some suspens ion changes can, for examp le,
- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area
i nc rease t he for ce levels measur ed by th e sen sors and m ake th e
of the side airbag module must always be repaired immedi -
airbag system dep loy in crash es in wh ich it wou ld not deploy if the
ately by an authorized Audi dealer.
ch anges had no t b een m ade. Oth er ki nds of change s m ay red uce
• The airbag system can be activated only once. After an airbag the force levels measured by t h e sensors and prevent t he airba g
has inflated , it must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or fr om d epl oy ing when it shoul d .
qualified technician who has the technical information , training
and special equipment necessary.
The se nso rs in t he safety belt b uc kle for t he d river a nd fr o nt
passenger seat te ll the electronic control module if the safety belt is
• The airbag system can be deployed only once. After an airbag lat ched or not. If t he safet y belt is bei ng used, th e fr o nt ai r bag w i ll
has been deployed, it must be replaced with new replacement dep loy at a slightly hig her rate of veh icle dece leration than if the
parts designed and approved especially for your Audi model safety belt is not be ing used . Theref ore, in a pa rticu lar colli si o n, it is
version. Replacement of complete airbag systems or airbag poss i ble that an airbag will not deploy at a seating position where
components must be performed by qualified workshops only. t he saf et y be lt is bein g us ed b ut will infl at e at th e po siti o n where th e
Make sure that any airbag service action is entered in your Audi saf ety belt is not bei ng used . It is impo rtant that nothin g interfere
Maintenance & Warranty booklet under AIRBAG REPLACEMENT
with the safety belt b uckles so that the sens o rs can send the correct
RECORD. i nf ormation about safety belt use to the el ectronic control uni t.
• In accidents when an airbag is deployed , the vehicle battery
separates the alternator and the starter from the vehicle electrical
system for safety reasons with a pyrotechnic circuit interrupter. & WARNING
- Work on the pyrotechnic circuit interrupter must only be Changing the vehicle's suspension includ ing use of unapproved
performed by a qualified dealer - risk of an accident! tire -rim combinations can change Advanced Airbag performance
- If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter is scrapped, all appli - and increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash.
cable safety precautions must be followed . • • Never install suspension components that do not have the
same performance characteristics as the components originally
installed on your vehicle.
• Never use tire-rim combinations that have not been approved
by Audi. ...
ment
___ A_ir_b_a_g;:::;_
s--:..
y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
Side airbags
& WARNING
Items stored between the safety belt buckle and the center Description of side airbags
console can cause the sensors in the buckle to send the wrong
information to the electronic control module and prevent the The airbag system can provide supplemental protection
Advanced Airbag System from working properly. to properly restrained occupants.
• Always make sure that nothing can interfere with the safety
belt buckles and that they are not obstructed.
<£'For the sake of the environment

Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified
as Perchlorate Material -spec ial handling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or
parts of the restraint system including airbag modules safety belts Fig. 162 Side airbag
with pretensioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regula- location in the driver 's
seat
tions must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with
these requirements and we recommend that you have your dealer
perform this service for you. • The side airbags are located in the sides of the front seat backrests
~ fig. 162 and the rear backrest* facing the doors. They are identi -
fied by the word "AIRBAG" .
The side airbag system basically consists of:
• the electronic control module and external side impact sensors
• the two side airbags located in the sides of the front backrests
• two rear side airbags (as an ordered option)
• the airbag warning light in the instrument cluster.
The airbag system is monitored electronically to make certain that
it is functioning properly at all times. Each time you turn on the igni -
tion, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few
seconds (self diagnostics).
The side airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help
to reduce the risk of injury to the driver's, front and rear*
passenger's upp er torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a
side collision. The airbag deploys only in side impacts and only
when the vehicle acceleration registered by the control unit is high ~
Airb a g sy st e m
enough . If this rate is below the reference value programmed into • in side collisions when the acceleration measured by the sensor
the control unit, the side airbags will not be triggered, even t hough is too low
the car may be badly damaged as a result of the collision . It is not • in front -end collisions
possible t o define an airbag triggering range that wi ll cover every
• in rear-end co lli sions
possible angle of impact, since the circumstances will vary consid-
erably between one collision and another . Important factors • in ro ll overs .
include, for example, the nature (hard or soft) of the impacting In some types of accidents the front airbags, side curtain airbags
object, the angle of impact, vehicle speed, etc. ~ page 188, "Impor - and side airbags may be triggered together .
t ant safety instructions on the side airbag syste m" .
Aside from their norma l safety function, safety belts work to help
keep the driver or front passenger in pos it ion in the event of a side
& WARNING
col lision so that the side airbags can provide protection . • Safety belts and the airbag system will only provide protect ion
when occupants are in the proper seating position ~ page 188.
The airbag system is not a substitute fo r your safety belt . Rather, it
is part of the overall occupant rest raint system in your veh icle . • If the airbag indicator light come s on when the vehicle is being
Always remember that the side airbag system can only help to used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized
p rotec t you if you are wearing your safety belt and wear ing it prop- Audi dealer. The airbag may not work properly when the vehicle
erly. This is another reason why you should always wear your safety acceleration in a side collision is high enough to act ivate the
belts, not just because the law requires you to do so ~ page 160, airbag . •
"General notes" .
It is important to remember t hat while t he supp lemental side airbag How supplemental side airbags work
system is designed to reduce the like lihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, for example, swelling, bruising, and minor abrasions can Side airb ags deploy instantly and con help reduce the risk
also be assoc iated with deployed side airbags. Remember too, side of upper to rso injuries for occupants who are properly
airbags wil l deploy only once and on ly in certain kinds of accidents restrained.
- your safety b elts are always there to offer protec t ion .
Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehic le damage are
not necessarily an indicati o n of over -sensitive or failed air bag acti -
vation. In some collisions , both front and side airbags may inflate.
Remember too, that airbags will dep loy only once and only in
certain kinds of collisions - your safety belts are always there to !
offer protection in those accidents in which airbags are not
Fig. 163 Infl at ed side
supposed t o deploy or whe n they have already deployed. airba gs on left side of
vehicle, rea r sid e
The side airbag system will not deploy : airba g optional equ ip·
me~ ~
• when the ignition is turned off

___ A
_________________________________________________ _
When the system is triggered, the airbag is fi ll ed with propel lant gas
and brea ks t hr o ug h a seam in th e seat surface area marked
"A IRBAG". It expands between the side trim pane l and the • In order to reduce the risk of injury when the supplemental side
passenge r. In o rde r t o he lp provide this add itional protec t io n, the airbag inflate s:
side airbag must inflate within a fraction of a second at very high
- Always sit in an upright position and never lean against the
speed and with great force . The supplemental sid e ai r bag cou ld
area where the supplemental side airbag is located .
inju re you if you r seat ing posit io n is not proper or upr ig ht or if items
are located in the a rea where the su p plementa l side airbag expands. - Never let a child or anyone else rest their head against the
Th is app li es especia lly to ch ildren~ page 192, "Child Safety". side trim panel in the area where the supplemental side airbag
Supp lemental side airbags inflate between the occupant and the inflates.
door panel on t he side of the ve hi cle tha t is struck in cer t ai n side - Always make sure that safety belts are worn correctly,
collision ~ fig . 163. - Do not let anyone sitting in the front seat put their hand or
Altho ug h they are no t a soft pi ll ow, they can "c ushion" t he im pact any othe r parts of their body out of the window .
and in this way t hey can he lp t o reduce the risk of injury t o t he uppe r • Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without inter -
part of t he bo dy. ference .
A fine dust may develop when t he airba g deploys. Th is is no rmal - Never install seat covers or replacement upholste ry over the
and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle . • front seat backs that have not been specifically approved by
Audi .
- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas
Important safety instructions on the side whe re the side airbags deploy.
airbag system
- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area
A ir bags are only s upplemen tal restrai n ts. A lwa ys pr op- of the side airbag module must always be repaired immedi -
erly w ear safety bel ts and ride in a proper seating posi - ately by an authorized Audi dealer .
tion. • Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of
injury in an accident by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds
There is a lo t th at yo u and your passen ge rs must kn ow and act or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates .
according ly to help the safety belts and airbags do their job to
- Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as
pr ovide su p p lem ental pro t ect ion .
cup holders, telephone brackets, or even large, bulky objects)
on the doors, over or near the area marked "AIRBAG" on the
& WARNING seat backrests .
- Such objects and accessories can become dangerous projec-
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or fatal injury. Improp -
tiles and cause injury when the supplemental side airbag
erly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase
deploys. ~
the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is
being used.
Airbag system
& WARNING !continued ) & WARNING !continued )

- Never carry any objects or pets in the deployment space - Always have work on the doors done by an authorized Audi
between them and the airbags or allow children or other dealer or qualified workshop . •
passengers to travel in this posit ion .
• Always use the built -in coat hook s only for lightweight
clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the Side curtain airbags (SIDEGUAROTM)
pockets that may interfere with side airbag deployment and can
cause personal injury in an accident . Description of SIDEGUARD™ airbags
• Always prevent the side airbags from being damaged by heavy
The SIDEGUARD™ airba g syst em can provide supple -
objects knocking against or hitting the sides of the seatbacks .
mental pro tecti on to properly restr ained occupant s.
• The airbag system can only be triggered once . If the airbag has
been triggered , the system must be replaced by an authorized
Audi deale rship .
• Damage (cracks , deep scratches etc .) to the original seat covers
or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always
be repaired immediately by an authorized Audi dealer.
• If children are seated improperly , their risk of injury incre ases
in the case of an accident =:>page 192, "Child Safety". Fig. 164 SIDEGUARD™
• Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system system , drive r's side :
side curtain airbag
in anyway.
locat ion
• In a side collision , side airbags will not function properly if
sensors cannot correctly measure increasing air pressure inside Th e sid e cu rt ain ai r bags are loca ted on bo th sid es of t he i nt eri o r
the doors when air escapes through larger , unclosed openings in above the front and rear side windows=:> fi g . 164. They are identi -
the door panel . fied by th e w ord "AI RBAG" o n t h e w indshie ld frame and th e cen t er
- Never drive with inter ior door tr im panels removed . roof pi ll ar.
- Never drive when parts have been removed from the inside The side curtain ai r bag system supplements the safety be lts and
door panel and the openings they leave have not been properly ca n help t o reduce t he risk of i nju ry f or occupants' heads and u pper
closed. torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side co ll ision. The
- Never drive when loudspeakers in the doors have been side curta i n airb ag inf lat es onl y in sid e im pac t s and o n ly whe n t he
removed unless the speaker holes have been properly closed . veh icle acce leration registered by the control unit is high enou g h. If
- Always make certain that openings are covered or filled if t his rate is belo w t he ref er ence va lue p ro gra m m ed i nto t he con tr o l
additional speakers or other equipment is installed in the un it, the side airbags will not be trigg ered , even though the car may
inside door panels . be badl y da m age d as a result of t h e collisio n. It is not possib le t o
def ine an airbag triggerin g range that wi ll cover every possible ,-

___ A_ir_b_a_g
;:::;_
s--:..
y_s_t_e_m
_________________________________________________ _
angle of impact, since the circumstances will vary considerably • in rear-end co llisions,
between one collision and another . Important factors include, for • in ro ll overs .
example, the nature (hard or soft) of the impacting object, the angle
of impact, vehicle speed , etc . => page 190.
Aside from their normal safety funct ion, safety belts work to help & WARNING
keep the driver or front passenger in position in the event of a colli - • Safety belts and the airbag system will only provide protection
sion so that the side curta in airbags can provide protection. when occupants are in the proper seating position =>page 98,
The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt. Rather, it "General recommendations ".
is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle. • If the airbag indicator light comes on when the vehicle is being
Always remember that the airbag system can only help to protect used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized
you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly. This Audi dealer. The side curtain airbag may not work properly even
is another reason why you should always wear your safety belts, not when the vehicle acceleration in a side collision is high enough to
just because the law requires you to do so ~ page 160, "General activate the airbag. •
notes".
It is important to remember that while the side curtain airbag How side curtain airbags work
system is designed to help reduce the like lihood of serious injuries,
other injuries, for example, swelling, bruising, and minor abrasions Side curtain airbags con work together with side airbags
can also be associated with these airbags . Remember too, these to help reduce the risk of head and upper torso injuries for
airbags wil l deploy only once and only in certain kinds of accidents occupants who ore properly restrained.
- your safety belts are always there to offer protection.
The side curtain airbag system basically consists of :

• The electronic control module and externa l side impact sensors
• The side curtain airbags above the front and rear side windows
• The airbag indicator light in the instrument panel
The airbag system is monitored electronically to make certain it is
functioning properly at all times. Each time you turn on the ignition, Fig. 165 Illustration of
principle: Inflated side
the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds curtain airbags on the
(self diagnostics). left side
The side curtain airbag is not activated:

The side curtain airbags inflate between the occupant and the
• if th e ignition is turned off, windows on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision
• in side collisions when the acceleration measured by the sensor =>fig. 165.
is too low,
When the syst em is triggered, the side curtain airbag is fil led with
• in front -end col lisions, propellant gas and breaks through a seam above the front and rear _,,
__________________________________________________ A_i_r_b_a...;
g::-s_y=---
s _t _e _m__ _
side windows id entified by the AI RBAG label. In order to help

p rov id e thi s add it ion al p rot ect ion, t he si de curt ai n ai rb ag m ust
inflate within th e b link of an eye at ve ry high speed and with great enough force to catapult any piece of add-on component out of its
f or ce. The sid e cu rt ai n airbag co uld inj ure you if your seating po si- path of inflation and into the passenger compartment. An occu-
tion is not proper or uprig ht or if it ems are locat ed in the area where pant hit by such a projectile can suffer serious injury or death
t he sup p lem enta l side cu rta in airb ag infla t es . Th is ap pl ies espe- => page 332, "Technical Modifications".
cia lly t o ch ild ren => pag e 192. • Do not swivel the sun visors to the side if you have any objects
Al though they are not a soft pil low, side cu rta in airbags can clipped onto them (for example pens!. If the airbag should deploy,
"c ush ion" the im pact and in th is way th ey ca n hel p to redu ce the ri sk you could be injured by these objects .
of inj ury to t he head and the up per part of the body . • Use the built -in coat hooks only for lightweight clothing . Never
A fin e d ust may d evelop wh en th e air bag de ploys. Th is is quit e leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may
nor ma l and does not me an th ere is a fir e in t he ve hicle. • interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in
an accident .
• Never use hangers to hang clothing from the hooks.
Important safety instructions on the side • Only use factory-installed sun shades or, in the case of shades
curtain airbag system installed after the vehicle leaves the factory , only Audi roll -up
sunscreens may be used => page 331, "Additional accessories and
A irbags are only supplemental restraints. Always prop -
parts replacement ".
erly wear safe ty belt s and ride in a prope r seating posi-
• Always sit in proper seating position and wear safety belts
t io n.
while traveling so that the side curtain airbags can help provide
There is a lot t hat you and yo ur passe nger s m ust kn ow and do t o protection .
help the safety belts an d ai rbag s do their job t o p rovid e su p ple- • The airbag system can only be triggered once . If the airbag has
mental p rotection . been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized
Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
& WARNING • Always have work involving the side curtain airbag system,
removal and installation of the airbag components, or other
Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions repairs performed by a qualified workshop. Otherwise the airbag
increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a system may not work correctly.
vehicle is being used.
• Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system
• Never let occupants place any parts of their bodies in the area in any way . •
from which the side curtain airbags inflate .
• Always make sure that the side curtain airbags can inflate
without interference . Unsuitable accessories fitted inside the
expansion range of a SIDEGUARD head airbag can dangerously
interfere with its function. A deploying head airbag develops
ment
___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t_y____________________________________________ _
Child Safety
Important things to know amount of important information, we cannot repeat it all here. We
urge you to read the detai led information in this owner's manua l
about airbags and the Adva nced Ai rbag Syst em i n your veh ic le an d
Introduction
the very important information about transporting chi ldren on the
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a collision. fron t passenger seat . Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they
are extreme ly important for your safety and the safety of your
The physica l pri n cip les of wha t happe ns when your veh icle is in a p assengers, especia lly inf ants and small chil d ren.
crash apply also to children:::::, page 162, "What happens to occu -
pants not wearing safety b elt s?". But un like adu lts and teenagers,
their musc les and bones are not fu lly developed. In many respects
children are at g reate r risk of ser ious injury i n crashes th an ad ults .
& WARNING
• Accident stati stic s have shown that children are generally safer
Because chi ld ren's bodies are not f ully deve loped, they require in the rear seat area than in the front seat ing posit ion. Always
restraint systems especial ly designed for their size, weight, and restrain any child age 12 and under in the rear.
body structu re. Many countries and all states of the Un ited States • All vehicle occupants and especially children must be
and provinces of Canada have laws requiring the use of approved restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle . An unrestrained
chi ld restrai nt syst ems f or inf ants and sma ll children. or improperlyrestrainedchild could be injured by strikingthe inte-
In a frontal crash at a speed of 20-35 mph (30-56 km/h) the forces rior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden
acting o n a 13-po und (6 kg) infant wil l be mor e tha n 20 times the maneuver or impact . An unrestrained or improperly restrained
weight of the child. This means the weight of the child wou ld child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with
sudden ly be more than 260 pounds (120 kg). Under these condi - an inflating airbag .
tions, on ly an appropriate child restraint prop erly used can reduce • A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of
the risk of serious injury. Child restra ints, like adult safety belts, the rear seat ing positions provides the highest degree of protec-
must be used prope rly to b e effe ctive. Used impr o pe rly, t hey can tion for infants and small children in most accident situations.
increase the risk of serious injury in an accident .
Consu lt the chi ld safety seat manu f actu rer's inst ruc t ions t o be su re
the seat is right for your child's size:::::,page 195, "Important safety
& WARNING
instructions for using child safety seats" . Please be sure to read and Children on the front seat of any car even with Advanced Airbags
heed all of the important information and WARNINGS about chi ld can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates . A
safety, Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child restraints in child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on the front
th is chapter. passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflate s.
There is a lot you need to know about the Advanced Airbags in your
vehi cle and how they work when i nfants an d ch ild ren in child • The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
restraints are on the front passenger seat. Because of the large carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
child against the backrest , center arm rest, or door. IJll,
------------------------------------------- ~C:::.'.
h~i~ld:::.....::
S~a~f~e~t.!.
y__ l!II
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle has been certified to
& WARNING (continu ed) meet t he " low -risk" requirements for 3 and 6 year -old children on
• Always install rear-facing child safety seat s on the rear seat. the passenger side and small adu lts on the driver side. The low risk
deployment crite ria are intended to reduce the risk of injury th rough
• If you mu st in stall a rearw ard fa cing child safety seat on the
interaction with the airbag that can occur, for example, by being too
front pa ssenger seat in exceptional cir cum stances and the
close to the steering wheel and instrument panel when the airbag
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light doe s not come on and st ay on ,
inf lates . In addit ion, the system has been cert ified to comply with
immediate ly in st all the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear
the "suppression" requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off
seating po sition and hav e the airb ag sy stem inspected immedi -
the front airbag for infants up to 12 months who are restrained on
ately by y our author iz ed Audi dealer .
the front passenger seat in child restraints that are listed in the
Standard.
& WARNING Even though your vehic le is equipped with an Advanced Airbag
If, in exceptional circum stance s, you mu st install a forward -facing system, all children, especially t hose 12 years and younger, should
child rest raint on the fro nt passenger's seat : always ride in t he back seat properly restrained for their age and
size . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a poten-
• Alway s make sure the forward -facing seat has been designed
tia lly dangerous p lace for a chi ld to ride. The front seat is not the
and cert ified by it s manufa cturer for use on a front seat with a
safest p lace for a child in a forward -facing child safety seat. It can be
passenger front and side airbag .
a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-
• Always follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with facing seat. •
the child safety seat or carrier.
• Alw ays move the passenger seat into it s rearmost position in
the seat' s fore and aft adju stment range, as far away from the Advanced Airbags and the weight-sensing
airb ag as possible before installing the child restraint . The back- mat in the front seat
rest must be adju sted to an upr ight position.
• Alway s ma ke sure th at the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle detects the presence
come s on and stay s on all the time whenever the ignition is of an infant or child in a chi ld restraint on the front passenger seat
switched on. • using the weight -sensing mat in the seat cushion and the sensor
below the safety belt latch on the front passenger seat that
measures the tension on the safety be lt .
Advanced front airbag system and children The weight -sensing mat measures t otal weight of the child and t he
child safety seat and a chi ld blanket on the front passenger seat. The
Your vehicle is equipped with a dual -stage front "Advanced Airbag we ight on the front passenger seat is related to the design of the
System" in comp liance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle child restraint and its "footprint" , the size and shape of the bottom
Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 as applicab le at the time your vehic le of the child restraint as it sits on the seat. The weight of a child
was manufactured. restraint and its "footprint" vary for different kinds of child ~
ment
- Child Safety
-----<------------------------------
restraints and for the different models of the same kind of child Many types and models of child restraints have been available over
restraint offered by child restraint manufacturers. the years, new mode ls are introduced regularly incorporating new
and improved designs and older models are taken out of produc-
The weight ranges for the individual types, makes and models of
tion. Child restraints are not standardized. Child restraints of the
child restraints that the NHTSA has specified in the Safety Standard
same type typically have different weights and sizes and different
together with the weight ranges of typical infants and typical 1 year-
'footprints,' the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint
old child have been stored in the control unit of the Advanced
that sits on the seat, when they are installed on a vehicle seat. These
Airbag System. When a child restraint is being used on the front
differences make it virtually impossible to certify compliance with
passenger seat with a typical 1 year-old child, the Advanced Airbag
the requirements for advanced airbags with each and every child
System compares the weight measured by the weight sensing mat
restraint that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the
with the information stored in the electronic control unit.
course of the usefu l life of your vehicle.
The electronic control unit also registers the tension on the front
For this reason, the United States National Highway Traffic Safety
passenger safety belt. The tension on the safety belt for the front
Administration has pub lished a list of specific type, makes and
passenger seat will be different for an adult who is properly using
models of child restraints that must be used to certify compliance
the safety belt as compared to the tension on the belt when it is
used to attach a child restraint to the seat. Th e sensor below the of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle with the suppression
requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These
latch for the safety belt for the front seat passenger measures the
child restraints are:
tension on the belt . Th e input from this sensor is then used with the
weight to "decide" , whether there is a chi ld restraint with a typica l 1 A. Car beds, manufactured on or after September 1,
year-old child on the front passenger seat and whether or not the 2004:
airbag must be turned off . •
• Cosco Dream Ride 02-719
B. Rear facing child restraint systems, manufactured

Child restraints and Advanced Airbags on or after September 1, 2004:
(When the restraint system comes equipped with a removable base,
Regard less of the child restraint that you use, make sure that it has
compliance has to be certified with or without the basel.
been certified to meet United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards and has been certified by its manufacturer for use with • Britax Handle with Care 191
an airbag. Always be sure that the child restraint is properly • Century Assura 4553
installed at one of the rear seating positions. If in exceptional
• Century Smart Fit 4543
circumstances you must use it on the front passenger seat, carefully
read all of the information on child safety and Advanced Airbags • Cosco Arriva 02727
and heed all of the applicable WARNINGS. Make certain that the • Evenflo Discovery Adjust Right 212
child restraint is correctly recognized by the weight -sensing mat • Evenflo First Choice 204
inside the front passenger seat, that the front passenger airbag is
• Graco Infant 8457
turned off and that the airbag status is always correctly signaled by
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light .
_______________________________________________ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t..,:c
y__ lffl
C . Forward-facing convertible child restraint systems, Important safety instructions for using child
manufactured on or after September 1, 2004: safety seats
• Britax Roundabout 161
Correct use of child safety seats substantially reduces the
• Britax Expressway
risk of injury in an accident!
• Century Encore 4612
• Century STE 1000 4416 As the driver, you are responsible for the safety of every -
• Cosco Olympian 02803 body in the vehicle, especially children:
• Cosco Touriva 02519 - Always use the right child safety seat for each child and
• Evenflo Horizon V 425 always use it properly ~ page 197.
• Evenflo Medallion 254 - Always carefully follow the child safety seat manufac-
• Safety First Comfort Ride 22-400 turer's instructions on how to route the safety belt prop-
erly through the child safety seat.
& WARNING - When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER seat , you must first activate the convertible locking
AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety
restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition seat from moving ~ page 202 .
is switched on.
- Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to
• Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot
it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
BAG OFF light does not stay on.
• Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi - If a strap or tether is being used to tie the child safety
dealer immediately. seat to the front passenger seat, make sure that it is not
so tight that it causes the weight-sensing mat to
measure more weight than is actually on the seat.
[i] Tips
The child safety seats listed in categories A to C have been tested by Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an
Audi only for the Advanced Airbag function. • Advanced Airbag system, all children, especially those 12 years and
younger, should always ride in the back seat properly restrained for
their age and size. ..,
ment
___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t_y____________________________________________ _
& WARNING & WARNING (continued)

Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or • Never let babies or older children ride in a vehicle while sitting
improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious on the lap of another passenger .
personal injury and death . - Holding a child in your arms is never a substitute for a child
• All vehicle occupants and especially children must always be restraint system .
restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle . - The strongest person could not hold the child with the forces
- An unrestrained or improperly restrained child can be injured that exist in an accident. The child will strike the interior of the
or killed by being thrown against the inside of the vehicle or by vehicle and can also be struck by the passenger.
being ejected from it during a sudden maneuver or impact. - The child and the passenger can also injure each another in
- An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is at much an accident.
greater risk of injury or death by being struck by an inflating • Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on
airbag. the front passenger seat . A child will be seriously injured and can
• Commercially available child safety seats are required to be killed when the passenger airbag inflates - even with an
comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSSI Advanced Airbag System .
213 (in Canada CMVSS 2131. • The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant
- When buying a child restraint , select one that fits your child carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and
and the vehicle. child against the backrest , center arm rest, door or roof .
- Only use child restraint systems that fully contact the flat • Always install rear -facing child safety seats or infant carriers on
portion of the seat cushion . The child restraint must not tip or the rear seat.
lean to either side . Audi does not recommend using child safety • Forward -facing child safety seats installed on the front
seats that rest on legs or tube-like frames. They do not provide passenger's seat can interfere with the airbag when it inflates and
adequate contact with the seat . cause serious injury to the child . Always install forward -facing
- Always heed all legal requirements pertaining to the installa - child safety seats on the rear seat .
tion and use of child safety seats and carefully follow the • If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward -
instructions provided by the manufacturer of the seat you are facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat , the child's
using . safety and well -being require that the following special precau-
• Never allow children under 57 inches (1.5 meters) to wear a tions be taken:
normal safety belt. They must always be restrained by a proper - Make sure the forward -facing seat has been designed and
child restraint system. Otherwise, they could sustain injuries to certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
the abdomen and neck areas during sudden braking maneuvers or passenger front and side airbag .
accidents.
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions
• Never let more than one child occupy a child safety seat . provided with the child safety seat or carrier .
Child Safety
& WARNING !continued) Child safety seats

- Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost tnfant seats
position of the passenger seat's fore and aft adjustment range,
and as far away from the airbag as possible before installing Babies and infants up to about one year old and 22 lbs or
the child restraint. 10 kg need special rearward-facing child restraints that
- Always make sure that nothing prevents the front support the back, neck and head in a crash.
passenger's seat from being moved to the rearmost position in
its fore and aft adjustment range.
- Always make sure that the backrest is in the upright posi-
tion.
• Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a
child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a collision.
Fig. 166 Rearward-
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
facing infant seat,
restrained in a vehicle is being used =>page 160, "Safety belts", properly installed on
~ page 170, "Airbag system" and ~ page 192, "Child Safety". the rear seat
& WARNING - When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety
seat, you must first activate the convertible locking
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGER retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety
AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child seat from moving ~ page 202 or install the seat using
restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition
the LATCH attachments.
is switched on.
• Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install - Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to
it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot
BAG OFF light does not stay on. move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
• Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi
Infants up to about one year (22 lbs. or 10 kg) are best protected in
dealer immediately. •
special infant carriers and child safety seat s designed for their age
group. Many experts believe that infants and small children should
ride only in special restraints in which the child faces the back of the
vehicle. These infant seats support the baby's back, neck and head
in a crash. These child safety seats must never be used in the front
seat because of the risk of serious injury or death should the airbag
deploy in a crash =>fig. 166. ._

___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a
_f_e_t--=
y'------------------------------------------------
Convertible chi ld safety seats

& WARNING Properly used convertible child safety seats can help
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or
protect toddlers and children over age one who weigh
improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a crash. between 20 and 40 lbs. (10 and 20 kg) in a crash.
• Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on
the front passenger seat - even with an Advanced Airbag System.
A child will be seriously injured and can be killed when the
inflating airbag hits the child safety seat or infant carrier with
great force and smashes the child safety seat and child against the
backrest, center arm rest, or door=> page 172, "Child restraints on
the front seat - some important things to know". Fig. 167 Rear seat:
smaller child in a prop-
• Always install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on
erly installed forward-
the rear seat. facing convertible chi Id
• Never install a rear-facing child restraint in the forward-facing safety seat
direction. Such restraints are designed for the special needs of
infants and very small children and cannot protect them properly - When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety
if the seat is forward-facing. seat, you must first activate the convertible locking
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the feature on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and from moving => page 202 or insta ll the seat using the
the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, LATCH attachment.
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your - Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to
authorized Audi dealer. get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot
move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm)
restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 160, "Safety belts" , => page 202.
=> page 170, "Airbag system" and => page 192, "Important things - If the child safety seat is equipped with a tether strap,
to know". •
attach it to the te t her anchors => page 209 .
A toddler or chi ld is usually too large for an infant restraint if it is

more than one year old and weighs more than 22 lbs. (10 kg).
Toddlers and children who are older than one year up to about 4
years old and weigh more than 22 lbs (10 kg) up to 40 lbs . (18 kg)
should be properly restrained in a child safety seat certified for their
size and weight=> fig . 167. ..,_
_______________________________________________ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t..,:c
y__ lffl
The airbag on th e passe nger side makes t he front seat a pot entially
da ngerou s pl ace for a chi ld to r ide. The fr ont seat is not the safe st & WARNING
p lace for a chi ld in a forward -facin g child safety seat . It is a ver y
If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward -facing
da ngero us pl ace f or an i nfa nt o r a large r child in a rearwa rd-facing
child restraint on the front passenger's seat , the child's safety and
seat.
well -being require that the following special precautions be taken :
• Make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and certi -
& WARNING fied by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger
front and side airbag.
Not using a child safety seat , using the wrong child safety seat or
improperly installing a child restraint increases the risk of serious • Always follow the manufacturer's instructions prov ided with
personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situa- the child safety seat or carrier .
tion . • Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost posi-
• Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced tion of the passenger seat's fore and aft adjustment range, and as
Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag far away from the airbag as poss ible before installing the child
inflates . A child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on restraint.
the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed • Always make sure that nothing prevents the front passenger's
if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System . seat from being moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant adjustment range .
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and • Always make sure the backrest is in an upright position.
child against the backrest, center arm rest , or door . • Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
• Always install rear -facing child safety seats on the rear seat . and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
• If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the • If the light does not stay on, perform the checks => page 181,
front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and " Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System " .
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on , • Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
immediately install the rear -facing child safety seat in a rear it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched
authorized Audi dealer . on . •
restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 160, " Safety belts ",
=> page 170, "Airbag system" and => page 192, "Important things
to know " .
ment
___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t-=
y'------------------------------------------------
Booster seats Children up to about 40 lbs (18 kg) are best protected in child safety
seats designed for their age and weight. Experts say that the skel -
Properly used booster seats can help protect children etal structure, particularly the pelvis, of these children is not fully
weighing between about 40 lbs. and 80 lbs. (18 kg and 36 developed, and they should not use the vehicle safety belts
kg) who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. tall. =>page 200, fig . 168.
Children who weigh more than 40 lbs. (18 kg) may generally use the
available three point combination lap and shoulder belts when they
sit on an appropriate booster seat . Be sure the booster seat meets
all applicable safety standards.
Booster seats raise the seating position of the child and reposition
both the lap and shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they pass
across the child's body in the right places. The routing of the belt
Fig. 168 Rear seat: over the child's body is very important for the child's protection.
child properly
restrained in a booster This applies whenever a child uses the vehicle's safety belts, even
seat when the child is big enough to use them without a booster seat.
Children age 12 and under should always ride in the rear seat .
The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most children Children should not ride in the front seat unless no other seating
until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. tall and weigh about 80 lbs. position is available because crash statistics show that children are
(36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so that the better protected in the rear seat.
safety belt will pass properly over the stronger parts of their In a crash, airbags must inflate within a blink of an eye and with
bodies and the safety belt can help protect them in a crash . considerable force. In order to do its job, the airbag needs room to
inflate so that it will be there to protect the occupant as the occu -
- Do not use the convertible locking retractor when using
pant moves forward into the airbag.
the vehicle's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster
seat. A vehicle occupant including a child who is out of position and too
close to the airbag gets in the way of an inflating airbag. When an
- Always posit ion the shoulder portion of the safety belt occupant is too close, he or she will be struck violently and will
midway over the child's shoulder. receive serious or possibly even fatal injury .
- Always make sure that the shoulder portion of the safety In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is important that all
belt never rests against or across the child's neck. vehicle occupants, especially any children, who must be in the front
seat in exceptional circumstances, be properly restrained and as far
Always make sure that the child can properly wear the away from the airbag as possible. By keeping room between the
lap portion of the belt low across the thighs or pelvis and child's or other occupant's body and the front of the passenger
never over the stomach or abdomen. compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and completely and
provide supplemental protection in certain frontal crashes . ..
Child Safety
& WARNING & WARNING !continued )
Not using a boo ster seat , us ing the booster seat improperly , in cor - • If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
rectly installing a booster seat or using the vehicle safety belt on, perform the checks described => page 181, " Monitoring the
improperly in crease s the risk of serious personal injury and death Adv anced Airbag System " .
in a collision or other emergency situation . To help reduce the risk • Take the child restraint off the front pa ssenger seat and install
of serious personal injury and / or death : it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
• Always make sure to position the shoulder portion of the three - BAG OFF light does not stay on w henever the ignition is switched
po int belt over the middle of ch ild's shoulder . on .
• Never let the shoulder portion of the belt rest against or across • Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child
the neck , face , chin , or throat of the child . restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 160, "Safety belts " ,
=> page 170, "Airbag system " and => page 192, " Important things
• Alway s make sure the lap belt portion of the three -point belt is
to know" . •
worn snug and passes as low as possible across the child's pelvis .
Never let the belt pas s over the soft abdomen.
• Failure to properly route safety belts over a child's body will Safety belts and older children
cause severe injuries in an accident or other emergency situation
=> page 160. Properly w orn three poin t lap and shoul der belt can help
• Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced
protect chi ldren w eighing more than 80 lbs. (36 kg) an d
Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag w ho are at least 4 ft. 9 in. tall .
inflates . A child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on
the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed
if the front airbag inflates.
• Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat , for example the
front seat.
• Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your vehicle .
• Always remember that a child leaning forward , sitting side -
Fig. 169 Child taller
ways or out of position in any way during an accident can be th an 4 ft . 9 in . properly
struck by a deploying airbag. This will result in seriou s per sonal rest rained on the rear
injury or death . seat
• If yo u must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the

front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances the Childr e n w ho weig h m ore t han abo ut 80 lbs (36 kg) and are at leas t
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must come on and stay on, when- 4 ft . 9 in . ta ll can genera lly use the vehicle's three point lap and
ever the ignition is swit ched on . shoulder belts . Child ren sh ou ld use a lap belt only in very excep-
tiona l situat ions and on ly if no child restrain t syste m f or t he chi ld's
size and weight or safer alternat ive means of transportation of the •

lffl)__C_h_ il_d_S_ a_fe_ ty______________________________________________ _
child is available . In these exceptional situations, the use of a lap Installing a child safety seat
belt is better than permitting the child to remain total ly unre -
strained . But remember: a lap belt cannot provide the same level of
protection as a proper child restraint or a three -point lap and
Securing a child safety seat using a safety
shoulder belt if the child is big enough . Also, using a lap belt for belt
younger child ren, who should be using a chi ld restraint, may violate Safety belts for the rear seats and the fr ont passenger can
laws in your state or Province.
be locked with the convertible locking retr actor to pr op-
Never use a lap belt alone to restrain a chi ld t hat weighs less than erly secure child safety seats.
about 80 lbs (36 kg) and who is less t han 4'9" tall. A lways remembe r
that chi ldren do not have the pronounced pelvic structure required The safety belts emergency locking retractors for the rear seats
for the p roper function of lap belts. If a lap belt is only rest raint safety be lts and for the front passenge r's seat safety belt have a
system available , then the child's safety absolutely requires that the convertible locking retractor for child restraints . The safety belt
lap be lt be fastened snug ly and as low as possible around the pe lvis must be locked so that belt webbing cannot unreel. The retractor
let a lap belt pass over the chi ld's stomach or abdomen . can be activated to lock the safety be lt and prevent the safety belt
webbing from loosen ing up dur ing normal driving. A child safety
seat can only be properly instal led when the safety belt is locked so
& WARNING t hat the child and chi ld safety seat w il l stay in p lace.
Using wrong child restraints or improperly installed child Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an
restraint s can cause serious personal injury or death in a crash. Advanced Airbag system, al l children, especially those 12 years and
• Failure to properly route safety belts over a child's body will younger , shou ld always ride in the back seat proper ly restrained for
cause severe injurie s in a crash. The lap belt portion of the three their age and size.
point belt as well as any lap belt alone must alway s pass as low as
possible across the pelvis, never over the stoma ch or abdomen.
• An impr operly worn safet y belt will not provide the best prote c-
& WARNING
tion in a crash and may cause seriou s personal injury. Alway s Improperly installed child safety seat s increa se the risk of serious
make sure that children and other vehicle occupant s properl y personal injury and death in a collision.
wear available restraint system s. Carefully follow the instruction s • Alway s ma ke sure that the safety belt retractor is locked when
provided by the manufa cturer s of child restraint s. • install ing a child safety seat . An unlocked safety belt retra ctor
cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or
in a crash.
• Alway s buckle the child safety seat firml y in place even if a
child is not sitting in it. A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a collision .
• Alway s make sure th at the rear seat backrest to which the
center rear safety belt is attached is securely latched whenever
the rear cent er safety belt is being used to secure a child restraint . .,_
_______________________________________________ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t..,:c
y__ l!II
• If the backrest is not securely latched, the child and the child • If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
restraint will be thrown forward together with the backrest and on, perform the checks described=> page 181, ''Monitoring the
will strike parts of the vehicle interior . The child can be seriously Advanced Airbag System" .
injured or killed. • Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install
• Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
the front passenger seat. A child will be seriously injured and can BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched
be killed when the passenger airbag inflates . on .
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant • Improper installation of child restraints can reduce their effec-
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and tiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection.
child against the backrest, center arm rest, door or roof. • An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the
• Always install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child.
the rear seat. • Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions
• Forward-facing child safety seats or infant carriers installed on provided with the child safety seat or carrier.
the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of • Never place additional items on the seat that can increase the
the airbag and cause serious injury to the child. total weight registered by the weight-sensing mat and can cause
• It is safer to install a forward -facing child safety seat on the rear injury in a crash.
seat.
restrained in a vehicle is being used => page 192. Special precau-
& WARNING
tions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front Forward-facing child restraints:
passenger seat => page 172, "Child restraints on the front seat - • Always make sure the forward -facing seat has been designed
some important things to know". and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a
passenger front and side airbag.
& WARNING • Never put the forward-facing

near the instrument panel .
child restraint up, against or very
Always take special precautions if you must install a forward or

• Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in
rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat in
the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the
exceptional situations:
airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child
• Whenever a forward or rearward -facing child restraint is restraint . The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position .
installed on the front passenger seat, the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light must come on and stay on whenever the ignition is
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on . .,,,_
switched on.
ment
•L-----= C::..:
h
:...:..:..:.
il-=
d~S =-=
a~fe=-=-
ty!..______________________________________________ _
- Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably on the rear

& WARNING seat.
Rearward-facing child restraints :
- Slowly pull the belt all the way out.
• A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the
front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if - Route it around or through the child restraint belt path
the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. =>&.
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant - Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and get the safety belt really tight.
child against the backrest, center arm rest, door or roof.
• Always be especially careful if you must install a rearward - Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that seating
facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional position.
circumstances.
- Guide the safety belt back into the retractor until the belt
• A tight tether strap on a rearward-facing child restraint lies flat and snug on the child safety seat.
attached to the front passenger seat can put too much pressure
on the weight-mat in the seat and register a heavier weight in the - You should hear a "clicking" noise as the belt winds back
Advanced Airbag System. The heavier weight registered can make into the inertia reel. Test the convertible locking retractor
the system work as though an adult were on the seat and deploy by pulling on the belt. You should no longer be able to
the Advanced Airbag when it must be suppressed causing serious pull the belt out of the retractor. The convertible locking
or even fatal injury to the child.
retractor is now activated.
and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on. - Make sure that the red release button is facing away from
• If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay
the child restraint so that it can be unbuckled quickly.
on, immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear - Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt is properly
seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your tight and fastened so that the seat cannot move forward
authorized Audi dealer. •
or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
Activating the convertible locking retractor

& WARNING
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a child Using the wrong child restraint or an improperly installed child
restraint. restraint can cause serious personal injury or death in a crash.
• Always make sure that the safety belt retractor is locked when
Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's instruc -
installing a child safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
tions when installing a ch ild restraint in your vehicle. To
cannot hold the child safety seat in place during normal driving or
activate the convertible locking retractor: in a crash. ~
-------------------------------------------------=--- Child Safety IJff
& WARNIN G (continu ed) & WARNING
• Alway s buckle the child safety seat firmly in place even if a Impr operly installed child safety seat s increase th e risk of serious
child is not sitting in it . A loose child safet y seat can fly around personal injury and death in a collision.
during a sudden stop or in a crash.
• Never unfaste n th e safety belt to deactivate the convertib le
• Alway s make sure the seat backrest to which the child restr aint locking retractor for child restraint s while the vehicle is moving .
is installed is in an upright position and securely latched into place You w ould not be restra ined and could be seriously injured in an
and cannot fold forw ard. Otherwi se, the seat back with the child accident.
safety seat atta ched to it could fly forw ard in the event of an acci-
• Always read and heed all WARNING S whenever using a child
dent or other emergency situat ion.
restr ained in a vehicle is being used => page 192. Special precau-
• Alwa ys read and heed all WARNINGS wh enever using a child tion s apply when installing a child safety seat on the front
restr ained in a vehicle is being used =>page 192. Special precau- passenger seat =>page 172, "Child restraint s on the front seat -
tio ns apply when install ing a child safety seat on th e front some important thing s to know ". •
passenger seat => page 172, "Child restr aint s on t he front seat -
some important t hings to know ". •
Additional Information
Deactivating the convertible locking retractor
What types of child restraint anchors are
The convertible locking retractor for child restraints will available and how are they related to child
be deactivated automatically when the belt is wound all safety?
the way back into the retractor.
- Press the red button on the safety belt buck le. The belt For years, child restraints have been installed using the safety belts
already present in every vehicle.
tongue will pop out of the buckle.
Since September 1, 1999, child restraint manufacturers have been
- Guide t he belt all the way back into its stowed position . providing tether straps that attach the top of the chi ld restraint to
the vehic les structure, on most of their forward -facing systems in
A lways let t he safety belt retract complete ly into its stowed posit ion .
order to comply with U.S. Federal regulations for child restraint
The safety belt can now be used as an ordinary safety be lt without
performance in a crash. Vehic le manufacturers are required to
the conve rtible locking retractor for child restra i nts.
phase -in tether anchorages for attachment of the tether strap in
If the convertible locking retractor should be activated inadvert- t heir U.S. vehic les beginn i ng September 1, 1999.
ently, the safety belt must be unfastened and guided comp lete ly
The combination of the tether anchorages and the lower anchor -
back into its stowed position to deactivate t h is feature . If the ages is now generally called the LATCH system for " Lowe r A nchor
convertible locking retractor is not deactivated, the safety be lt will
and Tether for Chi ldren " . ..,
gradually become t ighte r and unc o mf o rtab le to wear .
ment
___ C_h
_ il_
d_S
_ a_fe_ ty______________________________________________ _
(The term "ISOFIX" regarding lower anchorages had been used by National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Audi and other manufacturers in the past, but LATCH is now the Tel.: (888) DASH-2-DOT
standard name for the new child restraint anchorage system.) www.nhtsa.dot .gov
Some child restraint system manufacturers have been providing National SAFE KIDS Campaign
tether straps on certain models of their child restraint systems, Tel.: (202) 662-0600
either as standard equipment or as a retrofit, for several years . www.safekids.org
Check with the manufacturer of the child restraint system for tether
strap availability . Safety BeltSafe U.S.A
Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English)
To provide a simpler and more practicable way to attach the child Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
restraint system on the vehicle seat, U.S. Federal regulations require www.carseat.org
the phase -in of lower anchorages in vehicles and devices on new
child restraint systems to attach to the vehicle anchorages. Transport Canada
Tel.: (888) 333-0371
Child restraint system manufacturers will probably off er two kinds www.tc.gc.ca
of lower anchorages on their child safety seats
Audi Client Relations
They could come with:
Tel.: (800) 822-2834 a
• hooks or other latches attached to adjustable straps or
• rigid latches on bars that extend out the back of the child
restraint and are released with release buttons at the bottom of the
child restraint.
In addition to the LATCH lower anchorages, bo t h of these child
restraint systems use tether straps to help keep the child restraint
system firmly in place . •
Where can I get additional information about

child restraint application and usage?
There are a number of sources of additional information about child

restraint selection, installation and usage:
NHTSA advises that the bes t child safe ty seat is the one that fits
your child and fits in your vehicle, and that you will use correctly and
consistently.
Try before you buy!
Child Safety
Lower anchorages and tether for Description

children (LATCH) The lower anchorage positions are marked for quick
locating.
Location
LATCH is the acronym for Lower Anchor and Tethers for
Children and designates a special child safety seat
restraint system. In Canada, the terms "top tether" with
"lower universal anchorages" (or "lower universal
anchorage bars") are used to describe the system.
Fig. 171 Rear seats:

--
0
" lower anchorage
a.,:.
m bracket locations
Attachment locator markers for lower anchorages

Circular locator buttons on the rear seatback indicate the lower
anchorage locations on the rear seating positions.
Fig. 170 Schematic
overview: LATCH
anchorage point loca-
Lower anchorages
tions The lower anchorage attachment points are located between the
rear seatback and rear seat cushion =:>fig. 171.
The illustration =:>fig. 170 shows the seating locations in your Lower anchorages secure the child restraint in the seat without
vehicle which are equipped with the lower universal anchorages using the vehicle's safety belts. Anchorages provide a secure and
system. • easy-to-use attachment and minimize the possibility of improper
child restraint installation .
All child restraints manufactured after September 1, 2002, must
have lower anchorage attachments for the LATCH system.
Please remember that the lower anchorage points are only intended
for installation and attachment of child restraints specifically certi-
fied for use with LATCH lower anchorages. Child restraints that are
not equipped with the lower anchorage attachments can still be
installed in compliance with the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions on using vehicle safety belts. ..

___ C_h_i_ld_ S_a_f_e_t-=
y'------------------------------------------------
& WARNING
Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
• Always carefully follow the child restraints manufacturer's
instructions for proper installation of the child restraint and
proper use of the lower anchorages or safety belts in your vehicle .
Fig. 173 Installation of
• Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCH child safety seat with
lower anchorages. rigid latches on bars
• Always read and heed the important information about child
restraints in this chapter and WARNINGS => page 192, "Child Whenever you install a ch ild restraint always refer to the
Safety". • child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
- Make sure the seat back of the rear seat bench is in the
Installing a c hild restraint using the LATCH upright position and securely latched in place.
sys tem
- Insert the latches onto the lower anchorages ~ fig. 173.
Child safety seats equipped with the LATCH system can
- Make sure you hear the child restraint click securely into
quickly and easily be secured to the rear seats. place. This indicates that the seat is securely mounted on
the anchors.
- Pull on the child restraint once you have mounted it to
make sure it is secure .
& WARNING
Improper use of the LATCH system can increase the risk of serious
Fig. 172 LATCH-type personal injury and death in an accident.
seat with both latch
bars extended • These anchors were developed solely for child safety seats
using the "LATCH" system.
• Never attach other child safety seats, belts or other objects to
these anchors.
• Always make sure that you hear a click when latching the seat
in place. If you do not hear a click the seat is not secure and could ~
Child Safety •
& WARNING !continued) - Dep ress the spring catch on the hook.
fly forward and hit the interior of the vehicle, or be ejected from - Hold the sp ring catch in depressed position.
the vehicle. - Move the hook in the direction of the vehicle floor so that
there is enough space to release the anchorage hook
& WARNING from the lower anchorage.
injury in an accident . & WARNING
• Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's • Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of
instructions for proper installation of the child restraint system
injuries in a crash.
and proper use of tether straps as well as the lower anchorages or
• Always refer to the child restraints manufacturer 's instructions
safety belts in your vehicle.
for proper installation of the child restraint and proper use of the
• Always read and heed the important information and WARN-
lower anchorages or safety belts in your vehicle. •
INGS about child safety and the installation of child restraint
systems ~ page 192, "Child Safety" . •
Tether anchors
Mounting and releasing the anchorage hook
If you use a child restraint system with hooks or other
latches attached to adjustable straps.
Mounting
- Press the anchorage hook with the spring catch release
onto the lower anchorage so that the anchorage hook Fig. 174 Tether
locks into place. anchors: attachment
hook locations behind
- Pull on the anchorage hook to make sure that it has the rear seatbacks
securely engaged the lower anchorage.

Beginning with model year 2000, th e rear seat ing posi t ions are
- Tighten the strap following the child restraint manufac- equipped with three tether anchors.
turer's instructions. The tether anchors for the th ree rear seating positions are located
on the backside of the rear seatbacks ~ fig. 174. ...
Releasing
- Loosen the tension on the strap following the child
restraint manufacturer's instructions.

- Child Safety
-----------' ~ ---------------------------------
Using tethers on re ar -facing child restraints Tether strap
Currently, very few rear-facing chi ld restraints come wi th a tether .
A tether is a stra ig ht or V-shap ed strap that attach es th e
Please read and fol low the chi ld restraint manufactu rer's instruc -
t ions caref ully t o det ermine how to prope rly insta ll t he tethe r. top par t of a chil d restra int to spec ial ancho rage po in ts in
the vehi cl e.
& WARNING
injury and death in a crash.
• Improper use of child restraint anchors (tether anchors) could
lead to injury in a collision. The anchors are designed to withstand
only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints.
• Never mount two child restraint systems on one LATCH lower
Fig. 175 Tether strap
anchor point . (center ): proper routing
and mounting
• Never attach two child restraint systems to one tether strap or
tether anchorage .
• Always follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of
the child restraint you intend to install in your Audi.
• Never use child restraint tether anchorages to secure safety
belts or other kinds of occupant restraints .
• Never attach a tether strap to a tie -down hook in the luggage
compartment .
• Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCH Fig. 176 Tether strap
lower anchorages or to the tether anchors. (outboard ): proper
routing and mounting
• If a tether or other strap is used to attach a child restraint to the
front passenger seat, make sure that it is not so tight, that it
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the fo rward movement of the
causes the weight-sensing mat to measure more weight than is
chi ld rest raint in a crash, in or der to hel p red uce t he ris k of head
actually on the seat .
injury that could be caused by striking the vehic le interior.
• The heavier weight registered can make the system work as
though an adult were on the seat and deploy the Advanced Airbag Forward faci ng chi ld restr ain ts manufac t ured af te r Sept em ber 1,
when it must be suppressed causing serious or even fatal injury to 1999, are required by U.S. federal reg ulations to co mp ly w ith ch il d
the child . • head movement performance requirements. These new perfo r-
mance requ i rements ma ke a tet her necessa ry on most new child
safety seats. ~
Child Safety
& WARNING & WARNING !continued )
Improper inst allation of child restraints w ill increa se the r isk of • A tight tether or other strap on a rearward-facing child restraint
injury in a crash . attached to the front passenger seat can put too much pressure
on the weight-mat in the seat and register a heavier weight in the
• Never atta ch a chi ld safety seat tether strap to a tie-down hook
Advanced Airbag System. The heavier weight regi stered can make
in the luggage compartment .
the system work as though an adult were on the seat and deploy
• Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCH the Advanced Airbag when it must be suppressed causing serious
lower an chorage s or to the tether. or even fatal injury to the child .
• If a tether or other strap is used to attach a child restraint to the • If you must in stall a rearward facing child safety seat on the
front pa ssenger seat , make sure that it is not so tight , that it front passenger seat because of ex ceptional circumstances and
causes the weight-sensing mat to measure more weight than is the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on ,
actually on the seat. immediately install the rear-facing chi ld safety seat in a rear
• The heavier weight registered can make the system work as seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your
though an adult were on the seat and deploy the Advanced Airbag authorized Audi dealer . •
when it must be suppressed causing serious or even fatal injury to
the child. •
Securing the upper tether strap to the anchor
bracket
Using tethers on rear-facing child restraint
systems
CX)
Currently, few rear-facing chi ld restraint systems come with a tether. m
Please read and heed the child restraint system manufacturer's
instructions carefully to determine how to proper ly install the
tethe r.
& WARNING Fig. 177 Tether strap:

prope r routing and
A child in a rearward -facing child safety seat installed on the front mounting
passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. Securing the child restraint tether strap to the
• The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant tether anchor
carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and Release or deploy t he te t he r st rap on t he ch ild restr aint
child against the backrest , center arm rest , or door . acco rdin g to the chil d restr ain t manufactu rer's usage
inst ru ct io ns. •

Ptrf _______________
- Child Saf e ty _
- Guide t he upper tethe r strap under the rear head
restraint ~ page 211, fig . 177 (raise the head restra int if
necessary).
- Tilt t he recess flap -de t ail view -~ page 211, fi g. 177 up to
expose t he anchor bracket .
- Slide the tether strap hook over the anchor bracket.
- Pull on the te t her strap hook so that the spring catch of
the hook engages .
- Tighte n the tether st rap firmly f o llow ing t he child
restraint ma nu facturer's instruct ions .
Releasing the teth e r strap

- Loosen the tension following the child restraint manufac -
turer's instruc t ions .
- Depress the spring catch on the hook and release it f rom
the tether anchor .
& WARNING
Alw ays read and heed all WARNING S.
0 Note
If you leave the child restraint wi t h the tether strap firm ly installed
for severa l days, this could leave a mark on the upholstery on the
seat cushion and backrest in the area where the tether strap was
insta lled . The upholstery would also be permanent ly stretched
around the tether strap. Th is applies espec ial ly to leather seats . •
Child Safety -
--------------------''---
ment
Vehicle operation
___ ln_t_e_ ll-"
ig..,_
e
_ n_t _t_e_c_h
_ n_o_l_o_,.
g=y,_ __________________________________________ _
Intelligent technology
Notice about data recorded by Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP)

vehicle control modules
Genera• "nformation
Your vehicle is not equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR), The ESP improves the vehicle stability.
installed by some manufacturers for the express purpose of
capturing data for retrieval after an accident or crash event . EDR's
are sometimes called "crash recorders".
Some state laws restrict the retrieval or downloading of data stored
by EDR's that were installed in a vehicle for the express purpose of
retrieving data after an accident or crash event w ithout the owner's
consent.
Although your vehicle is not equipped with an EDR, it is equipped
with a number of electronic control modules for various vehicle Fig. 178 Center
console w ith ESP
systems such as, for example, engine function, emission control, as switch
well as for the airbags and safety belts.
These electronic control modules also record vehic le-related data ESP is designed to help you maintain vehicle control in situations
during norma l vehicle opera t ion for diagnostic and repair purposes . where the car approaches the limits of "grip", especia lly when
The recording capacity of the electronic control modules is limited accelerating and cornering . ESP reduces the risk of skidding and
to data (no sound is recorded) and only a small amount of data is improves stability under all road conditions .
actually recorded over a very limited period of time and stored when The system operates across the entire speed range in combination
a system fault or other condition is sensed by a control unit. Some
with the ABS system. If the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) malfunc-
of the data then stored may relate to vehic le speed, direction, tions, the ESP wi ll also shut down .
braking as well as restraint system use and performance in the
event of a crash or other condition . Stored data can only be read and H o w th e sys t e m w o rk s
downloaded with special equipment. The Anti -Lock Brake System (ABS), Electronic Differential Lock (EDU
and the Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR) are integrated in the elec-
tronic stabi lization program. In addition to the data provided by
these functions, the ESP control unit requires additional measure-
ment data provided by high performance sensors . The rotational
speed of the vehicle about its ver t ica l axis, the lateral acce leration
acting on the vehicle, the brake pressure and the steering angle are
all measured . ._,
In te llig ent t ec hn o lo gy
The direction in which the driver wishes to travel is determined with • Deact ivati ng ESP Press the button for more than 3 seconds. With
t he aid of the steering angle and vehicle speed and is continua lly the ESP deactivated, the ESP check light comes on, see ~ page 19.
compared with the actual behavior of the vehicle. If the two do not The message ESP sw itched off appears in the display as we ll.
match, for example, when the vehic le starts hydrop laning on a wet
road, ESP will automatically brake the appropriate whee l to correct
the prob lem. & WARNING
The vehicle is then stab il ized by the forces acting on the whee l The Electron ic St abilization Program is nevert heless subject to the
during braking. If t he vehicle is oversteering (rear tends to skid out law s of physics. It is particularly important to pay att ention to th is
of the t urn), the brakes are mainly app lied on the wheel that is on fa ct on wet and slippery roads. It is th erefore important th at you
the outside of the curve. In the case of a vehicle that is understeering alway s adapt your dr iving to the conditi on of the road and traffic
(tendency to sl ide out of the curve), the brakes are applied at the condition s. Do not allow th e increased safety provided by t he Elec-
rear wheel that is on the inside of the curve . An acoustic signal indi- tronic Stabili zation Program system to lull you into accepting
cates when ESP brake application cuts in ~ & . add iti onal safet y risks. •
The ESP also assists in stabilizing the vehicle by changing the

steering input . Electronic differential lock CEDL)
The system operates across the entire speed range in combination The electronic differential lock monitors the rotati onal
with the ABS system ~ page 220 . If the Anti-Lock Brake System
speed of the drive wheels.
(ABS) malfunctions, the ESP will be out of action as well.
G en e ra l not e s
Ac ti va t in g
The elect ronic differential lock (EDU helps the ca r to start moving,
When you turn on the eng ine, ESP will automatically be activated
accelerate and climb a gradient on surfaces providing poor or
and will perform a self -test .
almost no g rip. Without EDL, this would be difficult, if not impos -
You can activate a deactivated ESP or deactivated ASR if required by sib le.
pressing the button ~ page 216, fig. 178. When they are activated,
the message ESP/ASR on appears briefly in the display . How the s y stem works
The EDL operates automatical ly. It monitors the rotational speed of
D eac ti va ting the drive wheels on an axle with the he lp of the ABS sensors
The ESP should normally be activated all the time. If necessary, you ~ page 220. If a noticeable difference in rotational speed between
can deactivate Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) or the Electronic Stabiliza - the drive wheels on one axle is detected (e.g . on slippery ground on
tion Program (ESP) by pressing the button ~ page 216, fig. 178. one side), the spinning wheel is braked, thereby transferring power
• Deactiva t ing ASR: Tap the button . In certain exceptiona l situa -
to the other drive wheel or wheels (all-whee l drive) . This is done up
tions (e.g . driving with tire chains), the Anti -Slip Regulation (ASR) to a speed of about 60 mph (100 km/h). Noises from the brake
can be deactivated ~ page 218. The message ASR off appears in the system signal that wheel spin is being control led . !,>
display as we ll.
ment
llffl__
ln_t_e_ ll-'"
ig...,_
e
_ n_t _t_e_c_h
_ n_o_l_o_,.
g=y,_ __________________________________________ _
Driving off Anti-Slip Regulat ion System (ASR)

When driving off, always be sure to keep road conditions in mind as
The Anti-Slip Regulation System prevents the driven
you accelerate. If one drive wheel spins because it is on a surface
with less grip, gradually increase the pressure on the accelerator wheels from spinning when the car is accelerating.
pedal until the car starts to move. The wheel less able to transfer General notes
power spins .
The anti-slip regulation system (ASR) is integrated in the electronic
Overheating of brakes stabilization program (ESP). When the vehicle starts up and acceler-
To prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel from overheating if ates, the wheels are prevented from spinning by adjusting the
subjected to excessive loads, the EDL cuts out temporarily . The engine power to match the amount of grip available from the road
vehicle remains operational and behaves in the same way as a surface.
vehicle without EDL. How the system works
As soon as the brake has cooled down, EDL switches on again auto- ASR performs automatically, i.e. without the driver's intervention.
matically. With the aid of the ABS sensors::::;, page 220, ASR monitors the
speed of the driven wheels. If the wheels start to spin, the engine
& WARNING power is reduced automatically until the tires find enough grip to
lock onto the road surface. The system is active across the entire
• When accelerating on slippery surfaces, such as on ice or snow, speed range.
always be careful when depressing the accelerator pedal. Even The ASR works in conjunction with the ABS. If a malfunction should
with the EDL working, the drive wheels can spin and reduce your occur in the ABS, the ASR will also be out of action.
ability to control your car. - Risk of crash!
• The increased safety afforded by EDL does not mean that you Activating
can take safety risks. Always adapt your driving style to the road The ESP is automatically activated when the engine is started and it
conditions and traffic situation. performs a self -test. You can activate a deactivated ASR if required
by pressing the::::;, page 216, fig. 178 button. When the system is
activated, the warning light is switched off => page 19. A deactivated
[i] Tips ASR automatically re-activates itself at a speed of 40 mph (70 km/h).
If a fault occurs in the ABS, the EDL is also not functioning. This is
indicated by the ABS warning light::::;, page 24. • Deactivating
You can deactivate the ASR if required by pressing the button (for
less than 3 seconds) ::::;,page 216, fig . 178. With the ASR deactivated,
the ESP check light comes on, see::::;,page 19. Deactivation is
possible only up to 30 mph (50 km/h) for safety reasons.
The ASR should normally be activated all the time. Only in certain
exceptional situations when some slip is desirable does it make
sense to deactivate the ASR. Examples: .,
• when driving with tire chains must use your brakes, do not hold the brakes down continuously.
• when driving in deep snow or on loose ground and Pump the brakes at intervals.
• when rocking the vehicle loose after it has become stuck. Moisture or road salt
When the abnormal situation is over, you should activate the ASR If you are driving faster than 50 mph (80 km/h) and the windshield
again. wipers are on, the brake pads will briefly touch the brake discs in
regular intervals so as to improve reaction time when braking on
& WARNING wet surfaces . You, the driver, will not notice anything .
Under certain conditions, for example, when driving through water
The increased safety afforded by ASR does not mean that you can or very heavy rain , or even after washing your vehicle , the braking
take safety risks. Always adapt your driving style to the road effect can be reduced due to moisture (or in freezing conditions ice)
conditions and traffic situation. on the brake pads. A few cautious brake applications should dry off
the brake pads or remove any ice coatings .
[i] Tips The effectiveness of the brakes can be reduced when the vehicle is
To ensure that the ASR works properly, all four wheels must be fitted driven on a salt-covered road and the brakes are not used . Likewise,
with identical tires. Any differences in rolling radius of the tires can you clean off accumulated salt coating from brake discs and pads
cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired. with a few cautious applications of the brake::::>& .
See also => page 283. •
Corrosion
There may be a tendency for dirt to build up on the brake pads and
corrosion to form on the discs if the car is not driven regularly or
Braking only for short trips with little use of the brakes .
Genera l information If the brakes are not used frequently, or if corrosion has formed on
the discs, it is advisable to clean off the pads and discs by braking
What affects broking efficiency? firmly a few times from a moderately high speed ::::>& .
Operating conditions and driving habits Faults in the brake system

The brakes on today's automobiles are still subject to wear, If you should notice a sudden increase in brake pedal travel, then
depending largely on operating conditions and driving habits :::;,& . one of the two brake circuits may have failed:::;, & .
On vehicles which are driven mostly in stop -and -go city traffic or
which are driven hard, the brake pads should be checked by your Low brake fluid level
authorized Audi dealer more often than specified in the Mainte- Malfunctions can occur in the brake system if the brake fluid level is
nance & Warranty booklet. too low. The brake fluid level is monitored electronically.
On steep slopes, you should use the braking effect of the engine .
This way, you prevent unnecessary wear on the brake system. If you
ment
___ ln_ t_ e_ ll-'"
ig...,_
e_ n_t _t_e_c_ h
_ n_o_l_o_,.
g=y,_ __________________________________________ _
Brake booster
& WARNING The bra ke boost er ad ds ext ra brakin g powe r.
• You should perform braking maneu vers for the purpose of
cleaning the brake system only if road conditions permit . Other The brake booster works with vacuum pressure which is created
road users mu st not be put at risk - you may cause an accident! o nly w hen t he engine is ru n nin g =>& .
• Before descending a steep grade, reduce speed and shift trans -
mission into a lower gear or lower driving range. Do not ride the
brakes or hold the pedal down too long or too often. This could
& WARNING
cause the brake s to get hot and diminish braking efficiency. • Never let the vehicle roll to a stop with the engine shut off.
• Do not "ride the brakes" by resting your foot on the pedal when • If the brake booster is not working, for example when towing
you do not intend to brake. This may cause the brakes to overheat , your vehicle, or because the brake booster has somehow been
premature wear and increased stopping distance. damaged , the brake pedal must be pressed considerably harder to
• Under certain climat ic and operating condit ions such as make up for the lack of booster assistance . •
passing through water , driving in heavy rain or after washing the
vehi cle, the effectiveness of the brakes can be reduced . In w inter,
Functioning of A!"lt"-Lock Brake System (ABS)
ice can accumulate on the brake pads, linings, discs and drums .
Carefully apply brakes for a test . Brakes will dry and ice coatings A BS p reve nt s the wh eels from loc ki ng up unde r brakin g.
will be cleaned off after a few careful brake appli cations .
Th e ABS co ntribu t es effect ively to vehicle cont ro l since it preve nts
• Driving for an extended period of time on salt-covered roads
the whee ls from locking when the brakes are app lied. This means
without using your brakes can also affect braking effic iency. Clean
t hat the ve hicl e rema i ns steerable and is less li kely to ski d.
off accumulated salt coating from brake discs and pads with a few
careful brake applications . With ABS you do not need to pump the brake . Just hold the brake
• If you damage the front spoile r, or if you install a different pedal down .
spoiler, be sure the air flow to the front brakes is not obstructed. However, do not expect th at t he ABS shortens brak ing distance
Otherw ise the brake system could overheat reducing the effective- under all circumstances . When driving on gravel or on newly fa llen
ness of the entire brake system . snow o n top of icy surf aces, brak i ng d istance m ay be even lo nge r,
• Failure of one brake circuit will impair the braking capability therefore , under these circumstances, it is espec ial ly important that
resulting in an increased stopping distance. Avoid driving the you d rive slowly and wi t h grea t car e.
vehicle and have it towed to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or
How the ABS system works
qualified workshop . •
An automat ic check is made w hen a speed of abou t 4 m ph (6 km/hl
is reached. When this happens, a pumping noise can be heard .
If an indiv id ual wheel begins to rotate too slowly in rela ti on t o
vehic le speed and tends to lock, the ABS automatically reduces
b rake p ressur e to p reven t tha t w heel from locking.
This automatic adjustment process will cause a slight vibration of

the brake peda l and some noises to aler t you that vehicle speed & WARNING
must be adapted to existing road and traffic conditions . Please remember that the accident risk always increases if you
drive too fast , especially in corners or on a slippery road, or if you
& WARNING follow the vehicle ahead of you too closely. An increased accident
risk cannot be compensated even by the brake assistant, so
Although the ABS is very effective, always remember that braking always maintain a safe speed. •
capability is limited by tire traction. Always adjust your driving
speed according to the road and traffic conditions. Do not let the
extra safety afforded by the ABS tempt you into taking extra risks. Electro-mechanical power assist
The ABS cannot overcome the laws of physics.
The electro-me chanical power assist helps the driver
when steering.
[i ] Tips
• If ABS is not functioning properly, a warning light will come on . The degree of power assist is electronically matched to vehicle
See ~ page 24. speed.
• If a fau lt occurs in the ABS, the EDL is also not functioning. This The power steering system assists the dr iver so that he can steer the
is indicated by the ABS warning light. vehic le with reduced physical effort.
Power steering wi ll not work if the engine is off . As a result, the
Brake assistant steering wheel will be hard to turn.
The brake assistant is designed to achieve the optimum

braking effect. & WARNING
If the system develops a problem , you must seek qualified profes-
The brake assistant helps to increase the effective braking power
sional assistance.
and thus to achieve a shorter stopping distance . If the driver
presses the brake pedal very quick ly, the brake assistant automati-
cally boosts the braking force to the maximum level, up to the point
where the anti -lock brake function (ABS) intervenes to stop the
0 Note
If there is an electronic ma lf unction, servotronic wi ll still function
wheels from locking . You should then keep the brake pedal pressed like a conventional power steering system, providing a constant
until the vehicle has braked to the required speed. The brake assis -
steering support force that is no longer proportionate to the vehicle
tant switches itself off as soon as you release the brake pedal. speed. This is most noticeable when turning the steering whee l at
The brake assistant wil l not be operative if there is a malfunction in low speeds (for examp le when parking), - more effort wi ll be
the ABS. required than usual.
• Be aware of th e different than usual steering response and
adjust your steering force accordingly .
ment
- --=---=-=-------------
• Have the problem checked and set right by an authorized Audi Replacing wheels/tires
dealer as soon as possible. Vehicles with All Wheel Drive must always have tires of the same
• If a steering malfunction occurs, this is signaled with the or. size. Also avoid tires with different tread depths. For details see
~ indicator lights and a warning tone, see. page => page 283, "New tires and replacing tires and wheels".
Off-Road driving?
[i] Tips Your Audi does not have enough ground clearance to be used as an
• If the power steering system should fail, or if the engine is not off-road vehicle. It is therefore best to avoid rough tracks and
running (for example, while being towed), you will still be able to uneven terrain as much as possible. Also refer to => page 225.
steer the vehicle. However, more effort will be required to do so.
• If the power steering system is not functioning
your authorized Audi dealer immediately.
properly, contact
& WARNING
Always adjust your driving to road and traffic conditions. Do not
let the extra safety afforded by the all-wheel drive tempt you into
App lies to vehic les: w ith All Wheel Drive taking extra risks.
Driving wi h you quattro® • Although the quattro ®all-wheel drive is very effective, always
remember that braking capacity is limited by tire traction. You
With All Wheel Drive, all four wheels are driven. should therefore not drive at excessive speeds on icy or slippery
General information road surfaces.
With All Wh eel Drive, power is distributed to all four wheels. This • On wet road surfaces, be careful not to drive too fast because
happens automatically depending on your driving style and the the front wheels could begin to slide on top of the water (hydro-
road conditions at the time. See also => page 217, "Electronic differ - planing). If this should occur, you will have no warning from a
ential lock (EDU". sudden increase in engine speed as with a front-wheel drive
vehicle. Always drive at speeds which are adjusted to the road
Winter tires conditions - risk of crash! •
When driving in the winter, your vehicle with All Wheel Drive has an
advantage, even with regular tires. In winter road conditions it may
be advisable to mount winter tires (or all-season tires) for improved
driveability and braking: these tires must be mounted on all four
wheels. See also=> page 287, "Winter tires".
Snovv chains
Where snow chains are mandatory on certain roads, this normally
also applies to vehicles with all -wheel drive=:> page 288, "Snow
chains".
Dri v ing a nd e nvironm e nt
Driving and environment
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and During the first few hours of driving, the eng ine's internal friction is
higher than later when all the moving parts have been broken in.
afterwards How well this break -in process is done depends to a considerable
extent on the way the vehicle is driven during the first 1,000 miles
!\Jew engine (1,500 kilometers).
The engine needs to be run-in during the first 1,000 miles
(1,500 km). 0 Note
Extreme ly high engine speeds are automatically reduced. However,
Fo r th e fir st 600 mil es ( 1,000 kilomet e rs):
these RPM-limits were programmed for an engine we ll run-in, not a
Do not use full throttle. new engine .
- Do not drive faster than 3/4 of the top speed marked on
the speedometer. ~ For th e sake of the environment
- Avoid high engine speeds . Do not drive with unnecessarily high engine speeds - upshifting
early saves fuel, reduces noise and protects the environment .
From 600 t o 1,000 mil es (1 ,000 t o 1,500
kil o m et er s ): New tires
- Speeds can gradually be increased to t he maximum
permiss ible road or engine speed . If your vehic le is running on new tires, driv e particularly
carefu l for the first 300 miles (500 ki lometers) after fitting.
During a nd aft e r br ea k-in p e ri o d
- Do not rev the engine up to high speeds when it is cold.
This applies whether the transm ission is in N (Neutral) or
& WARNING
1n gear. New tir es t end t o be slipp ery and mu st also be "broken -in". Be
sure to rememb er thi s during th e first 300 miles (500 kilomet ers).
Brake gent ly. Avoid follow ing closely behind other vehicles or
Aft e r the br ea k-in p e riod
ot her situati ons th at mig ht require sudde n, hard braking. •
- Do not exceed max imum engine speed unde r any
circumstances.
- Upshift into the next h igher gear before reac hin g t he red
area at the end of the tachome t er scale ~ page 12.
ment
___ D
_ r_iv_ in_...
g"'-a_n
_ d_ e_n
_ v_i_r_o_n_ m_ e_n_t_______________________________________________ _
The catalytic converter is an efficient "clean -up" device built into the
-New brake pads
- exhaust system of the vehicle. The catalytic converter burns many
Remember that new brake pads do not have a full braking of the po ll utants in the exhaust gas before they are released into the
atmosphere.
effect during the first 250 miles (400 kilometers) after they
are in stalled . The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is critica lly important for the life
of the catalytic converter and proper functioning of the engine.
New brake pads have to be "burnished in" before they have optimal
grab =>& .
During the break -in period, you shou ld avoid putting severe lo ads
& WARNING
on the brakes . Severe loads include, for examp le, sudden hard • Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot
braking, in particular at very high speeds or, for example, on moun - exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass, brush , fuel
tain passes. spill or other material which can cause a fire .
• Do not apply additional undercoating or rustproofing on or
& WARNING near the exhaust manifold, exhaust pipes , catalytic converter or
heat shields. During driving, the substance used for undercoating
Until they develop the maximum "bite " for best stopping power, could overheat and cause a fire .
the surfaces on new brake pads require some "breaking -in" during
the initial 100 to 150 miles (150 to 200 kilometers) of normal city
driving. You can compensate for this by pressing the brake pedal
0 Note
more firmly . This applies whenever new pads are installed. • • Be aware that just one tank filling with leaded fuel will alr eady
seriously degrade the performance of the catalytic converter.
• Do not exceed the correct engine oil level => page 258 .
Catalytic converter • Do not drive until the fuel tank becomes completely empty. The
engine could misfire. Unburned fuel could also get into the exhaust
It is very important that your emission control system system and this could cause the catalytic converter to overheat.
(catalytic converter) is functioning properly to ensure that
• Do not turn off the ignition while the vehicle is moving.
your vehicle is running in an environmentally sound
• Do not continue to operate your vehicle under these conditions,
manner.
as otherwise fuel can reach the catalytic converter. This could result
- Always use lead-free gasoline :=>page 247, "Fuel supply". in overheating of the converter, requiring its replacement .
• To assure efficient operation of the Emission Control System:
- Never run the tank down all the way to empty.
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with
- Never put too much motor oil in your engine ==>page 258, the service recommendations in your Maintenance & Warranty
"Adding engine oil 't=:;rl". booklet. •
Never tr y to push- or tow-start your vehicle.

- Lack of proper maintenance as wel l as improper use of the If you anticipate what you need to do next and drive economica lly,
vehic le wi ll impair the func t ion of the emission con t ro l system you can easily cut your fuel consumpt ion by 10-15 percent . This
and could lead to damage. section wil l give you some tips on how you can help the environ-
ment and your pocketbook.
<£>
For the sake of t he environment
[i ] Tips
Even when the Emission Control System is operating properly, the
exhaust gas can have a su lfur -like exhaust gas smell under some The consumption est imates as published by ENVIRONMENTAL
operating states . This depends on the sulfur content of the fuel PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) and Transport Canada may not corre -
being used. Using a different brand of fue l may help, or filling the spond to your actua l consumption on the road, which wi ll vary
tank with lead-free super grade gasoline. • depending upon vehic le load and speed, road and weather condi-
tions, trip length, etc. •
Avoid damaging the vehicle

Drive smoothly and keep a lookout ahead
When you are driving on poor roads, or over curbs, steep ramps, Vehicles use the most fuel when they ore accelerating.
etc., make certain that low- lying parts such as spoi lers and exhaust
system parts do not bottom out and get damaged. Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking .
This is especially true for vehicles with low-slung chassis (sports Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerating . If you antici-
chassis) and fully loaded vehicles. • pate what is going to happen next, you wi ll need to brake less and,
thus, acce lerate less. Let the vehicle coast whenever possib le - for
examp le when you see that the next traffic light is red. •
Operate your vehicle economically
and minimize pollution Avoid full throttle
General Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and improves your
mileage.
Your personal style of driving will determine the economy
of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and noise levels. - Try and keep well below your car's max imum speed.
Fuel economy, environmental impact, and wear on your engine, Acce lerating gent ly reduces fue l consumption , engine wear, and
brakes and tires largely depend on three factors: does not disturb the environment.
• your personal driving style Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and engine noise increase
• operating cond itions disproportionately at high speeds . If you drive at approximate ly
• technica l limitations three quarters of top speed, fuel consumption wil l be reduced by
ment
___ D
_ r_iv_ in_...
g"'-a_n
_ d_ e_n
_ v_i_r_
o_n_m
__ e_n_t_______________________________________________ _
one half . Never drive faster than the posted speed limit and weather By having your vehicle regularly serviced by an authori zed Audi
conditions permit. • dea ler helps to ensure that it runs properly and economica lly. The
condition of your vehicle not only affects its safety and ability to
hold its value, it also affects fuel consumpti on.
Reducing unnecessary =citing
Check your oil each time you fill your t ank.
Even when your car is just idling it burns up fuel. The amount of oil used is related to engine load and speed.
- Shut the eng i ne off when you are not driving the vehicle . It is norma l for the oil consumption of a new engine to reach its
lowest value after a certain mileage has been driven.
- Do not warm up the vehicle by letting the engine run at
idle. You must drive your vehicle about 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers)
before you can properly assess oil consumption .
It makes sense to shut off the engine in traffic jams, when waiting This also applies to fuel consumption and engine output .
for trains to pass at rai lroad crossings , or at traffic lights that have
long waits on red. Turning the engine off for just 30-40 seconds
saves more fuel than is burned starting the engine again . 0 Note
It takes a long time for the engine to warm up fu lly when it is • Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with
running at idle. However, wear and noxious emissions are especially the service recommendations in your Maintenance & Warranty
high when the engine is warming up. So you should drive away as booklet. Lack of proper ma intenance as well as improper use of the
soon as you start the engine and avoid running at high RPMs while vehic le wi ll impair the function of the emission control system and
the engine is still warming up. cou ld lead to damage.
• Do not alter or remove any component of the Emiss ion Control
0 Note
System unless approved by the manufacturer.
• Do not alter or remove any device, such as heat shields,
Do not leave engine idling unattended after starting . If warning
switches, ignition wires, valves, which are designed to protect your
lights should come on to indicate improper operation, they would
vehicle 's Emission Control System and other important vehicle
go unheeded. Extended idling also produces heat, which could
components . •
result in overheating or other damage to the vehicle or other
property . •
Fewer short tr ips
Regu 1ar ma 1--.tenance Fuel consumption will always be relatively high on short
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot of fuel. trips.
- Try t o avoid driving short dista n ces wi t h a cold engine. _,
- Have your vehic l e serviced at regular intervals .
The engine and catalytic converter have to reach their optimal ope r-
at ing t emp eratur e to reduce fuel consumption and noxious emis -
sions effectively .
• Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid -size car burns the fuel
at a poor rate of 6-8 miles per gal lon (30-40 11100km).Half a mile
down the road, the mileage improves to 12 MPG (201/100 km). It will
take the eng ine no less than two and a half miles (4 km) of driv ing to
warm up to its proper operating temperature and operate at an
economic mileage. This explains why taking the car for short trips is
a rather wasteful convenience.
• The out side tem perat ure is also critical in th is regard . Your car
consumes more fuel in the winter than in the summer.
ment
___ T_r_a_il_e_r_t_o
_ vv
_ in
__...
g,_ __________________________________________________ _
Trailer towing
Driving with a trailer T ir e pre ssure

When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your vehic le to the cold tire
General information pressure listed under "Full load"on the sticker on the right door-
jamb. Inflate trai ler tires to trai ler and tire manufacturers' specifica -
Your Audi was designed primarily for passenger transpor- tions.
tation.
Lights
If you plan to tow a trailer, please remember that the additional load The head ligh t settings should be checked wit h the trai ler attached
wi ll affect durability, economy and performance. before driving off. Have the head lights adjusted as necessary so
Trai ler towing not on ly p laces more stress on the vehicle, it also ca lls t hat you can see the road ahead but not blind oncoming traffic.
for more concentration from the driver. Check to make sure both vehicle and trailer lights are working prop -
For this reasons, always fo llow the operating and driving instruc - erly.
tions provided and use common sense. •
Engin e c ool ing sy stem
Towing a t rai ler makes the engine wo rk ha rder. It is important that
Technical requirements the cooling system's performance stands up to the additiona l
strain . Make sure that the coo ling syste m has enoug h fl uid .
Tra ile r hit c h
Tr a ile r br akes
Use a weight -carrying hitch conforming to the gross trailer weight.
If your traile r is equipped wi t h a braking system, check to be sure
The hitch must be suitab le for your vehicle and tra iler and must be
that it conforms to al l regu lations.
mounted secure ly on the vehicle's chassis at a technically sound
location . Use only a trailer hitch w ith removable ball mount. A lways The trailer hydraulic brake system must not be directly connected to
check with the trai ler hitch manufacturer to make sure that you are the vehic le's hydrau lic brake syst em.
using the correct hitch .
Safety chai n s
Do not use a bumper hit ch.
Be sure trailer safety chains are properly connected from the trai ler
The hitch must be installed in such a way that it does not interfere to the h itch on the vehicle. Leave enough slack in the chains to
w ith the impact-absorbing bumper system . No modifications permit turning corners. When you install safety chains, make sure
should be made to the vehicle exhaust and brake systems. From they will not drag on the road when you are driving.
time to time, check that all hitch mount ing bolts remain securely The chains should cross under the trailer t ongue to prevent it from
fastened. dropping in case of separation from the hitch. _.
When you are not towing a trailer, remove t he t railer hitch ball
mount. This prevents the hitch from causing damage should your
vehic le be struck from behind =:> & .
Trailer towing •
Trailer lights Lights

Trailer lights must meet all regulations. Be sure to check with your The headlight settings should be checked with the trailer attached
authorized Audi dealer for correct wiring, switches and relays. before driving off. Adjust as necessary so that you can see the road
ahead but not blind oncoming traffic.
Mirrors
Check proper working of vehicle and trailer lights .
If you are unable to see the traffic behind you using the regular
outside mirrors, then you must install extended mirrors. It is impor - Safety chains
tant that you always have clear vision to the rear.
Be sure trailer safety chains are properly connected from the trailer
to the hitch on the vehicle. Leave enough slack in the chains to
& WARNING permit turning corners. When you install safety chains, make sure
they will not drag on the road when you are driving.
After removing the trailer hitch, do not store it in your vehicle. In
The chains should cross under the trailer tongue to prevent it from
case of sudden braking, the hitch could fly forward and injure you
or your passengers . .1
dropping in case of separation from the hitch. •
Operating instructions Driv ing instructions

Driving with a trailer always requires extra care and
Maximum trailer weight consideration.
A trailer for your vehicle is limited to a typical class 1 or class 2
trailer. To obtain the best possible handling of vehicle and trailer,
please note the following:
Trailer load distribution
Do not tow a loaded trailer when your car itself is not
Be sure the load in the trailer is held securely in place to guard
against shifting, be it forward, backward or sideways. loaded.
Never allow a passenger to ride in a trailer:::::,& in "Driving instruc- - Be especially careful when passing other vehicles.
tions".
Observe speed limits.
Tire pressure
Do not drive at the maximum permissible speed.
When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your vehicle to the cold tire
pressure listed under "Full load" on the sticker on the right door- - Always apply brakes early.
jamb. Inflate trailer tires to trailer and tire manufacturers' specifica -
Monitor the temperature gauge.
tions.
ment
ll}JI__T_r_a_il_e_r_t_o_ vv_ in__...
g,_ __________________________________________________ _
W e ig h t dis tr ibuti o n
Towing a loaded trailer with an empty car resu lts in a high ly & WARNING
unstable distribution of weight . If this cannot be avoided drive at Anyone not properly restr ained in a moving vehicle is at a much
very low speeds on ly to avoid the risk of losing steering control. great er risk in an accident. Neve r let anyone ride in your car w ho
A "ba lanced" rig is easier to operate and control. This means that is not properly we aring th e restra int s provided by Aud i. c
the tow vehicle should be loaded to the extent possible and permis -
sib le while keeping the trai ler as light as possib le under the circum -
stances. Whenever possible, transfer some cargo to the luggage Trailer towing tips
compartment of the tow vehicle while observing tongue load
requirements and vehicle loading considerations . Important to know
S peed
Your vehicle handles different ly when towing a trailer because of
The higher the speed, the more difficult it becomes for the driver to
the additional weight and weight distribution . Safety, performance
control the rig . Do not drive at the maximum permissible speed.
and economy w ill great ly depend on how carefu lly you load your
Reduce your speed even more under unfavorable load, weather or
trailer and operate your rig.
wind conditions - particularly when going downhill.
Before you actually tow you r trailer, practice turn ing, stopping and
Reduce vehicle speed imm ediately if the trailer shows the sl ightest
backing up in an area away from traffic. Keep practicing unti l you
sign of swaying. Do not try to stop the swaying by accelerating.
have complete ly become familiar with the way your vehicle -trailer
Observe speed limits . In some areas speeds for vehicles towing combination behaves and responds .
trai lers are lower than for regular vehicles.
Backing up is difficult and requires practice. Backing up with a
Always app ly brakes early. When driving downhill, shift into lower trailer genera lly requires steering act ion opposite of t hat when
gear to use the engine braking effect to slow down the vehicle. Use backing up your vehicle without a trailer .
of the brakes alone can cause them to overheat and fail.
Maintain a greater distance between your vehicle and the one in
C o o la nt te m pe ra tu re front of you. You will need more room to stop.
The coolant temperature gauge ~ page 14 must be observed care - To compensate for the trailer, you wi ll need a larger than normal
ful ly. If the needle moves close to the upper end of the scale, reduce turning radius .
speed immediately and/or switch off the air condit ioner. When passing, remember that you cannot accelerate as fast as you
If the coolant temperature warning light in the instrument cluster n ormal ly wou ld because of the added load . Make su re you have
starts flashing -~-, pull off the road, stop and let the engine idle for enough room to pass. After passing, al low plenty of room for your
about two minutes to prevent heat build -up . trailer before changing lanes again .
Avoid jerky starts, sharp turns or rapid lane changes.
Trailer towing
[i] Tips [i] Tips

• Do not tow a trailer during the break-in period of your vehicle. If you move the selector lever of the automatic transmission to P
• If you tow a trailer, your Audi may require more frequent mainte - before applying the parking brake and before blocking the wheels,
nance due t o the extra load=> page 329 . • you may have to use more force later to move the lever out of the P
position . •
Parking on a slope
-----------------
Do not park with a trailer on a slope. If it cannot be
avoided, do so only after doing the following:
When parking:
- Apply the foot brake.
- Have someone place chocks under both the vehicle and
the trailer wheels .
- With chocks in place, slowly release the brakes until
wheel blocks absorb the load.
- Turn the wheels towards the curb.
- Apply the parking brake.
- Place an automatic transmission in P, respectively a
manual transmission in first or reverse gear.
When restarting after parking:

- Start the engine.
- Shift transmission into gear.
- Release the parking brake and slowly pull out and away
from the wheel blocks.
- Stop and have someone retrieve the wheel blocks.
ment
Vehicle care
___ _ l_
C e_a_n_in_g
~_a_n_d___
p
___
r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_o_n_____________________________________________ _
Cleaning and protection
General information & WARNIN G (conti nued)

Regular care preserves vehicle value. • Do not clean the undersides of chassis, fenders, wheel covers,
etc . without protecting your hands and arm s. You may cut yourself
Any automobi le is exposed to industrial fumes, corrosive road salt,
on sharp-edged metal part s.
muddy dog feet, etc . A wel l cared for Audi can look like new many
years after purchase. Regu lar and correct care will contribute to • Moisture and ice on brakes may impair braking efficiency
maintaining the beauty and value of your Audi. =>page 219, "General information ". Test the brake s carefully each
time you wa sh the vehicle.
Furthermore, good care may be a conditi on for substantiating a
war ranty claim should corrosion damage or paint defects occur.
Your authorized Audi dealer has a variety of dedi cated vehicle-care ~ For the sake of the environment
product s and can advise whic h ones to use for cleaning the exterior Select only environmenta lly friend ly c leaning products . Leftover
and interior of your vehicle. clean ing products should not disposed of in the household waste. •
Whether you use p roducts recommended by Audi or other commer -
cially availab le cleaning agents , please make sure you apply them
correctly. Care of exterior
Washing
& WARNING Frequent washing protects the vehicle.
• Cleaning agents may be poisonous. Keep them out of the reach
of children . Th e best protection against envi ronmental influences is frequent
• Heed all caution labels. washing and waxing .
• Alway s read directions on the contai ner before using any How often t his is required depends on:
produ ct . Follow the direction s carefully. • How much the vehic le is used
• Most chemical cleaners are concentrated and have to be • Where the vehicle is pa rked (garage, in the open under t rees,
diluted . etc.)
• Use spot removing fluids only in well ventilated area s. • The seasonal and weather conditions
• Do not use gasoline , kerosene, diesel fuel, nail polish remover • Environmental influences
or oth er volatile fluid s. They may be toxi c, flammable or hazardous
in other way s. Do not w ash, wa x or dry the vehicle w it h the igni- The longer bird droppings, insects, tree resin, road and industrial
tion on or the engine running. grime, tar, soot, road salt and other materials remain on the vehicle
b ody, the more lasting thei r destructive effects will be . _,,,
Cleaning and protection -
----------------
High temperatures, as from exposure to intense sunlight, intens ify
the corrosive effect particularly when humidity is high as well. & WARNING
Under certain circumstances , weekly washing may be necessary . Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
Under other conditions, a monthly washing and waxing may be =>page 234. •
adequate.
After the winter, the underside of the vehicle should be thoroughly Washing the vehicle by hand
washed, preferably in a professional car wash.
A lot of water is needed when washing a vehicle by hand.
& WARNING - Before you start washing, make sure you have read and
understood the WARNINGS=:> &
in "General informa -
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
=> page 234 . • tion" on page 234.
- First soak all dried dirt until it is soft, then rinse it off.
Automatic car wash - As you clean your vehicle, start with the roof and work
The vehicle can be washed in almost any modern auto- your way down to the bottom , using a sponge, a sponge
matic car wash. glove or a clean brush.
The vehicle paint is so durable that the vehicle can normally be

- Rinse the sponge or the sponge glove often, flushing it
washed without problems in an automatic car wash . However , the clean each time.
effect on the paint depends to a large extent on the design of the - Use special car shampoo only for very persistent dirt.
facility, the filtering of the wash water, the type of wash and care
material, etc. If the paint has a dull appearance after going through - Rinse the car thoroughly with water.
the car wash or is scratched, bring this to the attention of the oper-
- Use a chamois leather to gently wipe the exterior dry.
ator immediately . If necessary, use a different car wash .
Before going through a car wash, be sure to take the usual precau - Use a separate sponge for cleaning the wheels, door sills and other
tions such as closing the windows and power sunroof (open sky regions exposed to road dirt. In this way , you will not scratch t he
system) * . Remove antenna if applicable. paint with coarse particles imbedded in the sponge the next time
you wash the car.
If you have installed additional accessories on the vehicle - such as
spoilers, roof rack, etc. - it is best to ask the car wash operator if
these should be removed . & WARNING
• Do not clean the underside of the chassis, fenders, wheel
covers, or other hard to reach parts without protecting your hands
and arms. You may cut yourself on sharp-edged metal parts . .,
• Vehicle care I t
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continu ed) - Always follow the op erati ng in st ructions fo r t he pow er
washer.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and oth er informat ion
~ page 23 4.
Make sure that the jet on t he spray hose produces a "fan
sha ped sp ray".
0 Not e
Do not hold the spray nozzle too close to soft materials.
• Never try to remove dirt, mud or dust if the surface of the vehicle When cleaning the vehicle with a power washer always follow the
is dry. Never use a dry cloth or sponge, since this cou ld scratch your opera t ing instructions. This appl ies particularly to the operating
veh icle's paint or w indows . pressure and the spraying distance . Maintain a sufficient distance
• Never wash your car in bright sunlight. Drops of water act as t o soft mat eria ls such as rubber hoses and sound/vibrat ion dead -
magnifying lenses and may damage your paint. ening materia ls (particularly on the underside of the engine hood).
• When you wash your car in t he winter : if you rinse your vehic le Do not use a jet which sp rays water in a direct stream o r one tha t
with a hose, be careful not to aim the stream of water directly at has a rotating j et.
locks, or at door or hatch openings - they can freeze shut. Water temperature shou ld not exceed 140 °F (60 °Cl.
• Never use sponges designed to remove insects, or any kitchen
scouring sp onges or simila r pro ducts. They can damage your paint
finish . & WARNING
• Never use a dry cloth o r sponge t o clean the head ligh t s. On ly use Never wash tires with a jet that sprays water in a direct stream .
wet cloths or sponges to prevent scratches . It is best to use soapy This could cause invisible damage to the tire s and weake n them ,
water. even if the spray is from a relatively long distan ce and for a short
time . Damaged and weakened tires can fail and cause accident s
and personal injury.
c£,For the sake of the environment
In the interest of the environment, the vehicle shou ld on ly be
washed in specia l wash bays. • 0 Note
To avoid damaging your vehic le, always make sure that there is
suffic ient distance between the spray head and soft mat eria ls like
Washing your vehicle with a power washer rubber hoses, plastic parts and sound -deadening materials . Never
aim the spray head at the same po int for a lo ng time . This also
Cleaning the exterior of your car wi th a high -p ressure
applies to cleaning head lights and painted bumpers . Remember:
power washer is safe as l ong as yo u observe a few simple t he closer the nozzle is to the surface of the materia l, the greater the
rules . stress on the material. •
- Before using the power washer, make sur e you have read
and unde rst oo d t he WAR NIN GS =:> &
in "General inf or-
mati o n" on page 234 .
_____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in_g_a
_ n_d_ p_r_o_t_e_ c_t _io_n__ ffll
Waxing Polishing
Wax prote cts the vehicle's paint. Polishi ng resto res the gloss to the paint.
- Use a manually applied car wax occasion al ly to protect Po lish your vehic le on ly if the paint has lost its shine and the g loss
t he paint. cann ot be br ought back wi t h wax .
If the polish used does not contain preservative compounds, the
A good wax coating protects the vehicle paint to a large extent paint must be waxed afterwards ~ page 237, "Waxing" .
against the environmental factors listed under~ page 234,
"Washing" and even against slight scratches .
You can use a liquid car wax to protect your paint as soon as one & WARNING
wee k after you r vehic le has been delivered. Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
Even if you regularly use a waxing process in automatic car washes, ~ page 234 .
we recommend that you manua lly app ly a coat of wax to give the
paint extra protection, par ti cu lar ly if water no longer beads on the
clean paint.
0 Note
Do not treat matte anodized metal trim, plastic or rubber parts with
Protec t pl astic body parts with car wax in the same way as t he polish or wax . •
vehic le body.
During warm weather dead insects tend to col lect on the front
bumpe r and on the forward area of the hood. They are m uch easie r Trim strips
to remove from paint that is waxed often. Metal trim needs special care.
For envi ronmental reasons, Audi fab r icates t he bright trim strips
& WARNING and trim pieces from pure chromium -free aluminum .
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information Dirt and marks on the trim strips should be removed with a pH-
~ page 234. balanced cleaning agent (do no t use a chr o me clean er). Authorized
Audi dea lers carry c leaning products which have been tested for use
0 Note
on your vehicle and are not harm f u l to the enviro n ment .
To avoid corrosion on the exterior trim strips, only a pH-ba lanced
Do not use ca r wax on
solution shou ld be used for the windshield washer.
• matte or anodized meta l t rim
• rubber or rubber -like trim. •
& WARNING
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
~ page 234. •
•
-~_ C
_ l_
e_a_n_in_g
=- a
_ n_d__,p
,__
ro
_ t_e_c_t_i_o_n_____________________________________________ _
Plastic and vinyl Touch-up paint

Plastic needs special care. Minor paint damages should be touched up immediately.
Use a clean, damp cloth or sponge to remove dust and light surface - Use either a touch -up paint stick or spray paint to cover
dirt. For other soil, use a lukewarm all -purpose cleaning solution or minor scratches and nicks.
a mild saddle soap for vinyl trim. Remove water spots and traces of
soap with a clean, damp cloth or sponge . Use a clean, soft cloth to Your authorized Audi dealer has touch-up paint for minor scratches
rub dry . and stone chips. Scratches should be touched up soon after they
Grease, tar or oil stains can be removed with a clean cloth or sponge occur to prevent corrosion.
soaked with all-purpose cleaner or with a solvent designed espe- If a spot starts to rust, however, a simple touch-up job will not be
cially to clean vinyl. enough. The affected surface must be sanded smooth and coated
Occasionally apply a colorless vinyl or leather preservative to retain with an anti-rust primer before the painted finish can be restored.
the material's luster and pliability. The number for the original vehicle paint can be found on the
vehicle identification label ~ page 324 .
& WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
& WARNING
~ page234. • Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
~ page234. •
Aluminum trim
Windows
Use only neutral-pH products to remove spots and deposits from
Clear vision to all sides.
aluminum surfaces. Chrome care products and alkaline cleaners
will attack aluminum surfaces and can damage them over time. Clean all windows regularly to remove road film and
carwash wax buildup.
& WARNING - Remove snow from windows using a brush.
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information - Use a plastic ice scraper to remove ice from windows and
~ page234 . •
mirrors.
- Remove other residue on the windows with a spray-on
glass cleaner.
- Wipe the windows dry with a clean piece of cloth or
kitchen paper towel.
____________________________________________ _:
C::,:
l~e:,:
a~n:....:..:..:
in~g~a~n.:.:
d:!...!
p~r~o~te~ c~t~io~n'....__11111
The best way to remove snow from windows and mirrors is to use a Weatherstrips
brush . Use a non -abrasive plast ic ice scraper - better sti ll, a spray
deicer - to remove ice from w indows and mirrors . Complete ca r car e includes the we atherst rips as w ell .
The windows must not be cleaned with insect remover or wax since App ly a suitable rubbe r con di tioner to t he weatherstr ip s
these can inter fere with the function of t he w inds hie ld w iper blades f rom t ime to t im e.
(chatter).
Oil, grease o r sil icone residue can be removed with glass cleaner or To be able seal properly, the weatherstrips around the hood, doors,
silicone remover . However, wax residue requires the use of a
rear lid, etc . must remain pliabl e. Spray the weatherstrips with sili-
spec ially fo r mulated so lvent . Please contac t your authorized Audi co ne or coat them w ith t alcum powder or glycer ine to retain the
dea ler for advice on safe products for wax removal. f lexibility of the rubber and to protect them against freezing in the
winte r.
Windows should also be cleaned on the inside at regular interva ls.
Never dry windows with th e same chamois that you use to dry
painted surfaces . Wax residue on the chamois can impair vision
& WARNING
t hrough the windows . Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
~ page 234.
& WARNING [i ] Tips

• The windshield mu st not be treated with water -repellent mate -
rials. They can increase glare under poor visibility conditions such Keep si licone sprays off the windshield to avoid wiper smear in
as wetne ss, darkne ss, or when t he sun is low on t he horizon. In ra in . •
addition , they can cause the wind shield wipers to chatter .
• Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other information Ap pli es to vehicles: with steel w heels (e.g. if ref itt ed w it h w inter ti res )
~ page 234. Steel wheels
The w heels also have to be cleaned.
0 Note
- Alw ays in clu de the hu b caps and whee l r ims when
• Never use warm or hot water to remove snow and ice from
windows a nd m irrors . This cou ld cause the glass to crack. washing yo ur vehi cle to remove road dir t , sal t sprays an d
• To prevent damage to the wires of the rear defogger, do not p lace brake du st.
any adhesive stickers on the inside of the rear window over the
If necessary, use a commercial whee l cleaner to remove accumu -
wires .
lated brake dust.
• To he lp prevent dirt from scratching the window, always scrape
in a forward direction - pushing the scraper away from you - never The wheel r ims are easier to keep clean if they are reg ula rly coat ed
back and f orth. • with liquid wax . ..
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
Paint scratches should be touched up as soon as possible to prevent Never use abrasive or metal po lishing cleaning agents . If the protec -
corrosion => page 238, "To uch -up pain t ". t ive coating has been chipped, e.g. by kicked up road dirt, touch it
up as soon as possib le.
& WARNING & WARNING

• Moi sture and ice on brakes may affect braking efficiency -
=> pag e 2 19, "General inform at ion". Test the brakes carefully afte r • Moisture and ice on brakes may affect braking efficien cy
each vehicle w ash. => page 219, "General information ". Test the brakes carefully each
• Alway s read and heed all WARNING S and th e infor mation ti me you wa sh the vehicle .
=> page 234. • • Alwa ys read and heed all WARNINGS and other informat ion
=> page 234. •
App li es to vehi cles: w it h Cast alloy whee ls
Cast (light) alloy wheels Body cavity sealing

Cast (light) alloy wheels require special care. The body cavity sealing does not need to be checked .
- Wash the wheels with a spo nge or hose brush every All body cavities which could be affected by corrosion have been
oth er week . thorough ly protected at the factory .
- For deep cleaning afte rwards, use only a dedicated acid- This sealing does not require any inspection or additional treat -
ment . If any wax should seep out of the cavi t y when t he amb ient
free cast alloy whee l cleaner.
temperature is high, it can be removed with a p lastic scraper and a
- Rub a coat of liquid wa x onto the rims every t hree month . suitable solvent .
Be sure to reach and treat all parts of the rim.
To preserve the decorative appearance of the cast alloy wheels, & WARNING
some special care is necessary. In addition to road dirt and salt, Solvents can be dangerous .
brake dust is also corrosive . If left on for too long, brake dust can • Benzine is flamm able and toxic. If you use benz ine for removing
cause pitting. the wax, keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarette s away . Never
Use on ly specia l acid -free cleaners formu lated for alloy rims . Safe dump benzine on the ground, into open st ream s or down sewage
products are available at your authorized Audi dealer. Never leave drains.
the cleaner on the rims longer than specified on the label. If not • Be sure to observe all safety and environmental regulat ions.
rinsed off promptly, the acid contained in some cleaners can attack Follow all instru ction s on the container.
t he threads on the wheel bolts.
• Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and ot her informat ion
=> page 234. •
_____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in_g_a
_ n_d_ p_r_o_t_e_ c_t_io_n__ _
Chassis Fabrics and fabric coverings

Have the underco a ting checke d for damage from time to
Fabrics and fabric coverings (e.g . seats, door trim pane ls, etc.)
time . shou ld be cleaned at regular intervals with a vacuum cleaner . This
The lower body shell of your Audi is also thorough ly protected removes surface dirt partic les which could become embedded in
against corros ion. t he fabric t hrough use. Steam clea ners shou ld not be used, because
the steam tends to push the dirt deeper into the fabric and lock it
Any damage to the undercoating caused by road hazards should be there .
repa ired promptly .
No rmal c leaning
& WARNING Genera lly, we recommend using a soft sponge or a lint-free

microfiber cloth to the clean fabric . Brushes should on ly be used for
Too much undercoat ing in the wrong places can cause a fire. carpe t s and floor m ats, since other fabric su rfaces co uld be harmed
• Do not app ly additional undercoating or rustproofing on or by brushes.
near t he exhaust manifold , exhaust pipes, cat alytic converter or Norma l surface stains can be cleaned using a commercially avail -
heat shields. While driving, the substan ce used for undercoating able foam cleaner. Spread the foam on the surface of the fabric with
could overheat and cause a fire. a soft sponge and work it in gent ly. Do not saturate the fabric . Then
• Alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS and other information pat the foam dry us ing absorbent, dry cloths (e.g. microfiber cloth)
=>page 234 . • and vacuum it after it has dried completely .
C leaning stains
Care of interior Stains caused by beverages (e.g. coffee, fruit juice, etc.) can be
t reated with a m ild detergent so lution . Apply the detergent so lution
with a sponge. In the case of stubborn stains, a detergent paste can
Aluminum trim
be applied directly to the stain and worked into the fabric . After-
wards, use copious amounts of clean water to remove the
Use only neutral -pH products to remove spots and deposits from re m aining dete rgent . Apply the water w ith a damp cloth o r sponge
aluminum surfaces. Chrome care products and alka line cleaners and pat the fabric dry with an absorbent, dry cloth .
w ill attack aluminum surfaces and ca n damage them over time .
Stains from chocolate or makeup should have detergent paste (e.g .
ox-ga ll soap) rubbed into them. Afterwards, remove the soap with
& WARNING water (damp sponge) .
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other information A lcoho l can be used to treat st ains from grease, oi l, lipst ick or a ba ll-
=>page 234. • point pen . Melted grease or dye must be patted off using absorbent
ma t erial. It may be neces sary to retrea t the areas with det ergent
paste and water. _.,
•
llfflJ
__
C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
In the case of genera l soiling of the upho lstery and cover material,
we recommend h iring a specialis t t hat has t he equ ip ment to clean 0 Note
the seat covers and other fabric surfaces by shampooing and spray Cleaning agents co ntaini ng solvents wil l attack t he mat erial and can
extraction . change the way it behaves . •
& WARNING Ap p li es to ve hi cles: w it h natu ral leat h er
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and the information

Natural leather
~ page 234. Aud i m akes g reat eff or ts to m ai n tain the p ro p er ties,
n atu ral look and feel of in ter i or leather.
[i ] Tip s General
Open Velcro fasteners on your clothing can damage the seat cover. We offer many different types of leather on our vehicles. Most are
Please make sure t hat Velc ro fas t ene rs are c losed. • different types of nappa leather, which has a smooth surface and
comes in various co lors.
Plastic parts and instrument panel The intens ity of the color det ermi nes t he vis ual characteris ti cs and
appearance. If the surface of the leather has a typica l natural look ,
- Always use a clean clot h moiste ned in clear water. t hen t he leather is a nappa leat her tha t has been left in a relati vely
natural condition. This leather offers particu larly good comfor t and
Always use a clean cloth moistened in clear water to clean these breathes well. Fine veins, closed grains, insect bites, skin folds, and
areas. For persistent d irt use a n Aud i approved solvent -free plastic subt le variations in color remain visib le. These character istics
cleaner/protectant . demonstrate that the material is natura l.
Nat ural nappa leather is not covere d by a colo r f i nis h. It is the ref or e
& WARNING more sensitive to soiling and wear, which is something you need to
con side r if chi ld ren, an imals or othe r factors might pr ove t o be
Solvents can change the properties of some plastics and make it particularly hard on the leather.
harder for the airbag to deploy.
By contrast, leather types that are covered by a colored finish layer
• Never clean the instrument panel or the surface of Airbag are mo re du rable. This has a positive eff ect o n the leather's resis -
modules with cleaning produ cts that contain solvents. tance to wear and soiling in daily use. On the other hand, the typical
• Products containing solvents will make the surface of this part cha ract eristics of natura l leather are barely or not appa rent .
porous. However, th is does not mean that the leather itself is of inferior
• Serious injuries can result if plastic parts come loose when the quali t y.
airbag is deployed .
Care and handling
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and the information
Becaus e of th e exclusive nat ure of t he ty p es of leat her t hat Audi
~ page 234.
uses and their un ique properties (such as sens itivity to oi ls, grease, ..,_
____________________________________________ ...:
C:..:
l:e..:
:.:
a::.n
:....:..:..:
in~g~a~n.:..:
d::....!
p::.r:..:
o:::..::.
te:::..:::
c:..::
t..:..:
io::::.:
n:..._
___
soiling, etc.), you will need to be somewhat careful with these Ap plies to veh icles: wi th nat u ral leather
leathers, and a certain type of care is required. For example, dark Cleaning and caring for leather upholstery
clo t hing materials can discolor leather seat s (especially if such and trim
clothing is damp and was not dyed correctly) . Dust and dirt particles
in pores , folds, and seams can have an abrasive effect and can Natural leather requires special care and attention.
damage the leather surface as well as weaken seams.
Normal cleaning
The leather should be cleaned regularly as needed. After having
been used f or a relat iv ely long t im e, your leat her seats will acquire - Clean soiled areas with a slightly moistened cotton or
a rich aged finish. This is a characteristic of natural leather and a woolen cloth.
sign of true quality.
More stubborn dirt
In order to maintain the value of this natural product over the life of
your vehicle, you should follow the recommendations below: - More stubborn dirt can be removed using a cloth satu-
rated with a mild soap solution (2 tablespoons mild
0 Note
-
liquid soap).
Never allow the soap solution to saturate the leather, and
• To keep your leather from bleaching out, do not allow it to be
exposed to bright sunlight for long periods of time. If you have to make certain that no water soaks into the seams.
leave the vehicle parked outside for long periods, cover the leather
Wipe off the soap solution with a soft, dry cloth.
to protect it from direct exposure to sunlight.
• Sharp objects on clothing, such as zippers, rivets or sharp pieces Cleaning spots
on belts can leave permanent scratches or scrape marks on the
surface of the leather. - Remove fresh water-based spots (such as coffee, tea,
juices, blood) with an absorbent cloth or paper towel.
[i] Tips - Remove fresh grease or oil-based spots (such as butter,

• After each time you clean the leather and at regular intervals, use
mayonnaise, chocolate) with an absorbent cloth or paper
a leather preservative creme that contains UV-blockers and that towel, or use the cleaner from the leather care kit if the
works into the leather. This creme will nourish and moisturize the spot has not yet penetrated into the surface of the
leather , helping it to breathe and stay supple . It also helps to build leather.
up a protective coating on the surface.
- Use an oil/grease dissolving spray, if oil/grease spots
• Clean the leather every 2 - 3 months, and clean any areas that get have dried on.
soiled.
• Remove fresh marks made by ballpoint pens, ink, lipstick, shoe - Remove specific kinds of spots (ballpoint pen, felt
polish, etc . as soon as possible. marker, fingernail polish, water-based paint, shoe polish,
• Preserve the color of the leather as needed by using a special etc.) with a spot remover specifically formulated for
colored leather care creme to touch up areas of uneven color . • leather. ._.
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
Leath e r ca re Ap plies to vehi cles: w ith Alca n tara up hols tery
- Every half year use an approved leather care product Cleaning Alcantara ® (synthetic suede)
(available from your authorized Audi dealer) to care for
the leathe r. Removing dust and dirt
- Mois t en a cl ot h, squeeze out excess water and w ip e dow n
- App ly the product very spar ingly .
t he seat surfaces.
- Wipe it off wit h a damp cloth.
Removing stains
If you have any questions about cleaning and caring for the leat her
- Mois t en a cloth wit h lukewarm water or with diluted
in your vehic le, it is best to contact your authorized Audi dea ler, who
wi ll be glad to help you and te ll you about our full range of leather ethyl (rubbing ) alcohol.
care products, such as: Dab at the stain . Start at the outside and wor k inwards.
• Leather cleaning and care kit
Once the st ain is no longer visib le, use a sof t dry clo t h or
• Creams to care for co lored leather t issu e to soak up t he moistur e.
• Spot removers for bal lpoint pens, shoe polish, etc.
• Oil/grease disso lving spray Do not use leather cleaning produc t s on Alcantara.
• New and upcoming pro ducts. You may use a suitable shampoo for removing dust and dirt.
Dust and grit in the pores and seams can scratch and damage the
& WARNING surf ace. If the car is left st anding in the su n fo r long periods, the
leather should be protected against direct sunlight to prevent it
Alway s read and heed all WARNINGS and other informat ion from f ading. Sligh t colo r var iations w ill deve lop in no r mal use a nd
=> page 234 . are not an indication of materia l deterioration .
0 Note 0 Note
• Never use chemical solvents (e.g. lighter f luid, turpentine), • Never use chemical so lvents (e.g . lighter fluid, turpentine),
waxes, shoe po lish or similar products on the leather surfaces in waxes, shoe polish or similar products on Alcantara ® surfaces.
your Audi. • To avoid damage, have stubborn stains removed by a commer -
• To avoid damage, have stubborn stains removed by a commer - cia l cleaning specialist.
cia l cleaning specialist. • • Do not use brushes, stiff sponges or similarly abrasive cleaning
aids . •
_____________________________________________ C_l_e_a_n
_ in--=
g'---
a_n_d___,
p_r_o_te_ c_t_io_n__ _
Safety belts Engine compartment

Only well-maintained safety belts work reliably when Be especially careful when cleaning the engine compart-
needed. ment.
- Keep belts clean. Always switch off the ignition before cleaning the engine =:> & .
- For cleaning, use a mild soap and water solution. Let Plenum panel
belts dry thoroughly and away from direct sunlight. Remove leaves from the plenum panel in front of the windshield
under the engine hood. This prevents the water drain holes from
- Do not allow inertia reel safety belts to retract before
becoming blocked, and it prevents debris from entering the vehicle
they are completely dry. interior through the heating and ventilation ducts.
- Check the condition of your safety belts regularly.
Corrosion protection
Heavily soiled safety belts may not retract properly. The engine compartment and transmission have been corrosion-
protected at the factory.
& WARNING Good anti-corrosion treatment is very important, particularly in the

winter. If the vehicle is frequently driven on salt treated roads, the
Damaged safety belts can break in a crash. entire engine compartment and plenum panel should be thor -
• Anything that might damage your safety belts could mean that oughly cleaned at the end of winter and retreated to prevent salt
you and your passengers would not be adequately protected in an damage. At the same time, the underside of the vehicle should be
accident. washed as well.
• Safety belt performance depends on correct installation. Never If the engine compartment is cleaned at any time with grease
remove belts from the vehicle to clean them . removing solutions 2l, or if you have the engine washed, the anti-
• Do not use chemical cleaning agents, bleach or dyes. They have corrosion treatment is almost always removed as well. It is therefore
corrosive properties which weaken the webbing. essential to have a long-lasting corrosion protection reapplied to all
surfaces, seams, joints and components in the engine compart -
• When cleaning your safety belts, inspect them for damage. If
ment.
you discover damage, see your authorized Audi dealer.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
=:, page 234. • & WARNING
Be aware: The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a
potentially hazardous area.
• Before working in the engine compartment, be sure to read the
information =:> page 245 . .,_
21
Use only the correct clean ing solu tions. Never use gasoline or diesel fuel.
•
___ C
_ le_a
_ n_i_n~g_ a_n_d
__ p_r_
o_t_e_c_t_i_
o_n___________________________________________ _
• Before reaching into the front plenum panel, always remove the
ignition key . Otherwise, the windshield wiper system could unin -
tentionally be switched on , possibly causing personal in j ury from
the moving wiper linkage .
• Never reach into the area around or touch the radiator fan . The
auxiliary fan is temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly
- even when the ignition is off.
• Do not wash, wax or dry the engine with the engine running .
Moving or hot parts could injure you .
• Do not clean the underside of the chassis , fenders , wheel
covers, or other hard to reach parts without protecting your hands
and arms. You may cut yourself on sharp-edged metal parts.
• Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other information
~ poge234. •
Fue l s upply a nd fillin g y ou r fu el tank
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank
Gasoline Gasoline most common ly used in the United States and Canada has
the following octane ratings that can usua lly be found on the filler
pump:
Fuel supply
• Premium Grade : 91 - 96 AKI
Using the right fuel helps keep the environment clean and
• Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI
prevents engine damage.
Explanation of the abbreviations:
Fuel reco mm e nd a ti o n
AKI = A nti Knock Index= (R+M)/2 = (RON+MON)/2
The fuel recommended for your vehic le is unleaded premium grade
gaso line . See also ~ page 326, "Data". Audi recommends using TOP RON = Research Octane N umber
TIER Detergent Gasoline with a minimum octane rating of 91 AKI (95 MON = M otor Octane Number .
RON). For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please
go to the official website (www.toptiergas .com).
The recommended gasoline octane rating for your engine can also 0 Note
be found on a label located on the inside of the fuel fille r flap. This • Do not use any fue l with octane ratings lower than 87 AKI or 91
rating may be specified as AKI or RON. RON otherwise expensive engine damage will occur .
Your vehic le may also be operated us ing unleaded regular gasoline • Do not use leaded gasoline! The use of leaded gasoline will
with a minimum octane rating of 87 AKl/91 RON. However, using 87 severe ly damage your vehicle's catalytic converter and its abi lity to
AKl/9 1 RON octane fuel will slightly reduce engine performance. control exhaust emissions. •
Use unle aded gasoline only. Unleaded gaso line is avai lable
throughout the USA, Canada, and in most European countries. We Blended gasoline
recommend that you do not take your vehicle to areas or countr ies
where un leaded gasoline may not be available . U s e o f g aso line co nt a ining a lco h o l or M T B E (m e th y l
For more information on refueling your vehicle, see ~ page 248 . t er t iary but yl e ther )
You may use unleaded gasoline blended with alcohol or MTBE
O c t ane ra tin g (commonly referred to as oxygenates) if the blended mixture meets
Octane rating indicates a gaso line's ability to resist engine the follow ing criteria:
damaging "knock" caused by premature ignition and detonation.
Blend of gasoline meth anol (wood alcohol or methyl alcohol)
Therefore, buying the correct grade of gaso line is very important to
help prevent possible engine damage and a loss of engine perfor - • Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher .
mance. • Blend must contain no more than 3% methanol.
• Blend must contain more than 2% co-solvents.
•
Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or ethyl alcohol} Gasoline additives
• Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
• Blend must not contain more than 10% ethanol. A major concern among many auto manufacturers is carbon
deposit build-up caused by the type of gasoline you use.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
Although gasoline grades differ from one manufacturer to another,
• Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. they have certain things in common . All gasoline grades contain
• Blend must contain not more than 15% MTBE. substances that can cause deposits to collect on vital engine parts,
such as fuel injectors and intake valves. Although most gasoline
Seasonally adjusted gasoline
brands include additives to keep engine and fuel systems clean,
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform especially well for they are not equally effective.
winter or summer driving. During seasonal change -over, we suggest
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. For more
that you fill up at busy gas stations where the seasonal adjustment
information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the offi-
is more likely to be made in time.
cial website (www.toptiergas.com).
0 Note
After an extended period of using inadequate fuels, built-up carbon
deposits can rob your engine of peak performance.
• Methanol fuels which do not meet these requirements may
cause corrosion and damage to plastic and rubber components in
the fuel system. (D Note
• Do not use fuels that fail to meet the specified criteria in this Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel quality is not covered by
chapter. the Audi New Vehicle Limited Warranty. •
• If you are unable to determine whether or not a particular fuel

blend meets the specifications, ask your service station or its fuel
supplier.
Fuel tank
• Do not use fuel for which the contents cannot be identified.
Fuel filler neck
• Fuel system damage and performance problems resulting from
the use of fuels different from those specified are not the responsi -
The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear side panel behind the
bility of Audi and are not covered under the New Vehicle or the
fuel filler flap.
Emission Control System Warranties.
• If you experience a loss of fuel economy or driveability and If the power locking system should fail, you can still open the flap
performance problems due to the use of one of these fuel blends, manually - for detailed instructions see => page 251.
we recommend that you switch to unblended fuel. • You can find the fuel tank capacity of your vehicle in Technical Data
=>page 326. .,_
Fuel supply a nd filling your fuel tank
The labe l on the inside of the fuel filler flap tel ls you the correct fuel Refuelling
fo r your vehicle . For mo re information about fuel specifications, see
=>page 247. The fuel filler fl ap is unl ocked fro m a but ton in the driver' s
door.
Your vehicle fuel tank has an on -board refuelling vapor recovery
syst em. Th is f eature helps to prevent fue l vapors from escapin g
from the tank and polluting the environment wh ile you refue l your
veh i cle. In order to fill t he tank properly while protecti ng the envi-
ronment, please follow this refuel ing procedure carefully .
& WARNING
Under normal operating conditions , never carry additional fuel
Fig. 179 Driver's door:
containers in your car. Gas canister s and other containers used to Unlocking fuel filler
transport fuel can be dangerous . Such conta iners, full or empty, flap
may leak and could cause a fire in a collision . If you mu st transport
fuel to use for your lawn mower, snow blower, etc., be very careful
and always observe local and state laws regarding the use, tran s-
port ation and storage of such fuel containers . Make certain the
container meets industry standard s (ANSI/ASTM F852 · 861.
0 Note
Never d rive yo ur vehicle un t il t he fue l tank is comp let ely d ry. The
Fig. 180 Fuel cap
irregular supp ly of fuel can cause misfiring . Gasoline could enter
hooked on t he opened
int o t he exhaus t system and damage the cataly t ic conver t er. • fuel filler flap
W hen ad ding f uel, th e ig ni ti o n and any cell ular ph ones in

th e ve hicl e must be sw it ched off.
Taking the fuel cap off

To open t he fue l fille r flap, pull the button~ fig . 179.
Unsc rew f uel filler cap co unter-c lockwise and hang it on
t he fue l fi ll er flap ~ fig. 180. ..,

Refuelling procedure & WARNING (continued)

- Insert the fuel nozzle from the gasoline pump into the
Static electricity can cause sparks that can ignite fuel vapors
fuel filler neck as far as it will go. released during refueling.
- Select a medium refuelling rate so that the nozzle • Never smoke or have an open flame anywhere in or near your
switches off automatically when the tank is full. vehicle when refueling or filling a portable fuel container.
• For your safety, we strongly recommend that you do not travel
Putting the fuel cap back on with a portable fuel container in your vehicle. The container, full or
- After filling your tank, twist the fuel filler cap clockwise empty may leak and could cause a fire, especially in a crash.
until you hear a definite click. • If, under exceptional circumstances, you must transport a
portable fuel container, please observe the following:
Close the fuel filler flap.
- Never fill a portable fuel container while it is anywhere in or
on the vehicle (for example, in the luggage compartment, or on
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the fuel tank always close
the trunk). Static electricity can build up while filling and can
fuel filler cap properly and completely. An improperly closed fuel
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
filler cap may also cause a message in the driver information system
=>page 30 or cause the MIL lamp => page 31 to come on. - Always place a portable fuel container on the ground before
filling.
& WARNING - Always keep the filler nozzle completely

container before and during filling.
inside the portable
Improper refueling or handling of fuel can cause fire, explosion - If filling a portable container made of metal, the filler nozzle
and severe burns. must always be in contact with the container. This will help
• Fuel is highly flammable and can cause severe burns and other prevent static electricity from discharging and cause a fire.
injuries. - Never spill fuel inside the vehicle or luggage compartment.
• Failure to shut the engine off while refueling and/or to insert Fuel vapors are highly flammable .
the pump nozzle fully into the fuel filler neck could cause fuel to - Always observe local and state/provincial laws regarding the
spray out of filler neck or to overflow. Fuel spray and overflowing use, storage and transportation of fuel containers.
fuel can cause a fire .
- Make certain the fuel container meets industry standards
• Never use a cellular telephone while refueling. The electromag- (ANSI / ASTM F852-861.
netic radiation can cause sparks that can ignite fuel vapors and
cause a fire.
• Never get back into your vehicle while refueling. If in excep-
(D Note
tional circumstances you must get back in your vehicle while refu- If any fuel has spilled onto the car, it should be removed immedi -
eling, make certain that you close the door and touch metal to ately to prevent damage to the paint. ~
discharge static electricity before touching the filler nozzle again.
Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank -
------------=-=--=-------=:a....:.--------J
- Use the screwdriver (vehicle tool kit) to pry the cover off
<£>
For the sake of the environment at the recess => fig. 181 G).
As soon as the correctly operated nozzle switches off automatically
for the first time, the tank is full. Do not try to add more fuel because - Pull the actuator in the direction of arrow @ to release
fuel may spill out . In addition, the expansion space in the fuel tank the fuel filler flap =>fig. 181.
will be filled - causing the fuel to overflow when it becomes warm
- Open the fuel filler flap. •
and pollute the environment.
[i] Tips
• Running your engine while refuelling may cause vapors to
escape or even fuel to spill out of the tank. This would then shut off
the fuel nozzle before the tank is full.
• Do not refuel your vehicle with the ignition switched on. The fuel
gauge may otherwise not indicate the correct fuel level after
refuelling. •
Unlocking th e fuel filler flap by hand

You can open the fuel filler flap by hand if the power
locking system should fail.
Fig. 181 Inside the

luggage compartment:
Opening the fuel filler
flap by hand
- Open the rear lid.

- Remove the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit
=> page 294.
Vehic le care I I irechnical data

- Checking and filling
P'f?tl ---=---------------
Checking and filling
Engine hood Opening the engine hood
Releasing the engine hood

The engine hood is released from inside the vehicle.
Fig. 183 Engine hood

release lever
Fig. 182 Driver's side Before opening the engine hood, make sure that the wind-
footwell: engine hood
shield wipers are folded flat against the windshield. Other-
release lever
wise, they could damage the paint on the hood.
- Open the driver's door . Pull the release lever ~ fig. 183 in the direction indicated
- Pull the release lever on the left under the instrument by the arrow. This release the hook under the hood.
panel ~ fig. 182 in direction of the arrow. - Open the hood all the way.
The hood pops up slightly under spring pressure. • The hood will be held up by gas pressure in the strut .
& WARNING
Hot engine coolant can burn you!
• To reduce the risk of being burned, never open the hood if you
see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart-
ment. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen or heard before
carefully opening the hood . •
Checking and filling -
--------------~-
Closing the engine hood & WARNING (continued )
- Pull the hood dow n un til t he p ressure f rom t he st rut is • Move selector lever of automatic transmission to "P" (Park);
redu ced . put manual transmission in Neutral .
• Always let the engine cool down . Hot components will burn
- Let the hood drop down and latch in place . Do not try to skin on contact.
&.
pus h it shut ; it may f ail t o enga ge =>
• To reduce the risk of being burned , never open the hood if you
see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compart -
& WARNING ment . Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen or heard before
carefully opening the hood .
A hood that is not completely latched could fly up and block your
• Keep children away from the engine compartment .
view while driving.
• Never spill fluids on hot engine components . They can cause a
• When you close the engine hood, check it to make sure the
fire.
safety catch has properly engaged. The hood should be flush with
the surrounding vehicle body parts . • Never touch the radiator fan. The auxiliary electric fan is
temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly.
• If you notice while driving that the hood is not secured prop -
erly , stop at on ce and close it. • • Never open the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is still
warm . The coolant system is pressurized and hot coolant could
spray out!
Working in the engine compartment • Protect your face , hands and arm from steam or hot engine
Be esp eci ally careful wh ene ver you work in th e eng in e coolant by placing a thick rag over the cap when you open the
coolant reservoir .
co m p artmen t !
• If work on the fuel system or the electri cal system is necessary :
Whenever you must perform any work in the engine compartment , - Always disconnect the battery .
for example checking and filling different fluids , there is a ri sk of
- Never smoke or work near heaters or open flames . Fluids in
injury , burns and accidents . To prevent personal injury always
the engine compartment could start a fire .
observe the following WARNINGS . The engine compartment of any
vehicle is a hazardous area! ~ & - Keep an approved fire extinguisher immediately available.
• To avoid electrical shock and personal injury while the engine
& WARNING is running or being started , never touch :

- Ignition cables
To help avoid injury , before you check anything under the hood :
- Other components of the high voltage electronic ignition
• Turn off the engine. system .
• Remove the ignition key. • If you must perform a check or repair with the engine running : ..,
• Set the parking brake fully .
•
__ _ C_h_e
_ c_k_in--=g'--a_n_d_ f_il_li_n--=
g==--
--------------------------------------------

<£'For the sake of the environment
- First, fully apply the park ing brake, move selector lever of To detect leaks in t ime, inspect the veh icle floor pan from unde r-
automatic transmission to " P" (Park); put manual transmission neath regularly. If you see spots from oil o r other veh ic le fluids, have
in Neutral. you r vehi cle insp ected by an authori zed Audi dealer . •
- Alway s use extreme caution to prevent clothing , jewel ry, or
long hair from gettin g caught in the radiator fan , V-belts or
other moving parts , or from contacting hot parts. Tie back hair Engine compartment
before starting , and do not wear clothing that will hang or
droop into the engine . App lies to ve hi cles: wit h 2.0 I tur bo, 4-cy li nder•engi ne
• Minimize exposure to emission and chemi cal hazard s =>& . 2 .0 I, 4-cylinder turbo engine (200 hp)
These are the mo st imp ortan t items that you can che ck.
& WARNING
Californ ia Proposition 65 Warning :
• Engine exhaust , some of its constituents , and certa in vehicle
component s contain or emit chemical s known to the State of Cali-
fornia to cause cancer and birth defe cts and reproductive harm . In
addition, certain fluid s contained in vehicles and certain products
of component wear contain or emit chem icals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc -
tive harm.
• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds , chem icals known to the State of California
to cause cancer and reproductive harms. Wash hands after
handling .
0 Note
When adding fluids , always make sure t hat the y are pou red into the
Fig. 184 Engine comp artment : 2.0 I, 4-cylinder turbo
proper conta i ner or filler opening, otherw ise serious damage to
vehicle systems will occur . G) Coolant expans ion tank (- f- ) . .. .. . . .. . .. . . .. . . . .. . 261
0 Windshie ld washe r con t ainer (Q ) .. . . ... . ... . . ... . 269
© Engi ne oil dipstick (orange) ........ . ..... . .. . ... . 25 7
© Engin e oil fi ll er cap ('e:r.) ..... . ...... . .... . . .. .. . 258 ..,,
Checking and filling -
---------------------=----"=---------
© Brake fluid reservoir ( ) . ... . ... . .. .. . ......... .
© Battery .. . .. ................................. .
263
265 & WARNING
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always
& WARNING read and heed all WARNINGS ~

compartment" on page 253.
&
in "Working in the engine
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always

read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
compartment" on page 253. • [i] Tips
The battery on vehicles with the 6-cylinder engine is located in the
luggage compartment. Have any work on this battery performed by
3 .2 liter , 6 -cylinder eng ine (250 hp) a qualified service facility. •
Engine oil
Engine oil specifications

The engine oil used in your Audi needs the right kind of
oil.
The engine in your Audi is a sophisticated powerplant that was built
to exacting specifications . This engine needs the right kind of
engine oil that meets specifications regarding quality and viscosity
so that it can run smoothly and reliably. Choosing the right oil and
changing oil within the time and mileage intervals printed in your
vehicle's Maintenance & Warranty booklet matters a lot more today
than it did years ago. Audi has developed a special quality standard
for engine oil that will help assure that your vehicle's engine will get
the lubrication it needs for proper operation .
Fig. 185 Engine compartment: 3.21 250-hp engine Modern engine lubrication has taken a quantum leap in the last few
years. Many synthetic oils available today provide better engine
G) Coolant expansion tank (-L ) ................. . ... . 261
lubrication that can outlast traditional petroleum-based oils,
@ Windshield washer container (,$ ) . ... . .. .. .. .. . .. . 269 making them a smart choice for use throughout the life of your Audi .
@ Engine oil dipstick (orange) ... . .. ... . .. .. .. .. . .. . 257
Whether you use synthetic or petroleum-based engine oil, the oil
© Engine oil filler cap ("1::r.) .. . .. .. .. . ............. . 258
that you use must conform to Audi's oil quality standard VW 502 00
© Brake fluid reservoir ( ) . ... . .. ...... . ......... . 263 to help keep your vehicle's engine running smoothly and help ti,,,
© Jump start points(+) under a cover,(-) bolt head .. . . 315

-~_ C_h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_
in-'g
:::;.._
___________________________________________ _
prevent the formation of harmful deposits, sometimes called top off with more than a total of 0 .5 qt/liter engine oil that does not
"sludge," that over time can lead to expensive repairs. conform to Audi oil specification VW 502 00.
At the time of printing, engine oils available in the U.S. and Canada For more information about engine oil that has been approved for
that meet the exacting specifications of Audi oil standard VW 502 00 your vehicle, please contact either your authorized Audi dealer or
are synthetic engine oils. This does not mean, however, that every Audi Customer Relations at 1 (800) 822-2834 or visit our web site at
synthetic engine oil will meet Audi oil standard VW 502 00. So www.audiusa.com or www.audicanada.ca. Here you will also find a
always be sure that you use an approved oil. current list of oils (manufacturers, brand names etc.) that conform
to Audi oil standard VW 502 00.
To help prevent the formation of harmful deposits use only oil with
the following specifications printed on the oil container: Changing the engine oil
Audi oil standard VW 502 00 The engine oil and oil filter must be changed according to the
mileage (kilometers) and time intervals specified in your vehicle 's
Oil container labels may carry the specification singly or in combi-
Maintenance & Warranty booklet . Do not exceed these intervals -
nation with other designations and oil quality standards.
harmful deposits from old engine oil can reduce engine perfor-
Viscosity mance and can lead to expensive engine repairs.
Engine oils are graded according to their viscosity. The proper Changing the oil at the recommended intervals is so very important
viscosity grade oil for your engine depends on climactic or seasonal because the lubricating properties of oil decrease gradually during
conditions where you drive. You can use oil with a viscosity grade of normal vehicle use. If you are not sure when you have your oil
SAE 5W40 across all temperature ranges for normal driving condi- changed, ask your authorized Audi Service Advisor.
tions .
Under some circumstances the engine oil should even be changed
However, if engine oil viscosity grade SAE 5W40 is not available, you more frequently . Change oil more often if you drive mostly short
can also use viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 or SAE 0W-40 as long as it distances, operate the vehicle in dusty areas or mostly under stop -
meets Audi oil quality standard VW 502 00 specifications. and-go traffic conditions, or when you use your vehicle where
Because engine oil that meets the Audi oil standard may not be temperatures stay below freezing point for long periods.
available everywhere when you need it, we strongly recommend Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil look dark after the
that you always carry with you an extra quart {liter) of oil that engine has been running for a short time. This is normal and is not
expressly conforms to the VW 502 00 specification, in case you have a reason to change the oil more often than recommended .
to top off the oil while on the road.
Damage or malfunctions due to lack of maintenance
Only if the level of the oil is at or below the minimum mark on the
It is essential that you change your oil at the recommended intervals
oil dipstick - and no oil that expressly conforms to Audi oil standard
using only engine oil that complies with Audi oil standard
VW 502 00 specifications is available - may you top off with a high
VW 502 00. Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does not cover
quality engine oil, preferably synthetic -based, that meets ACEA A3,
damage or malfunctions due to failure to follow recommended
ACEA A5 or ACEA B5, API SL or ILSAC GF-3 specifications, but even
maintenance and use requirements as set forth in the Audi Owner's
then, only in viscosity grades SAE 5W-40, SAE 5W-30, or SAE 0W-40 .
Manual and Maintenance & Warranty booklet. Your dealer will have
However, during the entire time between oil change intervals, never
to deny warranty coverage unless you present to the dealer proof in ~
___________________________________________ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n_g_ a_n_d_ f_il_li_n_g__ !II
the form of Service or Repair Orders that all schedu led maintenance
was performed in a time ly manner . • 0 Note
Driving with an insufficie nt o il level is likely to cause severe damage
to the engine.
Engine oil consumption
The engine in your vehicle depends on an adequate [i ] Tip s
amount of oil to lubricate and cool all of its moving parts. • The oil pressure wa rning displ ay ce,. is not an indicat or of the oil
In order to provide effective lubrication and cool ing of internal level. Do not rely on it. Instead , check the oil level in your engine at
engine components , all internal combustion engines consume a regular interv als, preferably each time you refuel, and always before
certain amount of oil. Oil consumption varies from engine to engine going on a long trip.
and may change significantly over the life of the engine. Typically, • If you have the impression your engine consumes excessive
engines with a specified break -in period (see ~ page 223) consume amoun t s of oil, we recommend that you consu lt your authorized
more oil during the break-in period than they consume af t er oi l Audi dealer to have the cause of your concern proper ly diagnosed .
consumption has stabi lized . Keep in mind that the accura t e m easuremen t of oil consumption
requires great care and may take some time . Your authorized Audi
Unde r normal conditions, the rate of oil consumption depends on
dea ler has instructions about how to measu re oil consumption
the quality and viscosity of the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minute)
at which the engine is operated, the ambient temperature and road accurately . •
conditions . Further factors are the amount of oil dilution from water
condensation or fuel residue and th e oxidation level of the o il. As Checking the engine oil level
any engine is subject to wear as mileage builds up, the oil consump -
tio n may increase over time unt il rep lacement of worn components
may become necessary.
W ith all these variables coming into play, no standard rate of oil
consu m ption can be estab lished or specified. There is no alternative
to regular and frequent checking of the oil level, see Note .
If the yellow engi ne oil level warning symbol in the instrume nt
cluster lights up, you should check the oil level as soon as
poss i ble with the oil dipstick ~ page 257 . Top off the oil at your Fig . 186 Dipsti ck
earliest convenience~ page 258. (Version A): Oil level
ran ges
& WARNING
Before you che ck anything in the eng ine comp artment , alw ay s
read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &in "Working in the engine
compartment " on page 253.
•
_ __ C_h_e
_ c_k_in
--==
g'--a _n_d_ f_il_li_n..:::
g:::..-
___________________________________________ _
Oil level within range ©

You must add oil. Afterwards, the oil level should be
within range @ .
The oil level needs to be checked at regular intervals. The best times
to do this are whenever you refuel and prior to long trips. •
Fig. 187 Dipstick

(Version B): Oil level Adding e ngin e oi l ~
ranges
Before you check anything in the engine compartment,

always read and heed all WARNINGS => &
in "Working in
the engine compartment" on page 253.
Determining oil level

- Park your vehicle so that it is horizontally level.
Fig. 188 Oil filler cap
- While at operating state temperature, briefly let the location: 2.0 liter, 4-
engine run at idle and then shut it off. cylinder turbo engine
- Wait approx. two minutes.

Pull out the oil dipstick. Wipe off the oil dipstick with a
clean cloth, and slide it back in as far as it will go.
- Pull it back out and read off the oil level => page 257,
fig. 186 or ::::>fig. 187. Top off the engine oil, if applicable
=> page 258.
Fig. 189 Oil filler cap
Oil level within range @ location : 3.2 liter, VG-
engine
- Do not add oil.
Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
Oil level within range @ &
always read and heed all WARNINGS ::::> in "Working in
- You can add oil. Afterwards, the oil level should be within the eng ine compartment" on page 253. •
range @ .
_____________________________________________ C_h_e
_ c_k_in___;;:;;
g'---
a_n_d_ f_il_li_n__
g____ lfll
- Unscrew the cap '1::7: to t he engine oil filli ng hole Changing the engine oil
~ page 258, f ig. 188 or~ page 258, fi g . 189.
We recommend that have your oil changed by an auth o-
- Carefully top off with the appropriate oil in 0.5 liter doses. rized Audi dealer or a qualified service station.
- Check the oil level again after two minutes ~ page 257 . Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read
- Top off t he oil again, if necessary.
and heed all WARNING S => & in "Working in the engine compart-
ment" on page 253.
- Screw the cap bac k on t he filling hole and slide the oil The engine oi l must be changed according to the interva ls specified
dipstick in as far as it will go. in your Maintenance & Warranty booklet . This is very important
because the lubricating properties of oi l diminish gradua lly during
& WARNING normal vehicle use.

Under some circumstances the engine oil shou ld be changed more
• Whil e t oppi ng off, the oil mu st not come in contact w ith hot frequently . Change oil more often if you drive mostly short
engine part s - fire haza rd ! distances, operate the vehicle in dusty areas or under predomi -
• The oil filler cap mu st be properly secured to prevent oil from nantly stop -and -go t raffic conditions, or have your vehicle where
being sprayed on the hot engine and exhaust syst em w hen the temperatures remain below freezing for extended periods.
engine is running - fire hazard!
Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oi l look dark after the
• If your skin has come in contact w ith the engine oil, you must eng ine has been running for a short t ime . Th is is normal and is not
subsequently cleanse it thoroughl y. a reason to change the oil more often than recommended .
Because of the problem of proper disposal, along with the special
0 Note tools and necessary expertise required, we strongly recommend
that you have your oi l changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a
• The oil level must not be above range @ - danger of converter or
engine damage! Contact a qualified workshop to draw off oi l, if qualified service station .
necessary. If you choose to change your oil yourself, please note the follow ing
• Audi does not recommend the use of oil addit ives. They may important information:
damage the engine and adversely affect your New Vehicle Warrant y.
& WARNING
W For the sake of the environm ent To reduce the risk of personal injury if you must change the engine
• Under no circumstances can the oi l come in contact w ith the oil in your vehicle yourself :
sewage network or the soil.
• Wear eye prote ction .
• Observe and fol low legal regulations when d isposing of empty
• To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine oil, let t he engine
oil containers . •
cool dow n t o t he to uch. .,_
•
-~_ C_ h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_in-'g:::;.._
___________________________________________ _
& WA RNING (continued ) Engine cooling system

• Wh en removing the oil drain plug with your fingers, stay as far Coolant
aw ay as possible. Alway s keep your forearm parallel to the ground
to help prevent hot oil from runni ng dow n your arm. The engine coolan t perf orms two func tions: it keeps th e
• Drain the oil into a container designed for th is purpo se, one engine from overheating an d it protects the engine from
large enough to hold at least the total amount of oil in your engine. freezing in the winter.
• Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out of the reach of children.
The cooling system is sealed and general ly requires litt le attention.
• Continuous contact with used engine oil is harmful to your
The coo ling system has been fi ll ed at the factory with a permanent
skin. Alway s protect your skin by wa shing oil off th oroughly w ith
coo lant which does not need to be changed. The coolant consists of
soap and water.
a mixture of water and the manufacturer's glycol -basedcoolant
additive G12+ antifreeze with anti corrosion add itives (50% for USA
0 Note models; 60% for Canadian mode ls). This mixture both assures the
necessary frost protection and protects metal components in the
Never mix oil additives wi t h your engine oil. These addi t ives can
damage your engine and adversely affect your Audi Limited New engine's cooling system from corrosion and scaling. It also raises
Vehicle Warranty. the boil ing point of the coolant.
Do not reduce the concentration of the coolant in the summer by
<£>
adding pla in water. The proporti on of coolant additive must be at
least 50% but not more than 60% to maintain antifreeze protection
• Before changing your oil, first make sure you know where you and cooling efficiency . If the coolant frost protect ion is t oo low, the
can properly dispose of the used oil. coo lant could freeze and damage the vehicle heating and engine
• Always dispose of used engine o il prope rly. Do not du m p it on coo ling system.
garden soil, wooded areas, into open streams or down sewage For year-round driving, antifreeze is added at the factory for temper -
drains. atures down to :
• Recycle used engine oi l by taking it to a used engine oi l collec -
• - 31 °F ( - 35 °C) USA
t ion facility in your area, or contact a service station. •
• - 40 °F ( - 40 °C) Canada .
You can mix the G12+ coolant additive w ith other additives (for
example G11 or G12). Always check with your authorized Audi
dea ler.
_____________________________________________ C_h_e_c
_ k_in....::::
g:...
_ n_d_ f _
a il_li_n-=
g::..._____,J-
Checking the engine coolant level

& WARNING The engine coolant level can be checked w ith a quick
Before you check anyt hing in the engine comp artment , alw ays
glance.
read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
compartment " on page 253.
0 Note
• Before winter sets in, have the coolant checked to see if the
coolant additive in your vehicle is sufficient to meet the climate
conditions. This is especia lly important if you live in a region where
the winter is extremely cold. If necessary, increase the proportion of
coolant additive to 60%. Fig. 190 Engine
compart me nt : coolant
• When adding coolant additive to your coo ling system, expansion t ank
remember:
- We recommend using only coolant additive G12 + (check the Before you check anything in t he engine compartmen t ,
label) for your vehicle . This coolant additive is available at autho-
rized Audi dealers. Other types of antifreeze can significantly
alw ays read and heed all WARNINGS => &
in "Wor king in
the engi ne co mpartment" on page 253.
reduce corrosion protection . The resu lting corrosion can cause a
loss of coolant and serious engine damage. Turn off the ignitio n.
• Do not add any type of radiator leak sealant to your vehicle's Read the engine coo lant level from the coolant expan-
engine coolant. Adding radiator repair fluid may adversely affect the
sio n ta nk => fig. 190 . W ith a cold engi ne, the coolant leve l
function and performance of your cooling system and cou ld result
sho ul d be between the "min" and " m ax" markings. When
in damage not covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty . •
the engi ne is wa r m, the level may be slightly above t he
"m ax" ma rking .
The location of the coolant expansion tank can be seen in the

engine compartment illustration ~ page 254.
To obtain a n accurate reading, the engine must be sw itched off .
The expansion tank in your vehic le is equipped with an electric
coola nt level sensor .
When the coolant leve l is too low, t he warn i ng light in the Auto -
Check System ~ page 52will blink until you add coolant and the
leve l has been restored to normal. Even though there is an electric ~
Vehicle care I I Technical data

-~_ C_h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_
in-'g
:::;.._
___________________________________________ _
coolant level sensor, we still recommend you check the coolant level Replacement engine coolant must conform to exact specifications
from time to time. =>page 260, "Coolant". If in an emergency coolant additive G12+ is
not available, do not use a different additive . Use plain water
Coolant loss instead until you can get the correct additive and can restore the
Coolant loss may indicate a leak in the cooling system. In the event correct ratio. This should be done as soon as possible.
of coolant loss, the cooling system should be inspected immedi -
If you have lost a considerable amount of coolant, then you should
ately by your authorized Audi dealer. It is not enough merely to add
add cold antifreeze and cold water only when the engine is cold.
coolant.
Always use new engine coolant when refilling.
In a sealed system, losses can occur only if the boiling point of the
coolant is exceeded as a result of overheating. Do not fill coolant above the "MAX" mark. Excess coolant will be
forced out through the pressure relief valve in the cap when the
0 Note
engine becomes hot.
Do not add any type of radiator leak sealant to your vehicle's engine
coolant. Adding radiator repair fluid may adversely affect the func - & WARNING
tion and performance of your cooling system and could result in • The cooling system is under pressure and can get very hot.
damage not covered by your New Vehicle limited Warranty. • Reduce the risk of scalding from hot coolant by following these
steps.
Adding coolant - Turn off the engine and allow it to cool down.
- Protect your face, hands and arms from escaping fluid and
Be very careful when adding engine coolant.
steam by covering the cap with a large, thick rag.
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, - Turn the cap slowly and very carefully in a counter-clockwise
in "Work ing in direction while applying light, downward pressure on the top
the engine compartment" on page 253. of the cap.
- To avoid being burned, do not spill antifreeze or coolant on
- Turn off the engine. the exhaust system or hot engine parts. Under certain condi-
- Let the engine cool down. tions, the ethylene glycol in engine coolant can catch fire.
• Antifreeze is poisonous. Always store antifreeze in its original
Place a thick rag over the coolant expansion tank container and well out of the reach of children.
=> page 261, fig. 190 and carefully twist the cap counter-
• If you drain the coolant, it must be caught and safely stored in
clockwise => &. a proper container clearly marked "poison". .,_
Add coolant.
- Twist the cap on again tightly.
_____________________________________________ C_h_e_c_ k_in....::::
g:...
a_ n_d_ f _il_li_n-=
g::..._____,JII
0 Note
&, WARNING !continued)
• Coolant pollutes the environment and could cause an engine • The auxiliary electric fan is temperature controlled and can
fire. Excess coolant will be forced out through the pressure relief switch on suddenly even when the engine is not running.
valve in the cap when the engine becomes hot.
• The auxiliary radiator fan switches on automatically when the
• If, in an emergency, only water can be added, the correct ratio engine coolant reaches a certain temperature and will continue to
between water and antifreeze=> page 260 must be restored as soon run until the coolant temperature drops. •
as possible.
<£>
Brake fluid
Drained coolant should not be reused . Always dispose of used
coolant while observing all environmental regulations. • Checking brake fluid level
The brake fluid level can be checked with a quick glance.
Radiator fan
The radiator fan switches on automatically by itself.
The electric radiator fan is controlled by thermoswitches that switch
on and off depending on coolant and engine compartment temper-
atures.
An auxiliary electric radiator fan* switches on and off depending on
coolant temperature and other vehicle operation conditions. Fig. 191 Engine
compartment: brake
After switching off the engine, the auxiliary fan - even with the igni- fluid reservoir
tion off - can continue running for up to 10 minutes . It can even
switch on again later by itself =>&, , if Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
• the temperature of the engine coolant rises due to the heat &
always read and heed all WARNINGS :::::;> in "Working in
build -up from the engine in the engine compartment, or the engine compartment" on page 253.
• the engine compartment heats up because the vehicle is parked
Read the brake fluid level from the brake fluid reservoir.
in intense sunlight.
The brake fluid level must be between the "MIN" and
"MAX" markings:::::;>fig. 191.
& WARNING The brake fluid reservoir is located at the rear partition of the engine
• To reduce the risk of personal injury never touch the radiator
compartment on the left side=> page 254 . .,_
fan.

llffll,.___ C
_ h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_in-'g=- --------------------------------------------
The fluid leve l may drop slightly after some time due to the auto -
mat ic adjustmen t of the brake pads. This is not cause fo r alarm .
If the brake fluid level fal ls considerably below the "MI N" mark , the - Use only brake fluid that meets SAE specification J 1703 and
brake warning/indicator light (U.S. models: BRAKE , Canadian models: conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Standard 116. Always check
(Cl)) will come on => page 23 and => page 52. Do not continue to with your authori zed Audi dealer to make sure you are using
operate the vehicle. The complete brake system should be thor - the correct brake fluid . The correct type of brake fluid is also
oughly checked by an authorized Audi deale r or ot her qual if ied indicated on the brake flu id reservoir.
facility and the cause correc t ed. If the brake fluid level is too low, the - The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use of the brake s can
brake warn ing/ indica t o r light w ill il luminate . Co ntact an authorized cause a vapor lock if the brake fluid is left in the system too
Aud i dealer immediately . • long. Thi s can seriously affect the efficiency of the brake s as
well as your safety. This could result in an accident .
Changing brake fluid

Have the brake flui d ch ange d by an experien ced techni -
0 Note
Brake fluid wi ll damage the paint of your vehicle .
cian.
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air. If the water content in the
brake fluid is too high, corros ion in t he brake system may result
<i'For the sake of the environment
after a period of time . The boiling point of the brake fluid will also Because of the p rob lem of proper disposal of brake fluid as we ll as
decrease considerably and decrease braking perfor mance . the special too ls required and the necessary expertise, we recom-
mend that you have the brake fluid changed by your authori zed Audi
Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed every two years. Always dea ler. •
use new brake fl uid which confo rms to Fede ral Motor Vehic le Stan -
dard "FMVSS 116 DOT 4".
The brake f luid reservoir can be difficu lt to reach, t herefore, we
reco mmend tha t yo u have th e brake fluid cha nged by your aut ho-
rized Audi dealer. Your dealer has the correct tools , the right bra ke
fluid and the know -how to do this for yo u .
& WARNING
• Brake fluid is poisonous. It must be stored only in the closed
original cont ainer out of the reach of children!
• Brake failure can result from old or inapprop riate brake fluid .
Observe these precautions :
_____________________________________________ C_h_e_c_ k_in-=g_a
_ n_d_ f _
il_li_n..;::
g=--____.
IIII
Battery prevent this, the battery should only be disconnected from the
vehicle electrical syst em if abso lutely necessary .
General information Vehicl e with 4-c y linde r e ngine
All work on the ba ttery requires technic al knowle dge! The bat t ery is loca t ed in t he engine compar t ment ::::>page 265,
fig. 192 and is nearly maintenance-free .
Veh icles with 6 - cylind e r engin e

The battery is located in the luggage compartment ::::>pag e 265,
fi g. 193, under a bolted-down cover 3 , 4 ,. The battery is maintenance-
free . Your vehicl e may be optionally equipped with a special battery,
known as a. gel battery* . Whe n t his batt ery is rep laced, it must be
replaced with a original battery of the same t y pe.
Fig. 192 Engine
comp artm ent (4- Veh icles not dr iven for lo ng p e riods and short -distan c e
cylind er engin e):
Batte ry wi t h cover*
o p e ration
The battery can also become d ischarged with the vehicle sta t ionary
by id ling current consumers. Valid for vehicles with 4-cylinder
engine : When the vehic le is stationary (planned event) duri ng the
cold time of the year, you should remove the battery and store it in
a nonfree zing area . This way you preven t that t he battery "freezes"
and thereby is destroyed. During the warmer time of the year it is
suff icien t to disconnect the nega t ive terminal from the bat t ery.
Occasiona lly charge even a disconnected battery. Valid for vehicles
Fig. 193 Battery in th e with 6-cylinder engine : All work on the battery should be performed
luggage compart ment
by an authorized dealersh ip.
(6-cylind er engine!:
Batte ry cover removed
Winter operation
During the winter months, battery capacity tends to decrease as
The condition of t he battery is checked i n the framework of the
t emperatures drop . This is because more powe r is also consumed
inspection. We recommend rep lacing bat t eries tha t are older than 5
years. while starting, and the headlights, rear window defogger, etc., are
used more often. ..,
Dis c onnecting th e battery
31 Work on the batte ry of vehic les w ith 6-cylinder motor requires professiona l
Some vehic le f unctions (power wi ndow regulators, f or exam p le) are dex terity and specia l too ls! The bo lts on t he batte ry cover can on ly be re-
lost if the battery terminals are disconnected . These functions have moved w ith a specia l tool. Because t he batt ery is maintenance-free, it is
to be relearned after the battery terminals are connected agai n. To gener ally not necessa ry to access it.
41 The cover is used fo r safe ty reason s in an accident, the vehic le mu st not be
driven w ithou t th e correctly bo lt ed cov er in pla ce.

-L-___: C::..:....:
h:..:
e:...:
c:..:
k..:..:
i..:..
n:.;;
g~ a::..:
n..:..
d
~ f:...:.
i.:.:.
11.in
:.:.
..:..
g
~ ___________________________________________ _
Avoid unnecessary power consumption, particularly in city traffic or • Battery holder and terminals always have to be secured correctly.
when traveling only short distances. Let your authorized Audi dea ler • Before all work on the battery follow the warnings below ~ & in
check the capacity of the vehicle battery before winter sets in "Working on the battery" on page 266.
~ page 268 . A well charged battery will not only prevent starting
problems when the weather is cold, but will also last longer .
Replacing battery
<i'For the sake of the environment
Because of the problem of proper disposal of a battery, we recom-
The new battery must have the same capacity, voltage (12 volts), mend your authorized Audi dealer change the battery for you.
amperage, construction and plug sealing, as the original battery. Batteries contain sulfuric acid and lead and must always be
Specifications are listed on the battery housing. Batteries specially disposed of properly in compliance with all environmental regula -
developed by Audi fulfill the maintenance, output, and safety tions. Disposing of vehicle batteries improper ly is very dangerous to
requirements. the environment . Make sure that the removed battery cannot over -
When installing the battery, make sure the ignition and all electrical balance, otherwise sulfuric acid might escape! •
consumers are switched off ~ 0.
We recommend that you use maintenance -free or cycle-resis- Working on the battery
tant/leak-proof batteries according to the standards TL 825 06 (from
December 1997) and VW 7 50 73 (from August 2001 ). All work on the battery requires technical knowledge! Be
Replacing the battery on vehicles with the 6-cylinderengine (battery
especially careful when working on or near the battery!
in the luggage compartment) should be carried by a qua lified work- Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
shop. On vehicles with the 6-cylinder engine, please follow the
instructions on the battery cover.
always read and heed all WARNINGS ~ &
in "Working in
the engine compartment" on page 253.
0 Note Always heed the safety warnings, when working on the vehicle
battery or the vehicle electrical system to prevent injury .
• All work on the battery requires technical knowledge. Please
contact an Audi dealership or another authorized facility for ques- T he following WARNINGS are very important when
tions about the battery - danger of acid burns and explosion hazard! working on the battery:
• The battery must not be opened! Do not try to change the
battery's liquid level, otherwise detonating gas will escape from the Always heed the following WARNING SYMBOLS and safety pre-
battery - explosion hazard! cautions when working on the battery .
• The AGM battery in the luggage compartment cannot leak, Always wear eye protection .
because the electrolyte for this battery is absorbed into a special
glass mat. This leak-proof battery must not be replace with a Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Always wear
conventional battery . gloves and eye protection.
• Make sure the ventilation hose on the side of the battery is
connected, otherwise fumes or battery acid can leak out.
---------------------------=---- Checking and filling BIi
No & WARNING (continued)
- sparks
battery to heat up very quickly, which could lead to damage or
- flames
explosion and personal injury.
- smoking .
• When a battery is charged , it produces hydrogen gas which is
When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen
explosive and could cause personal injury .
gas which is explosive and could cause personal
injury . • Always keep the battery well out of the reach of children.
• Before work is done on the electrical system, disconnect the
® Always keep the battery well out of reach of chil-
dren .
negative ground cable .
• Before performing any work on the electrical system , switch off
the engine and ignition as well as any electrical equipment. The
_& WARNING negative cable on the battery must be disconnected. If you are just
going to replace a light bulb, then it is enough to switch off the
Whenever working on the battery or on the electrical system , lights.
there is the risk of injury , accident and even fire . Read and heed the
• Before disconnecting the battery , switch off the anti -theft
following WARNINGS:
alarm system! Otherwise you will set off the alarm .
• Always wear eye protection . Do not let battery acid or any lead
• When disconnecting the battery , first disconnect the negative
particles get on your skin or clothing. Shield your eyes. Explosive
cable and then the positive cable .
gases can cause blindness or other injury!
• Before reconnecting the battery, make sure all electrical
• Battery acid contains sulfuric acid . Sulfuric acid can cause
consumers are switched off . Reconnect the positive cable first and
blindness and severe burns .
then the negative cable . Never interchange the cables - this could
- Always wear gloves and eye protection . Do not tilt the start a fire !
battery because acid could leak out of the ventilation openings .
• Never charge a frozen or a thawed -out battery. It could
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or on your skin, immedi - explode! If a battery has frozen, then it must be replaced . A
ately rinse with cold water for several minutes and get medical discharged battery can freeze over at 32 °F (0 °C).
attention.
• Make sure the vent hose is always attached to the opening on
- If you should ingest any battery acid , seek medical attention the side of the battery.
immediately.
• Never use batteries which are damaged . There is the danger of
• Do not expose the battery to an open flame, electric sparks or an explosion! Always replace a damaged battery .
an open light.
• Do not smoke .
• Do not interchange the positive and negative cables .
_& WARNING
• When working on the battery , be sure not to short -circuit the California Proposition 65 Warning:
terminals with tools or other metal objects . This would cause the
•
-~_ C_h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_
in-'g
:::;.._
___________________________________________ _
& WARNING (continued ) - Co nne ct charg er cabl es. Charger cable s mu st alway s be
connected POSITIVE G)to POSITIVE G)and NEGATIVE (J
• Battery posts, terminal s and related accessories contain lead to NEGATIVE (J.
and lead compound s, chem icals know n to the State of California
to cause cancer and reproductive problem s. Wash hand s after - Sw itch on the charger.
handling . - Make sure the charging rate is not ove r 6 amps.
0 Note
-
-
Turn off the charger ~ & .
Disconnect th e cha rge r cables .
• Do not disconnect the vehicle battery when the ignition is
switched on or when the engine is running , otherwise, you will - Connect both battery cables to the battery if necessary -
damage elect ronic components in the electrical system . first pl us, then minus .
• When working on the engine, protect the battery housing from
u ltraviolet (UV) rays by not parking the veh icle in d i rect sun l ight. The battery must not be opened!=> 0 in "Genera l information" on
• If your vehicle is going to stand for a long period of time without page 265.
being driven, protect the battery from "freezing", otherwise it will It is no t necessary to remove the battery fro m the engine compart -
be damaged and will then have to be rep laced . • ment, and it is also not necessary to disconnect th e cab les .
Normally, a battery shou ld be charged at no more than 10 percent
Charging of battery (4-cylinder engine ) of its rated capacity.
For example, a charging current of 4.5 amps would be used on a
All work on the battery requires technical knowledge!
battery rated at 45 Ah . Rated capacity of the battery in your veh icle
A charged battery ensures good star t ing performa nce. A is listed on the battery housing .
d ischa rged bat t ery can freeze at t em pe ratur es of o nly O °C. The battery caps sho uld not be opened w hen charging a battery .
A t hawe d batt ery must be repl aced, as the battery housing
may be cra cked due t o freez in g and could ther ef o re leak
acid . & WARNING
Charging a battery can be dangerou s.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS be low ~ & and
• Never charge a frozen battery . It may explode because of gas
~ & in "Worki ng on t he battery" on page 266.
tr apped in the ice. Allow a frozen battery to th aw out first .
- Switch off the ignit ion and all electr ical consumers. • Do not reuse batteries whi ch were frozen . The battery housing
may have cracked and w eakened when the battery froz e.
- Make sure t he area is we ll ven t ilat ed when you charge
the batte ry. • Charge the battery in a well ventilated area . Keep away from
open flame or electrical spark. Do not smoke . Hydroge n gas gener-
ated by the battery is explo sive. _.,,
_____________________________________________ C_h_e_c_ k_in-=g_a_ n_d_ f _il_li_n..;::
g=--____.9III
Ch a rging t h e batt e ry
& WARNING !continued )
Battery charging should be per f ormed by a qual ified workshop,
• To reduce the danger of explosio n, never connect or disconnect since bat t eries employing a special technology are used which
charger cable s whi le the charger is operating . requ ire cu rrent -limited constant voltage charging.
• Fast charging a battery is dang erous and should only be
atte mpt ed by a competent techni cian with the proper equipment .
• Battery acid that may spill during charging should be washed
0 Note
The vehicle may be optiona lly equipped with a gel battery, which
off with a solut ion of w arm wat er and baking soda to neutrali ze
can only be charged at a constant current-l imited voltage .
the acid.
• To prevent damage to t he bat tery and the elect ronics system, a
gel battery that is connected must under no circumstances be
0 Note cha rged with a quick charger .
Never use a fast charger as a boos t er t o start t he engine . This will
seriously damage sensi t ive electronic components, such as control
units, relays, radio, etc ., as well as the battery charger .
[i ]Tips
The vehicle battery must not be charged with a standard smal l
charger t hat plugs into the cigarette lighter or outlet. •
[i ] Tips
The vehicle battery must not be charged with a standard small
charger t hat plugs into t he cigarette lighter or out let. • Windshield washer container
Using plain water is not adequ at e for filling the wind-
Ap plies to vehicl es: w ith 6-cylin der eng ine shield washer system.
Charging the battery (on vehicles with 6-
cylinder engine)
All work on the battery requires specialized knowledge!
The ba ttery is maintenance -free and is inspec ted regu-
larly as part of vehicle service.
If start ing problems occur because the battery charge is too low,
Fig. 194 Engine
this may indicate a defec t iv e bat tery. In t his case we recommend
comp artm ent : w ind-
having a qua lif ied workshop inspect and charge the battery or shield was her fluid
replace it if necessary . A discharged bat t ery can freeze at tempera - container
t ures of o nly O°C. A t hawed battery must be replaced, as the battery
housing may be cracked due to free zing and could therefore leak The windshield washe r fluid container is located on the
acid . right side of t he engine compartment ~ fig . 194. The

-~_ C_h_e_c_k_i_n...:::
g::;...._
a_n_d_ f_i_ll_
in-'g
:::;.._
___________________________________________ _
washer fluid container is marked with the symbol ~ is on

its cap.
- Before you check anything in the engine compartment,
in "Working
in the engine compartment" on page 253.
- Lift the filler cap tongue to add washer fluid. You can fill
the container to the top.
- Press the cap back onto the filler neck after filling the
container.
You can find the reservoir capacity in the table in => page 326.
Use winterized windshield washer solvent during the cold season
even though the vehicle is equipped with heated washer jets. It
helps to keep your windshield clean and prevents the fluid from
freezing in the winter .
Follow the directions on the container for the correct amount to be
used.
0 Note
Do not mix engine coolant antifreeze or any other additives to fill up
the windshield washer reservoir. •
Tir es a nd wh ee ls -
----------------
Tires and wheels
Tires When removed, the wheels or tires shou ld be stored in a coo l, dry
and preferably dark place.
General notes Sto re t i res in a vertical posit ion if they are not mounted on rims, in
a horizontal position if they are mounted on rims.
Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts
of a motor vehicle. N e w tire s
New tires have to be broken in~ & .
Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts of a
motor vehicle. Tires are, however, one of the most important parts The tread dep t h of new tires may vary, according to the type and
of a vehicle, particularly considering the comparative ly sma ll patch make of tire and the tread pattern.
of rubber on each tire that assures that all-important contact
Hidden d a ma g e
between you, your vehicle and the road .
Damage to tires and rims is often not readily visible. If you notice
Maintaining the correct tire pressure, making sure that your vehicle unusua l vibration or the vehicle pul ls to one side, this may indicate
and its tires do not have t o carry more weight than they can safely that one of the tires has been damaged . The tires must be checked
handle, avoiding damage from road hazards and regu larly immed iately by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop .
inspecting tires for damage inc luding cuts , slashes irregular wear
and overa ll condition are the most important things that you can do Un idire c tion a l tir e s
to help avoid sudden tire failure including tread separation and A unidirectio n al t ire can be iden t if ied by arrows on t he sidewa ll, that
b lowouts . point in the direction the tire is designed to rotate. You must follow
the specified direction of rot ation . This is necessary so that these
Av o iding dama ge
tires can deve lop their optimum characteristics regarding grip, road
If you have to drive over a curb or similar obstacle, drive very slow ly noise, wear and hydroplaning resistance . For more information
and as close as possible at a right ang le to the curb. ~ page 303.
Always keep chemica ls includ ing grease, oil, gasoline and brake
f luid off the tires.
Inspec t the tires regularly for damage (cuts, cracks or blis t ers, etc.l.
in.WARNING
Remove any foreign bodies embedded i n the treads. New ti res or tire s that are old, worn or damaged cannot provide
maximum cont rol and braking ability.
Storing tires • New tires tend to be slippe ry and m ust be broken in. To reduce
Mark tires when you remove them to indicate the direction of rota - the risk of losing control, a collision and seriou s personal injurie s,
tion . This ensu res you to be ab le to mount them correctly when you drive w ith special care for t he first 350 miles (560 km l.
reinstal l them. • Driving with worn or damaged t ires can lead to loss of control ,
sudden tire failure , including a blowout and sudden deflation , .,,_
•
Ill -------------------
Tires and wheels

crashes and serious personal injuries . Have worn or damaged tires • Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of
replaced immediately. their "previous history." Old used tires may have been damaged
• Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly, even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden
especially at high speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can tire failure and loss of vehicle control.
only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at • If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side
low speed. when driving, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check
the wheels and tires for damage . •
Glossary of tire and loading terminology
Accessory weight Cold tire inflation pressure

means the combined weight (in excess of those standard items means the tire pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
which may be rep laced) of automatic transmission, power steering, for a tire of a designated size that has not been driven for more than
power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speeds in the three hour period
the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equip - before the tire pressure is measured or adjusted .
ment (whether installed or not).
Curb weight
Aspect ratio means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment
means the ratio of the height to the width of the tire in percent. including the maximum capacity of fuel , oil, and coolant, air condi-
Numb ers of 55 or low er indicate a low sidewall for improved tioning and additional weight of optional equipment.
steering response and better overall handling on dry pavement.
Extra load tire
Bead means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher infla -
means the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or tion pressures than the corresponding standard tire . Extra load tires
reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim. my be identified as "XL", "xi", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the side -
wall.
Bead separation
means a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead. Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR")
means the load-ca rrying capacity of a single axle system, measured
Cord at the tire -ground interfaces .
means the strands forming the plies in the tire.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ("GVWR"l
means the maximum total loaded weight of the vehicle.
Tir es a nd wh ee ls -
----------------
Groove Pl y
means the space between two adjacent tread ribs. means a layer of rubber -coated para lle l cords.
Load ra tin g (code) Produ ction opt io ns wei ght

means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given means the combined weight of those installed regular production
inflation pressure. You may not find this information on al l tires options weighing over 5 lbs . (2.3 kg) in excess of those standard
because it is not required by law. it ems wh ich they replace, not previously considered in curb weigh t
or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof
M ax im u m load ra tin g rack, heavy duty battery, and specia l trim .
means the load rating for a tire at t he maximum permissib le infla-
tion pressure for that tire. R a di a l p ly t ire
means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to t he
Ma x imum loa ded v e hi c le weigh t beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the
means the sum of: tread .
(a) Curb weight
Re c o mm e n ded infl a ti o n pr es su re
(b) Accessory weight
see => page 272, "Cold tire inflation pressure".
(c) Vehic le capacity weight, and
(ct) Production options weight R ein fo rce d tir e
means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher infla -
M ax im u m (p er mi ss ibl e) infl a ti o n pr es sur e
tion pressures than the corresponding standard tire. Reinforced
means the maximum cold inflation pressure to wh ich a tire may be t ires my be identified as "XL", "xi", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the
inflated. Also ca ll ed "maximum inflation pressure." sidewall.
Norm a l occ upa nt wei g ht R im
means 150 lbs. (68 ki lograms) times the number of occupants means a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon
seated in t he vehicle up to the to t al seating capacity of your vehicle. wh ich the t ire beads are seated.
O c cupant di s tributi o n Rim di a met e r
means distribution of occupants in a vehicle . means nominal diameter of the bead seat. If you change your whee l
size, you wi ll have to purchase new tires to match the new rim diam -
Ou t er di a m e ter
eter .
means the overall diameter of an inflated new tire.
Rim s iz e de s ig n a tion
O ve rall wi d th
means rim diameter and width.
means the linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewa lls of
an inflated tire, includ ing elevations due to labeling, decorations, or Rim wid t h
protective bands or ribs. means nominal distance between rim flanges.
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
Sidewall dations . Under UTQG, tires are graded by the tire manufacturers in
means that portion of a tire between the tread and bead. t hree areas : treadwear, traction and temperature resistance. The
UTQG information on the tires, molded into the sidewalls.
Speed rating <letter co de )
U .S . DOT Tire Identification Number (T IN )
means the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for
extended periods of time. The ratings range from 93 mph (150 km/h) This is the tire's "seria l number" It begins with the letters "DOT" and
to 186 mph (298 km/h) => page 284. You may not find this informa - indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two
tion on all tires because it is not required by law. numbers or letters indicate the plant where it was manufactured,
and the last four numbers represent the week and year of manufac -
The speed rating letter code, where applicable, is molded on the tire ture. For example,
sidewa ll and indicates the maximum permissible road speeds .=> &
in "Winter tires" on page 287 DOT ... 2207 ...
means that the tire was produced in the 22th week of 2007. The
Tire pressure monitoring system
other numbers are marketing codes that may or may not be used by
means a system that detects when one or more of a vehicle 's tires the tire manufacturer. This information is used to contac t
are under in flated and illuminates a low tire pressure warning te ll- consumers if a tire defect requires a reca ll.
tale.
Vehicle capacity weight
Tread
means the rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lbs . (68 kilograms)
means that portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. t imes the vehicle's tota l seating capacity as listed on the label
located either on the driver's side 8-pillar or on the inside of the fuel
Tread separation
filler flap .
means pu lling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
Treadwear indicators (TWI)
means that load on an individual tire that is determined by distrib -
means the projections within the principa l grooves designed to give uting to each axle its share of t he maximum loaded vehicle weight
a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread . See and dividing by two.
=> page 281, "Tread Wear Indicator (TWI)" for more information on
measuring tire wear . Vehicle normal load on the tire
means that load on an individual tire that is determined by d istrib-
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
uting to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight,
is a t ire information system developed by the United States National and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with table
Highway Traffic Safety Adm ini stration (NHTSA) that is designed to below=> page 275) and dividing by two. .,_
help buyers make relative comparisons among tires. The UTQG is
not a safety rati ng and not a guarantee that a tire will last for a
prescribed number of miles or perform in a certain way . It simply
gives tire buyers additiona l information to comb ine with other
considerations, such as price, brand loyalty and dealer recommen-
_______________ Tires and wheels _____. -
Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity, num- Vehicle normal load , number of Occupant distribution in a normally
ber of occupants occupants loaded vehicle
5 3 2 in front, 1 in back seat
•
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire pressure affects the overall handling, performance and safety of a vehicle.
,,-,~ ---------------- iixl

TIREAND LOADINGINFORMATION
I
• ITY:roTAL I :FRONT I :cENTERI :REARI
( SEATINGCAPAC ) al
Thecombh,d""'91wclo«U,,..,.andco,-goshoulcl.......,""""'
• 1cg.,- b.
TIRE SIZE COLOTIREPRESSURE

SEEOWNER'S
FRONT - KPa,- PSI MANUALFOR
Fig. 195 Tire pressure
REAR - KPa,- PSI ADDITIONAL
label: located either on
driver's side B-pillar or SPARE - KPa,- PSI INFORMATION Fig. 196 Tire pressure
inside the fuel filler flap label
Tire pressure generally refers to the amount of air in a tire that it Maintaining proper tire pressure is one of the most important
needs it to do its job and safely carry the combined load of the entire things you can do to help avoid sudden tire failure. Underinflated
vehicle and its contents. Tire pressure is measured in kilopascals tires are a major cause of sudden tire failure. Keeping tires at the
(kPa), the international measuring unit and in pounds per square right pressure is also important for safe and responsive vehicle
inch (PSI). Tire pressure is based in part on the vehicle's design and handling, traction, braking and load carrying. Tire pressures are
load limit - the greatest amount of weight that the vehicle can carry particularly important when the vehicle is being driven at higher
safely and the tire size . The proper tire pressure is frequently speeds, and then especially when heavily loaded even within the
referred to as the "recommended cold tire inflation pressure ." Air in permissible load-carrying capacities approved for your vehicle.
the tires expands when the tire heats up because of internal friction
The recommended tire pressures for your Audi depend on the kind
when it flexes in use. The tire pressure is higher when the tire has
of tires on your vehicle and the number of passengers and/or
warmed up than when it is "cold." It is the inflation pressure in a
amount of luggage you will be transporting.
"cold" tire that counts. Therefore, you should never let air out of a
warm tire to match "cold tire inflation pressure" recommendations . On USA vehicles, the tire pressure label is located on driver's side 8-
The tires would then be underinflated and could fail suddenly. pillar. On Canada vehicles, the tire pressure label is located either on
the driver's side 8-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap . The tire pressure
label lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for the _,,,

-~_ T
_ ir_e_s
_ a_ n_d_ w_ h_ e_e_l_s_________________________________________________ _
vehicle at its maximum capacity weight and tires that were on your See the illustration=> page 275, fig. 195 for the location of the label
vehicle at the time it was manufactured. either on driver's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap (color of
the actual label and exact location on the vehicle will vary slightly).
If you wish to improve comfort when operating the vehicle at
normal load (up to 3 occupants), you can adjust tire pressures to Note that the following table is accurate at the time of going to
those specified for normal vehicle load. Before operating the vehicle press and is subject to change . In the event of discrepancies, the tire
at maximum load, you must increase the tire pressures to those pressure label (on USA vehicles, the tire pressure label is located on
specified for maximum vehicle load => & . driver's side B-pillar; on Canada vehicles, the tire pressure label is
located either on the driver's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler
Bear in mind that the tire pressure monitoring system can only
monitor the tire pressures you have stored. The system does not flap.I always takes precedence.
recognize the load condition of your vehicle. The table below lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures
for the Audi model covered by your Owner's Literature at the
The effectiveness of the tire pressure monitoring system will be
vehicle's capacity weight and the tire sizes installed on the respec-
impaired if you store normal load pressures but then operate the
tive models as original equipment, or as a factory option.
vehicle at its maximum load=> & .
Engine Tire designation Tire pressure front Tire pressure rear

(displace-
normal load normal load
ment in full load full load
condition (up to condition (up
liter) condition condition
3 occupants) to 3 occupants)
PSI kPA kPA kPA
4-cylinder 225/45 R17 94H XL All Season 36 250 38 260 32 220 35 240
2.0
225/45 R17 94V XL High Performance 32 220 35 240 30 210 32 220
225/40 R18 92V XL 38 260 41 280 35 240 41 280
225/40 R18 92H XL 38 260 41 280 35 240 41 280
Compact spare wheel T125/70 R18 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420
&-cylinder 225/45 R17 94H XL All Season 38 260 41 280 35 240 38 260
3.2 225/45 R17 94V XL High Performance 240 240 240
35 35 32 220 35
225/40 R18 92V XL 41 280 44 300 36 250 44 300
225/40 R18 92H XL 41 280 44 300 36 250 44 300
Compact spare wheel T125/70 R18 60 420 60 420 60 420 60 420
XL= reinforced or extra load tire. It may also appear as xi, EXTRA LOAD, or RF on the tire sidewall.
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ ffll
The correct tire pressure for the spare wheel is located on a label
either on the driver's side B-pi llar or inside the fuel filler flap.
& WARN ING (continued )
Because technical changes may be made to vehicle equipment • Always make sure that the total load being tr ansported -
during the mode l year, always compare the tire size designation on including the weight of a tr ailer hitch and the t ongue we ight of a
the tire pressure label on your vehicle with the tires on your vehicle. loaded trailer - does not make the vehicle heavier tha n th e
Make sure that the tire size information on the vehicle labe l is the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing.
same as the size of the tires on the vehicle. This is especially impor-
tant if the vehicle belongs to someone else or you bought the
vehic le with different rims/tires or you bought the vehicle as a previ -
& WARNING
ously owned vehicle. • Inco rrect t ir e pre ssure s an d/ o r u nderi nfl at io n c an lead to a
Remember, your safety and that of your passengers also depends seriou s or fatal acci dent.
on making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load • Incorre ct tire pr ess ure s and / or unde r infla ti on cau se in creased
includes everybody and everything in and on the vehicle . These load tire we ar and can affect t he handlin g of the vehicl e.
limits are techn ically referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle • Inc o rrect t ire p ressures and /o r underinfl ation can also lead to
Weight Rating ("GVWR"l. The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR"l is sudden tire failure , including a blowout and sudden deflation ,
the maximum load that can be applied at each of the vehicle's two ca usi ng lo ss of vehi cl e contr ol. •
axles. The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating are list ed on t he safety compliance sticker labe l located
either on the driver's side 8-pillar or on the inside of the fuel fi ll er Checking tire pressure
flap. The ti re pressure labe l on your Audi lists the maximum
The correct tire pressure for the tires originally installed
combined weight of all of the occupants and luggage or other cargo
t hat the vehic le can carry. For the location of the tire pressure label on your vehicle is listed on the tire pressure label located
=> page 275, fig. 195. either on driver's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap .
The recommended tire pressures are on the ti re pressure label and
& WARNING in the tab le=> page 275, "Cold tire inflation pressure". This means
that the pressure must be checked and adjusted when the tire has
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehi cle control , a crash or not been driven for more than a couple of mi les (kilometers) at low
other accident , serious personal injury, and even death . speeds during the previous three hours. Air in the tires expands
• Carrying more w eight t han your vehicle was designed t o carry when the tire heats up as a result of internal friction as it flexes in
will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the use. The tire pressure is higher when the tire has warmed up than
risk of a loss of vehi cle control. when it is "cold ."
• The brakes on a vehicle tha t has been overloaded may not be It is the inflation pressure in a "cold" tire that counts. Therefore, you
able to stop the vehicle w ith in a safe distan ce. should never let air out of a warm tire to match "Co ld tire inf lation
• Tires on a veh icle th at has been overloaded can fail suddenly pressure" recommendations=> page 275. The tires wou ld then be
causing loss of cont rol and a crash. underinflated and could fail suddenly. .,_
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s
_ a_ n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s_________________________________________________ _
The tire pressure label on your Audi lists the recommended co ld tire pillar . On Canada vehicles , the tire pressure label is located either on
infl at io n pressur es f o r the new, o riginal equipment tires that were t he driver's side 8-pillar or inside the fuel fi ller f lap.
on your vehic le at the time it was manufactured. For the location of • Turn the va lve stem cap counter -clockwise to remove it from the
the label => page 275, fig. 195. tire valve .
Most tires lose air natural ly over time. They can also lose some air if • Place the air pressure gauge on the valve.
you drive over a pothole or hit a curb while parking. It is usually not • The tire pressures should only be checked and adjusted when
possible to see whether the radial t ires used today are underinflated the tires are cold. The slightly raised pressures of warm tires must
just by looking at them. not be reduced .
Therefore, be sure to check tire pressures at least once a month and • Adjust the tire pressure to th e load you are carrying.
always before going on a long trip. Make sure to t ake the number of
• Reinstal l the valve stem cap on the valve .
people and the amount of luggage into account when adjusting tire
pressure for a trip - even one that you would not consider to be When should I c he c k the tir e pre ss ure ?
"long." See => page 279, "Tires and vehicle load limits" for more
The correct tire pressure is especially important at high speeds . The
important information .
pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and
Always use an accurate tire pressure gauge when checking and always before starting a journey. Do not forget to check the tire pres -
adjusting inflation pressures. Check all of the tires and be sure not su re fo r the spare whee l => page 295.
to forget the spare tire . If the pressure in any tire is too high when
the tire is "cold," let air out of the tire slowly with the edge of the tire When should I a djust th e tire pr e ssu res ?
gauge and keep checking the pressure until you reach the pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the load you are carrying . After changing
that is correct for the load (passengers and luggage) and kind of a wheel or replacing whee ls you have to adjust the tire pressures on
driving you p lan to do. all whee ls. In addition, you must then initia lize the new tire pres-
sures in the tire pressure monitoring system=> page 44 .
If the pressure in any tire is too low, note the difference between the
press ure in the cold t ire and the pressure you need and add t he air
that you need to reach the correct pressure for the vehicle load
(passengers and luggage) for the tires on your vehicle as listed on
& WARNING
the on your vehicle and in this manual and the kind of driving you Incorrect t ire pressures and / or under inflat ion can lead sudde n t ire
plan to do . fa ilure, loss of control , collision, serious personal injury or even
death .
Never exceed the maximum inflation pressure listed on the tir e
• When the warning symbol { appear s in the instrument
sidew all for any reason.
cluste r, stop and inspect the tires .
Remember that the veh icle manufacturer, not the tire manufacturer,
• Incorrect t ire pressure and/ or underinflat ion can cause
determines the correct tire pressure for the tires on your vehicle .
increased tire wear and can affe ct the handl ing of the vehicle and
It is important to check the tire pressure when the tires are cold. stopping ability . ~
• Read the required tire pressure from the tire pressure label. On
USA vehicles, the tire pressure label is located on driver's side 8-
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ lJ!
& WARNING (continu ed) <£'For the sake of the environment
• Incorrect tire pressures and/ or underinflat ion can also lead to Underi nflated ti res wi ll also inc rease the fue l consu mp tio n. •
sudden ti re failure , including a blowout and sudden deflation,
causing loss of vehicle control.
Tires and vehicle load limits
• The driver is responsible for the correct tire pressures for all
ti res on the vehicle. The applicable pressure values are located on
There are limits to the amount of load or weight that any vehicle and
a sticker on the driver 's side 8 -pillar or on the inside of the fuel
any tire can carry. A vehicle that is overloaded wil l not handle wel l
filler flap .
and is more diff icu lt to stop . Overloading can not only lead to loss
• Only when all tire s on the vehicle are filled to the correct pres- of vehic le control, but can also damage important parts of the
sure, the tire pressure monitoring system can work correctly. vehi cle and can lead to sudd en t ire fa ilu re, inc ludi ng a blowout and
• The use of incorrect t ire pressure values can lead to accidents sudden deflation that can cause the vehic le to crash.
or other damage. Therefore it is essential that the driver observe
Your safety and t hat of y our passengers also depends o n maki ng
the specified tire pressure value s for the tire s and the correct pres-
sure that load limits are not exceeded . Vehicle load includes every -
sures for the function of the tire pressure monitoring system.
bo dy and everything in and on t he veh icle. These load lim it s are
• Alway s inflate t ires to the recommended and correct t ire pres- t echnica lly ref erred t o as the ve hicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
sure before driving off. ("GVWR") .
• Driving with underinflated tires bend more, letting them get
The "GVWR" includes th e we ig ht of t he basic veh icle, all f act ory
too hot resulting in tread separation, sudden tire failure and loss insta ll ed accessories, a ful l tank of fuel, oil , coolant and other fluids
of control. plu s maximu m load . The maxi m um load inc lude s t he n um ber of
• Excessive speed and / overloading can cause heat build-up, passengers that the vehicle is intended to carry ("seating capacity")
sudden tire failure and loss of control. wi t h an assumed we ig ht of 150 lbs (68 kg) fo r each passen ger at a
• If the tire pressure is too low or too high, the tires will wear designated seating position and the total weight of any l uggage in
prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well . t he vehicle . If you tow a trailer, t he weight of the t raile r hit ch and the
tongue weight of the loaded trailer must be included as part of the
• If the tire is not flat and you do not have to change a wheel
vehic le load .
immediately , drive at reduced speed to the nearest service station
to check the tire pressure and add air as required. The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR") is the maxim u m load t hat
can be applied at each of the vehicle's two axles .
0 Note The Gross Vehicle Weight Rati ng and t he Gross Axle Weigh t Rat ing
are listed on the safety comp liance sticker label located either on
Driving w ithout valve stem caps can cause da mage to the ti re
the driver's side B-pillar or on the inside of the fuel fil ler flap. Your
valves . To prevent this, always make sure that factory instal led valve
Audi has 5 seating posit ions , 2 in the front and 3 in the rear for total
stem caps on all whee ls are securely mounted on t he valve.
seating capacity of 5. Each seating position has a safety belt
=>pag e 160, "Saf et y belt s". ..,
•
-~_ T_i_re_s
_ a_n
_ d_w
_ h_e
_ e_ls___________________________________________ _
The fact that there is an upper limit to your ve hicle's Gross Vehic le transport so that you can make sure that
Wei g ht Rati ng means th at th e tot al w ei gh t of w hat ever is bein g
carried in the vehic le (inclu di ng t he wei g ht of a trail er hitch and the your vehicle will not be overloaded.
to ngue weigh t of th e loaded trai ler) is limit ed . The more passenge rs
in the vehic le or passeng ers who are heavier than the standard Steps for Determining Correct
weights assumed mea n that less weigh t can be ca rri ed as luggage .
Load Limit
The ti re pressu re labe l o n your A ud i also li sts the ma xim um
combined weight of all of the occupants an d luggage or other cargo 1. Locate the statement "THE COMBINED
th at t he veh icl e can ca rry. For t he locati on of th e labe l =:, page 275,
fig. 195.
WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO
SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX KG OR XXX
& WARNING LBS" on your vehicle's placard (tire infla -
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control , a crash or tion pressure label) => page 275 , fig. 195.
other accident , serious personal injury, and even death.
• Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to carry
2. Determine the combined weight of the
will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the driver and passengers that will be riding
risk of the loss of vehicle control. in your vehicle.
• The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be
able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance. 3. Subtract the combined weight of the
• Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly, driver and passengers from "XXX" kilo-
including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of control
and a crash. grams or "XXX" pounds shown on the
• Always make sure that the total load being transported - sticker => page 275, fig. 195. ~
including the weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a
loaded trailer - does not make the vehicle heavier than the
vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. •
Determining correct load limit
Use the example below to calculate the

total weight of the passengers and
luggage or other things that you plan to
Tir es and wheels -
4. The resulting figure equals th e available Tire service life

amount of cargo and luggage load The ser vice life of ti res depends on a lot of different things
capacity. For example, if the "XXX" inclu ding proper i nstallation and bal ancing, correc t tire
pressu re and drivi ng style .
amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lbs. passeng ers in your
v ehicle , the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 X 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
Fig . 197 Tire tread:
luggage and cargo being loaded on the tre ad we ar indicato rs
(TWll
vehicle. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capa city calculated in Step 4. (r
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer ,

load from your trailer will be transferred
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the avail-
able cargo and luggage load capacity of l'"-----;J Fig. 198 Rotating tire s
for mo re even wear
your vehicle. Tread Wear Ind icator (TWll

- Check the tire sidewall (~ page 283 , The or iginal t ires o n your vehicle have 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high "w ear
indicators"=> fig. 197 running across the tread. Depending on the
fig. 199) to determine the designat ed make, the re w il l be s ix to eight of them even ly p laced arou nd the
load rating for a specific tire. • t ire . Marks on the tire sidewall (for example "TWI " or other symbols)
indicate the positions of the tread wear indicators. Worn tires must
be replaced. Diff erent fi gures may apply in other countr ies ::::>,& . .,_
Vehic le care I I Technical data

-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
Tir e pr e ssure Incorrect wheel alignment

Inco rrect tire pressure causes prematu re wear and can cause In correct w hee l al ig nm ent ca n cause excess ive ti re wea r, im pai ring
sudden tire blow-out. For this reason, tire pressure must be checked t he safety of th e veh icle. If t ires show excessive wear, have the
at least once a m onth ~ page 277 . w hee l alig n me nt checke d by an autho rize d A ud i deale r or qu al ifie d
wo rkshop.
Dr iv ing style
Driv ing fa st around curves, heavy acceleration and hard brak ing All Wheel Drive
increase tire wear. Vehic les with quattro® must always have tires of the same size,
co nstruct io n an d tread ty pe. For de t ails see ~ page 222.
Rotating tire s for more even wear
For all four t ires on your vehic le to have the same service life, we
recommend t hat the front and rear t ires are rotat ed acco rd in g to the & WARNING
tire manufacturer 's suggested tire rotation intervals. Please Sudden tire failure can lead to loss of control , a crash and serious
remembe r the f oll owi ng: personal injury !
• Tire rotat ion interva ls m ay d iff er from the vehic le serv ice i nte r- • Never drive a vehicle when the tread on any tire is worn down
vals outl ined in your Maintenance and Warranty Book let. to the wear indicators.
• The longer one tire is used in one location on the vehicle, t he • Worn tires are a safety hazard , they do not grip well on wet
more it wears at certain points; the refo re, we recommend that you roads and increase your risk of "hydroplaning " and loss of control.
f ollow the tire manu f acturer's sug g est ed t ire rotat ion inte rvals. • Alw ays keep chemicals that can cause tire damage , such as
• Vehicles with fro nt-w heel dr ive exper ience more tr ead wear on grease, oil, gasoline and brake fluid away from tires .
the front wheels compared to all -wheel drive (quattro®l . • Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly,
• Please rotate t ires as show n ~ page 281, fig. 198. especially at high speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can
• Extra care must be taken when rotating direction -specific tires only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at
~ pag e 303 . lower speeds.
• Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of
Wheel balancing their "previous history." Old used tires may have been damaged
The w heels o n new vehic les are balanced. However, various sit ua- even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden
tions during everyday driving can cause them to become unba l- tire failure and loss of vehicle control . •
anc ed, resu lti ng in vib rati o ns yo u ca n usually fee l thro ugh t he
steer ing whee l.
Un ba la nced w heels m ust be reba lance d to avoid excessive w ear o n
steering, suspension and tires. A whee l must also be reba lanced
when a new tire is installed.
__________________________________________________ T_ir_e_s_ a_n
_ d_ w_ h_e_ e_ls
_ ____
New tires and replacing tires and wheels U.S. DOT tire identificat ion number
0
New tires and wheels have to be broken in. Sever snow conditions
©
Tire ply composition and materials used
Maximum load rating
@ Treadwear, traction and temperature grades
@ Maximum permissible inflation pressure
The tires and rims are essential parts of the vehicle's design. The
tires and rims approved by Audi are specially matched to the char-
acteristics of the vehicle and can make a major contribution to good
road holding and safe handling when in good condition and prop-
erly inflated =>& .
We recommend that all work on tires and wheels be performed by
an authorized Audi dealer. They are familiar with recommended
procedures and have the necessary special tools and spare parts as
well as the proper facilities for disposing of the old tires.
Authorized Audi dealers have the necessary information about tech -
nical requirements for installing or changing tires and rims.
Fig. 199 Tire specification codes on the sidewall of a tire Replacing tires and wheels
Tires should be replaced at least in pairs and not individually (for
No. Description example both front tires or both rear tires together).
G) Passenger car tire (where appl icable) Be sure to read and heed the tire pressure monitoring system
information => page 285.
@ Nominal width of tire in millimeters
Always buy replacement radial tires that have the same specifica -
Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
© tions as the tires approved for your vehicle by Audi. Replacement
tires must always have the same load rating specification as the
Radial
© original equipment or approved optional tires listed in the table
Rim diameter code =>page 275.
©
Load index and speed rating Audi -approved specification tires are specially matched to your
© vehicle and its load limits, and can contribute to the important road- .,_
Vehic le care I I irechnical data

-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
holding, driving characteristics, and safety of the vehicle. The table Ti re manuf actu ring d a t e
(~ page 275) lists specifications of the tires approved for the Audi The manufacturing date is also indicated on the t ire sidewa ll
models covered by your Owner's Literature . (possibly on ly on the inner side of the wheel!:
The tire pressure label located either on driver 's side 8-pillar or "DOT ... 2207 ... " means, for example, that the tire was produc ed in
inside the fuel fi ll er flap( ~ page 275, fig. 196) lists the specifica - the 22th week of 2007.
tions of the original equipment tires installed on your vehicle at the
time it was manufactured. S p e ed rating (lett e r c od e)
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardi zed infor - The speed rating letter code on the whee ls indicates the maximum
mation on the sidewa ll of al l tires ~ page 283, fig . 199. This informa - permissible road speeds ~ & in "Winter tires" on page 287 .
tion identifies and describes the fundamenta l characteristics, the P up to 93 mph (150 km/h)
quality grade of the tire and also provides a tire identification Q up to 99 mph (158 km/h)
number f or safety standard certification and in case of a recall. R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
T ire s pe c ifi c atio n s S up t o110mph(180km/h)
Knowledge of tire specifications makes it easier to choose the T upto118mph(190km/h)
correct tires . Radial tires have the tire specifications ma r ked on the U up to 124 mph (200 km/h)
sidewall, for example : H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
P225 / 45 R 17 91H XL V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 5)
Z over 149 mph (240 km/h) 5)
This contains the fo llowing information :
W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) 5 l
P Ind icates the tire is for passenger cars (where app licable)
Y up to 186 mph (298 km/h) 5 )
225 Nominal tire width in mm of the tire from sidewall edge to side -
wall edge. In general , the larger the number , the wider the tire Your vehic le is normally factory equipped with tires, which possess
45 Height/width ratio in percent (aspect ratio) excellent driving characteristics and give your Audi op t imum
driving comfort . An electron ic speed limiter~ page 32will normal ly
R Tire construction: Radial
prevent your vehic le from going faster than the tire speed rati ng
17 Rim diameter code (in inches)
~ &-
91 Load rating code
H Speed rat ing letter code U .S. DOT Tire Ident ification Numb e r (TIN ) and tire
m a nuf ac ture d a te
XL (or "xi", "EXTRA LOAD" or "RF") indicates that the tire is "Rein-
forced" or an "Extra Load" tire This is the tire's "seria l number" . It begins with the letters "DOT"
M+S (or "M / S") Indicates that the tire has some mud and snow capa - and indicates that the tire meets al l federa l standards. The next two
bili t y numbers or letters ind icate the plant where it was manufactured,
and the last four numbers represent the week and year of manufac - ~
The tires could also have the information of direction of rota t ion
~ page 271. 51 For tires w ith a maximum speed capab ility over 149 mph (240 km/ h), t ire
manufacture rs som et imes use th e lette rs "ZR ."
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ _
ture . For example, the numbers 2207 mean that the tire was system would not be able to monitor the tire pressure or warn you
produced in the 22th week of 2007. The other numbers are if it is necessary.
marketing codes that may or may not be used by the tire manufac-
• The battery inside of the tire pressure sensor has a limited
turer. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect
service life.
requires a recall.
• Always drive with the valve stem caps securely mounted. We
Tire ply composition and materials used recommend using factory installed valve stem caps. Ask your autho-
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated rized Audi dealer to replace lost valve stem caps .
fabric in the tire. In general, the greater the number of plies, the The installation of replacement tires with steel cord body plies in
more weight a tire can support . Tire manufacturers also must indi- the tire sidewall may cause malfunction of the tire pressure moni-
cate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, toring system, and is not recommended (cord material information
and others . in molded on the tire sidewall).
Maximum Load Rating Always check your tire pressure monitoring system indicator after
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds replacing one or more tires on your vehicle. If the tire pressure
that can be carried by the tire. monitoring system indicator flashes or is illuminated, your system
is not working properly. Your replacement tire might be incompat -
Tire quality grading for treadwear, traction, and ible with your tire pressure monitoring system, or some component
temperature resistance of the tire pressure monitoring system may be damaged.
Tread wear, traction and temperature grades~ page 286 .
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure & WARNING

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever • Using incorrect or unmatched tires and/ or wheels or improper
be put in the tire under normal driving conditions. tire and wheel combinations can lead to loss of control, collision
and serious personal injury.
Replacing tires or rims on vehicles equipped with tire
• Always use tires, rims and wheel bolts that meet the specifica-
pressure monitoring system
tions of original factory-installed tires or other combinations that
The wheels on your vehicle are equipped with a sensor which have been specifically approved by the vehicle manufacturer.
constantly monitors the air pressure inside the tire, and then trans-
• Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly,
mits this information to the tire pressure monitoring system. If you
especially at high speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can
are going to replace the wheel rims on your vehicle, make sure the
only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at
new rims also have these sensors . The sensors must be compatible
lower speeds.
with the tire pressure monitoring system on your vehicle.
• Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of
If you install rims that do not have the sensors or have sensors their "previous history." Old used tires may have been damaged
which are not compatible, then the tire pressure monitoring system
even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden
will not work properly. In this case, the tire pressure monitoring tire failure and loss of vehicle control. ~
•
___ T_ir_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
__ h_e_e_l_s_______________________________________________ _
& WA RNING (continued )

0 Note
• All four wheels mu st be fitted with radial tires of the same type, • For technical reasons, it is not ge n erally poss i ble to use the
size (rolling circumference ) and the same tread pattern. Driving whee l rims from other vehicles. This can ho ld t rue for whee ls of the
with different tires reduces vehicle handling and can lead to a loss same ve h ic le type.
of control. • If the spare tire is diffe rent from the tires that you have mo unted
• If the spare tire is not the same as the tires that are mounted o n your veh icle (f or example w int er t ires or w ide pro fi le t ir es), the n
on the vehicle - for example with winter tires - only use the spare use the spare tire for a short period of time on ly and drive with extra
t ire for a short period of time and drive w ith extra care. Refit the ca re. Rep lace the fl at t i re w ith t he ti re m atc hin g t he oth ers o n your
normal road wheel as soon as safely possible. vehic le as soon as possib le.
• Never drive faster than the maximum speed for whi ch the tires • If you put d iffe rent whee ls and t i res o n your ve hi cle (e.g. w i nter
on your vehicle are rated becau se t ires that are driven faster than whee ls and tires), you must be certain that the wheels and tires are
their rated speed can fail suddenly. compat ible w ith t he tir e pressure m oni t or ing syste m . Otherwise the
system will register a ma lfunction and a fault message w ill be
• Overload ing tires cause heat build-up , sudden tire failure,
displayed. For mo re inf or m ati on, co nt act your aut hor ized Aud i
including a blowout and sudden deflation and loss of control .
dea ler.
• Tempe rature grades apply to t ires that are properly inflated and
not over or underinflated.
• For techni cal reasons it is not always possible to use wheels 0 Note
from other vehicles - in some cases not even wheels from the • When insta ll ing new tires, be carefu l not to damage the va lves or
same vehicle model . t ire pr essu re m oni tor ing sys t em sen sors .
• If you install wheel trim discs on the vehicle wheels , make sure • Never drive without the valve stem cap. The va lves could get
that the air flow to the brakes is not blocked. Reduced airflow to damaged.
the brakes can them to overheat , increasing stopping distances • If the sensors must be replaced, then the valve must also be
and causing a collision. rep laced at t he same t ime .
• Run flat tires may only be used on vehicles that were equipped
~
with them at the factory. The vehicle must have a chassis designed
for run flat tires and a factory -installed tire pressure monitoring For the sake of the environment
system that indicates a loss of tire pressure. Incorrect use of run Dispose of o ld t ires i n acco rdance wit h the local requ ire m ents . •
flat tires can lead to vehicle damage or accidents . Check with an
authori zed Audi dealer or tire specialist to see if your vehicle can
be equipped w ith run flat tires . If run flat tires are used, they must Uniform tire quality grading
be installed on all four wheels . Mi xing tire types is not permitted.
• Tread wear
• Tract ion AA A B C
• Temperature A B C
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ lll
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire side wall Safety Standard No . 109. Grades Band A represent higher leve ls of
between tread shoulder and maximum section width => page 283, performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
fig. 199. required by law.
For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Temperature A.
All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Require- & WARNING
ments in addition to these grades . The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead
Tread wear braking traction tests , and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate
of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. & WARNING
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half (1 1/2) The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi - tion, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can
tions of the ir use, however, and may depart significantly from the cause heat buildup and possible tire failure . •
norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differ -
ences in road characteristics and climate .
Winter tires
Traction
Winter tires can improve vehicle handling on snow and
The traction grades, from highest to lowest , are AA, A, Band C.
ice. At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) we recommend
Those grades represent the tire 's ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government
changing to winter tires.
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true
poor traction performance =>& . winter or "snow" tires, those with very deeply cut tread. These tires
should only be used in pairs and be installed on all four wheels .
Temperature
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and
The temperature grades are A (the highest) , B, and C, representing construction type as the other tires on your vehicle.
the tire 's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi -
pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified If your vehicle is equipped with al l-wheel drive * , this will improve
indoor laboratory test wheel. traction dur ing winter dr iving, even with the standard tires.
However, we strongly recommend that you always equip all four
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to wheels on your vehicle with correctly fi tted winter tires or all -season
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead tires, when winter road conditions are expected . This also improves
to sudden tire failure => & . the vehicle 's braking performance and reduces stopping distances.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all Summer tires provide less grip on ice and snow.
passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s_________________________________________________ _
Winter tires (snow tires) must always be fitted on all four wheels .
Compati ble t ir e press u re moni t o ring senso rs m ust b e installed on
personal injuries . Have worn or damaged tires replaced immedi-
all four w inter t ires for the t ire pr essure mo nitoring system to func-
ately.
tion proper ly ~ page 285.
• Winter tires have maximum speed rating that may be lower
Ask your au t hori zed Aud i dealer or qual if ied w o rkshop f or per mit ted than your vehicle's maximum speed.
winter tire sizes. Use only radial winter tires.
• Never drive faster than the speed for which the winter or other
Win t er tir es lose their effec t ivenes s whe n the t read is wo r n down to tires installed on your vehicle are rated.
a depth of 0 .157 inch (4 mm).
Only drive with winter tires unde r winter conditions. Summer t ires
handle b etter when there is no snow o r ice o n t he roads a nd t he
& WARNING
temperature is above 45 °F (7 °C). Always adjust your driving to the road and traff ic conditions .
If you have a fl at t ire, see notes o n spare w heel ~ page 283. Never let the good acceleration of the winter tires and all-wheel
drive tempt you into taking extra risks. Always remember:
Please always reme m ber t hat winte r ti res may have a lower speed
• When braking, an all-wheel drive vehicle handles in the same
rating than the tires originally instal led on your vehic le at t he time
way as a front drive vehicle .
it was ma n uf actured. Please see~ page 284, "Spe ed rat i ng (let t er
code)" for a listing of the speed rating letter codes and the • Drive carefully and reduce your speed on icy and slippery roads,
maxi mu m sp eed at whic h t he t ir es ca n be d riv en . even winter tires cannot help under black ice conditions.
The speed rating letter code(~ page 284) is on the side wa ll of the
t ire ~ page 283. <i'For the sake of the environment
Use summer tires when weather conditions permit. They are
& WARNING q uieter, d o not wear as qu ickly and red uce f uel con su mp t ion . •
Winter tires have maximum speed limit s that may be lower than
your vehicle' s maximum speed. Always know the max imum speed Snow chains
before driving off. Never drive faster than the speed permitted for
your specific winter tires . This will cause damage to the tires Sno w chains may be f it te d only t o t he fron t w heels, an d only to
leading to an accident and serious personal injury to you and your certain tire sizes. Ask your authorized Aud i dea ler on which tire
passengers . sizes sn ow chai ns can be used.
If you are going to use snow chains, then you must instal l the m on
& WARNING the front wheels at least.
Driving faster than the maximum speed for whi ch the winter tires
The snow chains m ust have low-pro f ile lin ks and mus t not be th icker
on your vehicle were designed can cause tire failure including a
than 0.53 inch (13.5 mm), including the lock. .,._
blowout and sudden deflation , loss of control , crashes and serious
________________________________________________ T_i_r_e_s_ a_n_d
_ w
_ h
_ e_e_l_s__ lR
Remove wheel center covers and trim discs before putting snow Wheel bolts
ch ains on you r veh ic le => (D. For saf ety reasons cove r cap s m ust
then be fitted over the wheel bo lts . These are avai lable from autho - Wh eel bo lts m ust a lw ays be tig h ten ed to the correct
r ized Aud i deale rs. to rq ue.
The design of wheel bo lts is matched to the factory instal led rims. If
& WARNING d iffere nt ri m s are fi t t ed, t he correct w heel bo lts w ith t he r ig ht length
and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that
Using the wrong snow chains for your vehicle or installing them w he els are fi tted securely and that th e b rake syst em f unct ions
incorrectly can increase the risk of loss of control leading to correctly.
serious personal injury.
In certain circums t ances, you may not use wheel bo lt s fr om a
• Snow chains are available in different sizes . Always make sure
different vehicle - even if it is the same model.
to follow the instructions provided by the snow chain manufac -
turer .
• When driving with snow chains never drive faster than the
speed permitted for your specific snow chains.
& WARNING
Improperly tightened or maintained wheel bolts can become loose
• Always observe local regulations . causing loss of control , a collision and serious personal injury.
• Always keep the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel hubs
0 Note clean so the wheel bolt s can turn easily and be properly tightened.
• Never grease or oil the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel
• Remove sn ow chai ns bef ore d ri vi ng o n roads not cove red w ith
snow to avoid damaging tires and wearing the snow chains down hubs. They can become loose while driving if greased or oiled,
u n n ecessa ri ly. even if tightened to the specified torque .
• Snow chains , which come into d irect contact with t he whee l rim, • Only use wheel bolts that belong to the rim being installed .
ca n scratc h or da m age it. Therefore, ma ke sur e tha t t he snow chains • Never use different wheels bolts on your vehicle.
are suitably covered. • Always maintain the correct tightening torque for the wheel
bolts to reduce the risk of a wheel loss. If the tightening torque of
[i ] Tips the wheel bolts is too low, they can loosen and come out when the
vehicle is moving . If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel
Where snow chains are mandatory on certain roads, this normally
bolts and threads can be damaged and the wheel can become
also ap p lies to ve h ic les w it h Al l W heel Driv e. • loose.
0 Note
The specified torque for the wheel bolts is 90 ft lb (120 Nm) with a
to le rance of± 7,4 ft lb(± 10 Nm). Torque whee l bol t s d iago na lly.
Af t er changing a wheel, the torque must be checked as soon as .,_
•
-~_ T
_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e_e_l_s _________________________________________________ _
possible with a torque wrench - preferably by an authorized Audi • After any impact, immediately inspect your tires or have them
dealer or qua lified workshop. • inspected by the nearest authorized Audi dealer. Replace a
damaged tire as soon as possible.
• Inspect your t ires every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) for damage and
Low aspect ratio tires
wear. Damage is not always easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of
air and underinflation, which could eventually cause tire failure. If
Your Audi is factory-equipped with low aspect ratio tires . These tires you believe that a tire may have been damaged, replace the tire as
have been thoroughly tested and been selected specifically for your soon as possib le.
model for their superb performance, road feel and hand lin g under
• These tires may wear more quickly than others .
a variety of driving conditions . Ask your authorized Audi dealer for
more details. • Please also remember that, whi le these tires de liver respons ive
handling, they may ride less comfortably and make more noise than
The low aspect ratio of these tires is indicated by a numeral of 55 or other choices .
less in the tire's size designation. The numeral represents the ratio
of the tire's sidewa ll height in relat ion to its tread width expressed Reduced performance in winter /c old season
in percentage. Conventional tires have a height/width ratio of 60 or conditions
more. A ll tires are designed for certain purposes. Th e low aspect ratio,
The performan ce of low -aspect-ratio tires is particularly sensitive to u ltr a high perfo rmance tires originally installed on your vehic le are
improper inflation pressure. It is therefore important that low intended for maximum dry and wet road performance and handling.
aspect ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure and that the They are not suitable for cold, snowy or icy weather conditions. If
inflation pressure is regularly checked and ma intained. Tire pres- you drive under those circumstances, you should equip your vehic le
sures should be checked at least once a month and always before a with all -season or winter ti res, wh ich offer better traction under
long tr ip => page 277, "Checking tire pressure". those conditions. We suggest you use the recommended snow or
all -season ti res specified for your vehicle, or their equivalent .
What you can do to avoid tire and rim damage
Refer to=> page 287for more detailed information regarding winter
Low aspect ratio tires can be damaged more easily by impact with
tires. •
potho les, curbs, gullies or ridges on the road, particularly if the tire
is underinflated.
In order t o minimize the occurrence of impact damage to the tires
of your vehicle, we recommend that you observe the following
precautions:
• A lways ma in ta in recommended inflation pressures. Check your
tire pressure every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) and add air if necessary.
• Drive carefully on roads with potholes, deep gu ll ies or ridges.
The impact from driving through or over such obstacles can
damage your tires. Impact with a curb may also cause damage to
your tires .
__________________________________________________ T_ ir_e_s_ a_n_d_ w_ h_e
_ e_l_
s __ _
•
111...__ W _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ vv
_ h_a _ ?______________________________________________ _
What do I do now?
Jack, tools and spare wheel The onboard tool kit includes:
• Hook for removing wheel covers*
Jack and tools • Plastic hook to remove wheel bolt covers
The tools and jack are stored underneath the floor panel • Wheel bolt wrench
in the luggage compartment. • Alignment pin for changing wheels
• Screwdriver with reversible blade
~
a:.
• Towing eye
IX)
"' Before storing the jack, make sure it is wound back down as far as it
will go.
After use, the jack and tools must be put back in place underneath
the floor panel in the luggage compartment.
Fig . 200 Floor panel Note : some of the on -board items listed above are provided on
hung on the bottom of
the luggage compart-
certain models only or are optional extras.
ment cover
& WARNING
Improper use of the vehicle jack can cause serious personal inju -
ries .
• Using a bumper jack to raise the vehicle will damage the
bumper system. The jack may slip, causing injury.
• Never support your vehicle on cinder blocks , bricks or other
objects. These may not be able to support the load and could
cause injury when they fail.
Fig . 201 Vehicle tool
kit and jack • Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is supported by
the jack .
Raise the floor panel wit h the loop. • If you must work under the vehicle, always use safety stands
specifically designed for this purpose.
- Hang the loop on the underside of the luggage compart-
• Never try and use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the
ment cover ~ fig. 200. screwdriver to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
- Remove the tool kit or the jack.
_______________________________________________ W _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ w_ ?_
_ h_a __.1
your type of vehicle . It must not be exchanged for the compact
& WARNING !continued) spare wheel from another type of vehicle.
• Always make sure the spare tire and even a flat tire are secured Normal summer or winter tires must not be installed on the
in place and not loose, otherwise they could fly forward, causing compact spare wheel rim.
personal injury to passengers in the vehicle in an accident or
sudden maneuver . Snow chains
• Never use the jack supplied with your Audi on another vehicle, For technical reasons, the use of snow chains on the compact spare
particularly on a heavier one. The jack is only suitable for use on wheel is not permitted .
the vehicle it came with . • If you do have to drive with snow chains and have a tire failure on a
front wheel, install the spare wheel in place of a rear wheel. Install
the snow chains on the rear wheel and use it to replace the defective
Ap p li es to vehicles: w ith compact spare whee l
front wheel.
Compact spare wheel
Using the spare wheel
The compact spare wheel is only intended to be used for The spare wheel is only intended for emergencies until you can
a short Nme. reach a repair shop. Replace it as quickly as possible with a normal
wheel.
There are some restrictions on the use of a spare wheel =>& . The
spare wheel has been developed especially for your type of vehicle.
It must not be exchanged for the spare wheel from another type of
vehicle.
Normal summer or winter tires must not be installed on the spare
wheel rim .
Fig. 202 Compact
spare wheel in the Snow tires
wheel well For technical reasons , the use of snow chains on the spare wheel is
not permitted .
You will find the compact spare wheel under the floor in the luggage
If you do have to drive with snow chains and have a tire failure on a
compartment. It is secured with a large nut.
front wheel, install the spare wheel in place of a rear wheel. Install
Using the compact spare wheel the snow chains on the rear wheel and use it to replace the defective
front wheel. t,.
The compact spare wheel is only intended for emergencies until you
can reach a repair shop. Replace it as quickly as possible with a
normal wheel.
There are some restrictions on the use of the compact spare wheel
=> &- The compact spare wheel has been developed especially for
Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service irechnical data

-L___: W
:..:..:.
h.:.:
a::..
t:...::
d:.:
o:::....:.
l..:d::.O
::::....:
n
:..:.::
O:..:
W :.:..:.
?____________________________________________ _
• After installing the compact spare wheel, the tire inflation pres-
& WARNING sure should be checked and, if necessary, increased to 60 psi (4.2
Always store jacking equipment, spare wheel in the luggage
barl.
compartment. Tighten screw for the spare wheel securely. Under • The load carrying capacity is marked on the tire sidewal ls and
no circumstances should you store the spare wheel or jack and must not be exceeded .
tools unsecured in the passenger compartment. This could cause • After installing the compact spare wheel, make sure that you
serious personal injury to passengers in the vehicle in case of a remount the flat tire in its storage area properly .
collision.
• The compact spare tire should be properly remounted in its
• The compact spare tire is for temporary use only and is so storage area as soon as the standard road tire can be replaced.
marked on the sidewalls.
• Because the compact spare tire was specifically designed for
• Do not drive at speeds exceeding 50 mph (80 km/hi with the your vehicle, it must not be used on any other vehicle . Likewise,
compact spare wheel mounted. Also rapid acceleration, hard compact spare wheels from other vehic les must not be used on your
braking and hard cornering must be avoided to help prevent loss vehicle.
of vehicle contro l.
• The compact spare tire must not be mounted on any other
• Any continuous road use of the compact spare tire may result wheels, nor must standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim
in tire failure, loss of vehicle control and injury to vehicle occu- rings be used with the compact spare wheel. If such use is
pants. attempted, damage to these items or other vehicle components
• Do not put a snow chain on your compact spare tire. Due to the may occur.
smaller tire size, the chain will not fit properly and can thus
damage your vehicle. You could also lose the chain, as well as
control of the vehicle .
[i] Tips
Check the inflation pressure of the compact spare tire (60 psi/4 .2
• If you have a flat front tire in road conditions which require
bar) periodically to keep the tire ready for use. •
snow chains, first remove the undamaged rear wheel and mount
the compact spare wheel in its place. Then remove the damaged
front wheel, take the snow chains off it and attach them to the
wheel taken from the rear. This wheel can now be mounted on the Wheel change
front with its snow chains. Check and adjust tire pressure
promptly. Before changing a wheel
• Never use two or more compact spare tires at the same time. Observe the following precautions for your own and your
passenger's safety when changing a wheel.
0 Note
- After you experience a tire failure, pull the car well away
When using the compact spare wheel, note the following:
from moving traffic and try to reach level ground before
you stop ~ &. ~
___________________________________ ...;__:__:...:..:.;_;__
What _______111
do I do now?
- All passengers should leave the car and move to a safe Changing a wheel
location (for instance, behind the guardrail) ~ & .
When you change a wheel, follow the sequence described
- Apply the parking brake firmly ~ & . below step-by-step and exactly in that order.
- Move selector lever to position Pon an automatic trans- 1. Remove the decorative wheel cover*. For more details
miss ion; put manual transmission in first gear ~ & . see also ~ page 298, "Decorative wheel covers" or
- If you are towing a trailer : unhitch the trailer from your ~ page 299, "Wheels with cap-covered wheel bolts".
vehicle. 2. Loosen the wheel bolts ~ page 300.

- Take the tool and the spare tire ~ page 294 out of the 3. Locate the proper mounting point for the jack and align
luggage compartment. the jack below that point ~ page 300.
4. Lift the car with the jack ~ page 300.
& WARNING 5. Take the flat wheel off and then put the spare on
You or your passengers could be injured while changing a wheel if ~ page 302.
you do not follow these safety precautions:
• If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance off the road. Turn off 6. Tighten all wheel bolts lightly .
the engine, turn the emergency flasher on and use other warning 7. Lower the vehicle with the jack .
devices to alert other motorists.
• Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the 8. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firmly tighten all wheel
vehicle and well away from the roadway and traffic. bolts ~ page 300 .
• To help prevent the vehicle from moving suddenly and possibly 9. Put the decorative wheel cover* back on.
slipping off the jack, always fully set the parking brake and block
the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. When one
front wheel is lifted off the ground, placing the automatic trans-
mission in "P" (Park), or engaging a gear in a manual transmission
& WARNING
will not prevent the vehicle from moving.
Always read and head all WARNINGS and information ::} & in
"Raising the vehicle" on page 300 and ~ page 303 . •
• Before you change a wheel, be sure the ground is level and firm.
If necessary, use a sturdy board under the jack.
• After installing the spare wheel, make sure that you remount After changing a wheel
the flat tire/wheel in its storage area properly and tighten the A wheel change is not complete without the following
knurled retaining screw securely. •
actions.
- Store and secure the replaced wheel in the spare wheel
well. .,._
• Do-it -yourself service

11111.__ _ W
_ h_a_t _d_o_ l _d_o_ n_o
_ vv
_ ?______________________________________________ _
- Put the tool case and the jack back in place in the luggage Ap pli es to vehicles: w ith deco rative wh eel covers
compartment. Decorative wheel covers

- Check the tir e pressure on the spare whee l immediately The decorative wheel covers must be removed first to
after mounting it. access the wheel bolts .
- As soon as possible, have the tight ening torque s on all
wheel bo lts checked with a torque wrench . The correct
tightening torque is 90 ft lb (120 Nm) .
- Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possible.
[i ]Tip s
• If you notice while changing a t ire that the wheel bolts are Fig. 203 Wheel
change: removing th e
corroded and difficult to turn, then they should be replaced before
w heel cover
you check the tightening torque .
• Drive at reduced speed until you have the tightening t orques Removing
checked. a
- Inse rt the hook provid ed with the onboard tool kit into
t he hole on the cen t er hub piece .
Appli es to vehicles: w ith full w heel covers
Full wheel covers - Pull off the decorative wheel cover => fig . 203. •
The wheel covers must be removed to access the wheel

bolts.
Remo v a l
- Pull the full wheel cover off manually.
Inst a lla tion

- First press the full wh eel cover onto the rim at the cut -out
prov ided for the valve. Then engage the outer edge of the
full whe el cover in the steel rim. •
_______________________________________________ W
_ h_a
_ t _d_ o_ l _d_o_ n_o
_ w_ ?_ __.
flll
Ap p li es to vehi cle s: with cap-covered wheel bolts Ap plies to vehicles: with anti- theft wh eel bo lts
Wheels with cap-covered wheel bolts Anti-theft whee l bolts

The caps must be removed first from the wheel bolts To tighten or untighten the anti-theft wheel bolts you
before the bolts can be unscrewed. must use a special adapter.
.... ..
(
Fig. 204 Wheel V"
Fig . 205 Ant i-theft
change : removin g t he whee l bolt w it h cap
whee l bolt caps and adapter
Rem o vin g - Remove the cap* ~ fig. 205 0 using the plastic clip
- Push the plastic clip provided with the onboard tool kit found in the vehicle tool kit .
down over the wheel bolt cap until it engages. - Insert the adapter 0 as far as it wi ll go into the anti-theft
- Pull on the properly engaged plastic clip to extract the wheel G) bolt.
cap ~ fig . 204. - Push the socket wre nch over t he adap t er G).
R e fitting - Loosen or tighten the wheel bolt ~ page 300 .
- Place the caps over the whee l bolts and push them back To remove the cap* 0,
make sure the plastic clip is pushed in as far
1n. in as possib le until it lines up wi t h the edge of the cap .
The caps are there to protect and keep the wheel bo lts clean . • We recommend you keep the wheel bolt adapter in the tool kit.
The code numb er of the wheel bolt lock is stamped on the front side
of the adap t er. You will need this number in orde r to get a replace -
ment from your author ized Audi dealer.
[i ]Tips
Write down the code number and keep it in safe place . Do not keep
it in the vehicle. •
Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data

111!1...__ _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ vv
w_ h_a _ ?______________________________________________ _
Loosening and tightening the wheel bolts

The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising the
& WARNING
• Using force without control to speed the wheel change up can
vehicle.
cause the vehicle to slip off the jack and cause serious personal
injuries.
~ • Do not loosen the wheel bolts more than one turn before you
.,
a'..
m raise the vehicle with the jack. - Risk of injury!
[i] Tips
• Never try and use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the
screwdriver to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
Fig. 206 Wheel
change: loosening the • If a wheel bolt sits very tight, you may find it easier to loosen by
wheel bolts carefully pushing down on the end of the wheel bolt wrench with
one foot only . As you do, hold on to the car to keep yourself stable
Loosening and take care not to slip. •
- Fit the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel bolt and push it
down as far as it will go . Raising the vehicle
- Close your grip around the end of the wrench handle for The vehicle must be lifted with the jack first before the
maximum torque and turn the wheel bolts counter-clock- wheel can be removed .
wise about one single turn in the direction of arrow
~ fig. 206 .
Tightening
- Fit the wheel bolt wrench over the wheel bolt and push it
down as far as it will go.
- Close your grip around the end of the wrench handle for Fig. 207 Wheel
maximum torque and turn each wheel bolt clockwise change: mounting
points for the lifting
until it sits tight.
jack ..
_______________________________________________ W
_ h_a
_ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o
_ w_ ?_ __._
& WARNING
• You or your passengers could be injured wh ile changing a
wheel if you do not follow safety precautions:
- Mounting the jack under the vehicle at any other place than
indicated above may damage the vehicle or may result in
personal injuries.
Fig. 208 Close-up:
prope r positioning of - A soft or unstable surface under the jack may cause the
lifting jack vehicle to slip off the jack . Always provide a firm base for the
jack on the ground. If necessary, use a sturdy board under the
- Posit ion the ja ck bel ow the doo r sill under t he mounting jack.
point t hat is closest to th e w heel to be cha nged - On hard, slippery surface (such as tiles ) use a rubber mat or
==>p age 300, fi g. 207. similar to prevent the jack from slipping .
• To help prevent injury to yourself and your passengers:
- Tur n t he jack handle cl ockwise until the ja ck arm jus t fit s
un de rneat h th e rib ru nni ng alo ng t he und erbo dy ==:>
& . - Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure the jack is securely
engaged.
- A li gn t he j ack so t hat t he j ack arm claw ==:>
fi g . 208 ©
f its - Passengers must not remain in the vehicle when it is jacked
snugl y aroun d t he un de rbod y ri b and t he mov able base up.
plat e @ sit s fla t on t he grou nd. - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from
- Win d t he jac k up furt her until t he flat wh eel comes off the the vehicle and well away from the roadway and traffic .
groun d ==:> & . - Make sure jack position is correct, adjust as necessary and
then continue to raise the jack. •
Recesses at the front and rear of the underbody rib mark the proper
m ounti ng locat ions f or the jac k => page 30 0, fig . 207. There is only
one designated jac k mounting po int for each wheel. Do not app ly
the jack anywhe re else => & .
The jac k sho u ld be pos it ioned appro ximat ely 6 in. (15 cm) beh ind
the front wheel or 10 in. (25 cm) in front of the rear whee l.
An unstable surface und er the jack can cause the veh icle t o slip off
the jack. A lways provide a firm base for the jack on the ground . If
n ecessary place a stu rdy board or sim i lar sup po rt und er t he jack . On
hard, slippery surfaces (suc h as t i les) use a rubber mat or simil ar to
pr even t t he j ack fr o m slip pi ng => & .

111!1...__ _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ vv
w_ h_a _ ?______________________________________________ _
Taking the wheel off /p u tt i ng the spare on - Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin from the
tool kit hand-tight into the now vacant bolt hole
Follow these instructions step-by-step for changing the
~ fig. 210.
wheel
- Then completely unscrew the other wheel bolts as
described above.
Take off the wheel leaving the alignment pin in the bolt
hole.
Fig. 209 Wheel Putting on the spare

change : using the
screwdriver handle - Lift the spare wheel up and carefully slide it over the
(with the blade alignment pin to guide it in place.
removed) to turn the
bolts - Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to
screw in and tighten all wheel bolts slightly.
M
"'
;;; Unscrew the alignment pin and insert and tighten the
u.
1li remaining wheel bolt slightly like the rest.
- Turn the handle on the jack counter -clockwise to lower
the vehicle until the jack is fully released.
- Use the wheel bolt wrench to tighten all wheel bolts
Fig. 210 Wheel firmly ~ page 300. Tighten them crosswise , from one
change: alignment pin bolt to the (approximately) opposite one, to keep the
inside the top hole
wheel centered.
After you have loosened all wheel bolts and jacked the
vehicle off the ground, perform the following steps to [i ]Tips
remove and replace the wheel: Never try and use the hexagonal socket in the handle of the screw-
driver to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
Removing the wheel • Pull the reversible blade from the screwdriver before you use the
- Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to hexagonal socket in the handle to turn the wheel bolts.
completely turn out the topmost wheel bolt and set it • When mounting tires with unidirectional tread design make sure
aside on a clean surface ~ fig. 209. the tread pattern is pointed the right way => page 303. ~
_______________________________________________ W
_ h
_ a_t _d_ o_ l _d_o_ n_o
_ w_ ?__ IIIII
• The wheel bolts should be clean and easy to turn . Check for dirt • Check the ti re pressure on the spare immed iately aft er
and corrosion on the mating surfaces of bot h the wheel and the mounting .
hub. Remove all dirt from these surfaces before remounting the • Have the w heel bolt t ight ening to rque checked with a torque
whee l. • wrench as soon as possible by your authorized Audi dea ler or a
qualified service stat ion.
Tires with unidirectional tread design • On steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel bolt s are correctly tight-
ened w ith a t orque of 90 ft lb (120 Nm l.
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be mounted • If you noti ce w hile changing a tire that the w heel bolt s are
with their tread pattern pointed in the right direction. corroded and difficult to turn , then they should be repla ced before
you check the tightening torque.
Using a spar e tir e with a tread pa tt ern intended for u s e
in a sp ec ifi c di rec tion • Replace the flat t ire w ith a new one and have it installed on your
vehicle as soon as possible. Remount the w heel cover.
When using a spare tire with a tread pattern intended for use in a
specific direction , p lease note the following: Until then , drive wi t h ext ra care and at reduced speeds.
• The direction of rotation is marked by an arrow on the sid e of the
tire .
• If the spare tire has to be installed in the incorrec t direction in the
& WARNING
• If you are going to equip your vehicle wi th tire s or rim s wh ich
event of a flat tire , use the spare tire on ly temporarily since the tire
diffe r from tho se which we re factory installed , th en be sure to read
wi ll not be ab le to achieve its optimum performance characteristics
the infor mation => page 283, "New tire s and replacing tire s and
with regard to aquap laning, noise and wear .
wheel s".
• We recommend that particula r atten t ion be paid to this fact
• Alway s ma ke sure the damag ed w heel or even a flat t ire and
dur ing wet weather and that you adjust your speed to match road
the jack and tool kit are properly secured in the luggage comp art -
conditions.
ment and are not loose in the passenger compartment .
• Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it installed on your
• In an accident or sudden maneu ver th ey could fly forw ard,
vehicle as soon as possible to restore the handling advantages of a
injur ing anyone in th e vehicle.
p roper ly pointed d i rection -dependent t ire. •
• Alway s sto re damaged w heel, jack and t ools securely in
luggage compartment . Oth erwi se, in an accident or sudden
Notes on wheel change maneuver the y could fly forwar d, causing injury to passengers in
the vehicle. •
Please read the information=> page 283, "New t ires and replacing
tires and wheels" if you are going to use a spare tire which is
different from the tires on your veh icle.
Aft er you change a tire :
• Do-it-yourself service
11111...__ W _ t _d_o_l _d_o_ n_o_ vv
_ h_a _ ?______________________________________________ _
Emergency release for selector lever - Unclip the shift boot, pull ing it upward by the fold
=> fig. 211 in the direction of the arrow.
If the power supply to the selector lever is interrupted , the
selector lever can still be released. - Pull the shift boot up .
Emergency release for selector lever

Press the yellow release lever toward the center of the
vehicle with the screwdriver=> fig. 212 @ and hold it in
this position.
- Now press the lock button on the selector lever @ and
move the selector lever to the N position .
Fig. 211 Selector lever :
removing the selector - Clip the shift boot back into the shift gate.
lever boot
If the vehicle has to be pushed or towed if the power supply fails
(e.g. battery is discharg ed), t h e selector lever must be moved to the
N position using the emergency locking device.
& WARNING
The selector must only be shifted from the P position if the hand-
brake is firmly applied. Otherwise the vehicle would start moving
unexpectedly on a grade when the selector lever is shifted from
Fig . 212 Selectorlever :
emergency release the P position - increasing the risk of an accident . •
from the Park position
The emergency release mechanism is located on the right

front under the selector lever shift gate. The release proce-
dure requires professional dexterity . We recommend t hat
you seek assistance.
Unclipping the shift boot

- Take the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit
=> page 294.
- Apply the parking brake f irmly.
_________________________________________________ F_u_s_e_s_a_n_d_ b_u
_ lb_s_ __.1
Fuses and bulbs
Fuses - Carefully pry the fuse cover off the i nstrument panel
using the ignition key or a screwdriver~ fig. 213.
Replacing a fuse - Check the fuse listing on t he next pages t o find out w hi ch
A problem in the electrical system may be caused by a fuse belongs to the component which has failed
blown fuse. ~ page 306, " Fuse Location , Instrument Panel left" .
- Remove the blown fuse w ith the plast ic cl ip provided .

The clip is located on the holder in the fuse box .
- Replace a blown fuse (recognizable by the melted metal
str ip inside) with a fuse of the same amperage .
- Firmly snap the cover back onto the instrument panel
face.
Fig. 213 End face of
instr ume nt panel:
removing cover plat e Fuse c o v er in e ngin e c ompartment
t o access fuses
- Switch the ignition and the affec t ed co nsumer off .
- Unlatch the fuse cover, push the two sli des forward
~ fig . 214.
- Find out which f use belongs to the equ ipment which

stopped working ~ page 308, "Fuse location, left side of
engine compartment " .
- Remove the plastic from its retainer in the fuse box cover
Fig. 214 Left side of
engine comp artm ent:
(left face end of the instrument pane l), place it on the
' fu se cover fuse in question and pull it out.
- If the fuse is burned out (recognizable by melted strips of
Fus e c ove r on the left e nd face of the instrum e nt metal), replace it with a new fuse of the same rating.
panel
- Replace the fuse cover.
- Switch off the ig nition and the electr ica l component
affected . - Push the two slides to the rear ~ fi g. 214. Install the f use
cover carefully to prevent water from entering. .,

111!1...__ F_u_s
_ e_s_a_n_d_ b_u_lb
_ s_______________________________________________ _
The various electrical circuits are protected by fuses . The fuses are Fuse Location , Instrument Panel left
clustered in a central ized uni t . The unit is located behind the face
panel at the end of the instrument panel. The crank for operating Fuses w hich can be replaced.
the sunroof in case of a power failure is also stored behind the face
panel ::::,page 74.
Two spare fuses and a sticker identifying the fuses are located on
the inside of the fuse box cover.
You are well advised to keep a supply of spare fuses in your vehicle .
Fuses with the proper ampere ratings are available at your autho -
rized Audi dealer.
& WARNING
Never replace a fuse w ith one that has a higher am perage rat ing.
• A fuse w ith a too high amper age could damage th e electrical
part and cause a fire .
0 Note
Fig . 215 Fuse ca rri er
• On no account should fuses be repaired (e.g. patched up wi t h tin
beh ind t he i nst rum ent
foil or wire) as t his may cause serious damage elsewhere in the elec - pane l end face, cov er
trical circuit or cause fire. rem oved
• If a fuse blows repeatedly, do not keep replacing it . In stead, have
the cause for the repeated short circuit or overload tracked and Note that the following table is accurate at the time of going to
fixed . • press and is subje ct to change . In the event of discrepancies, t he
label on th e inside of the cover alw ays ta kes precede nce.
The power seats are protected by circuit breakers, which automati-
cally reset after a few seconds after the overload has been reme -
died . ~
_________________________________________________ F_u_s
_ e_s_a_n_d_ b_u_lb_ s__ lll
Equipment No. Equipment Amps
Engine components (I), manual headlight beam Central locking (rear doors), convenience elec -
13 10
adjustment, automatic headlight beam adjust- tronics (control module)
1 m ent, AFS control module , engine components 10 Electronic Stabilization Program (ESP) (control
(II), light switch (switch lighting/illumination), 14 module), automatic transmission (control mod - 10
diagnosis socket ulel, shift gate automatic transmission
- All Wheel Drive, automatic transmission, control 15 Interior lights, reading lights 10
module for CAN data transfer (gateway), electro-
mechanical steering, shift gate automatic trans - Diagnostic connector, rain sensor, air condition-
16 10
ing (control module),
2 mission, engine relay, fuel tank control unit, 10
engine control unit, brakes control (ABS), Elec- 17 Anti -theft alarm warning system 5
lltronic Stabilization Program (ESP), Anti-Slip
I Regulation (ASRl, brake light switch
18 Diag starter 5
19 Not used
3 Airbag 5
20 Not used
Air-conditioning (pressure sensor, air quality
sensor), button for Electronic Stabilization Pro- 21 Not used
gram (ESP), Anti-Slip Regulation (ASRI, oil level 22 Air conditioning (blower fan) 40
sensor (WIVl, back -up light switch, front seat
4 heating, Seat-occupancy recognition (on USA 5 23 Driver's side power window, front 30
vehicles), navigation, garage door opener, auto- 24 Cigarette lighter 20
matic mirror dimming, Heated windshield
washer nozzles,air conditioning (control mod-
25 Rear window defogger 30
ulel 26 Power outlet in luggage compartment 20
5 AFS headlights (left side) 5 27 Fuel tank control module, fuel pump 15
6 AFS headlights (right side) 5 28 Power window , rear 30
7 Not used 29 Not used
Not used 30 Automatic transmission 20
9 Not used 31 Au t omatic transmission (vacuum pump) 20
Not used 32 Not used
11 Not used 33 Sliding/pop-up roof 20
12 Central locking (front doors) 10 Not used

111!1...__ F_u_s
_ e_s_a_n_d_ b_u_lb_ s_______________________________________________ _
No . Equ ipm e nt Amps Fuse location , left side of engine

compartment
35 Not used
36 Lumbar support 10
37 Heated seats, front 20
38 Passenger side power window, front 30
39 Not used
40 Heating (blower fan) 40
41 Rear window wiper 15
42 Windshield wiper (washer pump) 15
Fig. 216 Fuse assign-
43 Convenience electronics (control module) 20 ment in th e engine
compart ment in t he
44 Trailer control module 20 example wit h 54 plug-
in fuses
45 Trailer control modu le 15
46 Not used Please check your car's fuse layout, there are two different layouts .
47 Cell phone package (VDA interface) 5 Check the fuse layout with the fuse panel cover removed
=>page 305, "Fuse cover in engine compartment" .
48 Not used
Some of the equipment items listed are optional or only available on
49 Not used
certain model configurations.
Aut o m at ic c irc uit bre a k e rs: Please note that the preceding table was accurate at the time of
printing and is subject to change. In the event of discrepancies, the
The electric power windows and the electric seat adjus t ers are
label on the inside of the cover always takes precedence.
protected with circuit breakers which reset automatically after the
circuit overload has been corrected. V a riatio n (1 ) with 3 0 Plug-i n Fu ses
N o. Equipm e nt Amps
[i J Tips
• Whenever replacing a fuse, always consult the sticker on the F1 Not used
ins ide of the fuse panel cover. It contains the most up-to-date infor- F2 Steering wheel electronics 5
mation regarding the fuse arrangement . If in doubt, ask your autho -
F3 Battery voltage 5
rized Audi Service advisor .
• Some of the equipment items listed are optiona l or only avail - F4 Anti -lock brake system (ABS) valves 30
able on certain model configurations. • F5 Transmission control module 15
Fuses and bulbs 111
11
No. Equipment Amps I No. Equipment Amps
F6 Instrument cluster module 5 F28 Power supply relay term inal 15 40
F7 Transmission control module 30 Fuse assignment in the left-side instrument
F29 50
panel (special equipment)
F8 Navigation system, radio system 15/25
Navigation system, digital radio, cell phone, TV F30 Power supply relay terminal 75 50
F9 5
equipment
Variation (2) with 54 Plug-in Fuses
F10 Engine control module, main relay 5/10
F11 Not used No. Equipment
Control module for CAN data transfer (gateway) 5 F1 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) pump 30
F13 Engine control module 15/25 F2 Anti -lock brake system (ABS) valves 30
Ignition coils 20 F3 Not used
F15 Tank diagnosis, oxygen sensor 10/15 F4 Battery voltage 5
F16 Ant i-lock brake system (ABS) pump 30 F5 Horn 15
F17 Horn 15 F6 Volume control valve/fuel pump 15
F18 Audio amplifier 30 F7 Not used
F19 Front windshield wiper syst em 30 F8 Not used
F20 Volume regulator valve 20 F9 Engine components 10
F21 Oxygen sensor 10 F10 Fuel tank control, mass air flow sensor 10
F22 Clutch pedal switch, brake light switch 5 F11 Oxygen sensors, in front of catalytic converter 10
F23 Engine relays, engine components 5/10/15 F12 Oxygen sensors, behind catalytic converter 10
F24 Engine components 10 F13 Automatic transmission 15
Right-side lighting (elect rical system control F14 Not used

F25 30
unit) F15 Water return-flow pump 10
F26 Left-side light ing (electric system control un it! 30 F16 Steer ing wheel electronics 5
F27 Secondary air pump 40 F17 Instrument cluster module 5
F18 Audio amplifier 30
F19 Navigation system, radio system 15/ 25

llffl.___ F_u_s
_ e_s_a_n_d_ b_u_lb
_ s_______________________________________________ _
No . Equ ipment Amps No . Equipment Amps

Navigation system, digital radio, cell phone, TV F44 Not used
F20 5
equipment
F45 Not used
F21 Not used
F46 Not used
F22 Not used
F47 Left-side lighting (electric system control unit) 30
F23 Engine control modu le, main re lay 10
Right-side light i ng (electrical system control
F48 30
F24 Contro l module for CAN data transfer (gateway) 5 unit)
F25 Not used F49 Power supply relay termina l 15 40
Not used F50 Not used
F27 Not used F51 Secondary air pump 40
F28 Engine control module 15 F52 Power supply relay terminal 75 50
F29 Engi n e relays, eng ine components 5 Fuse assignment in the left-side instrument
F53 50
pane l (specia l equipment)
F30 Not used
F31 Front windshield wiper system 30
F54 Not used
•
F32 Not used
F33 Not used Bulbs
F34 Not used
Replacing light bulbs
F35 Not used
For your safety, we recommend that you have your autho-
F36 Not used
rized Audi dealer replace burned out bulbs for you.
F37 Not used
It is becoming increasingly more and more difficult to replace
F38 Engine components 10
veh icle light bulbs since in many cases, other parts of the car must
F39 Clutch pedal switch, brake light switch 5 first be removed before you are able to get to the bu lb. This applies
F40 Ignition coils 20 especia lly to the light bu lbs in the front of your car which you can
only reach t hrough the engine compartment .
F41 Not used
Sheet metal and bulb holders can have sharp edges that can cause
F42 Power supply engine relay 5 serious cuts, and parts must be correctly taken apart and then prop -
F43 Ignition coils 30 erly put back t ogether to help preven t breakage of parts and long ...
---------------- Fuses and bulbs 111
term damage from water that can enter housings that have not work in. Always read and heed all WARNINGS=> page 245, " Engine
b een properly resealed . com partm ent" =>& .
For your safety, we recommend that you have your authorized Audi • It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer whenever you need
dea ler replace any bu lbs for you, since your dealer has the proper to chang e a bul b . •
t ools, t he correct bu lbs and the expert ise.
Gas discharge lamps (Xenon lights )*:
Due t o the high electrical vo ltage , have the bul bs replaced by a qual -
ified technician . Headlights with Xenon light can be identified by the
high voltage stic ker.
& WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of the electrical system
and improper replacement of gas discharge (Xenon ) headlight
bulbs can cause serious personal injury and death .
• Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can explode when being
changed.
• Changing Xenon lamps requires the special training , instruc-
tions and equipment .
• Only an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified workshop
should change the bulbs in gas discharge lamp s.
& WARNING
There are parts with sharp edges on the openings and on the bulb
holders that can cause serious cuts .
• If you are uncertain about what to do, have the work performed
by an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified workshop. Serious
personal injury may result from improperly performed work.
[i ] Tips
• If you must replace th e light bulbs yours elf, always remember
that the engine compartment of any vehicle is a hazardous area to
Emergency situations
-
"'"---=---=----------------
General
& WARNING
Thi s chapter is intended for trained emergen cy crew s and working Batteries contain electricity , acid , and gas . Any of these can cause
personnel who have the necessary tools and equ ipment to perform very serious or fatal injury. Follow the instructions below for safe
the se operations. • handling of your vehicle 's battery .
• Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning over the battery
whenever possible .
Starting by pushing or towing • A discharged battery can already freeze at temperatures just
below 32 °F (0 °C). Never attempt to provide starting assistance on
a frozen or thawed out battery - Danger of explosion and chemical
0 Note burns! Replace a battery if it has been frozen.
Vehicles with an automatic tran smission cannot be started by • Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin. Flush any
pushing or towing . • contacted area with water immediately .
• Improper use of a booster battery to start a vehicle may cause
an explosion .
Starting with jumper cables
• Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame
Ju mper cab le: No te the manufactur er's i nfo rm ati on . and lighted cigarettes away from batteries .
• Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a low acid level in the
If the battery is discharged, another vehicle can prov ide starting
battery .
assistance. For this you require a j umper cable. Both batteries must
have th e sam e vo ltag e (V) and a si m il ar capacity (Ah). • The voltage of the booster battery must also have a 12-Volt
rat ing . The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be
Jumper cables lower than that of the di scharged battery . Use of batteries of
Use only jumper cables of suffic iently large cros s section to safe ly different voltage or substantially different "Ah " rating may cause
carry the starter current . Refer to the manufacturer's specifications. an explosion and personal injury .
• Never charge a frozen battery . Gas trapped in the ice may cause
Use o n ly j um per ca bl es wi t h isol ated term inal clam ps and pr o per ly
an explosion.
marked for distinct ion :
• Never charge or use a battery that has been frozen . The battery
plus (+) cable in mo st cases co lo red red
case may have be weakened.
minus (-) cable in most cases co lored black . • Use of batteries of different voltage or substantially different
capacity (Ah) rating may cause an ex plosion and injury . The
capacity (Ah ) of the booster battery should not be lower than that
of the discharged battery. ~
Emergency situations -
-------------=--=----J?rll
& WARNING (continu ed) & WARNING

• Before you check anything in the engine compartment , always Improper handling of the jumper cables can lead to an explosion
read and heed all WARNINGS => page 245, "Engine compartment ". of the battery and severe injuries . To reduce the risk of injury, note
the following :
0 Note • The sections of the terminal clamps that are not insulated
must not tou ch each other. In addition , the cable clamped to the
• Applying a higher voltage booster battery wil l cause expensive
battery's positive terminal must not come in contact with electri -
damage to sensitive electronic co mponents, such as contro l units,
cally connected parts of the vehicle - danger of short circuit!
relays, rad io, etc.
• Route the jumper cable so that it cannot catch in any rotating
• There must be no electrical contact between the vehic les as
parts in the engine compartment .
othe rwise current could alr eady start to fl ow as soon as the positive
(+) te rmina ls are connected. • Do not bend over the batterie s - danger of chemical burns!
• Improp erly connected j umper cables can cause substantial • The battery cell locking screws must be tightened securely.
damage to the electrica l system of the vehicle. • Keep ignition sources (open flame , burning cigarettes , etc .)
away from the batteries - danger of explosion!
[i ] Tips • Do not clamp the minus cable to parts of the fuel system or the
brake lines.
• The d ischarged battery must be properly connected to the
vehi cle's electr ical syste m. •
0 Note
If you provid e st art assista nce fo r others w ith y ou r vehicle, yo u
General information of starting shou ld not clamp the minus cable(-) to the negative terminal of the
assistance discha rged battery => page 314, fig . 217 © but to a solid metal part
screwed fi rm ly to the eng ine b lock, or to the engine block itse lf. In
case of an inadequately vent il ated batte ry of the vehic le receiving
Please obs erve tha t t he p rocedure descr ibed below f or con nect i ng
power, t here is a d anger of exp losion du e to detonat i ng gas! •
jumper cab les is intended to provide a jump start for your vehicle .
Make sure t hat t he co nnect ed clamps have suff icie nt metal contact.
Start assistance differs for vehicles with a 4-cylinder eng ine and a 6-
cy lind er eng ine:
=> page 314, "Use of jumper cables (4 cylinder engi n e)"
=> page 315, "Use of jumper cables (6 cylinder engine)"
IIIII...__ E_m
_ e_r-'g==--
e_n_c_y=---
s_i_t_u_a_t_i_o_n_s_____________________________________________ _
Use of jumper cables (4 cylinder Connecting/disconnecting the jumper cable.

engine) 4. Connect one end of the red jumper cable to the positive
terminal G) => fig. 217 of the discharged battery @ => 0
Make sure to connect the jumper cable clamps in exactly in "Ge neral information of starting assistance" on
the order described below! page 313.
5. Connect the other end of the red jumper cable to the
positive terminal @ of the booster battery ®·
6. Connect one end of the black jumpe r cable to the nega-
tive terminal ©of the booster battery ® ·
Fig. 217 Jump-
starting with the 7. Connect the other end of the black jumper cable to the
battery of another negative terminal @ of the discharged battery @.
vehicle : A - discharged
vehicle battery , B - 8. Route the jum per cables so that they cannot catch in any
booster battery
rotating parts in the engine compartment.
On vehicles with 4-cylinder engines the battery is locat ed in Starting the engine
the front, in the engine compartment on the driver's side. To
9. Start the engine of the vehicle providing assistance and
reach the battery terminals, remove the cover => page 266.
allow it to run at idl e.
Preparatory measures 10. Now start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged
1. Do not jump start a frozen battery! => &, in "Starting battery, wait for two to three minutes until the engine
with jumper cables" on page 312, => &, in "General infor - "runs" smoothly.
mation of starting assistance" on page 313. Replace such 11. If the engine does not start: Stop trying after 10 seconds
a battery! and then try again after about 30 seconds.
2. Otherwise apply the hand brake and shift in to idle gear if 12. In the vehicle that has received start assistance, turn on
your vehicle has manual transmission, and put the the heater blower and the rear window heating to elimi-
selector lever into P position if your vehicle has auto - nate any voltage peaks when disconnecting. Driving
matic transmission. lights must be switched off! ..,
3. For both vehicles switch off all consumers and the igni -
tion.
________________________________________________ E
_ m___
e_r.::
g~e___
n_c~y:.-s;_i_t_u:...:
a:..:.
t.:.:
i...:
o:...:
n...:..:.
s_ __,JI
13. Disconnect the cable while the engine is running exactly • Please note that the procedure for connecting a jumper cable as
in reverse order to that described in ~ page 314, described above applies specifically to the case of your vehicle
"Connecting/disconnecting the jumper cable.". When being jump started. When you are giving a jump start to another
vehicle, do not connect the minus(-) cable to the minus(-) terminal
doing so, make sure that the cable cannot contact
on the discharged battery @ ~ page 314, fig . 217. Instead, securely
rotating engine parts.
connect the minus(-) cable to either a massive metal component
14. Turn the heater blower and the rear window heating off that is firmly bolted to the engine block or to the engine block itself.
again. If the battery that is being charged does not vent to the outside,
escaping battery gas could ignite and explode! •
The battery is vented to the outside to prevent gases from entering
the vehicle interior.
Make sure that the jumper clamps are well connected with their
Use of jumper cables (6 cylinder
metal parts in full contact with the battery terminals. engine)
Make sure to connect the jumper cable clamps in exactly
& WARNING the order described below!
To avoid serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle, heed
all warnings and instructions of the jumper cable manufacturer. If
in doubt, call for road service.
• Jumper cables must be long enough so that the vehicles do not
touch.
• When connecting jumper cables, make sure that they cannot Fig. 218 For jump
get caught in any moving parts in the engine compartment. starting or charging
the battery, there is a
• Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always jump start connection
read and heed all WARNINGS ~ page 245, "Engine compartment". on the left side of the
engine compartment . ...
0 Note
Improperly connected jumper cables can damage or destroy the
generator.
• Always connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE(+), and NEGATIVE(- ) to
NEGATIVE(-) terminal.
• Check that all screw plugs on the battery cells are screwed in
firmly. If not , tighten plugs prior to connecting clamp on negative
battery terminal.
Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical data

lllffllL _..!E:_!m~
e~r~g~
e:!n~
c::.:y~
s~i~t~u~a!:t:!i~o~n:!:
s~ ---------------------------------------------
5. Connect the other end of the red jumper cable to the

positive terminal ® of the booster battery @ .
6. Connect one end of the black jumper cable to the nega-
tive terminal® of the booster battery ® ·
Fig. 219 Jump start 7. Connect the other end of the black jumper cable to the
using the battery in negative terminal (bolt head) © in the external starting
another vehicle: A -
Discharge, B- Female
point © of your vehicle.
socket
8. Route the jumper cables so that they cannot catch in any
rotating parts in the engine compartment.
On vehicles with the 6-cylinder engine, ins tead of the
battery, on the left side of the engine compartment there is Starting the engine
a Jump start connection => page 315, fig. 218. For jump
9. Start the engine of the vehicle providing assistance and
starting, open the cover on the posit ive terminal.
allow it to run at idle.
Preparatory measures 10. Now start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged
1. Do not jump start a frozen battery! => &
in "Starting battery, wait for two to three minutes until the engine
with jumper cables" on page 312, => &
in "General infor - "runs" smoothly.
mation of starting assistance" on page 313. Replace such 11. If the engine does not start: Stop trying after 10 seconds
a battery! and then try again after about 30 seconds.
2. Otherwise apply the hand brake and shift in to idle gear if 12. In the vehicle that has received start assistance, turn on
your vehicle has manual transmission, and put the the heater blower and the rear window heating to elimi -
selector lever into P position if your vehicle has auto- nate any voltage peaks when disconnecting . Driving
matic transmission. lights must be switched off!
3. For both vehicles switch off all consumers and the igni - 13. Disconnect the cable while the engine is running exactly
tion. in reverse order to that described in => page 316,
"Connecting/disconnecting the jumper cable." . When
Connecting/disconnecting the jumper cable.
doing so, make sure that the cable ca nnot contact
4. Connect one end of the red jumper cable to the positive rotating engine parts.
terminal G) => page 314, fig. 217 in the external starting
point © of your vehicle => 0
in "General information of 14. Close the cover on the positive terminal. .,_
starting assistance" on page 313.
__________________________________ ___ _111
..::.:..:,.:..::..:..~.:....;__~__;_
15. Turn t he heate r blower and th e rear w in dow heat er of f that is firmly bolted to the engine block or to t he engine block itself.
aga in. If th e batter y th at is being charg ed doe s not v ent to t he out side,
escapin g battery gas cou ld ig nite and explode!
The battery is vent ed to t he outs ide t o prevent gases fr om ent ering
the vehicle interior.
Make sure th at th e j umpe r clamp s are wel l con nect ed w ith the ir
[i ] Tips
In the Audi A3 with the 6-cylinder eng ine, the battery is located
metal parts in full contact with the batt ery termina ls.
below t he luggage co m part ment flo or, protec t ed by a met al shr o ud .
Access requ ires pro f essional skill and special tools . •
& WARNING
To avoid serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle, heed
Emergency towing with commercial
all warnings and instructions of the jumper cable manufacturer. If
in doubt , call for road service. tow truck
• Jumper cables must be long enough so that the vehicles do not
tou ch. General hints
• When connecting jumper cables, make sure that they cannot Your A udi req uir es special han dli ng for tow in g.
get caught in any moving parts in the engine compartment .
The fo llowi ng inf or mation is t o be used by comme rc ial to w t ruck
• Before you check anything in the engine compartment , always
operators who know how to operate their equipment safely.
read and heed all WARNINGS => page 245, "Engine compartment".
• Never tow your Audi, towing will cause damage to the engine
0 Note
and transmission .
• Never wrap the safety chains or winch cables around the brake
Improperly connected jumper cables can damage or dest roy the lines.
gen erato r.
• To prevent unnecessary damage, your Audi must be transported
• Always connec t POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE(+), and NEGATIVE (-) to with a car carrier (flat bed truck ).
NEGATIVE (- ) t er minal.
• To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use the towing loop found
• Check t hat all screw plugs on t he battery cel ls are screwed in in the vehicle tools and attach to the front or rear anchorage
fi rm ly. If not, t ight en pl ugs pr io r to conn ectin g clamp on neg ative => p ag e 318 and => p ag e 3 18.
bat t ery termina l.
• Please note that the procedure for connectin g a jumper cable as
descri b ed above app lies specifica lly t o th e case of yo ur vehicle & WARNING
being ju mp st art ed. Wh en you are giv ing a jump st art t o another A vehicle being towed is not safe for passengers. Never allow
vehic le, do not connec t the minus( - ) cabl e to the min us( - ) term inal anyone to ride in a vehicle being towed , for any reason. •
on t he d ischarg ed battery © => page 314, fi g. 217. Instea d, securely
connect the minus (- ) cab le to either a massive metal component
lllfflJ.,___ E
_m_ e
_ r.;:
g'-e_n
_ c-=
y_ s_i_
t_u_a_t_i_o_n_s_______________________________________________ _
Front t owing loop - Insert the towing loop into the threaded hole => fig. 221
and turn it all the way in until it is seated securely, then
Do not install the front towing loop until it is needed.
tighten it with the wheel bolt wrench.
0
~ When it is no longer needed, unscrew the towing loop and put it

<i. back into the on-board toolkit. Make sure to have the towing loop
"'
"' stored in the vehicle at all times.
& WARNING
If the towing loop is not screwed in as far as it will go, the thread
Fig. 220 Front
can pull out when the vehicle is towed · potential risk of an
bumper: removing the
cover cap accident. •
Rear tow ing loop

Do not install the rear towing loop until it is needed.
c-===== ~------- 1 ~
:e
"'
"'
Fig. 221 Front
bumper: screwing in
the towing loop
The towing loop fits into the threaded hole located on the
right side of the front bumper and covered by a small cover Fig. 222 Rear bumper:
cover .,..
when not in use. Note that the towing loop has a left-hand
thread!
Remove the towing loop from the vehicle toolkit
=> page 294.
- Press on the bottom edge of the cover cap to disengage
and take it out of the bumper. The cap remains
connected to the bumper => fig. 220.
________________________________________________ E
_ m_e_r,,::
gc..
e_n_ c..::
y;._s_i_t _u_a_t_i_o_n_s
_ ___.
-----~ 5! ~
0:.
00
m
Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck
"'
r--
~
0:.
00
m
Fig. 223 Rear bum per:

t ow ing loop inserte d
Fig. 22 4 Veh icle on flat

On the right side of the rear bumper the re is a threaded hole bed t ru ck
for t he towing loop . The threaded hole is behind a cover .
Note that the towing loop has a left -hand thr ead ! Front hook up
Remove the towing lo o p f rom the vehicle too lkit - Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier
=> page 294 . ramp .
Place the screwdriver against t he upper edge of the - Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye
cover and carefully pry it out :::>page 318, fig . 222. => page 318, f ig. 22 1 previously installed .
- Insert the towing loop into the threaded hole => fig . 223 Re ar h o ok up
and turn it all the way in until it is seated securely, then
- Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car carrier
tighten it with the wheel bolt wrench.
ramp .
When it is no longer needed, unscrew the towing loop and put it
- Attach the winch hook to the rear towline eye => fig. 223
back into the vehicle too lkit . Be sure to have the towing loop stored
previously installed .
in the vehicle at all times.
& WARNING [i ] Tips

Check careful ly t o make sure the hook -up is secure before mov ing
If you do not screw th e tow ing loop compl et ely, it could come out the car up the flatbed truck ramp. •
of the t hreaded hole w hile th e vehicle is being towe d causing
damage t o the vehicle and possible serious personal injury. •

lllffl!IL--__; E
::.m
:..:..:.
e.::..:..
r.:=
g~e:..:
n
:..:.:
c;.!
y:......:
s:....
i..:.
t .:.
u:....
a....
t:....
i...:
o..:.
n..:.
s::....
______________________________________________ _
Lifting the vehicle Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor
jack
Important safety precautions The vehicle may only be lifted at the lifting points illus-
trated.
Be aware of the fo ll owing hazards before lifting the vehicle with a
workshop hoist or floor jack:
• The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from underneath ~
-L===-:_-:_-:_-:_-_-_-_-
__,--
cf..
ex,
m
the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or rear axle
or the body side members. This could lead to serious damage.
• Use lifting equipment with padded contact surfaces to avoid
damage to the underbody or chassis frame.
• Alternatively, cover the contact surfaces on workshop hoist or
floor jack with rubber pads before lifting .
Fig. 225 Front lifting
• Before driving over a workshop hoist, check that the vehicle point
weight does not exceed the permissible lifting capacity of the hoist .
• Before driving over a workshop hoist, ensure that there is suffi-
cient clearance between the hoist and low parts of the vehicle .
& WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury and vehicle damage : ,,
• Always lift the vehicle only at the special workshop hoist and
floor jack lift points illustrated => fig . 225 and => fig . 226 .
Fig. 226 Rear lifting
• Failure to lift the vehicle at these points could cause the vehicle point
to tilt or fall from a lift if there is a change in vehicle weight distri-
bution and balance . This might happen, for example, when heavy
components such as the engine block or transmission are
- Read and heed WARNING => & in "Impor tant safety
preca utions".
removed.
• When removing such heavy components, anchor vehicle to - Locate lifting points =>fig. 225 =>fig. 226.
hoist or add corresponding weights to maintain the center of - Adjust lifting arms of workshop hoist or floor jack to
gravity . Otherwise, the vehicle might tilt or slip off the hoist ,
match vehicle lifting points .
causing serious personal injury. •
- Insert a rubber pad between the floor jack/workshop
hoist and the lift ing points.
Emergency situations -
-------------=--=----
If you mu st lift your vehicle with a floor jack to work underneath , be
sure the vehicle is safely supported on stands intended for this
purpose .
Front lifting point

The lifting point is located on the floor pan reinforcement about at
t he same leve l as the jack mo un t ing point ~ p age 320, fig. 225. Do
not lift the vehicle at the vertical sill reinforcement .
Rear lifting point

The lifting point is located on the vertical reinforcement of the lower
sill f or t he o n board jack ~ pag e 320, fi g. 226.
Lifting with vehicle jack

Ref er to ~ page 300.
0 Note
• Be aware of t he f ollowing po i nts bef ore lift ing the veh icle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from under-
neath the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or
rear axle or the body side membe rs. This could lead to serious
damage.
- To avoid damage to the underbody or chassis frame , a rubber
pad must be inserted between the floor jack and the lift points .
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, check that the vehi cle
weight does not exceed the permissible lifting capacity of the
hoist .
- Before driving over a workshop hoist, ensure that there is
sufficient clearan ce between the hoist and low parts of the
vehicle. •
_,
~.>--
\\ -
o:i,
\'?>
o.0. .......
...
~ 'A
llffl,___ G
_ e_n
_ e_r_a_l_i_n_f_o_rm
_ a
_ t _io_ n_______________________________________________ _
General information
Explanation of technical data

Some of the technical data listed in this manual requires
further explanation .
The technical data for your vehicle is listed in the charts starting on
~ page 326. This section provides general information, notes and
restrictions which app ly to this data. • Fig. 228 Th e vehi cle
identificat ion label -
inside th e luggage
compartm ent
Vehicle identification
The V ehicle Id e n ti fication Numb e r (V IN )
The key data are given on the vehicle identification
is located on the driver's side so that it is visible from the outside
number (VIN) plate and the vehicle data sticker.
through the windshie ld - see ~ fig. 227.
Th e veh ic le id e ntifi c at ion lab e l

is located in the luggage compar t ment in the spare whee l well.
The label~ fig . 228 shows the fo llowing vehic le data :
0 Production control no.
Fig. 22 7 Vehicle Identi-
0 Vehicle identification no.
ficati on Number (VIN) G) Type code number
plat e: location on
driver's side dash
© Type designation/engine output in Kilowatts
panel @ Engine and transmission code letter
© Paint no./ln t erior
0 Optiona l equipment no.'s
Vehicle data 2 to 7 are also found in your Maintenance & Warranty
booklet.
Th e s afet y c o mpli a n c e sti c ker

is your assurance that your new vehicle complies with all app licable
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effect at the
time the vehicle was manu f actured. You can find this sticker on the
left door jamb . It shows the month and year of production and the .._
General information -
----------------
vehicle identification number of your vehicle (perforation) as well as
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight & WARNING
Rating (GAWRl. • The actual Gross Axle Weight Rating at the front and rear axles
The high voltage warning label should not exceed the permissible weights, and their combination
must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
is located on the lock carrier.
• Exceeding permissible weight ratings can result in vehicle
The spark ignition system meets all requirements of the Canadian damage, accidents and personal injury.
Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. •
0 Note
Weights • The vehicle capacity weight figures apply when the load is
distributed evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage). When
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating transporting a heavy load in the luggage compartment, carry the
load as near to the rear axle as possible so that the vehicle's
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and the Gross Axle Weight
handling is not impaired.
Rating (GAWRl for front and rear are listed on a sticker on the left
door jamb. • Do not exceed the maximum permissible axle loads or the
maximum gross vehicle weight. Always remember that the vehicle's
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the weight of the basic
handling will be affected by the extra load. Therefore, adjust your
vehicle plus full fuel tank, oil and coolant, plus maximum load,
speed accordingly.
which includes passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated
seating position) and luggage weight . • Always observe local regulations. •
Gross Axle Weight Rating

The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum load that can be Dimensions
applied at each axle of the vehicle ~ & .
The specifications refer to the basic model. Differences may occur
Vehicle capacity weight
depending on the model type and options ordered, for example, tire
The vehicle capacity weight (max. load) is listed either on the sizes.
driver's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap .
Roof weight
The maximum permissible roof weight is 165 lb (75 kg). The roof
0 Note
When driving up steep ramps, on rough roads, over curbs, etc. it is
weight is made up of the weight of the roof rack system and the important to remember that some parts of your vehicle, such as
weight of the object being transported~ page 175, "Loading the spoilers or exhaust system components, may be close to the
roof rack". ground. Be careful not to damage them. •
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Technical dat a
ment
___ D_a_t_a___________________________________________________ _
Data
Ap plies to vehi cl es: wit h 2.0 lite r TFSI 4-cy l. engine ,
200 hp, 2.0 liter 4-cyl. turbo engine
Engine data
Maxi m um o ut put SAE net h p@rp m 200@ 5100 - 6000

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@ rpm 207 @ 1800 - 5000
No . of cylinders 4
Displ aceme nt CID (cm 3 ) 121 (1984)
Stro ke i n (mm) 3.65 (92.8)

Bore in (mm) 3.25 (82.5)
Com pression rat io 9 .3 : 1
Fuel Premiumunleaded (91 AKI) Recommended for maximum engine per formance . Fur-
ther details =:>page 247, "Gasoline"
Dimens ions (appro x.)
Length (with licence plate brac ket) in (mm) 168.6 (4286)

Width (across mi rr o rs) in (mm) 77 .1 (1959)
Heigh t (un lade n, incl. roof rail s) in (mm) 56.0 (1423)
Turning circle diameter (curb to curb) ft. (ml 35.0 (10.7)
Capacities (approx .)
Fuel tank
- Total capacity gal/liters 14.5 / 55.0
- Reserve (of t otal capac ity) gal/liters 1.8/7. 0
Windshield washer fluid container quarts/liters 3.7 / 3.5
Engine oil with filter change quarts/liters 4.8 I 4.5 •
___________________________________________________ D_a_t_a__ PII
Ap pli es to vehi cles: w it h 3.2 li ter 6-cyl. engi ne
250 hp , 3.2 liter 6-cyl. engine
Engine data
Maximum output SAE net hp@rpm 250 @ 6300

Maximum torque SAE net lb -ft@ rpm 236 @ 2800-3200
No . of cy lin ders 6 cy linde r
Displacement CID (cm 3 ) 195 (3189)
Stroke in (mm) 3.77 (95.9)

Bore in (mm) 3.30 (84.0)
Com pression ratio 11.25 : 1
Fuel Premium unleaded (91 AKll 11
11Recommended for maximum engine pe rformance .
Further d et ai ls ~ page 247, "Gaso li ne"
Dimensions
Lengt h (wi t h licence pl at e bracket) in (m m) 168.6 (4286)

Width (across mirrors) in (mm) 77 .1 (1959)
Height (unlad en, incl. roof rails) in (mm) 56.0 (1423)
Turning circle d iameter (curb to cur b) f t . (ml 35.0 (10.7)
Capacities
Fuel tank
- Total capac ity gal/liters 14.5 / 55.0
- Reserve (of total capacity) gal/liters 1.8 / 7.0
Windshield washer fluid container quarts/ l iters 3.7 / 3.5
Engine oil w ith fil te r change quar t s/lite rs 5.8 / 5.5 •
ment
__ __::
C:::.:::
o:.:
n..:.:
s:::.:::
u:..:.
m.:...:..:
e:.:
r~ ln:...:..:.
f .::
o:..:.
r..:.
m:...:..::
a:.:
t:.:.
i.::
o:.:
n.:______________________________________________ _
Consumer Information
Warranty coverages Admin istrator

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
400 Seventh Street, S.W.
Your Audi is covered by the follow ing war rant ies:
Washington, D.C. 20590
• Limited New Vehicle Warranty
You can also obtai n other information about motor vehicle safety
• Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perforation from :
• Emissions Control System Warranty
www .safercar.gov •
• Emissions Performance Warranty
• California Emissions Control Warranty (USA vehicles only)
Applicable to Canada only
• California Emissions Performance Warranty (USA vehicles only)
Detailed information rega rding your warranties can be found in Canadian customers who wish to report a safety -related defect to
your M ainte nance & Warranty Booklet . • Transport Canada, Defect Investigations and Recalls, may te lephone
the toll free hotline :
Tel.: 1-800-333-0371
Reporting safety defects
or contact Transport Canada by mail at:
Applicable to U.S.A . only Road Safety and Motor Vehicle Regulation Directorate
Transport Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a Tower C, Place de Ville,
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform 330 Sparks St reet
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSAl in addi - Ottawa, ON K1A 0N5
tion to notifying Audi of America, Inc.
For additiona l road safety informa t ion, please visit the Road Safet y
If NHTSA receives similar comp laints, it may open an investigation, website at:
and if it finds that a safety defects exists in a group of vehicles, it
http ://www.tc .gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm •
may order a reca ll and remedy campaign . However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individua l prob lems between you, your dea ler,
or Audi of America, Inc.
Operating your vehicle outside the
To contact NHTSA, you may cal l the Vehic le Saf ety Hot line toll -free
at: U.S.A. or Canada
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) Government regu lations in the United States and Canada require
or write to: that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety .,_
_______________________________________________ _ o_n
C _ s_u_m
_ e
_ r_l_n_f_o_r_m
_ a_ t_i_o_n
__ lllll
standards. Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Canada differ or access their website www .audi .dd sltd .com on the Internet to
from vehicles so ld in other coun t ries . order repair manuals and other Audi litera t ure . •
If you p lan to take your vehic le outside the continental limits of the
United States or Canada, there is the possibi lity that
Maintenance
• unleaded fue ls for vehicles with catalyt ic converter may no t be
avai lable;
General
• f ue l may have a considerably lower octane rat ing . Improper fuel
may cause engine damage;
Your vehicle has been designed to help keep maintenance require-
• service may be inadequate due to lack of proper service faci lities, ments to a minimum.
tools or testing equipment;
However, a certain amount of regu lar maintenance is sti ll necessary
• replacement parts may not be readily available.
to assu re your vehic le's safety, eco no my and reliability.
• Navigation syste m s for vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Canada
For detailed vehicle maintenance consu lt your Maintenance &
will not necessarily work in Europe, and may not work in other coun-
War ranty boo klet.
t ries outs ide of North America .
Under diffi cult operating condition s, for example at extremely low
Audi cannot be responsible for mechanical damage th at could
outside temperatures, in very dusty regions, when towing a trailer
result fro m inadequat e fuel, service or parts availability .
very frequently, etc., some service work shou ld be performed
between the interva ls specified. This app lies particularly to:
0 Note • oi l changes, and
Audi cannot be responsible for mechanical damage that could • cleaning or replacing the air filter.
resu lt from inadequa t e fuel, service or parts avai lability. •
~ For the sake of the environment

Audi Service Repair Manuals and By regularly maintaining your vehicle, you he lp make sure that emis -
Literature sion standards are maintained, thus minimizing adverse effects on
the environment. •
Audi Off icia l Factory Serv ice Manuals are published as soon as
possible after model introduction. Service manuals are availab le Important considerations for you and your
from:
vehicle
Audi Technical Literature Ordering Center
Ca11toll -free: The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated fuel injection and
em iss ion control systems, and the generally increasing technical
Tel.: 1 (800) 544-8021 complexity of today's automobi les, have steadi ly reduced the scope
(from 8:00 AM to 8:00 PM, EST, Monday through Friday) of maintenance and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle 9J,,,
ment
___ C_ o_n_s_ u_m
_ e_r_ ln_ f _
o_r_m_ a_t_i_
o_n______________________________________________ _
owners. Also, safety and environmental concerns p lace ve ry strict

lim it s on th e natu re of repai rs and adj ustm ent s to eng in e an d tr an s- & WARNING
m ission parts which an own er can perform.
• Serious personal injury may occur as a result of improperly
Maintenance, adjustments and repairs usually require special tools, performed maintenance , adjustments or repairs.
t est in g d ev ices a nd oth er equ i pm ent ava il ab le t o sp ecially tra in ed • Always be extremely careful when working on the vehicle.
wo rkshop pe rsonne l in orde r to assu re proper performance, reli - Always follow commonly accepted safety practices and general
ab ilit y and saf et y of the ve hicl e an d it s m any systems . common sense. Never risk personal injury.
Improper maintenance, adjustments and repairs can impair the • Do not attempt any of the maintenance , checks or repairs
ope rat ion and reli abi lity of your ve hi c le and even void your ve hi cle described on the following pages if you are not fully familiar with
wa rranty . Therefore, proof of serv icing in accordance with the main - these or other procedures with respect to the vehicle, or are uncer-
t enance schedu le may be a conditio n for upholdi ng a po ssible tain how to proceed .
wa rrant y claim mad e wit hi n the warranty per iod. • Do not do any work without the proper tools and equipment .
Above al l, operational safety can be adverse ly affected, creating Have the necessary work done by your authorized Audi dealer or
un n ecessary ris ks fo r you and yo ur passengers . another properly equipped and qualified workshop .
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by your authorized Audi • The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially
dea ler or any ot her pr o pe rl y eq uipped and q ual ifie d w o rks hop . We hazardous area . Never reach into the area around or touch the
strong ly u rge you to g ive you r autho rized Aud i dealer th e opportu - radiator fan . It is temperature controlled and can sw itch on
nit y to perfo r m a ll sched uled m aintena nce and nece ssary repairs. suddenly - even when the engine is off and the ignition key has
Your dea ler has the f ac iliti es, or ig in a l pa rt s an d tra in ed specia l ists been removed . The radiator fan switches on automati cally when
to keep your vehicle running proper ly. the coolant reaches a certain temperature and will continue to run
until the coolant temperature drops .
Performing limited maintenance yourself • Always remove the ignition key before anyone gets under the
The fo llo wi ng page s d esc r ibe a limite d nu m be r of pr oc ed u res wh ich vehicle .
can be pe rf or med o n you r ve hi cle with o rd in ary t oo ls, shou ld the • Alway s support your vehicle with safety stands if it is neces-
need arise and trained personne l be unavailab le. Befo re pe rforming sary to work underneath the vehicle . The jack supplied with the
any of th ese pr o ced ures, always thoroug h ly rea d all of t he app li- vehicle is not adequate for this purpose and could collapse
cable text and carefu lly follow the instructions given. Always rigor - causing serious personal injury.
ously o bserve th e WARNINGS pr ovided .
• If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels on
Before you check anything in the engine compartment , always read the ground, always make sure the vehicle is on level ground, that
and heed all WARNINGS => & and => & in " Wo rki ng in th e eng ine the wheels are always securely blocked and that the engine
compartm en t" on pag e 253. cannot be started.
• Alway s make sure the transmission selector lever (automatic
transmission ) is in "P" (Park position) (automat ic transmission) or
Neutral (manual transmission ) and the hand brake is firmly
applied . .,_
Consumer Information -
----------------
These dealers also have the necessary faci lities, too ls and trained
ffi For the sake of the environm ent specialis t s to inst all the parts a nd accessor ies pro per ly.
• Changing the engine settings will adverse ly affect emission
levels. This is detrimenta l to the environment and increases fuel
consumpt ion. & WARNING
• Always obse rve environmenta l regu lations when disposing of Using the wrong spare parts non-approved accessories can cause
old engine oil, used brake fluid, d irty en g ine coolant, spent batteries serious personal injury.
or worn out tires . • Use only accessories expressly approved by Audi and genuine
• Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classi - Audi spare parts
fied as Perchlora t e Material -specia l handling may apply, see • These part s and accessories have been specially designed to
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or be used on your vehicle.
parts of the restraint system including airbag modules safety belts
• Never install accessories such as telephone cradles or
with pretens ioners are scrapped, all appl icable laws and regu la- beverage holders on airbag covers or within the airbag deploy-
tions must be observed . Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with
ment zones. Doing so will increase the risk of injury if airbag s are
these requirements and we recommend that you have your dealer triggered in an accident !
perform this service for you . •
• Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always
read and heed all WARNINGS => page 245.
Additional accessories,
modifications and parts replacement 0 Note
• If items othe r than genuine Audi spare parts, add -on equipment
Additional accessories and parts and accessory items are used or if repair work is not performed
replacement acco rding to specified methods, this can result in severe damage to
your vehicle's engine and body (such as corrosion) and adve rsely
Al wa ys con sult an auth ori zed A udi dealer bef ore affect your vehicle's warranty.
purchasing accesso ries. • If emergency repairs must be performed elsewhere, have the
vehicle examined by an authorized Audi dea lership as soon as
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety design features ensuring
possible.
a high st andard of active and passive saf ety.
• The manufacturer cannot be held liable for damage which occurs
This safety could be compromised by non -approved changes to the due to fai lure to comply with these stipulations. •
veh icle. For t h is reaso n, if part s have to be repl aced, please obse rve
the following points when insta ll ing additional accessories:
Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi parts are availab le Installing / replacing a sound system
from authori zed Audi deale rs.
If you wish to install a radio or replace the factory installed radio,
p lease note the following : _.,
ment
rw
- _______________
Consum e r Inform a ti o n _
The factory insta lled radio connectors are designed for genuine Authori zed Audi dealers will perform this work in a professiona l and
Audi radios. When install ing a different radio, difficulties cou ld arise competent manner o r, in special cases, refer you to a profess iona l
such as: company that specia lizes in such modifications .
- the radio may not fit into the space provided
- the electrical connec t ions may not be compat ib le & WARNING
- different connector terminals may be needed . Improper repairs and modifi cations can change the way vehicle
system s work and cause seriou s personal injury.
Therefore, we recommend that you have your authorized Audi
dea ler instal l or replace the radio .
They are the most familiar with the technical features of your 0 Note
veh icle. They also offer Genuine Audi Radios with the necessary If emergency repairs must be performed elsewhere, have the
installation components and instructions . vehicle examined by an authorized Audi dealership as soon as
p ossible. •
& WARNING
Improperly installing a radio could cause a short circuit and an
electrical fire. •
Technical Modifications
Our guidelines must be complied with when technical
modifi cations are m ade.
Always consult an authorized Audi dealer before starting work on
any modifications.
This will help ensure that vehicle function, performance and safety
are not impaired=> & .
Attempt ing to work on electronic components and the software
used with them can cause malfunctions. Because of the way elec-
tronic components are interconnected with each other, such
mal f unctions can also have an adverse affect on other systems that
are not directly involved . This means that you risk both a substantial
reduction in the operational safety of your vehicle and an increased
wear of vehicle parts =>& .
Consumer Information -
----------------
Controls and equip- Safety first Vehicle operation Vehicle care Do-it-yourself service Techn ica l dat a
ment
Alphabetical index
llffl__
A_l.p
.:,.
_h_a_ b_e_t_ic_ a_l _in
_ d_e_x____________________________________________ _
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Repairs . ... . .. . ... . ... . . . .. .. . . . 184

A See also Climate corntrols .. .. .. .. .. 124 Side airbags . .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . 186
ABS Air conditioning Side curtain airbags (SIDEGUARDl .. 189
See Anti -l ock brake system 220 Switching on and off 129 When must the system be inspected? ...
ABS (Anti -lock brake system) Air distribution 181
Warning/indicator lights ... . .. . . . .. 24 Climate controls .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 129 All Whee l Drive . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 222
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Air outlets Alloy wheels . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 240
Acoustic park assist Adjusting the outlets for rapid All -whee l drive
rear .. .. . .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. . .. .. 138 defrosting/defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Winter tires .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 287
Acoustic parking system .. . ... . .. .. .. 138 Climate controls .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 130 Alternator
Adapter for anti-theft wheel bo lts ... . . 299 Air quality sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 See Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Adaptive Light Air recirculation .. . .. . ....... .. .. . .. 129 Aluminum alloy wheels . ... . .. .. .. . .. 240
defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 57 Climate controls .. .. . .. .. .. .. . ... 128 Ambient lighting .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 87
Adaptive light . . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 81 When should I use the air recirculation? Anti-glare inside day-night mirror . .. .. . 94
128 Anti -lock brake system
Adding
Air recirculation mode How the ABS system works . . ... . .. 220
Engine coolant . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. 262
Engine oi l ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 258 Climate controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 127 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
Windshield washer fluid .. .. .. . ... 269 Airbag Warning/indicator lights . .. .. .. .. .. . 24
Warning/indicator lights . .. .. .. . ... 23
Additiona l accessories .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 331 Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASRl
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 187 How the system works .. . .. .. .. . .. 218
Additives
Advanced Airbag System .......... 174
Engine oil . . ... . .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. 258 Anti -theft systems
Care ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 184
Adjustable steering whee l column ..... 133 Anti -Theft Alarm System . .. .. .. .. .. 69
Child restraints . ... .. .. .. .. . ... . . 194
Adjusting Anti-theft wheel bolts . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 299
Components (f ront airbags) .. . .. .. . 177
Steering wheel column . ... . .. .. .. 133 Armrest
Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the
Adjusting front seats . . . .. .. .. .. . ... . . 98 front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Center armrest .. . ... . .. .. .. .. . .. . 105
Advanced Airbag System Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Rear armrest 106
Children ... . ...... . ... . .. .. .. .. . 193 Front airbags .................... 174 Ashtray
Components .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... . 177 How do the front air bags work? . . . . 179 Front · · · · · · · .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . 117
Front airbags ..... . . .. .. .. .. . ... . 175 How many airbags does my vehicle have? Rear · · · · · · · · .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . 117
How the components work together 178 177 ASR
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Important things to know ... . .. ... 170 Anti -Slip Regulation System .. .. .. . 218
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light ..... 182 Indicator light . ...... .. .. . . . .. .. . 181
Weight -sensing mat ... . ...... . ... 193 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
______________________________________________ A_l:p:...:
.!:h..:.
a= b..:
e:...:
t:..:..
ic.::....:.:
a..:..
l ..:.
in
:....:..::
d:.:
e:.:
x-=---"'
Asterisk
What does it mean when something is
B Brake system .. .. . . . . . .. ... . .. .. . 52, 263
Anti -lock brake system (ABS) ........ 24
marked with an asterisk? . . . . . .. .. .. 6 Battery . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. 265 Brake fluid ....................... 263
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature Charging ........................ 268 Brake f luid specif ications for ref ill and
329 charging (6-cylinder engine) . .. .. ... 269 replacement . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 264
AUTO Disconnecting and connecting .. .. . 265 General information .. .. .. . ... . ... 219
Climate cont rols .. .. .. . ... .. . .. .. . 126 Importa nt warnings when wo rking on the How does moisture or road salt affect the
Switching on .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 126 battery . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 266 brakes? . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 219
When should I use AUTO? . . .. ... . . 126 Replacing the battery . ...... .. .. .. 266 Warning/i ndica t or ligh t s .. .. .. . .. 23, 50
Auto Safety Hotline . ...... .. .. .. .. .. . 159 Winter operation . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . .. 265 Break-in period .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . 223
Auto -Check Contro l . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 49 Working on the battery .. .. .. .. .. .. 266 Brake pads .. . .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. 224
Automatic transmission ... . .. .. .. .. 51 Battery vo ltage ...................... 56 Tires . ... . .. .. .. .. . ... . .. ... . .. .. 223
Auto -Check-Co ntr o l Bef ore driving . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 151 Bulbs .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . ...... ... . 3 10
Manual transmission .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 51 Bi-Xenon headlights .................. 83
Automatic air recircu lation ........... 128 Blended gasoline . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 247 C
Automatic belt retracto r .. . ... .. .. .. .. 164 Body cavity sealing .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. . 240
California Proposition 65 Warning . ... . 254
Automa t ic car wash Booster seats .. ...... .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 200
Battery specific . . .... . .. .. ... . .... 267
See Washing .. . ... . ... . .. . . .. .. .. 235 How do I properly instal l a booster seat in
Capac it ies . . ... . .. ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 326
Automatic headlight control ... . ... . ... 78 my vehicle? . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 200
Safety instr ucti o ns . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 200 Car care . .. . ... . .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 234
Au t omatic t ransmission .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 142 Inter ior ..... .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. . ... 241
Emergency prog ram . .. ... . .. .. .. . 147 Brake assistant .... . ................ 221
Plastic and vinyl . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 238
Emergency release . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 304 Brake booster .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 220
Weatherstrips . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. 239
Ignition key safety lock . ...... .. .. . 134 Brake f luid
Care of exterior . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 234
Kick-down feature . .. .. ...... .. .. . 145 Changing the brake fluid .. . . .. .. .. 264
Cargo area
Selector lever lock ... . ... . .. . ... . . 145 Checking t he b rake fluid leve l .. . ... 263
See Loading the luggage compartment .
Selector lever positions ...... . .... 143 Reservoir .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 263
157
Tiptronic ........................ 146 What is the correct brake f luid level? 263
Cargo net .......................... 109
Tiptron ic controls on the steering wheel What should I do if the brake fl uid warning
146 lig ht comes on? . .. .. .. .. .. ...... 263 Catalytic converter .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . 224
Average speed . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 38 Brake light defective .................. 57 Center armrest . .. .. .. . ... . .. ... . .. .. 105
Avoid damaging the vehicle .. . .. ... . . 225 Brake pads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. .. 224 Centigrade
Switching between Centigrade and
Fahrenheit ..................... 128
ment
ffl ---=--------------------------------
Alphabetical index
Central locking Safety belts and oldler children .. . .. 201 AUTO (standard setting) . . . .. .. .. .. 126
open sky system closing .. .. .. ..... 74 Tethe r anchors .. . ............... 209 Automatic air recirculation ........ 128
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Tether strap ..................... 210 Contro ls ........................ 126
Changing a flat tire .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 296 Which restraint system should my older Defrosting/defogging .. .. .. .. . .... 127
child wear? .. .. . ... .. .. . .. .. .. . 201 Description . . .......... .. ........ 124
Changing engine oi l .. .. ...... .. .. .. . 259
Child safety lock . . ...... .. .. .. . ... . .. 69 ECON . ... . .. .. . ... . ... . ......... 128
Chassis
child safety seat Fan .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 129
Undercoating .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 241
LATCH system . .. .. . . . ... .. . . .. . . 208 Key-coded setting . .. ...... . ...... 131
Checking
Child safety seats ... . .. ............. 197 Recommended settings ........... 124
Engine coolant level .............. 261
Convertible locking retractor . .. .. .. 202 Setting the temperature .. .. .. .. . .. 127
Checking tire pressure ............... 277
How do I properly install a child safety Switching between Fahrenheit and
Child res tr aint Centigrade . .. .. .. . ...... ... . ... 128
seat .in my ve h"Ic Ie 7... .. .. .. . ..... 195
Danger of using child restraints in the Switching the air conditioning on and off
Installing . ... .. ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. 202
front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 129
Safety instructions .. ...... .. .. .. . 195
Child restraints Using the climate control economically ..
Cigarette lighter . ... . .. .. ... . .. . ... . 118
What types of child restraint anchors are 130
available? ..................... 205 Cleaning
Warm and cold . .. .. .. .. .. . ...... 124
Where can I get additional information Alcantara (synthetic suede) ........ 244
Clock . .. .. .. .. . .......... .. .. .. ..... 13
about child restraints? . .. .. .. . ... 206 Engine compartment ............. 245
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Child safety ...... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 192, 197 Fabrics and fabric coverings ....... 241
Instrument panel ............. .. .. 242 Cold tire inflation pressure . ... . ...... 275
Additiona l information .. .. . ... . ... 209
Interior . ... .. ...... . .. .. . ....... 241 Coming-home-function .. . ...... .. ... . 82
Booster seats . ... . ... . ... . ....... 200
Leather ......................... 243 Compartments in the door trims .. .. .. 121
Convertible child safety seats .. .. .. 198
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . 202 Plastic and vinyl ....... . ......... 238 Compass mirror .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. 96
Important safety instruct ions for using Plastic parts ... . ....... . ... . .. .. . 242 Consumer Information .. ......... 159, 328
child safety seats .. .. . ...... .. .. 195 Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Contacting NHTSA . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 159
Important things to know when driving Trim strips ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . ..... 237 Convenience close/open feature
with children ................... 192 trim strips . .. .. . ... . ... . ... . .. .. . 238 Windows . . ...... ...... .. . ........ 72
Infant seats ..................... 197 Cleaning and protection ............. 234 Convertible child safety seats
Installing a child restraint using the Climate controls . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 124 How do I properly install a convertible
LATCH system .................. 208 Air distribution ... ............... 129 chi ld seat in my veh icle? .. .. .. .. . 198
Lower anchorages ............... 207 Air outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Safety instructions .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 198
Mounting and releasing the anchorage Air recirculation .. ...... .. . .. ..... 129
hook .. .. .. .. . ................. 209 Air recirculation mode (manual) .... 127
Older children and safety belts . . . . . 201
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ lll
Conver t ible locking retractor Defrosting the windows . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 127 Driver seat
Activating .. . ... . .. .. .. .. ... .. . . . 204 Defrosting/defogging windows .. .. . ... 130 See Seating position .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 152
Deactivating .. . .. .. ... . .. .. .. ... . 205 Determining co rrect load limit . .. .. . .. 280 Driving messages .. .. .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . 49
Using to secure a child safety seat 202, Digital clock ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . 13 Driving safely .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 150
204 Setting th e ti m e ..... .. .. . ... . .. .. . 13 Driving time . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. ... . . ... . 37
Coolant system . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 260
Digita l compass . . ...... . .. . ..... . .. .. 96 Dup licate key . .. . . .. . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . . 59
Cooling System
Digital speedometer . . . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . 28
Expansion tank . .. .. .. . . . . . .. . ... . 261
Cornering light .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . ....... 81
Dimensions . ... . . . ... . .. . . .. ... . ... 325 E
Dipstick
Cruise contro l ... . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 139 ECON
Reading the d ip stick properly . .. .. . 257
Changing a stored speed . .. .. . . .. . 139 When should I use ECON? .. . . . ... . . 128
Dir ect Shift Gearbox
Setting and storing a vehicle speed . 139 EDL
Emergency release .. . . . .... . ... . . 304
Switching off . . .. .. ...... .. .. . .. . 140 Electronic differential lock . .. .. . ... 217
Door wa r ning . ............... . .. .. .. . 22
Switching off temporarily .. . ....... 140 Electrically heat ed front seats .. .. .. .. . 131
Switching on .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . ... . . 139 Doors , power locks .. . .. .. .. .. ... . .. . . 65
Electro -mechanical power assist . .. . 25, 221
Warning / indicator lights ...... . . .. .. 23 Driver Information Display
Electronic differe ntial lock
M enu but t on .. .. . ... . . ... . ... .. .. . 40
Cruising range .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 37 Warning/indicator lights .. .. .. . . . .. . 24
Setting ...... . ...... . ... . ... . .. .. . 41
Cup hold er . . .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . . ... . 116 Electronic differ ential lock (EDU
Driver information dis 1Play . . . .. .. .. .. . . 26
Cup holders How the system works .. .. .. .. .. .. 217
Miles (kilometers) to empty .. . . . .. .. 29
front 116 Electronic immobilizer . ...... . ..... 15, 61
Open door or rear lid warning .. . ... . 29
Outside temperatu ire disp lay . .. .. . .. 28 Electronic power control
D Parking brake warning .. . .. .. .. . ... 50 EPC warning/indicator light . .. . .. .. . 19
Sound system display . . .. .. . . . . . .. . 27 Electronic st abilization program (ESP)
Data .................. . ... . ....... 326
Text messages . .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. 49 How the system works .. .. .. .. . ... 216
Data recorder . . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 216
Driver Information System Electronic stabil ization program (ESP)
Date display . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 13
Menu display . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 39 Warning / indicator lights . . .. .. .. . ... 19
Daytime running lights ................ 79
Yellow symbols . . .. ... . .. .. .. . ... . 55 Emergency flasher
Daytime running lights (Canada) . . ... . . 80
Driver informat ion system Warning/indicator lights .. .. .. . ... . . 20
Declaration of conformity . ....... . . .. . 48
Digital speedometer .. . . .. . . . . . .. .. 28 Emergency flash ers ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 84
def Fuel filler cap .... . ......... .. . .... 30 Emergency operation
What does th is mean when it appears in
Driver Informations System open sky system . ... . .. . ... . . . . . ... 74
the trip odometer display? .. .. .. .. . 15
red symbols . ...... .. ...... . ... . .. 51 Rear lid . . . . ... . .. .. .. .. . ... .. .... 68
Defogging the w indows .. . ... . ....... 127
ment
ffl ----=------...:..:...::...
Alphabetical index ___________________________ _
Emergency release for selector lever . . . 304 Indications and conditions requiring extra ESP
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 checking ... . ...... .. .. .. . ... . . 257 Electronic stabilization program . ... 216
Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Oil consumption .. .. ... . ... . .. . .. 257 See also Electronic stabilization program
Oil grades . .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. . 255 (ESP) . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. 216
Engine
Recommended oil check intervals . . 257 Event Data Recorder (EDR) ..... . ... . .. 216
4-cylinder (200 hp) .. ... . .. . ... . .. 254
Specification and viscosity .... .. .. 255 Expansion tank ... . ... . ...... . ... . .. 261
6-cy linder (250 hp) . . .. . ... . .. . ... 255
Coolant . ... . ... . .. .. ... . .. .. . . . . 260 Engine oi l level . .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. . 22, 56
Hood ...... . ...... . ... . .. . ... . .. 252 Engine oil pressure F
Starting ...... . ... . ... . .. .. . 134, 135 Malfunction .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. 21, 53
Starting with jumper cables ....... 312 Engine oil sensor defective . .. .. . ... . .. 56 Fahrenheit
Stopping . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ....... 135 Switching between Fahrenheit and
Environment
Centigrade . .. . ....... . .. .. .. .. . 128
Engine compartment . .. .. . ........ . . 254 Break-in period .. .. .. .. .. .. . ..... 223
Catalytic conv erter .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 224 Fan
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Disposing of your vehicle battery . .. 266 Adjusting the fan speed . ... . ... . .. 129
Working in the engine compartment 253
Driving at high speeds .. .. . .. .. .. . 225 Climate controls ... . ...... . ... . .. 129
Engine coolant syst em . .. . ... . ...... 260
Driving to minimize pollution and noise . Radiator .. . ....... . ............. 263
Adding coolant .. .. .. .. .. . ...... . 262
225 Fastening eyes . .......... . ... .. .... 108
Checking coo lant leve l ............ 261
Checking the engine coo lant level .. 261 Fuel ...................... . ..... 249 FIS
Radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Fuel economy . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 225 Disp lay types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Leaks under your vehicle . . ... . .. .. 253 Practical example ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 42
Engine coolant temperature
Gauge ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. 14 Letting the vehicle stand and warm up .. Flat tire
226 Changing .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 296
Engine cooling system
Proper disposal of drained brake fluid Floor mats .. . ... .. ...... . ....... . .. 156
Malf unction ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 20, 52 264
Engine data .. . ... . ... . ...... . ...... 326 Fog lights, front .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. 81
Proper disposal of drained engine
Engine hood Folding master key with remote control . 59
coo lant ................. . ...... 262
Closing . . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 253 Proper disposa l of drained engine oil Foot pedals ... . .................... 156
Release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 258,259 For the sake of the env ironment
Releasing and opening ............ 252 Recycling used engine oil . . .. .. . . . 258 Gasoline fumes and th e environment 249
Engine oi l .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. 255 Unleaded fuel . . .. . ....... .. ..... 247 Let ting your engine warm up . .. . ... 135
Adding . . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 258 What should I do with an old battery? Red ucin g engine noise by upshift ing
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 266 early . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 14
Changing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 259 EPC Refueling .. . .......... . ... . ..... 249
Checking the engine oil level . ... . .. 257 See Electronic power control . ... . .. . 19
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ _
Saving fuel by upshifting early . .. 12, 14

Using the rear window defogger .... . 87
Octane rating . .. . . . . . ... .. . . .. . ..
Recommendation ................
247
247
H
Front airbags Refuel ling .. ...... . ... .. .. . ...... 249 Head restraints ... .. ..... .. ... . .. . .. 155
Description . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 174 Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand 251 Adjusting .. . ... .. .. .. . ...... .. .. . 155
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Fuel supply too low .. .............. 21, 55 Rear seats .. .. . ... . ... . .......... 104
Front ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Fuel tank Headlight
Fron t seats ... . .. . .... . ...... .. ...... 98 Capacity . .. .. .. ...... .. .. .. .. .. . 248 Defective ............. .. .. .. .. .. .. 57
Adjusting ....................... 153 Capacity (gal lons/liters) .. . ... . .. .. .. 14 Headlight range control
Adjusting the manual seats .. .. .. .. 100 Fuse arrangement . .. .. .. .. ...... . ... 306 defective . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 22, 56
Child restraints in the front seat . ... 172 Headlights ... . .............. . ....... 77
Heated seats .. . .................. 131 G adaptive li ght ..... . ... . ...... .. ... 81
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics Front fog lights . . ... . ... .. .. .. .. . .. 81
161 Gas discharge lamps .. .......... . ... 310 Switching off .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 77
Fuel Gauges Switching on .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 77
Fuel gauge .. .. .. .. ...... .. .. .. . .. 14 Engine coolant temperature ......... 14 Heated
Fuel consumption Fuel gauge .. . .......... .. ........ 14 rear window ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87
Average .. . .............. . ... . ... . 38 Speedometer , , , , , , , · · · , , , · · · · · · · · 15 Heated outside mirrors .. ..... . ....... . 95
Fuel filler cap ..... .. .. .. . ... . ........ 30 Tachometer . ... . .. ...... .. . ... .. . 12 Heated washer jets
Trip odometer ...... . ............. 15 Wiper and washer system ....... . ... 88
Fuel filler cap warning . .. ............. 22
Gearshift lever .. .. ..... .. .. .. .. . .. .. 141 Heavy clothing and safety belts ... .. ... 163
Fuel fi ll er f lap
Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand 251 Genera l illustration High beam . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. ....... 77, 84
Instruments and controls . ... . .. .. .. 11 Warning/indicator lights .. . ... . ... . . 20
Fuel flap
See Fuel filler cap .. . ...... .. ....... 22 Generator High vo ltage warning label . .. .. .. . ... 324
Warning/indicator l ights .. .. .. .. .... 23
Fuel gauge .......................... 14 Hill hold assist
Glossary of tire and loading terminology .. . Starting on hills ... . ... .. ..... ... . 137
Fuel supply
272
Additives . .. ... . .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. 247 hood
Glove compartment . ...... .. .. ...... 120
Blended gasoline . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 247 See Engine hood . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 252
Light ... . .. .. .. .. .. ...... . .... 85, 86
Fuel filler neck . ...... .. .......... 248 Hood release .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 252
Fuel gauge .. .. .. .. .. . ... .. . . .... . 14 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) ... 325
Hood warning ..... .. .. .. .. .. ..... ... 22
Fuel tank capacity .. ........... 14, 248 Horn .. . ...... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .. 11
Gasoline . .. .. ..... ... ...... . .. .. 247
How many airbags does my vehicle have? ..
Gasoline additives ................ 248 177
Instantaneous fuel consumption ..... 38
ment
___ A_l.p
.:,.
_ d_e_x____________________________________________ _
How often should I check my tire pressures? Interior lights .. . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. 85, 86 L

278 Ambient lighting . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 87
How safety be lt tensioners work .. .. .. 168 Luggage compartment . .. .. . ... . ... 87 LATCH .. .. .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. . .. . 207
Hydroplaning . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 282 Description . . .. .. .. .. ... . . .. .. .. . 207
J Installing a child restraint .. .. .. . .. 208
I Jack and tools . .. .. .. . ....... .. .. . .. 294
Location .. .. . ... . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . 207
Mounting and re leasing the anchorage
Ignition key 134 Jump start location hook . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. 209
lg nit ion lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Jump starting (6-cyl. engine) .... . .. 315 Leather ............................ 242
Ignition lock positions . .. .. ...... . ... 134 Jump starting Cleaning .......... . ...... . . .. .. . 243
Immobilizer .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . . . ... . . 15 4-cylinder engine .. . ..... .. .. .. .. . 314 Leaving-home-function . ... . .. . ... . ... 82
Important things to do before driving . . 151 6-cylinder -engine . . . ............. 315 Lifting jack ... . ... . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . 300
Improperly worn safety belts ..... . ... 168 Jumper cables . ... . ... . ... .. .. . ... .. 314 Lifting points . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 320
Indicator light Jump -starting 312 Lifting/raising the vehicle ....... . .... 320
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 182 Light sensor defective .. .. .. .. .. . .. 22, 57
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF . . . . . . . . . 182 K Light sensor package
Indicator ligh t s . ... .. ... .. . .. . .. .. 12, 17 Automatic headlight control . . .. .... 78
Key .. . ... . .. . ... . ....... . .. .. .. . ... 59
Ye llow symbols in the center display . 55 Lights
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Infant seats . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 197 Bi-Xenon headlights . . ... . ... . .... . 83
Coded set tings . .. . .... . .. .. .. . .. 131
How do I properly install an infant seat in Coming-home/leaving -home-function 82
Convenience opening and closing of
my vehicle? .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 197 windows ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. . 72 Emergency flasher .. .. . ... . ... . .. . 84
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Front fog li ghts . .. .. ...... . ... . ... 81
Key replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Inside rear view mirror . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . 94 Master key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Headlights .. .. .. .. . ...... . .. . .... 77
Inspection interval .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . . 30 Valet key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 High beam .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 77, 84
Insta lling child safety seats High beam warning/indicator light . . . 20
Key-coded settings
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Instrument pane l il lumination . .. .. .. 83
Climate controls .. . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. 131
Instrument panel Side marker lights ................. 77
Keyless entry remote control 60, 63
Illumination .. .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. . ... . 83 Turn signals . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .... 84
Keys
Instrument panel and controls .. .. .. .. . 12 Loading the luggage compartment . . .. 157
Call up number . ... . ... . .. .. ...... 16
Instruments and controls Loading the roof rack . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 115
Kick-down
General illustration . ... . .. . ... . ... . 11 Locking
Automatic transmission . . ...... . .. 145
Interior light Manual back-up .. .. . ...... . .. . .. .. 68
Rear . .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. ... . .. 87 Power locking switch .. .. .. .. .. . . .. 65
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ lllll
Rear lid . . .. .. .. . . . . .. . .. .. .. .. .. . 67 Menu input switch Oil
Remo t e con t rol .. .. . ... ..... . ... .. 63 Driver Info rmat ion Display .. .. .. . .. . 40 What kind of oil should I put in my
Using the fold-out key .. . ... .. .. .. .. 65 Mileage engine? .. .. .. .. .. .. . . ........ . . 255
Lower anchorage locator button ... . ... 207 Average .............. . . .. .. .. .. . . 38 See also Engine oil . . .. . . .. . ... . ... 255
Lower universal anchorage bars (Canada) . . Instantaneous . .. . ... . .. .. ... . .. . . 38 Older children and safety belts .. .. .. .. 201
207 Miles to empty . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . ....... 29 On-Board Diagnost ic Syst em .. .. .. ... .. 32
Lower universal anchorages (Canada) . . 207 Mirrors Electronic speed lim iter . .. .. .. .. . .. 32
Luggage Activating the digi t al compass . ...... 96 Mal f unction Indicator Lamp (MIU .. .. 31
Stowing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 157 Adjusting the anti-glare .. ... . .. .. .. 94 On-Board Diagnostic System (080) .. .. . 32
Luggage compartment Automat ically dimming inside mirror . 94 Data Link Connector (OLC) .. . . . . . . . . 32
Cargo net .. . .. .. . ... .. .. .. . ... . . 109 Inside day-night mirror .. .. .. .. .. .. . 94 Open door or rear lid warning . . . .. . .... 29
Fastening eyes . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. . 108 Interior mirror .. .. .. .. .. .. . ....... 94 open sky system . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 72
Increasing size . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . . 107 Outside mirrors .. .. ... . .. .. .. . .. .. 95 Comfort closing . .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . . 74
Light . . .... . ..................... 87 Moni t oring t he Advanced Airbag Syst em .. Emergency operation ... . ... . 74, 75, 76
Retractable cover ... . ... . ... . .. .. . 110 181 to close .... . ... . ...... .. .. .. .. . .. 73
Ski sack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Mounting hooks .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. ... 109 to open .. .. .. . ... . ... .. . ... . ... . . 73
See also Loading the luggage Operate you r vehicle economically and mini -
compartment . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . 157 N mize pol lution .. .. . .. . . .. . . . ... . 225
Lumbar support .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. 102 Opt ional equipment
Natural leather . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. 242 Marked with an asterisk ..... .. ...... 6
M New t ires and whe els .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 283 Outlets .. .. .. . ..................... 119
NHTSA Outside air pollution
Maintenance . .................. . .. . 329 Contacting . .. .. . . . ... . ...... . ... 159 How to prevent from entering the vehic le
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIU .... 19, 31 Number of seats . ... . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. 160 129
Manual transmission . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 141 Number of vehicle keys Outside mirrors ...................... 95
Gearshift lev er . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 141 without Driver Info r mation System .. . 16 Outside tempera t ure display . ... . ...... 28
Master key ...... . .............. . .... 60 Owner 's manual
Battery replacement ..... . ... . ..... 61
0 How th e Own er's Manual is organized .6
Menu button Owner's literature storage .. .. . ... . ... 121
Driver Informa t ion Display . . .. .. . . .. 40 Occupant seating positions .. .. .. .. ... 152
Menu display Octane rating . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 247
Driver Information Display .. .. .. .. .. 39 Odometer .. . .. .. ...... . ... . ...... . .. 15
ment
llffl__
A_l.p
:,.
_ d_e_x____________________________________________ _
p Power seat Radio

Adjusting the seatback .. .. .. . ..... 101 Replacing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 331
Paint Adjustment . .. .. .. .. . ...... .. ... 100 Rain sensor defective . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 22, 57
Touch-up 238 Power steering Reading light
Paint no . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 See Electro -mecha n ica I power assist . 25, Rear ................ .. .. . .. .. .. .. 87
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 221 Reading ligh ts
Automatic transmission . .. .. .. . . .. 142 Power sunroof Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 See open sky system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Rear . . ...... . ........... . ..... 85, 86
Setting and releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Power window switche ·s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Rear armrest ......... . ... . .. . . .. .. . 106
Parking brake warning . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 50 In the driver's door . . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 71 Rear ashtray . .. .. . ... . ...... .. .. .. . 117
Parking light Reactivating the system .. .. .. .. . ... 72
Rear hatch warning .................. 22
Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Pregnant women Rear lid
Parking on a decline (downhill) ....... 136 Specia l considerations when wearing a
Emerg ency release .. .. .. .. . ... . ... 68
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Parking on an incline (uphi ll ) . .. .. .. .. 136 Locking/unlock ing . .. .. .. .. . ....... 67
Proper occupant seating positions .. . . 152
Parts repla cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Rear light
Proper safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . 165
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light .. .. . ... 182 Defective .. .. .. . ... .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. 57
Proper seating position
Passive safety system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Rear power lo cking switch . ... . ... . .... 66
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Pedals . . ... . ...................... 156 Rear seat bottom .. .. .. .. . ....... . .. 107
Occupants . ... .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 152
Physical principles of a frontal collision 161 Rear view mirror
Rear passengers 154
Polishing . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. 237 Inside rear view mirror .. .. .. ... . .. . 94
Power lock ing switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rear center console .. . .. .. . ... . .. . 66
a Rear window defogger
with air-conditioning ..... . ........ 87
Power lock ing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Quart z clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Red symbols .. . .......... .. .. .. .. .. . 51
Convenience close/open feature .. . . . 72 quattro® Refuelling ...... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 249
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from See All Wheel Drive .. ...... .. .. . .. 222 Release lever for engine hood .. .. .. .. . 252
inside . .. .. .. . .. .. .. ...... . ..... 65 Question Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 63
Opening and closing the windows ... 72 What happens to unbelted occupants? .. Resett ing remote control . .. .. .. . . .. 64
Operat ing locks from w ith key . . . .. . 65 162 Un locking and locking ..... . ... . ... 63
Rear lid ... . .............. .. . ... . . 67 Why safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Remote master key
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 63 Battery replacement . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 60
Un locking and locking vehicle ....... 63 R Check light .. .. ... ..... .. .. ....... 60
Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Repair manuals ..................... 329
Radiator fan .. . .. .. .. . ....... .. .. .. . 263
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_ a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ _
Repairs Safety belt position . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . 165 for using chi ld safety seats .. .. . .. . . 195
Airbag system .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. . . . 184 Safety belt height adjustment . ..... 167 for using convertible child seats .. .. 198
Replacing Safety bel t s worn by pregnant women .. for using infant seats . . ... . . . . . ... 197
Wheel rims . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . 283, 285 166 for us ing saf ety belts . . .. .. .. .. .. . . 163
Replacing a fuse . ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 305 Safety belt tens ioner . .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. 168 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
Service and disposal . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 169 183
Replacing a sound system .. . ... . ... .. 331
Safe ty bel t warning light . ...... . .. 23, 160 Safety lock
Rep lacing light bulbs .. .. .. .. . . . ... .. 310
Safety belts . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. 164 Ign ition key, automatic tra nsmission 134
Replacing t ires and wheels . .. .. . . ... . 283
cleaning . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 245 Seat adjustment
Reporting safety defects .. .. . ... . 159, 328
Danger to passengers who do not wear a Driver's seat ... . ... . .. .. . ... .. . ... 98
Reset button . . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. . . 15
safety belt .. . .. . ... . ...... .. .. . 162 Front passenger 's seat . . .. . ... .. .. . 99
Resetting remote control .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 64 Front seats . .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 98
Fastening .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. 164
Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 height adjustment .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 167 Head res t raints .. .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 155
Reverse Improper ly worn . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . 168 Head restraints, front seat .. .. .. .. . 103
Automatic transmission ... . .. .. .. . 144 Not worn . . . .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. .. . ... 162 Lu m bar su pport .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . .. . 102
Rims Safety belt posi t ion . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 165 Manual controls .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. 99
Cast all oy .. . . ... .. .. .. .. . .. . ... . 240 Safety instructions . .. .. . . .. . .. .. .. 163 Manual seats .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . 100
Replacing ..... . ... .. .. . ... . . 283, 285 Securing child safety seats . .. .. . ... 202 Power seat . ... . ... . .. .. ... . .. .. . 100
Steel rims .. . .................. . . 239 Specia l considerations for pr egnant Seat belts
Roof rack women . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. 166 Why YOU M UST wear them .. .. 160, 161
Attachment points with separate roof rack Unfastening .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . 167 See also Saf ety belts .. .. .. . . .. . . .. 160
system . .. .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 114 Warning/indicator l ight .. .. .. .. . ... 160 Seating capacity .. .. . ... .. . .. ... . .. . 160
Loading .. . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. .. . . 115 Why YOU MUST wear them . . .. 160, 161
Seat ing position
Mounting loca t ions . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . 115 Worn properly . .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . ... 163
Driver . .. .. . ... . ... . .. . .... . .. .. . 152
Safe mounting . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . 112 Safety compl iance sticker . . .. .. .. . ... 324 Front passenger ... .. .. .. . ... . ... . 153
Roof weight .. .. . .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 115 Saf ety equipm ent ... . .. ... . . .. .. . .. . 150 How to adjust the front seats ... .. . . 153
Safety features for occupant rest raint and Incorrect seat position .. . .... . .... 155
s protection
Safety guidelines
. .. . ...... . . ... . .. . . . 150 Occupants . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. ... . 152
Rear passengers . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . ... 154
SAFE . .. ... . .. .. .. . .. ... . .. .. .. .. . .. 15 Seat adjustment . .. .. .. . .. .. .. . ... . 98 Seats
Safe driving hab its .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. . 150 Safety instructions Number of seats .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. . 160
Engine compartmen t . .. .. .. .. . . .. . 253 Selector lever positi o ns
for bo o ster seats . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... 200 Au t omatic trans m issi o n . . .. . .. .. .. 143
for side curtain ai r bags . . .. .. .. .. .. 191
ment
1111 Alphabetical index
-----=-------------------------------------
Service and disposal Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 28 T
Safety bel t tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Starting assistance
Service Interval Disp lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 4-cylinder engine .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 314 Tachometer ......................... 12
Service interval display . .. . ... . .. .. .. . 15 6-cylinder engine .. .. .......... . .. 315 Tailgate
Service position for windshield wipers .. 91 Starting on hills See Rear lid ...................... 67
Setting Hill hold assist ..... . ... . ... . .. .. . 137 Techn ical modif ications . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 332
Date display . ... . ...... .. . ........ 13 Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135 Temperature
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 What should I do if the engine does not Climate controls .......... . ... .. . 127
Setting menu start? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Setting for the driver's and front passen-
Driver Information Display .......... 41 Steel whee ls ...... . ... . ...... . ... . . 239 ger's side ..... . ...... .. .. .. .. .. 127
Side airbags Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Tether strap .......... . ...... .. .. .. . 210
Description . .. .................. 186 Locking the steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Securing the upper tether strap . .. . 211
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 See also Electro -mechanical power assist The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and
25,221 afterwards ...... .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. 223
Side curtain airbags
Description . .. .. .. .. .. .. . ....... 189 Steering wheel column Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 159
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Adjusting . ... .. . .. .. ... . .. . ... . . 133 Tips for the environment
Side curtain airbags (SIDEGUARD) . . ... 189 Steps for determining correct load limit 280 Saving fuel ...................... 115
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Stopping the engine ................. 135 Tiptronic® ..... .. . ................. 142
Ski sack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Automatic Shift Lock !ASU . . . . . . ... 145
Compartments in the door trims .. .. 121 Fail-safe mode ..... . ...... .. .. .. . 147
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Cup holder rear center armrest ..... 116 Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 145
Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 119
Glove compartment .............. 120 Manual shift program ...... .. .. . .. 146
Sound system
Owner's literature . .. ...... .. .. . .. 121 Selector lever ... .. . ... . ..... ... .. 143
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Small objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Shifting gears .. ...... .. ...... . .. 142
Sound system disp lay
Storage compartment Tire pressure .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... .. .. 277
Driver information display . . ... . .... 27
Increasing size ... . .. . ........ . .. . 107 Ti re pressure monitoring system .. . .... 44
Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Sun visors .......................... 88 Changing wheels .................. 47
Spare wheel Declaration of conformity .. . ... . .. . 48
Sunroof
See Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
See open sky system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Learning process .................. 46
Speed rating letter code . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Loss of air pressure . . ... . .. .. .. . 19, 46
Switches
Speed warning 1 ........... . .. .. .. .. . 56 Malfunctions . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 48
Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Speed warning 2 .............. .. ..... 56 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Symbols
Speed warning system .. .. .. . ... . ... . 33 Storing tire pressures ... . ...... .. .. 46
Yellow symbols in the center display . 55
______________________________________________ A_l_p,_
_h_a
_ b_e_t_ic_a
_ l _in_ d_e_x__ lll
Tires and wheels . .. .. .. . . .. . .. . . . 285 Towing Unlocking
Valves .. .. .. .. .. . ... .. .. .. . ... . . 285 Fron t eyelet ... . .. .. .. ...... .. .. . . 318 Power locking switch . .. .. .. ...... .. 65
Wa rning light .. . ... .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. 58 Rear eyelet . . ...... . ....... . ... .. 318 Rear lid . . .. .. .. .. . .. ... . ... . .. . .. 67
Tire service life .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Tow truck procedu r es ... . ... . ... . . 317 Remote control . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. 63
Tires . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. . 271 Trailer towing ... .. . .. ... . .. .. .. . ... 228 Using the fold-out key .. . .. .. .. .. ... 65
Replacing ..... .. . . .. .. .. .. .. 283, 285 Operating instructions . . .... .. .. .. 229
Service life . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . .. 281 Techn ical requir em en t s . . ... . . 228, 229 V
speed rating letter code .......... . 284 Trailer towing tips . .. . . .. .. .. . . .. . 230
Tire manufacturing date . .. .. .. .. .. 284 Transmission Vanity mirror . .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. 88
Tire specifications .. .. .. .. .. . . . ... 284 6-speed . . . . ... . ...... . . .. .. ..... 141 Veh ic le batt ery
Tread depth .. .. .. .. .. . .......... 28 1 Manual transmission ... . ...... . ... 141 Stat ionary ...... .. .. .. .. . ... . ... . 265
Uniform t ire quality grading .. .. .. . 286 Tiptronic® ... . .. .. ... . .. .. .. . ... 142 Vehic le electrical system ......... . .... 23
W i nter tires . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . 287 Transport Canada .. . . . .. .. .. .. . . . ... 328 Vehic le identification .. . ... .. . .. .. .. . 324
Tires and vehicle load limits 279 Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) . . .. . ... . .. 281 Vehicle identificat ion label . ... . .. .. .. . 324
Tires and wheels Trip computer Vehic le Identification Number (VIN) . .. . 324
Checking tire pressure . .. . .. .. ... . 277 Fuel consumption rate . . ... . .. .. .. . 35 Vehicle jack . .. ... . . .. . .. .. .. .. . 294, 300
Cold tire inflation pressure . .. .. .. .. 275 Mileage .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. . 35 Vehic le literature .. .. ..... . ....... . . .. . 5
Dimensions .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . ...... 283 Single -trip memory . .. ... . .. .. . .. .. 37 Vehic le-care produc t s ...... . ... . ... . . 234
Genera l notes .................... 271 To t al-trip memory . .. .. .. . ... .. . .. . 37
Glo ssary of tire and loading termino logy
272
Trip odometer ... . ....... . ... . .. .. .. . 15
What does it mean when dEF appears in
w
New tires and wheels . .. . .. .. ... . . 283 the trip odometer display? .. .. ... . . 15 Warning light
Replacing ... .. .. . .. .. .. . ... .. .. . 283 Turn signals ... . .. .. ... . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 84 Tire pressure monitoring system ... . . 58
Snow chains . . . .. .. ... . .. . . . . . ... 288 Warning/indicator l igh t s . . ... . .. .. .. 20 Warning ligh t s . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . ... .. 12, 17
Tire pressure monitoring system . .. 285 Yellow symbols in the cen t er display . 55
Tires and vehicle load li mits .. .. . . .. 279
Wheel bo lts .. . ... . ... . .. . .... . .. 289
u Warning / indicator lights
Airbag system ........ . ... . ....... 23
Winter tires ... . .. .. ... . .. .. . . . ... 287 Undercoating . ... ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 241 Anti -lock brake system (ABS) ...... .. 24
Tires/Wheels Unfastening safety belts ..... . ... . ... 167 Brake system . . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. 23, 50
Low aspect ratio tires .. .. .. .. .. .. . 290 Unidirectional tires . . .. .. .. . . .. . . . . .. 271 Cruise control . .. .. .. . ... . .. .. ... . . 23
Tire pressure monitoring system . 19, 44 Un iform t ire quality grading .. .. ... . .. 286 Electronic pow er con tr ol . .. . ... .. .. . 19
Torn or frayed saf ety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Elect ronic stabili zation program (ESP) 19
Touch -up paint . . . .. . . ... . .. .. .. .. .. 238 Generator .. .. . ... . .. ... . .. .. .. . .. 23
ment
ffl __
A_l.p
:,.
_ d_e_x____________________________________________ _
High beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Glossary of tire and loading terminology. Tires .. .. . . . ... . . .. . .. .. .. .. . .. . 222
Malfunc t ion Indica t or Lamp (Mill . . . . 19 272 Windows .. .. .. . .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. . 238
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 50 New tires and wheels . . . . . . . . .. .. . 283 Winter tires . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . .. . . .. .. 287
Safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tires and vehicle load limits . . .. . .. 279 All -wheel drive . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. 287
Tire pressure monitoring system . .. . 19 Wheels/Tires Wiper and washer system .. . .. .. .. .. .. 88
Turn signals . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . ....... 20 Cast alloy . ... . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. .. 240 Intermittent wiping ..... . ....... . .. 88
Warranty coverag es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Steel whee ls .. . . . ... . .. . . .. . ..... 239 One-tap wiping .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. 88
Washer reservoir .. . . . .............. 269 When must a safety belt be replaced? . . 163 Rear window wiper . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 90
Washing . .. . ... .. . ... . .. .. .. .. .. ... 234 When must the airbag .system be inspected? Wiper blades
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 181 Installing new wiper blades . .. .. .. .. 92
by hand ...... . ................. 235 When should I adjust the tire pressures? See also Windshield wipers .. . . . .... 93
General information .............. 234 278 Worn brak e pads .. .. .. .. .. . .... . . . 22, 56
with a power washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 When should I check th e tir e pressur es? 278
Waxing . ....... . ................... 237 Where can I find the tire pressures for my
car? .. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 277
X
Wear indicator .. .. .. .. .. . .......... 281
Weatherstr ips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Why safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Xenon-Lights . .. .. .. .. . .. ... . ... . ... 310
W eights . .. . ... .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. ... 325 Windows

What happens if you wear your safety belt too
Cleaning .................. . ..... 238 y
loose? ........................ 165 Convenience close/open feature .. .. . 72
Defogging . .............. . . . . . .. 127 Yellow symbols . .. .. . .. ... . .. .. .. . ... 54
What happens to unbelted occupants? . 162
Defrosting ... . . . ...... . . .. .. .. .. 127
What impairs driving safety? . .. .. .. .. 151
Rapid defrosting/defogging ... . . . .. 130
What should I do af t er changing a whe el?
Windshield washer conta iner 269
278
Windshield washer fluid
What should I do after replacing wheels?
278 Low level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Wheel bolts Windshield wipers
Anti-theft wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Changing the rear wiper blade .. . ... 93
Torque ... . .. .. .. .. .. . ... . .. .. .. 289 Installing new wiper blades ..... . ... 92
Low fluid level . .. . ... .. .. . .. .. .. .. 23
Whe el change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Serv ice position . . .... . ... . .. .. .. . . 91
Wheels .. .. .. . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . .. 271
Checking tire pressure . ... . .... . .. 277 Winter operation
Cold tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . 275 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Coolant system . ... . ....... . .. .. . 260
General notes . . .. .. .. . .......... 271
It has always been Audi's pol icy t o cont inuously i mprove its prod - "Audi", "quattro" and the four rings emb lem are registered trade -
ucts. Audi, therefore, reserves the right to make changes in design marks of AUDI AG. "A3" is trademark of AUD I AG.
and specificatio ns, and to make addi t ions or improvements in its
Editori al deadline: 03/ 23/ 2007
products, without incurring any ob ligation to insta ll them on prod -
ucts p reviously manufactu red.
Text, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the ~ For the sake of the environment
most up -to -date information available at the time of printing. Printed on environmental ly friend ly paper (b leached without chlo -
rine, recyclable) .
All rights reserved . May not be reproduced or translated in whole or
in part without the written consent of AUDI AG. Specifications are Printed in Germany
subjec t to change without notice. © 2007 AUDI AG
www .a udi.com
2008 Audi A3
Owner's Manual
Englisch USA 5.07
281.561.BPA.23

2008 Audi A3 s3 71864

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Audi A3 s3 71864

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 Audi A3 s3 71864

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

mID

Child Safety .................... 192

C leaning and protection ....... 234 What do I do now? . . ...........

Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Technical data 323

General informat i on 324

Alphabetical index .. . . .. 335

The Maintenance & Warranty booklet

If you sell your Audi

About this Owner's Manual

Instruments and controls

General illustration @ Front passenger's airbag 174

© Power locking switch 65 @ Switch for seat heating .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ...... . 131

Controls and equip - I • •

Instruments and warning/indicator lights

Instruments - Trip odomete r 15

Fig. 2 Overview of th e instrume nt cluster Tachometer (engine rev counter)

0 Note Fig. 4 Instrument

To set the minutes

To set the date (only on vehicles with Driver

To show or hide the date display (only on

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

- Turn the knob to the left or right.

Depending on the optional equipment selected, your vehicle may

Upper odometer (trip odometer)

Cont rols and eq uip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Resetting the service display

The service interval display detects when which service category is

company that this key is lost. •

¢ Left turn signal => page20

Q Right turn signal => page20

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Hoo d o pen =>page22 Safety belt =>page 23

Door/doors open =>page 22 USA models:

Rear hatch open =>page 22 - Canada models:

Headli gh t levelin g adjustme nt => page 22

[i J Tip s Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Controls and equip - I • •

Dipstick reading checks too low

Controls and equip - I • •

c; ADAPTIVE LIGHT DEFECTIVE

Worn brake pads u Headlight range control defective C

Fuel filler cap warning t=l Check engine oil ~

Controls and equip - I • •

• If the Cf (Canada models ) warn ing light does not go out ,

Electro-mechanical power assist ) / ~

Controls and equip - I • •

Driver information display

Driver Information System (without trip

Fig. 9 Instru ment

The driver inf ormation display is located in th e cent er of the instru -

Driver messages => page 49 Headlight/taillight malfunc t ion => page 57

Driver information display with on-board Sound system display

Radio display => page 27

Cont rols and equip- Vehicle care I I irechnical data

Ap pli es to vehicles: with driver information display

Outside temperature display

Fig. 12 Center display :

Fig. 15 Display: door,